(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

Wake Forest 



Bulletin of Wake Forest University 



Wake Forest University is committed to administer all educational and employment activ- 
ities without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, vet- 
eran status, or disability status, as required by law. In addition, Wake Forest rejects 
hatred and bigotry in any form and adheres to the principle that no person affiliated with 
Wake Forest should be judged or harassed on the basis of perceived or actual sexual ori- 
entation. In affirming its commitment to this principle, Wake Forest does not limit free- 
dom of religious association or expression, does not control the policies of persons or 
entities not affiliated with Wake Forest, and does not extend benefits beyond those pro- 
vided under other policies of Wake Forest. The University has adopted a procedure for 
the purpose of resolving discrimination complaints. Inquiries or concerns should be 
directed to: Reynolda Campus, 336/758-4814; Bowman Gray Campus, 336/716-6123. 
Individuals with disabilities or special print-related needs may contact the Learning 
Assistance Center at 336/758-5929 or lacenter@wfu.edu for more information. 



New Series 

June 2002 

Volume 97, Number 3 

THE UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS 




^*83* .,/' 



Wake Forest College 

and The Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 2002/2003 

www.wfu.edu 



BULLETIN of Wake Forest University (USPS 078-320) is published eight times a year in February, 
April, June (4 issues), July, and August by the Office of Creative Services, Wake Forest University, 
P.O. Box 7205 Reynolda Station (1834 Wake Forest Road), Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7205. 
Periodicals postage paid at Winston-Salem, NC, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: 
Send address changes to BULLETIN of Wake Forest University, Director of Admissions, 
P.O. Box 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305. 



The Academic Calendar 






Fall Semester 2002 



August 21 

August 22-27 
August 24 

August 25 

August 26-27 
August 28 
September 
September 11 
September 25 
October 16 
October 18 
Nov. 27-Dec. 1 
December 2 
December 6 
December 9-14 
December 15 
Dec. 15-Jan. 12 



Wednesday 

Thursday-Tuesday 
Saturday 

Sunday 

Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

(date to be announced) 

Wednesday 

Wednesday 

Wednesday 

Friday 

Wednesday-Sunday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday-Saturday 

Sunday 

Sunday-Sunday 



Spring Semester 2003 



January 11 
January 12 
January 13-14 
January 15 
January 20 
January 29 
February 
February 12 
March 7 
March 8-16 
March 17 
April 18 
April 30 
May 1-2 
May 3 
May 5-10 
May 18 
May 19 



Saturday 

Sunday 

Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

(date to be announced) 

Wednesday 

Friday 

Saturday-Sunday 

Monday 

Friday 

Wednesday 

Thursday-Friday 

Saturday 

Monday-Saturday 

Sunday 

Monday 



Move-in day for new students; 

residence halls open 8 a.m-5 p.m. 
Orientation for new students 
Residence halls open for returning 

students, 8 a.m. -5 p.m. 
Residence halls open for returning 

students, noon-5 p.m. 
Confirmation/Registration 
Classes begin 
Opening Convocation 
Last day to add courses 
Last day to drop courses 
Midterm grades due 
Fall break 

Thanksgiving holiday 
Classes resume 
Classes end 
Examinations 

All residence halls close at 10 a.m. 
Winter recess 



Residence halls open 9 a.m. -5 p.m. 

Residence halls open noon-5 p.m. 

Confirmation of registration for all students 

Classes begin 

Martin Luther King Jr. Day — no classes 

Last day to add courses 

Founders' Day Convocation 

Last day to drop courses 

Midterm grades due 

Spring break 

Classes resume 

Good Friday — no classes 

Classes end 

Reading Days 

Examinations 

Examinations 

Baccalaureate 

Commencement 



Table of Contents 




The Academic Calendar 
The University 

Buildings and Grounds 

Information Systems 

Libraries 

Recognition and Accreditation 

The Undergraduate Schools 
Wake Forest College 

Statement of Purpose 

Honor System 

Summary of Computing Rights and 
Responsibilities 

Student Complaints 

History and Development 

Chronological History of 
Wake Forest University 

Presidents of Wake Forest University 

Procedures 

Admission 

Application 

Early Decision - Single/First Choice 

Admission of Students with Disabilities 

Advanced Placement and CLEP 

Admission of Transfer Students 

Expenses 

Tuition 

Room Charges 

Food Services 

Other Charges 

Refunds 

Refunds (Title IV Recipients) 

Refunds (Non-Title IV) 

Housing 



2 


Academic Calendar 


26 


6 


Orientation and Advising 


26 


7 


Registration 


2-7 


9 


Classification 


27 


10 


Part-time Students 


27 


ii 


Class Attendance 


28 


12 


Auditing Courses 


28 


13 


Dropping a Course 


28 


13 


Withdrawal 


29 


14 


Examinations 


29 




Grading 


2-9 


15 


Grade Reports and Transcripts 


30 


17 


Dean's List 


30 


17 


Graduation Distinctions 


30 


18 
18 


Repetition of Courses 


31 


Probation 


31 


Requirements for Continuation 


31 


T 9 


Requirements for Readmission 


32 


1 9 


Summer Study 


33 


J 9 

20 
21 
21 


Transfer Credit 

Approval of Overseas Program 
Scholarships and Loans 

Academic Progress Requirements 


33 
33 
34 
34 


21 

22 
22 


Scholarships 

Federal Financial Aid Programs 

Exchange Scholarships 


36 

5i 
5i 


22 
22 


Loans 

Other Aid Programs 

Outside Assistance 


5i 
53 


2 3 


Special Programs 


54 


z 4 
15 
26 


Honors Study 


54 


Open Curriculum 
Study at Salem College 


54 
54 



Table of Content: 



International Studies 55 

Center for International Studies $j 

International Students 55 

Foreign Area Studies 55 

Opportunities for Study Abroad 55 

Austria (Vienna) 55 

Benin (Cotonou) 55 

Cuba (Havana) 56 

Mexico (Queretaro) 56 

England (London) 56 

Italy (Venice) 56 

France (Dijon) yy 

Spain (Salamanca) 57 

China (Beijing) 57 

Japan (Hiratsuka) 57 

Russia (Moscow) 57 

Study Abroad in 

Non-Wake Forest Programs 58 

Requirements for Degrees 59 

Degrees Offered 59 

General Requirements S9 

Core Requirements 60 

Basic Requirements 60 

Divisional Requirements 61 

Additional Requirements 62 

Requirement in Health and 

Exercise Science 62 

Proficiency in the Use of English 62 

Declaring a Major 63 

Maximum Number of Courses 

in a Department 63 

Options for Meeting Major 

Requirements 64 

Double Majors and Joint Majors 64 

Minors 64 

Interdisciplinary Minors 64 

Foreign Area Studies 65 

Senior Testing 65 

Combined Degrees in 

Medical Technology 65 

Degrees in Engineering 66 



Degrees in Forestry and 

Environmental Studies 66 

Five-Year Cooperative Degree Program 

in Latin American Studies 66 

Courses of Instruction — 67 
Wake Forest College 

American Ethnic Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 68 

Anthropology 68 

Art 73 

Asian Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 79 

Biology 81 

Chemistry 88 

Classical Languages 92 

Communication 96 

Computer Science 101 

Cultural Resource Preservation 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 104 

Early Christian Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 105 

East Asian Languages and Literatures 106 

East Asian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 108 



Economics 


no 


Education 


114 


English 


120 


Environmental Studies 




(Interdisciplinary Minor) 


128 


German and Russian 


129 


German Studies (Foreign Area Study) 


133 


Global Trade and Commerce Studies 


134 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 




Health and Exercise Science 


135 


Health Policy and Administration 




(Interdisciplinary Minor) 


139 


History 


141 


Humanities 


148 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 




Interdisciplinary Honors 


I 5 2 


International Studies 




(Interdisciplinary Minor) 


^54 


Italian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 


155 


Journalism (Minor) 


i 5 6 



Table of Contents 



Latin American Studies 




i 5 8 


Wayne Calloway School of 




(Interdisciplinary Minor) 






Business and Accountancy 


2 35 


Linguistics (Interdisciplinary 


Minor) 


160 


Core Purpose 


236 


Mathematics 




162 


Shared Values 


236 


Medieval Studies 




167 


Programs 


236 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 






Objectives 


236 


Military Science 




168 


Admission 


237 


Music 




170 


Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 


238 


Neuroscience 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 




I 77 

i 7 8 
18 3 
186 


Requirements for Continuation 

Requirements for Graduation 

Senior Honors Program 

Beta Gamma Sigma, 

National Honor Society 


238 
238 
240 

240 


Psychology 




193 


Courses of Instruction 


241 


Religion 




198 


Business 


241 


Romance Languages 




205 


Accountancy 


248 


Russian and East European Studies 


220 


Enrollment 


2JI 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 






Governing and Advisory Boards 


252 


Sociology 




221 


The Board of Trustees 


2 5 2 


Spanish Studies (Foreign Area 


• Study) 


226 


The Board of Visitors 


2-53 


Theatre and Dance 




226 


The Board of Visitors, W. Calloway School 


Urban Studies 






of Business and Accountancy 


254 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 




2 3 1 


The Administration 


2-55 


Women's Studies 






The Undergraduate Faculties 


269 


(Interdisciplinary Minor) 




232 


Emeriti 


20c 



The Committees of the Faculty 301 

Index 3 05 

Bulletins of Wake Forest University 310 



Table of Contents 



The University 




Wake Forest University 
is characterized by its devotion 
to liberal learning and profes- 
sional preparation for men and 
women, its strong sense of 
community and fellowship, and its 
encouragement of free inquiry 
and expression. 



Founded in 1834 by the Baptist State 
Convention of North Carolina, the school 
opened its doors on February 3 as Wake 
Forest Institute, with Samuel Wait as 
principal. It was located in Wake County, 
North Carolina, on the plantation of 
Calvin Jones, near which the village of 
Wake Forest later developed. 

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest 
College, it is one of the oldest institutions 
of higher learning in the state. It was exclu- 
sively a college of liberal arts for men until 
1894, when the School of Law was estab- 
lished. The School of Medicine, founded in 
1902, offered a two-year medical program 
until 1941. In that year, the school was 
moved from the town of Wake Forest to 
Winston-Salem, became associated with 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and 
was renamed the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. In 1942, Wake Forest admitted 
women as regular undergraduate students. 
In 1997, the medical school was renamed 



the Wake Forest School of Medicine to 
reflect its integral association with the 
University. 

A School of Business Administration 
was established in 1948. In 1969, the 
undergraduate school was succeeded by 
the Department of Business and 
Accountancy and the Department of 
Economics in Wake Forest College; at the 
same time the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management was established. In 1980, 
the undergraduate program in business 
and accountancy was reconstituted as the 
School of Business and Accountancy; in 
1995, the name was changed to the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Division of Graduate Studies, 
established in 1961, is now organized as 
the Graduate School and encompasses 
advanced work in the arts and sciences on 
both the Reynolda and Bowman Gray 
campuses in Winston-Salem. 

In 1946, the trustees of Wake Forest 
College and the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina accepted a proposal by 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to 
relocate the non-medical divisions of the 
College to Winston-Salem. The late 
Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late 
Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a 
campus site, and building funds were 
received from many sources. Between 
1952 and 1956, the first fourteen buildings 
were erected in Georgian style on the new 
Winston-Salem campus. In 1956, the 
College moved all operations, leaving the 
122-year-old campus in the town of Wake 
Forest to the Southeastern Baptist 
Theological Seminary. The Divinity School 
was established in 1999. 



The University ^ 



In 1967, the College's augmented char- 
acter was recognized by the change in 
name to Wake Forest University. Today, 
enrollment in all schools of the University 
stands at over 6,000. Governance remains 
in the hands of the Board of Trustees, and 
development for each of the seven schools 
of the University is augmented by advisory 
boards of visitors. A joint board of Univer- 
sity trustees and trustees of the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital is responsible for 
the Medical Center, which includes the 
hospital and the medical school. 

Wake Forest's relationship with the 
Baptist State Convention is an important 
part of the school's heritage. Wake Forest 
and the Convention have a fraternal, 
voluntary relationship under which Wake 
Forest is autonomous in governance. 

Since moving to Winston-Salem, Wake 
Forest has been home to the Wake Forest 
Baptist Church, an independent congrega- 
tion which attracts members from both the 
University and the community. The congre- 
gation meets in Wait Chapel and has office 
and educational space in Wingate Hall. 

The College, Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy, Babcock 
Graduate School of Management, School 
of Law, the Graduate School, and the 
Divinity School are located on the Reynolda 
Campus in northwest Winston-Salem. The 
Wake Forest School of Medicine is about 
four miles away, near the city's downtown, 
on what is known as the Bowman Gray 
Campus. The University also offers 
instruction regularly at Casa Artom in 
Venice, at Worrell House in London, at 
Flow House in Vienna, and in other places 
around the world. 

The College offers courses in more 
than forty fields of study leading to the 
baccalaureate degree. The Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy offers 



courses of study leading to baccalaureate 
degrees in business, analytical finance, 
information systems, or mathematical 
business (in cooperation with the 
Department of Mathematics); and a 
combination baccalaureate and master of 
science degree in accountancy through the 
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of 
the University. The Divinity School offers 
the master of divinity degree. The School 
of Law offers the juris doctor and master 
of laws in American law degrees, and the 
Babcock Graduate School of Management, 
the master of business administration 
degree. Both schools also offer a joint 
JD/MBA degree. In addition to the doctor 
of medicine degree, the Wake Forest 
School of Medicine offers, through the 
Graduate School, programs leading to the 
master of science and doctor of philosophy 
degrees in biomedical sciences. The School 
of Medicine and the Babcock School offer 
a joint MD/MBA program. The Graduate 
School confers the master of arts, master 
of arts in education, master of arts in liber- 
al studies, and master of science degrees in 
the arts and sciences and the doctor of 
philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, 
and physics. The Graduate School also 
offers MD/PhD and PhD/MBA programs. 

Buildings and Grounds 

The Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest is 
situated on approximately 340 acres; its 
physical facilities consist of over thirty 
buildings, most of which are of modified 
Georgian architecture and constructed of 
Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and 
limestone. The Reynolda Gardens annex, 
consisting of about 150 acres and includ- 
ing Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, 
and Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the 
campus. The Graylyn International 



The University 



Conference Center, an educational confer- 
ence center, is nearby. 

Wait Chapel, named in memory of the first 
president of the College, seats 2,300. The 
Wait Chapel tower contains the Janet 
Jeffrey Carlisle Harris Carillon, an instru- 
ment of forty-eight bells. Wingate Hall, 
named in honor of President Washington 
Manly Wingate, houses the Department of 
Religion, the office of the University chap- 
lain and the Wake Forest Baptist Church, 
offices of the Divinity School, and other 
classrooms and offices. 

Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza 
from Wait Chapel, houses most of the 
administrative offices for the Reynolda 
Campus. The Benson University Center is 
the central hub for student activities and 
events. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
and its Edwin Graves Wilson Wing house 
the main collection of books and docu- 
ments on the Reynolda Campus. Along 
with eight floors of open stacks, with a 
capacity for over 1,000,000 volumes, it 
has reading and reference rooms for study. 
Carswell Hall houses the Departments of 
Communication, Economics, and 
Sociology, and a large multimedia lecture 
area, the Annenburg Forum. 

Winston Hall houses biology; Salem Hall, 
the chemistry department. Both buildings 
have laboratories as well as classrooms 
and special research facilities. The Olin 
Physical Laboratory is the facility for the 
physics department. Harold W. Tribble 
Hall accommodates primarily humanities 
departments and the women's studies pro- 
gram, and has seminar rooms, a philoso- 
phy library, and a multimedia lecture area, 
DeTamble Auditorium. The Museum of 
Anthropology houses the anthropology 
department and the Museum. The Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy and the Departments of 



Mathematics and Computer Science are in 
Calloway Hall. William B. Greene Jr. Hall 
houses psychology, German and Russian, 
and Romance languages. 

The James R. Scales Fine Arts Center is of 
contemporary design appropriate to the 
functions of studio art, theatre, musical 
and dance performances, and instruction 
in art history, drama, and music. Off its 
lobby is a large gallery for special exhibi- 
tions. In the art wing are spacious studios 
for drawing, painting, sculpture, and print- 
making, along with a smaller gallery and 
classrooms. In the theatre wing are design 
and production areas and two technically 
complete theatres, the larger of traditional 
proscenium design and the smaller for 
experimental ring productions. The music 
wing contains Brendle Recital Hall for 
concerts and lectures, classrooms, practice 
rooms for individuals and groups, and the 
offices of the music department. 

The Worrell Professional Center for Law 
and Management houses the School of 
Law and the Babcock Graduate School of 
Management under one roof. 

The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium has 
classrooms for instruction in health and 
exercise science, courts for indoor sports, a 
swimming pool, and offices for the 
Departments of Health and Exercise 
Science and Student Health Service. 
Adjacent are tennis courts, sports fields, 
the Kentner Stadium, the Athletic Center 
for intercollegiate athletics, and the 
Kenneth D. Miller Center. 

The Information Systems Building houses 
the Information Systems and military sci- 
ence departments, and ICCEL, as well as a 
University Stores annex and a food service 
area. 

The Wake Forest campus has a wide vari- 
ety of housing options available to students. 



The University 8 



Babcock Hall, Bostwick Hall, Collins Hall, 
Davis Hall, Efird Hall, Huffman Hall, 
Johnson Hall, Kitchin Hall, Luter Hall, 
North Hall, Palmer Hall, Piccolo Hall, 
Polo Hall, Poteat Hall, the Student 
Apartments and Taylor Hall are coeduca- 
tional by floor, wing, or apartment. 
Substance-free living environments are 
available in some residence halls. First-year 
students live in Babcock, Bostwick, 
Collins, Johnson, Luter, Palmer, and 
Piccolo. Student housing is available in the 
townhouse apartments and several small 
houses owned by the University. 
Upperclass students may choose to live in 
a variety of theme houses including Fine 
Arts House, German House, and NIA 
House, or others that are currently being 
developed. On the edge of the main cam- 
pus are apartments for faculty and staff. 

Information Systems 

Information Systems supports University 
instruction, research, and administrative 
needs. The campus computer network 
offers high-speed connectivity from all 
residence hall rooms, all offices, and many 
classrooms and public areas. 

Upon enrollment, all undergraduate 
students receive an IBM ThinkPad com- 
puter and color printer. At the beginning 
of the junior year, students exchange the 
ThinkPad for a new model. Upon gradua- 
tion, the ThinkPad and the printer become 
the property of the student. 

These laptop computers contain a stan- 
dard suite of powerful programs that allow 
students easy access to research and class 
materials and offer the ability to interact 
with faculty, staff, and other students 
through the campus network. The programs 
include Microsoft Office, electronic mail, 
and Internet and library browsing, research, 
analytical tools, and development tools. 



A large variety of instructional, classroom, 
and research resources are accessible 
through the campus network. These 
include the library's CD-ROM network, 
OCLC FirstSearch, and other digital and 
data resources. 

Information Systems also supports an 
extensive online information system that 
includes documentation, class schedules 
and grades, University-wide activity calen- 
dars, the Wake Forest University Libraries 
information system, and the electronic 
version of the Old Gold and Black. The 
Wake Forest Information Network (WIN) 
provides the University community with 
faculty, staff, and student databases and 
directories, an alumni directory, class 
registration services, an online ride board 
and used textbook exchange for students, 
and customizable links to news, weather, 
and research sites. 

Students also have access to comput- 
ing resources outside the University. 
The University is a member of the Inter- 
University Consortium for Political and 
Social Research (ICPSR), located at the 
University of Michigan. Membership in 
ICPSR provides faculty and students with 
access to a large library of data files, 
including public opinion surveys, cross- 
cultural data, financial data, and complete 
census data. The University is also a mem- 
ber of EDUCAUSE, a national consortium 
of colleges and universities concerned with 
computing issues. 

The University has an extensive collec- 
tion of computing facilities that serve both 
academic and business needs. A Hewlett- 
Packard series 3000/979, a 3000/969, 
and 34 Windows NT servers provide for 
business computing needs. Three IBM 
SP/2s provide messaging, systems manage- 
ment, Intranet, and scientific and other 
research needs. These SP/2s contain 7, 9, 
and 12 computing nodes respectively. 



The University 



The 12-node SP/2 complex performs super- 
computing applications in the sciences. 
Fifty-nine Windows NT servers provide 
for file and print services and courseware. 
A Windows NT server and an IBM H50 
provide library services. These systems are 
available to students, faculty, and staff 
twenty-four hours a day through network 
and dial-up connectivity. 

Wake Forest has a gigabit Ethernet 
connection to the Winston-Salem RPOP 
(regional point of presence). The RPOP 
connects to NCREN, the Internet service 
provider for the majority of colleges and 
universities in North Carolina, through 
a 622 mbps connection. Through this 
connection, Wake Forest has access to 
CRAY and IBM SP2 supercomputers 
located at the MCNC/North Carolina 
Supercomputing Center in Research 
Triangle and to all the premier research 
networks in the world, including Internet 
II, Abilene, and the VBNS (Very high per- 
formance Backbone Network Service). 
Wake Forest is also working closely with 
the North Carolina Research and 
Education Network on other advanced 
networking technologies. 

Information Systems also provides tele- 
phone and cable television services to the 
students, faculty, and staff of Wake Forest 
University. All residence hall rooms are 
equipped with telephone jacks and cable 
TV connections. Local dial service for the 
campus and Winston-Salem area is provid- 
ed as part of the housing package. Students 
who reside in campus housing receive per- 
sonal security codes for dialing long dis- 
tance calls, which are billed to them each 
month. 

Cable television, while providing a 
recreational outlet, plays an important role 
by providing access to campus information 
and educational offerings. Cable channel 6 
is the Wake Forest University information 



channel, providing information and a 
calendar of campus events. WAKE Radio, 
a student-run station, provides back- 
ground music for this channel. Channels 
17 and 22 carry SCOLA and SCOLA 2, 
nonprofit educational services that feature 
television programming from more than 
fifty different countries in their original 
languages. 

Information Systems provides assis- 
tance by telephone and supports walk-in 
customers from 8 a.m. until 9 p.m. 
Monday through Thursday; 8 a.m. until 
5 p.m. on Friday; and 1 p.m. until 9 p.m. 
on Sunday. A voice mail retrieval system is 
activated on weekends and during holiday 
breaks to respond to emergency calls. On- 
site computing support in the residence 
halls is available from Resident Technology 
Advisors (RTAs). In addition, students 
have 24-hour access to online support 
resources at http://sos.wfu.edu. 

Libraries 

The libraries of Wake Forest University 
support instruction and research at the 
undergraduate level and in the disciplines 
awarding graduate degrees. The libraries 
of the University hold membership in the 
Association of College and Research 
Libraries, and the Association of South- 
eastern Research Libraries, and rank 
among the top libraries in the Southeast in 
expenditures per student. 

Facilities in the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library include the Information Technology 
Center with multimedia viewing, editing, 
and scanning, and a lab for student use. 
Twenty-four hour study rooms are avail- 
able to students with a key-card. Group 
study rooms are provided for student use. 

All Wake Forest libraries share an 
online catalog which may be consulted at 
stations in the buildings, from the campus 



The University T q 



network, and on the internet. The Reference 
Department of the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library provides a complete range of 
reference services including online search- 
ing, tours, first-year student orientation, 
presentations to individual classes, and 
assistance with directed and independent 
research. Wake Forest libraries offer access 
to a wide array of electronic databases, 
full text of journals, and other networked 
resources, as well as assistance in using 
and evaluating them. Reference tools are 
available in electronic and print formats. 
Interlibrary loan service is available for 
Wake Forest students, faculty, and staff. 
Books, photocopies, and other materials 
may be borrowed from other libraries at 
no charge. 

The Wake Forest University libraries 
hold more than one and a half million 
volumes in print, 16,000 subscriptions to 
periodicals and serials, two million micro- 
forms, as well as a growing video collec- 
tion. As a congressionally designated selec- 
tive federal depository and depository of 
North Carolina government information, 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Library holds near- 
ly 170,000 government documents. 

Special collections in the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library include the Rare Books 
Collection and the Ethel Taylor Crittenden 
Baptist Historical Collection. The Rare 
Books Collection, greatly enhanced by the 
donation of rare and fine books of the late 
Charles H. Babcock, emphasizes American 
and British authors of the late nineteenth 
and early twentieth centuries. Among such 
collections are those of Mark Twain, 
Gertrude Stein, William Butler Yeats and 
T.S. Eliot. There is also an extensive 
Anglo-Irish literature collection. The 
Baptist Historical Collection contains sig- 
nificant books, periodicals, manuscripts, 
and church records relating to North 



Carolina Baptists as well as a collection of 
the personal papers of prominent ministers, 
educators and government officials with 
ties to Wake Forest. The Wake Forest 
College/University Archive also is main- 
tained in this area. The library houses a 
major collection on The Holocaust, as 
well. 

The Professional Center Library in the 
Worrell Professional Center serves the Law 
School and the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management. This library is open to 
undergraduates with research needs for its 
collection. 

Recognition and 
Accreditation 

Wake Forest University is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools 
(1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia; 
(404) 679-4501) to award bachelor's, 
master's, and doctoral degrees. 

The Wake Forest University School of 
Medicine is a member of the Association 
of American Medical Colleges and is fully 
accredited by the Liaison Committee on 
Medical Education, the joint accrediting 
body of the Association of American 
Medical Colleges and the American 
Medical Association. The School of Law is 
a member of the Association of American 
Law Schools and is listed as an approved 
school by the Council of the Section of 
Legal Education and Admissions to the 
Bar of the American Bar Association and 
by the Board of Law Examiners and the 
Council of the North Carolina State Bar. 
The Babcock Graduate School of Manage- 
ment and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy are accredited 
by the AACSB — The International 
Association for Management Education. 



II The University 



The program in counseling leading to the 
master of arts in education degree is 
accredited by the Council for Accreditation 
of Counseling and Related Educational 
Programs. 

Wake Forest University is a member of 
many institutional organizations and asso- 
ciations at the national, regional, and 
statewide levels, including the following: 
the American Council on Education, the 
Association of American Colleges, the 
National Association of Independent 
Colleges and Universities, the Council of 
Graduate Schools in the United States, the 
Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools, the Southern Universities Confer- 
ence, the Council of Southern Graduate 
Schools, the North Carolina Association of 
Colleges and Universities, and the North 
Carolina Association of Independent 
Colleges and Universities. In addition, 
many offices of the University are members 
of associations which focus on particular 
aspects of University administration. 

Wake Forest has chapters of the princi- 
pal national social fraternities and sorori- 
ties, professional fraternities, and honor 
societies, including Phi Beta Kappa and 
Sigma Xi. There is an active chapter of the 
American Association of University 
Professors on campus. 

The Undergraduate Schools 

There are two undergraduate schools at 
Wake Forest University: Wake Forest 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. The undergrad- 
uate schools are governed by the Board of 
Trustees, the University administration, 
and by their respective faculties. Respon- 
sibility for academic administration is 
delegated by the president and trustees to 



the associate provost, who is the chief 
academic officer of the University. The 
deans of the schools report to the associate 
provost and are responsible for academic 
planning and administration for their 
schools. 

Wake Forest University is committed 
to administer all educational and employ- 
ment activities without discrimination 
because of race, color, religion, national 
origin, age, sex, veteran status, handi- 
capped status or disability as required by 
law. The University has adopted a proce- 
dure for the purpose of resolving discrimi- 
nation complaints. Inquiries or concerns 
should be directed to: Harold Holmes, 
dean of student services, at (336) 758-5226; 
Paul Escott, dean of the college, at (336) 
758-5312; or Doris McLaughlin, the assis- 
tant director of human resources, director 
of equal employment opportunity, and 
Title IX coordinator, at (336) 758-4814. 

The Higher Education Act requires 
that institutions of higher education make 
available by October 15 of each year a copy 
of the Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act 
annual report to any student who requests 
one. Please contact the athletic department 
to request a copy of this document. 

In addition, Wake Forest rejects hatred 
and bigotry in any form and adheres to the 
principle that no person affiliated with 
Wake Forest should be judged or harassed 
on the basis of perceived or actual sexual 
orientation. In affirming its commitment 
to this principle, Wake Forest does not 
limit freedom of religious association or 
expression, does not presume to control 
the policies of persons or entities not affili- 
ated with Wake Forest, and does not 
extend benefits beyond those provided 
under other policies of Wake Forest. 



The University j2 



Wake Forest College 



1% 



Wake Forest College is the 
undergraduate school of arts 
and sciences of wake forest 
University. It is the center of 
the University's academic life; 
through it, the university carries 
on the tradition of preparing 
men and women for personal 
enrichment, enlightened citizen- 
ship, and professional life. 

Wake Forest College is a place of meeting. 
Its teachers and students are of diverse 
backgrounds and interests, and that diversi- 
ty is crucial to the distinctive character of 
the College. Wake Forest continually exam- 
ines its educational purpose and evaluates 
its success in fulfilling it. A formal statement 
of purpose was prepared as part of the 
school's decennial reaccreditation process 
and was adopted by the Board of Trustees. 

Statement of Purpose 

Wake Forest is a university dedicated to the 
pursuit of excellence in the liberal arts and 
in graduate and professional education. Its 
distinctiveness in its pursuit of its mission 
derives from its private, coeducational, and 
residential character; its size and location; 
and its Baptist affiliation. Each of these fac- 
tors constitutes a significant aspect of the 
unique character of the institution. 

The University is now comprised of 
seven constituent parts: two undergraduate 
institutions, Wake Forest College and the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 



Accountancy; the Graduate School; and 
four professional schools: the School of 
Law, the Wake Forest University School of 
Medicine, the Babcock Graduate School of 
Management, and the Divinity School. It 
seeks to honor the ideals of liberal learn- 
ing, which entail commitment to transmis- 
sion of cultural heritages; teaching the 
modes of learning in the basic disciplines 
of human knowledge; developing critical 
appreciation of moral, aesthetic, and reli- 
gious values; advancing the frontiers of 
knowledge through in-depth study and 
research; and applying and using knowl- 
edge in the service of humanity. 

Wake Forest has been dedicated to 
the liberal arts for over a century and a 
half; this means education in the funda- 
mental fields of human knowledge and 
achievement, as distinguished from edu- 
cation that is technical or narrowly voca- 
tional. It seeks to encourage habits of 
mind that ask "why," that evaluate evi- 
dence, that are open to new ideas, that 
attempt to understand and appreciate the 
perspectives of others, that accept com- 
plexity and grapple with it, that admit 
error, and that pursue truth. Wake Forest 
College has by far the largest student 
body in the University, and its function is 
central to the University's larger life. The 
College and the Graduate School are 
most singularly focused on learning for 
its own sake; they therefore serve as 
exemplars of specific academic values in 
the life of the University. 



13 



Wake Forest College 



Beginning as early as 1894, Wake 
Forest accepted an obligation to provide 
professional training in a number of fields, 
as a complement to its primary mission of 
liberal arts education. This responsibility is 
fulfilled in the conviction that the humane 
values embodied in the liberal arts are also 
centrally relevant to the professions. 
Professional education at Wake Forest is 
characterized by a commitment to ethical 
and other professional ideals that transcend 
technical skills. Like the Graduate School, 
the professional schools are dedicated to 
the advancement of learning in their fields. 
In addition, they are specifically committed 
to the application of knowledge to solving 
concrete problems of human beings. They 
are strengthened by values and goals which 
they share with the College and Graduate 
School, and the professional schools 
enhance the work of these schools and the 
University as a whole by serving as models 
of service to humanity. 

Wake Forest was founded by private 
initiative, and ultimate decision-making 
authority lies in a privately appointed 
Board of Trustees rather than in a public 
body. "Funded to a large extent from pri- 
vate sources of support, [Wake Forest] is 
determined to chart its own course in the 
pursuit of its goals. As a coeducational 
institution it seeks to 'educate together' 
persons of both sexes and from a wide 
range of backgrounds — racial, ethnic, reli- 
gious, geographical, socio-economic, and 
cultural... Its residential features are con- 
ducive to learning and to the pursuit of a 
wide range of co-curricular activities. It 
has made a conscious choice to remain 
small in overall size; it takes pride in being 
able to function as a community rather 
than a conglomerate. Its location in the 
Piedmont area of North Carolina engen- 
ders an ethos that is distinctively Southern, 



and more specifically North Carolinian... 
As it seeks further to broaden its con- 
stituency and to receive national recogni- 
tion, it is also finding ways to maintain the 
ethos associated with its regional roots." 

Wake Forest is proud of its Baptist and 
Christian heritage. For more than a centu- 
ry and a half, it has provided the 
University an indispensable basis for its 
mission and purpose, enabling Wake 
Forest to educate thousands of ministers 
and laypeople for enlightened leadership in 
their churches and communities. Far from 
being exclusive and parochial, this reli- 
gious tradition gives the University roots 
that ensure its lasting identity and branch- 
es that provide a supportive environment 
for a wide variety of faiths. The Baptist 
insistence on both the separation of church 
and state and local autonomy has helped 
to protect the University from interference 
and domination by outside interests, 
whether these be commercial, governmen- 
tal, or ecclesiastical. The Baptist emphasis 
upon revealed truth enables a strong reli- 
gious critique of human reason, even as 
the claims of revelation are put under the 
scrutiny of reason. The character of intel- 
lectual life at Wake Forest encourages open 
and frank dialogue and provides assurance 
that the University will be ecumenical and 
not provincial in scope, and that it must 
encompass perspectives other than the 
Christian. Wake Forest thus seeks to main- 
tain and invigorate what is noblest in its 
religious heritage. 

Honor System 

Wake Forest University upholds the ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System 
is central to University life; its essence is a 
commitment by each person to do what is 
right and abide by community standards. 



Wake Forest College 



14 



Each student is pledged to be trustworthy 
in all matters, and a violation of that trust 
is an offense against the community as a 
whole. In the specific terms of the Honor 
Code, a student pledges in all phases of life 
not to cheat, plagiarize, engage in other 
forms of academic misconduct, deceive, or 
steal. The strength of the Honor System 
derives from the commitment of each and 
every student to uphold its ideals. 

The Honor System is maintained and 
overseen by the Judicial Council of the 
undergraduate schools (see p. 304). Com- 
plete details are available at the Office of 
the Dean of Student Services. 



just as wrong in the context of computing 
systems as they are in all other domains. 

Use of campus facilities is restricted to 
authorized users. An "authorized user" is 
an individual who has been assigned a 
login ID and password by Information 
Systems staff (on any relevant system), or 
by an authorized agent. Individual users 
are responsible for the proper use of their 
accounts, including the protection of their 
login IDs and passwords. Users are also 
responsible for reporting any activities that 
they believe to be in violation of this policy, 
just as students are responsible for report- 
ing Honor and Ethics System violations. 



Summary of Computing 
Rights and Responsibilities 

The policy applies to all computer and 
computer communication facilities owned, 
leased, operated, or contracted by the 
University. This includes, but is not limited 
to, word processing equipment, microcom- 
puters, minicomputers, mainframes, com- 
puter networks, computer peripherals, and 
software, whether used for administration, 
research, teaching, or other purposes. The 
policy extends to any use of University 
facilities to access computers elsewhere. 

Basic Principles. The University's com- 
puting resources are for instructional and 
research use by the students, faculty, and 
staff of Wake Forest University. Ethical 
standards, which apply to other University 
activities (Honor and Ethics System, the 
Social Rules and Responsibilities, and all 
local, state, and federal laws), apply equal- 
ly to use of campus computing facilities. 

As in all aspects of University life, users 
of computing facilities should act honor- 
ably and in a manner consistent with ordi- 
nary ethical obligations. Cheating, stealing, 
making false or deceiving statements, pla- 
giarism, vandalism, and harassment are 



Individuals should use these facilities: 
in a manner consistent with the terms 

under which they were granted access 

to them; 
in a way that respects the rights and 

privacy of other users; 
so as not to interfere with or violate the 

normal, appropriate use of these 

facilities; and 
in a responsible and efficient manner. 

Abusive activities which are already covered 
under other University policies are to be 
handled in the same way, and by the same 
authorities, as if a computer had not been 
involved, following established guidelines. 

Systems Monitoring. This statement serves 
as notice to all users of campus computing 
systems that regular monitoring of system 
activities may occur. Only designated staff 
of Information Systems have authorization 
to engage in systems monitoring. 

Privacy. All individuals, including members 
of the Information Systems staff, should 
respect the privacy of other authorized 
users. Thus they should respect the rights of 
other users to security of files, confidentiali- 
ty of data, and the ownership of their own 



15 



Wake Forest College 



work. Nonetheless, in order to enforce the 
policies set out here, designated Information 
Systems staff are permitted to monitor 
activity on local computing systems. 

In the event that staff should investi- 
gate a user, a record of the investigation 
shall be placed in a permanent file to be 
kept in Information Systems, beyond the 
standard log of all systems monitoring. 
This record shall state why the user was 
investigated, what files were examined, 
and the results of the investigation. 
Information Systems staff shall not reveal 
the contents of users' files, users' activities, 
or the record of investigations except in 
the following cases (and then only with the 
approval of the chief information officer or 
the provost): 

Evidence of Honor and Ethics System or 
Social Rules and Regulations violations 
will be referred to the dean of the appro- 
priate school, or to the dean of student 
services. 

Evidence of improper activities by 
University employees will be referred to 
the director of human resources or the 
appropriate University officers. 

Evidence of violations of law will be 
referred to the appropriate law enforce- 
ment officials. 

Examples of prohibited activities are pro- 
vided online. 

Disciplinary actions. Substantial evidence 
of a violation of the principles described in 
this policy statement may result in disci- 
plinary action. As stated above, in cases 
where a policy already exists, and the only 
difference is that a computer was used to 
perform the activity, such action will be 
taken through appropriate University 



channels such as administrative proce- 
dures, the Honor and Ethics Council, the 
Graduate Council, or other supervisory 
authority to which the individual is sub- 
ject. Violation of state or federal statutes 
may result in civil or criminal proceedings. 
Otherwise, those who engage in computer 
violations are subject to the authority of 
Information Systems. 

Violation of the policies articulated 
here may result in one or more of the fol- 
lowing, plus any additional actions deemed 
appropriate by Information Systems: 

Suspension of one's ability to perform 
interactive logins on relevant machines 
on campus 

Suspension of one's ability to login to a 
campus network 

Suspension of one's ability to send 
e-mail 

Suspension of one's ability to receive 
e-mail 

Increased monitoring of further comput- 
er activity (beyond normal systems moni- 
toring) 

Any disciplinary action taken by 
Information Systems may be revoked 
and/or modified by the provost of the 
University or anyone the provost desig- 
nates to deal with such matters. 

Locating Computing Policy Information 
and Policy Updates. The above summary 
is based on the Policy on Ethical and 
Responsible Use of Computing Resources 
and other computing policies. These poli- 
cies may be updated, shortened, or 
expanded from time to time. Full policies 
can be reviewed online at www.wfu. 
edu/Computer-information/. 



Wake Forest College j^ 



Student Complaints 

Situations may arise in which a student 
believes that he or she has not received fair 
treatment by a representative of the 
University or has a complaint about the 
performance, actions or inaction of the 
staff or faculty affecting a student. The 
procedure for bringing these issues to the 
appropriate person or body is outlined 
below. Students are encouraged to seek 
assistance from their advisers or another 
member of the faculty or staff in evaluat- 
ing the nature of their complaints or decid- 
ing on an appropriate course of action. 

A complaint should first be directed as 
soon as possible to the person or persons 
whose actions or inactions have given rise 
to the problem — not later than three 
months after the event. For complaints in 
the academic setting, the student should talk 
personally with the instructor. Should the 
student and instructor be unable to resolve 
the conflict, the student may then turn to 
the chair of the involved department (the 
dean in the Calloway School) for assistance. 
The chair (or dean) will meet with both par- 
ties, seek to understand their individual per- 
spectives, and within a reasonable time, 
reach a conclusion and share it with both 
parties. Finally, a student may appeal to the 
Committee on Academic Affairs which will 
study the matter, work with the parties, and 
reach a final resolution. 

Students having complaints outside the 
academic setting, and who have been 
unable to resolve the matter with the indi- 
vidual directly involved, should process the 
complaint in a timely manner through the 
administrative channels of the appropriate 
unit. Students uncertain about the proper 
channels are encouraged to seek advice 
from faculty advisers, deans' offices, or the 
office of the dean of student services. 



Complaints which rise to the level of a 
grievance (as determined by the earlier 
steps in the process) may be heard as a 
final appeal before a University official 
designated by the associate provost after 
reviewing the nature of the complaint. The 
committee will include a representative of 
the faculty and a member of the student 
body. The grievance must be filed in writ- 
ing. Grievances not deemed frivolous by 
the committee will be heard. The student 
may be assisted during the hearing by a 
member of the University community. 

The complaint/grievance process out- 
lined above is meant to answer and resolve 
issues arising between individual students 
and the University and its various offices 
from practices and procedures affecting 
that relationship. In many cases, there are 
mechanisms already in place for the report- 
ing and resolution of specialized com- 
plaints (harassment and discrimination for 
instance) and these should be fully utilized 
where appropriate. Violation of student 
conduct rules or the honor system should 
be addressed through the judicial process 
specifically designed for that purpose. 

History and Development 

Since 1834, Wake Forest College has 
developed its distinctive pattern of charac- 
teristics: tenacity, independence, a fierce 
defense of free inquiry and expression, and 
a concern that knowledge be used respon- 
sibly and compassionately. That these 
characteristics have served the school well 
is displayed by its growth from a small sec- 
tarian school to one of the nation's signifi- 
cant small private universities. 

A brief history of Wake Forest is useful 
in understanding the University as it is 
today and appreciating the process 
through which it developed. 



17 



Wake Forest College 



Chronological History of 
Wake Forest University 

1834 Founded in the town of Wake 
Forest, N.C., as Wake Forest 
Manual Labor Institute in 
cooperation with the N.C. Baptist 
State Convention 
1838 Named Wake Forest College 
1894 School of Law established 
1902 School of Medicine founded 
1921 First summer session 
1936 Approval of the School of Law by 
the American Bar Association 

1 941 Relocation of the School of 
Medicine to Winston-Salem and 
eventual change of name to 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
and association with the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital 

1942 Women admitted as 
undergraduate students 

19 j6 Move to Winston-Salem in response 

to an endowment from the Z. Smith 

Reynolds Foundation 
1961 Graduate studies instituted 
1967 Change of name to Wake Forest 

University 
1969 Babcock Graduate School of 

Management established 
1976 James R. Scales Fine Arts Center 

opened 



1984 Sesquicentennial anniversary 
1986 Redefined the relationship with the 
N.C. Baptist State Convention 

1989 Olin Physical Laboratory opened 

1990 Clifton L. Benson University Center 

opened 

1992 Edwin Graves Wilson Wing of Z. 
Smith Reynolds Library dedicated 

1993 Worrell Professional Center for 
Law and Management opened 

1994 Centennial anniversary— 
School of Law 

1995 Change of name to 

Wayne Calloway School of Business 

and Accountancy 
1997 Change of name to Wake Forest 

University School of Medicine 
1999 Opening of the Wake Forest 

University Divinity School 

Presidents of 

Wake Forest University 

1834 Samuel Wait 

1 84 j William Hooper 

1849 John Brown White 

1 8 J4 Washington Manly Wingate 

1879 Thomas Henderson Pritchard 

1884 Charles Elisha Taylor 

1 90 j William Louis Poteat 

1927 Francis Pendleton Gaines 

1930 Thurman D. Kitchin 

19 jo Harold Way land Tribble 

1967 James Ralph Scales 

1983 Thomas K. Hearn Jr. 



Wake Forest College jg 



Procedures 




All students are responsible for 
familiarizing themselves with the 
portions of this bulletin which 
pertain to their course of study. 
Statements concerning courses 
and expenses are not to be 
regarded as irrevocable con- 
tracts between the student and 
the institution. the university 
reserves the right to change the 
schedule of classes and the cost 
of instruction at any time within 
the student's term of residence. 

Admission 

Candidates for admission must furnish evi- 
dence of maturity and educational achieve- 
ment. The Committee on Admissions care- 
fully considers the applicant's academic 
records, scores on tests, and evidence of 
character, motivation, goals, and general 
fitness for study in the College. The appli- 
cant's secondary school program must 
establish a commitment to the kind of 
broad liberal education reflected in the 
academic requirements of the College. 
Admission as a first-year student 
normally requires graduation from an 
accredited secondary school with a mini- 
mum of sixteen units of high school credit. 
These should include four units in English, 
three in mathematics, two in history and 
social studies, two in a single foreign lan- 
guage, and one in the natural sciences. 



'--.ii?> 



An applicant who presents at least twelve 
units of differently distributed college pre- 
paratory study can be considered. A limit- 
ed number of applicants may be admitted 
without the high school diploma, with par- 
ticular attention given to ability, maturity, 
and motivation. 

North Carolina law and Wake Forest 
University require that all new, transfer, 
readmit, unclassified, or visiting students 
submit proof of immunization against 
tetanus and diphtheria (Td), polio, rubeola, 
rubella, and mumps before registration. 
The Student Handbook has a detailed 
statement. A certificate from the student's 
high school, physician, or county health 
department director containing the 
approved dates is acceptable proof of 
immunization. The Student Health Service 
will furnish a form for this purpose. North 
Carolina law requires that students who do 
not submit proper proof of immunization 
within thirty days of enrollment cannot 
attend Wake Forest University until these 
immunizations have been documented. 

Application 

An application is secured from the Office 
of Undergraduate Admissions in person or 
by mail (P.O. Box 7305 Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109- 
7305) or online at http://www.wfu.edu 
/admissions/. It should be completed and 
returned to that office no later than 



19 



Procedures 



January 15 for the fall semester. Most 
admissions decisions for the fall semester 
are made by April 1, with prompt notifica- 
tion of applicants. For the spring semester, 
applications should be completed and 
returned no later than November 15. 
Except in emergency, the final date for 
applying for the fall semester is August 1 
and for the spring semester, January 1. 
Application on this last-date basis is pri- 
marily for nonresident students. 

Wake Forest accepts the Common 
Application in lieu of its own form and 
gives equal consideration to both. Students 
may obtain copies of the Common Appli- 
cation from their high schools. 

The admission application requires 
records and recommendations directly 
from secondary school officials. It also 
requires test scores, preferably from the 
senior year, on the SAT I: Reasoning Test 
of The College Board. SAT II: Subject Test 
scores are optional. All test scores should 
be sent directly to the University by Educa- 
tional Testing Service. A nonrefundable 
$40 fee to cover the cost of processing 
must accompany an application. It cannot 
be applied to later charges for accepted 
students or refunded for others. The 
University reserves the right to reject any 
application without explanation. 

A $300 admission deposit is required 
of all regularly admitted students and must 
be sent to the Office of Undergraduate 
Admissions no later than May 1 following 
notice of acceptance. It is credited toward 
first semester fees and is nonrefundable. 
Students notified of acceptance after May 
1 for the fall semester or November 1 for 
the spring semester should make a nonre- 
fundable admission deposit within two 
weeks of notification. Failure to make the 
admission deposit is taken as cancellation 
of application by the student. No deposit is 
required for summer session enrollment. 



Early Decision 

Two early decision deadlines and notifica- 
tion schedules are available to well-qualified 
high school students who decide, by the 
close of their junior year, that Wake Forest 
is either their only choice or first choice 
college. 

Early Decision- 
Single Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
their first choice and have applied to no 
other college may submit an application at 
any time after completion of the junior 
year and no later than November 15. 
Decisions on these applicants are made on 
a rolling basis, three to four weeks after 
the application is completed. Students 
agree to enroll if accepted and submit a 
nonrefundable $500 deposit prior to 
January 1. 

Early Decision- 
First Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
a first choice and only early decision choice 
but who may have submitted or have plans 
to submit regular decision applications to 
other institutions, may apply no later than 
November 15 and are notified by 
December 15. If accepted, students agree 
to enroll and to withdraw applications 
from other colleges. A $500 nonrefundable 
deposit is due by January 1. 

Candidates for early decision are nor- 
mally expected to have completed, or be 
enrolled in courses to complete, all sec- 
ondary school requirements. Decisions are 
based upon junior year grades and test 
scores. Applicants not admitted are asked 
to submit additional SAT I scores and the 
first semester senior year grade report, or 
they are advised to apply elsewhere. 



Procedures 2,0 



Admission of Students 
with Disabilities 

Wake Forest College will consider the appli- 
cation of any qualified student, regardless of 
disability, on the basis of the selection crite- 
ria established by the University which 
include personal and academic merit. Upon 
matriculation, all students will be required 
to meet the same standards for graduation. 
Programs at Wake Forest are accessible to 
all of its students. 

The University endeavors to provide 
facilities which are in compliance with all 
laws and regulations regarding access for 
individuals with disabilities. Additionally, 
special services are available to reasonably 
accommodate students with disabilities. For 
more information on assistance for under- 
graduate students, please contact Van D. 
Westervelt, director of the Learning 
Assistance Center, at (336) 758-5929 or the 
assistant director of human resources and 
director of equal employment opportunity, 
at (336) 758-4814. 

Advanced Placement 
and CLEP 

Advanced placement credit for college level 
work done in high school is available on 
the basis of the Advanced Placement 
Examination of The College Board and 
supplementary information. Especially 
well-qualified applicants for advanced 
standing may also be exempt from some 
basic and divisional courses with credit on 
the authorization of the department con- 
cerned. Credit by advanced standing is 
treated in the same manner as credit trans- 
ferred from another college. 

Under certain conditions, especially 
well-prepared applicants may be granted 
limited college credit through the subject 
tests of the College Level Examination 



Program (CLEP) of the Educational 
Testing Service. Such credit may be 
assigned with the approval of the depart- 
ment concerned or the dean of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

Admission of 
Transfer Students 

The number of transfer students who can 
be admitted each year depends upon the 
availability of space in the first-year (sec- 
ond semester), sophomore, and junior 
classes. An applicant for admission who 
has attended another college must be a 
graduate of a standard junior college or 
furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal 
stating eligibility in all respects to enter the 
college last attended, and must have an 
overall average of at least C on all college 
work attempted. A student who is admit- 
ted from another college before fully meet- 
ing the prescribed admissions requirements 
for entering first-year students must 
remove the entrance conditions during the 
first year at Wake Forest. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in 
other accredited colleges are accepted sub- 
ject to faculty approval. In general, no 
credit is allowed for courses not found in 
the Wake Forest curriculum. The mini- 
mum residence requirement for a bac- 
calaureate degree is two academic years, 
the senior and one other. 

Expenses 

Statements concerning expenses are not to 
be regarded as forming an irrevocable con- 
tract between the student and the University. 
The costs of instruction and other services 
outlined herein are those in effect on the 
date of publication of this bulletin, and the 
University reserves the right to change 



2i Procedures 



without notice the cost of instruction and 
other services at any time. 

Charges are due in full on August 1 for 
the fall semester and December 15 for the 
spring semester. Faculty regulations require 
that student accounts be settled in full 
before the student is entitled to receive a 
grade report, transcript, or diploma, or to 
register for the following semester or term. 

Tuition 

Per Semester Per Year 

FULL-TIME $12,375 $24,750 

PART-TIME $950 PER SEMESTER HOUR 

Students should expect an increase yearly 
in tuition. However, admittance to the 
undergraduate College is not based on 
financial resources. The University meets 
the demonstrated financial needs of all 
qualified students. 

Students enrolled in the College or in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy for full-time residence 
credit are entitled to full privileges regard- 
ing libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, 
concerts, publications, the Student Union, 
the University Theatre, and the health ser- 
vice. Part-time students are entitled to the 
use of the libraries and laboratories but not 
to the other privileges mentioned above. 

Room Charges 



DOUBLE OCCUPANCY 



Per Semester Per Year 
$2,130 $4,260 



Most first-year students will pay either 
$1,930 or $2,130 per semester depending 
upon room assignment location. Other 
room rentals range from $1,930 to $2,660 
per semester. 



Food Services 

A cafeteria and table service dining room 
are located in Reynolda Hall; there are 
food courts in the Benson University 
Center and the Information Systems 
Building. A debit card system is used in 
which the student is charged only for the 
items selected at the time of purchase. A 
suggested range from $1,025 to $5,000 
per year is offered depending on the stu- 
dent's needs. The card may be used at any 
University food services facility or conve- 
nience store, and it allows a great deal of 
flexibility for eating on campus. 

First-year students living in residence 
halls are required to participate in both the 
fall and spring semesters in one of the 
plans. 

Other Charges 

An admission application fee of $40 is 
required with each application for admis- 
sion to cover the cost of processing and is 
nonrefundable. 

An admission deposit of $500 is 
required for students applying to Wake 
Forest University as a first or single choice. 
An admission deposit of $300 is required 
for all regularly admitted students. All 
admissions deposits must be submitted to 
the director of admissions and are nonre- 
fundable. The applicable deposit is credited 
to the student's charges for the semester for 
which he or she has been accepted for 
admission. 

Individual instruction music fees are 
required in addition to tuition for students 
enrolling for individual study in applied 
music in the Department of Music and are 
payable in the Office of Financial and 
Accounting Services. The fee is $230 for 
Music 161 courses and $460 for all other 
individual instruction courses, with a max- 
imum fee of $460 per semester. 



Procedures 22 



Students must have medical insurance. 
A group plan is available through the 
University for those not covered by a fam- 
ily plan. The annual rate for 2001-2002 
was $655. 

Library fees are charged for lost or dam- 
aged books and are payable in the library. 

A tuition deposit of $500 is required, at a 
date set by the Office of Financial and 
Accounting Services, of students enrolled in 
the spring semester who expect to return for 
the fall semester. It is credited to the student's 
University charges and is nonrefundable. 

Returned check fee of $25 is charged for 
each returned check by the Office of 
Financial and Accounting Services. 

Room change fee of $25 is charged for 
any unauthorized change. 

Improper check-in/out residence hall fee 
of $50 is charged for any student who 
does not follow appropriate administra- 
tive procedures. 

Residence hall lock core change fee of $70 
per lock is charged to any student who 
loses their room/suite/apartment key(s). 

A fee of $500 is required for students study- 
ing abroad on a non-Wake Forest program. 

Motor vehicle registration is $200 and traffic 
fines are $20 to $250. All students operating 
a vehicle on campus (including student 
apartments, theme, and satellite houses) 
must register vehicles they are operating 
day or night, whether or not owned by 
the operator. All vehicle registrations must 
be completed within twenty-four hours 
from the first time the vehicle is brought to 
campus or the next business day. Proof of 
ownership must be presented to verify a 
license plate when applying for vehicle 
registration. For a vehicle to be properly 
registered, both the rear bumper decal and 
front windshield decal must be displayed. 



Fines are assessed against students violat- 
ing parking regulations; copies of the vio- 
lations are obtainable from the Office of 
Parking Management. Please inform any 
visitors of parking rules and regulations. 
Students, faculty, and staff are responsible 
for their visitors. Students will be held 
financially responsible for citations issued 
to vehicles driven by family members or by 
friends who use a Wake Forest student's 
vehicle. Visitor vehicles must be reported 
to 758-5592 and/or registered at the Office 
of Parking Management (758-6123). 

Refunds of Charges and 
Return of Financial Aid 
Funds 

A student who withdraws during (begins, 
but does not complete) a term may be 
entitled to a refund of certain charges as 
outlined in the Refund of Charges Policy. 
A withdrawal also affects financial aid 
eligibility, as outlined in the Return of 
Non-Title IV Program Funds Policy and 
the federal Return of Title FV Program 
Funds Policy. Withdrawal procedures are 
coordinated by the deans of the College 
and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

Refund of Charges Policy 

A withdrawing student receives a tuition 
refund according to the following sched- 
ule. This schedule applies to a student who 
drops courses, as well as to a student who 
withdraws. 

Tuition, fees, room rent, and related 
charges will not be refunded for findings 
of responsibility within the undergraduate 
student judicial review process. Return of 
Title IV funds will be handled in accordance 
with federal law. 



23 



Procedures 



Number of Weeks 
Attendance 

(Including first day 

of registration 

validation) 


Percentage of Total 

Tuition to be 

Refunded 


1 WEEK TOTAL TUITION LESS DEPOSIT 


2 WEEKS 


75 PERCENT 


3 WEEKS 


50 PERCENT 


4 WEEKS 


25 PERCENT 



A withdrawal must be official and students 
must return the University identification 
card before claiming a refund. There is no 
refund of room rent or the parking regis- 
tration fee if the decal has been placed on 
the vehicle. Unused meal plan funds are 
refunded. Fees for individual instruction in 
the Department of Music are refunded on 
the following basis: If a student drops the 
course before the fifth lesson, the fee will 
be one-fourteenth the full semester's 
instruction fee times the number of lessons 
the student has completed; there is no 
refund after the fifth lesson. 

The Office of Financial and Accounting 
Services calculates the refund of charges, 
and it has available an example of the 
application of the University Refund of 
Charges Policy. 

If charges originally paid by Title IV 
funds are no longer covered after the fed- 
eral funds are returned, the student is 
responsible for the remaining balance. 

Return of Title IV Program 
Funds Policy 

The 1998 amendments to the Higher Edu- 
cation Act (HEA) of 1965 (Section 484B), 
and subsequent regulations issued by the 
United States Department of Education 
(34 CFR 668.22), establish a policy for the 
return of Title IV, HEA Program grant and 
loan funds for a recipient who withdraws. 

Wake Forest does not have a leave of 
absence policy that would exempt any stu- 



dent from the requirements of the Return 
of Title IV Funds Policy. 

Title IV Funds include the following 
aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, 
Federal Work-Study (FWS), Federal 
Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsi- 
dized), Federal PLUS Loan, and 
Leveraging Educational Assistance 
Partnership Grant (LEAP). 

The percentage of the term completed 
is determined by dividing the total number 
of calendar days comprising the term 
(excluding breaks of five or more consecu- 
tive days) into the number of calendar 
days completed. The percentage of Title IV 
grant and loan funds earned is: (1) up 
through the 60 percent point in time, the 
percentage of the term completed, (2) after 
the 60 percent point in time, 100 percent. 

The amount of Title IV grant and loan 
funds unearned is the complement of the 
percentage of earned Title IV funds applied 
to the total amount of Title IV funds dis- 
bursed (including funds that were not dis- 
bursed but could have been disbursed, i.e., 
post-withdrawal disbursements). 

If the amount earned is less than the 
amount disbursed, the difference is 
returned to the Title IV programs. If the 
amount earned is greater than the amount 
disbursed, the difference is treated as a late 
disbursement in accordance with the feder- 
al rules for late disbursements. 

Unearned funds, up to the amount of 
total institutional charges multiplied by the 
unearned percentage of funds, are returned 
by the University; the student returns any 
portion of unearned funds not returned by 
the University. 

A student (or parent for PLUS loans) 
repays the calculated amount attributable 
to a Title IV loan program according to 
the loan's terms. If repayment of grant 



Procedures 



2-4 



funds by the student is required, only 50 
percent of the unearned amount must be 
repaid. A student repays a Title IV grant 
program subject to repayment arrange- 
ments satisfactory to the University or the 
Secretary of Education's overpayment col- 
lection procedures. 

Funds returned are credited in the fol- 
lowing order: Unsubsidized FFEL (Staf- 
ford) Loans, Subsidized FFEL (Stafford) 
Loans, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal 
PLUS Loans, Federal Pell Grants, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
(SEOG) Grants, and other Title rV funds 
for which a return of funds is required. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid 
calculates the amount of unearned Title rV 
grant and loan funds, and it has available 
examples of the application of this federal 
policy and a copy of the relevant Code of 
Federal Regulations section (CFR 668.22). 

Return of Non-Title IV 
Program Funds Policy 

A student who drops to less-than-full-time 
enrollment within the timeframe to receive 
a tuition refund loses eligibility for all 
institution aid for the entire term. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid 
calculates the amount of Non-Title rV pro- 
gram funds to be returned to the various 
programs when a recipient withdraws. The 
return of Non-Title IV Program funds may 
be rounded to the nearest dollar for each 
aid source. 

Return of funds to various state and 
private aid programs is determined by spe- 
cific program rules. If rules allow, state and 
private loan funds are returned before gift 
funds. State and private funds may be 
retained in amounts necessary to satisfy 
the student's remaining University charges 
or adjusted need, whichever is larger. 

Awards from institutional funds for 
which all disbursement requirements have 



not been met by the student prior to with- 
drawal are cancelled, and no disburse- 
ments are made. 

Upon withdrawal, an adjusted estimat- 
ed cost of attendance (COA) is established 
in two parts. 

For an on-campus student, the first 
part equals the adjusted tuition and room 
rental charges and the standard allowance 
for books and supplies; the second part 
equals pro-rated estimates (by weeks) of 
meal, transportation, and personal living 
expenses. 

For an off-campus student, the first 
part equals the adjusted tuition charge and 
the standard allowance for books and sup- 
plies; the second part equals pro-rated esti- 
mates (by weeks) of room, meal, trans- 
portation, and personal living expenses. 

If the adjusted COA is greater than the 
full semester expected family contribution 
(EFC), the student retains institutional aid 
(in the same mix of initially-awarded gift 
and loan), up to the amount required to 
meet the adjusted need and not exceeding 
the initial amount(s). The EFC represents a 
best estimate of a family's capacity (rela- 
tive to other families) to absorb, over time, 
the costs of education. For a withdrawing 
student, the full EFC is expected to sup- 
port educational expenses incurred, prior 
to any support from aid programs. For 
purposes of this calculation, a student who 
receives only merit-based institutional gift 
is considered to have an EFC equal to the 
full semester COA minus the amount of 
that gift. The order in which each institu- 
tional fund is reduced is determined on a 
case-by-case basis by the aid office, with 
the guiding principle being the return of 
funds to University accounts most likely to 
be needed by other students. 

A student who withdraws after receiv- 
ing a cash disbursement must repay Wake 
Forest scholarship funds up to the amount 



2-5 



Procedures 



of Title IV funds that the University must 
return. Fines and other incidental charges 
not included in the financial aid COA are 
solely the responsibility of the student. 

Housing 

All unmarried first-year students are 
required to live in the residence halls, 
except (1) when permission is given by the 
director of residence life and housing for 
the student to live with parents or a relative 
in the Winston-Salem area; (2) by special 
arrangement when space is not available on 
campus; (3) the student is admitted as a day 
student; or (4) if the student has lost resi- 
dence hall space because of a Residence 
Halls Agreement violation or disciplinary 
action. Fifth-year students are ineligible for 
campus housing except when permitted to 
do so by the Office of Residence Life and 
Housing. Married students are not permit- 
ted to live within the residence halls. 
Residence halls are supervised by the direc- 
tor of residence life and housing, associate 
and assistant directors of residence life and 
housing, residence life coordinators, and 
graduate student hall directors. 

The charges for residence hall rooms 
for 2002-2003 will range from approxi- 
mately $1,930 to $2,660 per semester 
depending on the location and amenities 
available. 

Off-campus Housing Policy 

The University has developed guidelines 
and policies for those undergraduate stu- 
dents who desire or are required to live off- 
campus. Such policies affect apartment or 
other multi-family residences as well as 
single-family residences. All students who 
desire to live off-campus will be required to 
apply for off-campus housing status. 

Guideline information is sent to all 
undergraduate students each year regarding 



this policy. Conditions may be placed on 
students who choose to live in single family 
areas, or students may be denied the ability 
to live within such a location. Students who 
desire to reside off-campus must complete 
an application and obtain approval from 
the Office of Residence Life and Housing 
prior to signing off-campus leases. 

Resident undergraduate students are 
guaranteed campus housing for eight 
semesters. To protect yourself and to give 
yourself the most options until you have 
an opportunity to review this policy fully, 
do not sign any off-campus leases. Please 
contact the Office of Residence Life and 
Housing for a copy of the full Off-campus 
Housing Policy and Guidelines. 

Academic Calendar 

The academic calendar of the College and 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy includes a fall semester 
beginning in late August and ending in 
December, a spring semester beginning in 
January and ending in May, and two five- 
week summer sessions. Semesters usually 
last fifteen weeks. 

Orientation and Advising 

A five-day orientation period for new stu- 
dents in the College precedes registration 
for the fall semester. An academic adviser 
and an upperclass student provide guidance 
during and between registration periods 
throughout the student's first and second 
years. Advisers meet with students both 
individually and in small groups. A face-to- 
face meeting with the adviser is required 
before all registration periods. Students are 
encouraged to take the initiative in arrang- 
ing additional meetings at any time they 
feel a need for advice or other assistance. 
The adviser suggests and approves courses 



Procedures 26 



of instruction until the student declares a 
major in a field of study toward the end of 
the second year. Then, a new adviser is 
assigned. 

Registration 

Registration for continuing students in the 
College and the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy occurs in 
April for the fall and summer terms, and 
in November for the spring term. New stu- 
dents register at the beginning of the term 
in which they first enroll. Consultation 
with the academic adviser must be complet- 
ed before registration. Confirmation of 
enrollment is required before classes begin 
each term. All tuition and fees must be paid 
in full to the Office of Financial and 
Accounting Services before confirmation. 

Classification 

Classification of students by class standing 
and as full-time or part-time is calculated 
in terms of hours. Most courses in the 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy have a value of 
three hours, but may vary from one-half 
hour to nine. The normal load for a full- 
time student is fourteen hours per semester, 
with a maximum of fifteen permitted during 
registration. A student wishing to register 
for more than fifteen hours per semester 
must seek the permission of the academic 
adviser and the appropriate dean once 
drop-add begins. Students wishing to take 
eighteen or more hours must petition the 
Committee on Academic Affairs after 
consulting the academic adviser and the 
appropriate dean. Non-business or non- 
accounting majors wishing to take courses 
in the Calloway School must have met the 
specific courses' prerequisites and have 
permission of the instructor. Enrollment in 



the course is subject to space availability. 

Nine hours per semester constitute 
minimum full-time registration at the 
University. (Recipients of North Carolina 
Legislative Tuition Grants must be 
enrolled by the tenth day of classes in 
spring and by October 1 in the fall for at 
least twelve hours. Recipients of veterans' 
benefits, grants from state government, 
and other governmental aid must meet the 
guidelines of the appropriate agencies.) A 
student who feels that he or she has valid 
and compelling reasons to register for 
more than fifteen hours per semester must 
seek permission of the adviser and the 
appropriate dean no earlier than the first 
day of class. Only if both the adviser and 
the dean agree that the proposed course 
load is needed and in the best interest of 
the student will permission be granted. 

The requirements for classification 
after the first year are as follows: 

Sophomore — completion of no 

fewer than 23 hours toward a degree; 

Junior— completion of no fewer 
than j 1 hours toward a degree; 

Senior— completion of no fewer 
than 81 hours toward a degree. 

Part-time Students 

A student may not register for fewer than 
nine hours without specific permission 
from the appropriate dean to register as a 
part-time student. A full-time student in 
the fall semester of any given year may not 
be a part-time student in the spring 
semester immediately following without 
approval, given before the beginning of the 
semester, by one of the academic deans. 
The approval carries with it the permission 
to pay for such work on a per-hour basis. 
Any student who petitions for part-time 
status within the semester in which he or 



27 



Procedures 



she wishes to gain such status will be 
required to pay full tuition. Part-time stu- 
dents are ineligible for campus housing 
except when permitted to do so by the 
Office of Residence Life and Housing. 

Class Attendance 

Attendance regulations place the responsi- 
bility for class attendance on the student, 
who is expected to attend classes regularly 
and punctually. A vital aspect of the resi- 
dential college experience is attendance in 
the classroom; its value cannot be measured 
by testing procedures alone. Students are 
considered sufficiently mature to appreci- 
ate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, to 
demonstrate the self-discipline essential for 
such performance, and to recognize and 
accept the consequences of failure to 
attend. Students who cause their work or 
that of the class to suffer because of absence 
or lateness may be referred by the instruc- 
tor to the dean of the College or to the 
dean of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy for suitable 
action. Any student who does not attend 
classes regularly or who demonstrates 
other evidence of academic irresponsibility 
is subject to such disciplinary action as the 
Committee on Academic Affairs may pre- 
scribe, including immediate suspension 
from the College or from the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

Students who miss class while acting as 
duly authorized representatives of the 
University at events and times approved by 
the appropriate dean are considered 
excused. Students will inform their instruc- 
tors in advance of these excused absences. 
The disposition of missed assignments will 
be arranged between instructor and student. 
Students anticipating numerous excused 



absences should consult the instructor 
before enrolling in classes in which atten- 
dance and class participation count heavily 
toward the grade. For policies pertaining 
to absences resulting from illness, please 
see the statement on the Student Health 
Service and class excuses in the Student 
Handbook. 

Auditing Courses 

When space is available after the registra- 
tion of regularly enrolled students, others 
may request permission of the instructor to 
enter the course as auditors. No additional 
charge is made to full-time students in the 
College or the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy; for others the 
fee is $40 per hour. Permission of the 
instructor is required. An auditor is subject 
to attendance regulations and to other 
conditions imposed by the instructor. 

Although an auditor receives no credit, 
a notation of audit is made on the final 
grade report and entered on the record of 
students who have met the instructor's 
requirements. An audit may not be changed 
to a credit course or a credit course 
changed to an audit after the first official 
day of classes for each semester or term. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day in each term for dropping a 
class without a grade of F is listed in the 
calendar in the front of this bulletin. A stu- 
dent who wishes to drop any course on or 
before this date must follow the procedure 
prescribed by the registrar. After this date, 
a student who wishes to drop a course 
must consult his or her academic adviser, 
the course instructor, and the dean of the 
College or the dean of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, as 
appropriate. If the dean approves the 



Procedures 28 



request, he or she authorizes the student to 
discontinue the course. Except in cases of 
emergency, the grade in the course will be 
recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student drops any 
course without prior written approval of the 
appropriate dean, the student will be subject 
to such penalties as the Committee on 
Academic Affairs of the faculty may impose. 

Students enrolling in classes beginning 
after the opening of the term and lasting for 
shorter durations, such as four, five or seven 
and a half weeks, may add those classes any 
time prior to the beginning of the class as 
space permits, and up to five days after the 
class begins, with permission of the instruc- 
tor. Students needing to drop such classes 
may do so for up to five days after the class 
begins without dean's permission. 

Withdrawal 

A student who finds it necessary to with- 
draw from the College or the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy must do so through the office 
of the appropriate dean. With the approval 
of the dean of the College or the dean of 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy, no grades are recorded 
for the student for that semester, but the 
student's standing in courses at the time of 
the withdrawal may be taken into consid- 
eration when readmission is sought. If 
withdrawal is for academic reasons, failing 
grades may be assigned in all courses in 
which the student is doing unsatisfactory 
work. A student who leaves the College or 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy without officially with- 
drawing is assigned failing grades in all 
current courses, and the unofficial with- 
drawal is recorded. 

Withdrawal from the College or the 
Calloway School cannot be finalized until 



ThinkPads, printers, connecting cables, 
WFU ID cards, residence hall keys (if 
applicable) and post office box keys, along 
with any other pertinent University prop- 
erty items, have been turned in to the 
appropriate offices. 

Tuition, fees, room rent, and related 
charges will not be refunded for findings 
of responsibility within the undergraduate 
student judicial review process. Return of 
Title IV funds will be handled in accor- 
dance with federal law. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are given at regularly 
scheduled times. All examinations are con- 
ducted in accordance with the Honor and 
Ethics System adopted by the student body 
and approved by the faculty. 

Grading 

For most courses carrying undergraduate 
credit, there are twelve final grades: A 
(exceptionally high achievement), A-, B+, 
B (superior), B-, C+, C (satisfactory), C-, 
D+, D, D- (passing but unsatisfactory), F 
(failure), and I (incomplete). 

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned 
only when a student fails to complete the 
work of a course because of illness or some 
other emergency. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after 
the student enters for his or her next 
semester, the grade automatically becomes 
the grade of F. The instructor must report 
the final grade to the registrar within forty- 
five days after the beginning of that semester. 

NR. "NR" (Not Reported) is an adminis- 
trative designation that indicates that a 
faculty member has not reported a grade. 
Unless a grade is recorded within forty-five 
days after the student enters his or her next 



29 



Procedures 



semester, the NR automatically becomes 
the grade of F. 

Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade 
points per hour for the computation of 
academic averages, class standing, and 
eligibility for continuation, as follows: 

FOR EACH GRADE OF A 4.00 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF A- 3 .67 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF B+ 3.33 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF B 3.00 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF B- 2.67 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF C+ 2.33 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF C 2.00 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF C- 1 .67 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF D+ 1 .33 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF D 1 .00 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF D- 0.67 POINTS 

FOR EACH GRADE OF F NO POINTS 

Pass/Fail. To encourage students to ven- 
ture into fields outside their major areas of 
competence and concentration, the College 
makes available the option, under certain 
conditions, of registering in courses on a 
pass/fail basis rather than for a letter grade. 
Courses taken under the pass/fail option 
yield full credit when satisfactorily com- 
pleted but, whether passed or not, they are 
not computed in the grade point average. 
In no case may a student change from 
grade to pass/fail mode, or from pass/fail 
to grade mode, after the last day to add a 
course, listed in the calendar at the front of 
this bulletin. 

A student may count toward the degree 
no more than eighteen hours taken on a 
pass/fail basis. First- and second-year 
students are not eligible to elect the pass/fail 
mode, but may enroll for courses offered 
only on a pass/fail basis. Third- and fourth- 
year students may elect as many as twelve 
hours on a pass/fail basis, but no more than 
four hours in a given semester. Courses 
used to fulfill core, major, or minor require- 
ments may not be taken on a pass/fail basis 



unless they are offered only on that basis. 
Courses in the major(s) not used for satis- 
fying major requirements may be taken on 
a pass/fail basis if the department of the 
major does not specify otherwise. 

No courses in the Calloway School can 
be taken pass/fail. 

Grade Reports and 
Transcripts 

An electronic midterm report and a final 
report of grades are issued to students by 
the registrar in the fall and spring semesters. 
A final report of grades is issued for each 
summer term. 

Transcripts of the permanent educa- 
tional record will be issued to students 
upon written request unless there are 
unpaid financial obligations to the 
University, or other unresolved issues. 
Copies of a student's cumulative record are 
issued by the registrar. 

Under the law, the University has the 
right to inform parents of dependent stu- 
dents and certain other qualified individu- 
als of the contents of educational records. 

Dean's List 

The Dean's List is issued after the end of 
the fall and spring semesters. It includes all 
full-time degree-seeking students in the 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy who have a 
grade point average of 3.0 or better for the 
semester and who have earned no grade 
below C during the semester. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Graduation distinctions are determined by 
the grade-point system and are based 
entirely on grades earned in Wake Forest 



Procedures 



30 



courses. A degree candidate with a cumu- 
lative average of not less than 3.8 for all 
courses attempted is graduated with the 
distinction summa cum laude. A candidate 
with a cumulative average of not less than 
3.6 for all courses attempted is graduated 
with the distinction magna cum laude. A 
candidate with a cumulative average of 
not less than 3.4 for all courses attempted 
is graduated with the distinction cum 
laude. Details are available in the Office 
of the Registrar. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat at Wake Forest a 
Wake Forest course for which he or she 
has received a grade of C- or lower. In this 
case, all grades received will be shown on 
the transcript, but the course may be 
counted only one time for credit. If a stu- 
dent fails a course previously passed, the 
hours originally earned will not be lost. 
For purposes of determining the cumula- 
tive grade point average, a course will be 
considered as attempted only once, and the 
grade points assigned will reflect the high- 
est grade received. These provisions do not 
apply to any course for which the student 
has received the grade of F in consequence 
of an honor violation. 

Probation 

Any student who is placed on probation 
because of honor code or conduct code 
violations may be placed on such special 
academic probation as the Committee on 
Academic Affairs imposes. The Committee 
on Academic Affairs may at any time 
suspend or place on probation any student 
who has given evidence of academic irre- 
sponsibility, such as failing to attend class 
regularly or to complete papers, examina- 
tions, or other work on time. 



If poor academic performance is 
attributable to circumstances over which 
the student clearly had no control (e.g., 
serious injury or illness), the student may, 
after consultation with one of the academ- 
ic deans, petition the Committee on 
Academic Affairs for further consideration 
of his or her status. 

In deciding whether to permit excep- 
tions to the foregoing eligibility require- 
ments, the Committee on Academic Affairs 
will take into account such factors as con- 
victions for violations of the College honor 
code or social conduct code, violations of 
the law, and any other behavior demon- 
strating disrespect for the rights of others. 

Any student convicted of violating the 
honor code is ineligible to represent the 
University in any way until the period of 
suspension or probation is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 
Students who are on probation for any 
reason may not be initiated into any frater- 
nity or sorority until the end of their 
probationary period. 

Requirements for 
Continuation 

A student's academic eligibility to continue 
is determined by the number of hours 
passed and the grade point average. The 
number of hours passed is the sum of the 
hours transferred from other institutions 
and the hours earned in the undergraduate 
schools of the University. The grade point 
average is computed only on work attempt- 
ed in the undergraduate schools of the 
University and excludes both non-credit 
and pass/fail courses. 

Students are expected to make reason- 
able and systematic progress toward the 
accomplishment of their degree programs. 



31 



Procedures 



To be eligible to continue in the College, 
students must maintain 

for hours passed: a minimum cum. GPA of: 

FEWER THAN 28 1 .45 

AT LEAST 28, FEWER THAN 56 1 .60 

AT LEAST 56, FEWER THAN 84 1 .75 

84 AND ABOVE 1 .90 

Students are responsible for knowing their 
academic standing at all times. Any student 
whose GPA falls below the required mini- 
mum shall have a grace period of one 
semester to raise the average to the req- 
uired level. Students also have the option 
of attending summer school at Wake 
Forest in an effort to raise the average. 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 
will suspend students who earn six or 
fewer grade points in any given semester 
in courses other than Education 353; mili- 
tary science courses; Music 111-121 
(ensemble courses); Dance 128; and elec- 
tive 100-level courses in health and exer- 
cise science. In cases where failure was due 
to circumstances beyond the students' 
control, they may appeal to the Com- 
mittee for an exception. 

Any student who is in academic diffi- 
culty is urged to seek advice and counsel 
from his or her academic adviser, from the 
Office of the Dean of the College, from the 
Learning Assistance Center, and from the 
University Counseling Center. 

A student who has or develops a health 
problem which, in the judgment of the 
director of the Student Health Service, cre- 
ates a danger to the safety and well-being 
of the student or others, may be required 
to withdraw until the problem is resolved. 

Requirements for 
Readmission 

The Committee on Academic Affairs over- 
sees the readmission of former students. In 



making a decision on whether to readmit, 
the Committee considers both the academic 
and non-academic records of the student. 

To be readmitted a student must have 
attended Wake Forest University previous- 
ly. Students who have been graduated with 
an undergraduate degree from the College 
or the Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy may apply for readmission 
as post-graduate, unclassified students. 

Students who have been ineligible to 
continue for academic reasons must pre- 
sent to the Committee a list of steps they 
plan to take to raise their academic stand- 
ing to acceptable standards. 

Students who were withdrawn from 
the University for medical or psychological 
reasons must submit documentation from 
their physician or therapist to either the 
director of the Student Health Service or 
the director of the University Counseling 
Center attesting to the students' readiness 
to resume a full academic program. The 
physician or therapist should also provide 
professional guidance to these directors as 
to the nature of the students' ongoing care 
once readmitted. 

Students whose withdrawals from the 
University were as the result of an honor 
or judicial conviction must satisfy fully any 
sanctions placed upon them prior to being 
considered for readmission. In addition to 
University-imposed sanctions, other, non- 
academic grounds for denial of readmis- 
sion may include violations of the law of 
the land and behaviors that have demon- 
strated disregard for the rights of others. 

Should a student, upon leaving the 
University, have failed to comply with the 
proper withdrawal procedures, "holds" 
may be placed upon his/her record which 
will prevent readmission consideration 
until such matters are resolved. 

Any readmitted student who hopes to 
receive transfer consideration for work 



Procedures 



32 



done elsewhere must provide the 
University with a properly-documented 
statement attesting to his/her good stand- 
ing at the institution from which the trans- 
fer credit would come. Additionally, an 
official copy of the student's transcript 
must be made available to the Office of the 
Registrar at Wake Forest University. 

Summer Study 

In addition to regular courses, a number 
of special summer programs for credit are 
de-scribed in the bulletin of the summer 
session. 

In order to be eligible to take summer 
courses at another college or university, the 
student must have a cumulative grade 
point average of no less than 2.0 and must 
obtain advance approval through the regis- 
trar's office, and in some cases, the Office 
of the Dean of Wake Forest College or the 
dean of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. All transfer 
work taken after enrollment at Wake 
Forest must be taken in an approved four- 
year institution. 

Courses taken outside the U.S. require, 
in addition, prior approval from the 
Center for International Studies. Students 
must obtain a course approval form from 
the Center for International Studies. 

Transfer Credit 

All work attempted in other colleges and 
universities must be reported to the regis- 
trar of Wake Forest University. Students 
wishing to receive transfer credit for work 
to be undertaken elsewhere must have a 
cumulative grade point average of no less 
than 2.0 and must obtain departmental 
approval in advance. For enrolled Wake 
Forest students, transfer work can be 
accepted only from approved four-year 



institutions. For transfer hours to be 
accepted, the grade in any course must be 
C or better. Courses completed at other 
colleges or universities with the grade of 
C- or lower will not be awarded transfer 
hours in Wake Forest. No more than thirty- 
three hours can be counted for non-Wake 
Forest study abroad and other special pro- 
grams. A maximum of thirty-three Wake 
Forest hours can be earned from the 
Gymnasium, Lyceum, French 
Baccalaureate, or equivalent programs. 

For students transferring courses on a 
quarter-hour system, semester hours may 
be assigned on the basis that one quarter 
hour times 0.67 equals one semester hour. 
No course may receive a higher conversion 
value than the value of the Wake Forest 



Approval of 
Overseas Programs 

In order to receive academic credit for 
courses taken outside the U.S. on a non- 
Wake Forest University program, students 
must: 1 ) obtain approval of the program 
from the Center for International Studies 
before applying, 2) obtain pre-approval of 
specific courses from the academic depart- 
ment chairs using the Course Approval 
Form, 3) fulfill all required steps of the 
study abroad process during the semester 
prior to studying abroad, and 4) attend a 
mandatory pre-departure orientation. No 
student possessing less than a 2.0 cumula- 
tive grade point average in either of the 
undergraduate schools will receive credit 
in a non-Wake Forest study abroad pro- 
gram. The Course Approval Form for 
Study Outside the United States is avail- 
able in the Center for International 
Studies. 



33 



Procedures 



Scholarships and Loans 



H 'r:- ..--N<\ 

■■"■'; : ^V- : "• .;" 
_ ... ~: 

\ t: '. ' - N .-J ' 



Any student regularly admitted 
to Wake Forest College who 
demonstrates financial need will 
receive assistance commensurate 
with that need. 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all 
financial aid must be approved by the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid. The financial aid program comprises 
institutional, state, and federal scholarship, 
loan, and work funds. Aid applicants must 
be enrolled as undergraduates or accepted 
for admission. Full-time students are eligi- 
ble to apply for institutional funds; other 
degree-seeking students are eligible to 
apply for federal funds. For financial aid 
purposes, full-time enrollment is defined as 
twelve or more hours each semester. A 
number of scholarships are based upon 
merit; need is a factor in the awarding of 
most financial aid. The annual calculation 
of need, and therefore the amount of an 
award, may vary from year to year. 
Additional scholarship assistance not listed 
herein is offered to student athletes through 
the Department of Athletics and is governed 
by NCAA rules. The committee may revoke 
financial aid for unsatisfactory academic 
performance, for violation of University 
regulations including its honor code, or for 
violations of federal, state, or local laws. 
Applications should be requested from the 
Office of Merit-Based Scholarships 

Scholarships and Loans ta 



(P.O. Box 7305) or the Office of Student 
Financial Aid (P.O. Box 7246), Winston- 
Salem, NC 27109, as appropriate. 

Policy on Satisfactory 
Academic Progress for 
Financial Aid Eligibility 

Evaluation of students' satisfactory aca- 
demic progress for purposes of financial 
aid eligibility is made annually at the end 
of the second summer session by the Com- 
mittee on Scholarships and Student Aid, 
to determine eligibility for the following 
academic year. 

Institutional Financial Aid 

The receipt of institutionally-controlled 
financial aid requires full-time enrollment 
during the fall and spring semesters and a 
minimum cumulative grade point average 
of 2.00 on work attempted in the under- 
graduate schools of the University. Insti- 
tutional aid generally is not awarded for 
summer sessions. Institutional aid is not 
awarded beyond the eighth (fall or spring) 
semester; this limit is prorated for transfer 
students. Certain institutional aid pro- 
grams have higher academic and/or other 
requirements, which are communicated to 
recipients. 

Federal Financial Aid 

The Higher Education Act mandates 
that institutions of higher education estab- 
lish minimum standards of satisfactory 



academic progress for students receiving 
federal financial aid. Wake Forest University 
makes these minimum standards applicable 
to all programs funded by the federal 
government. 

To maintain academic eligibility for fed- 
eral financial aid, a student must: 

Complete the requirements for a bachelor's 
degree within the maximum number of 
hours attempted (including transfer hours, 
but excluding advanced placement hours) 
of 168. This limit is the same for all stu- 
dents pursuing a bachelor's degree, includ- 
ing those students enrolled in joint bache- 
lor's/master's degree programs. The 
maximum number of hours attempted 
includes those hours attempted as of the 
last day to drop a course without penalty 
(as published in the academic calendar), 
during a semester in which a student later 
drops courses or withdraws. 

Pass at least two-thirds of those cumulative 
hours attempted (including pass/fail cours- 
es) in the undergraduate schools of the 
University, including hours attempted dur- 
ing the summer sessions. Incompletes count 
as hours attempted, unless from a non- 
credit course. Audited classes do not count 
as hours attempted. The cumulative number 
of hours attempted in the undergraduate 
schools of the University includes those 
hours attempted as of the last day to drop a 
course without penalty (as published in the 
academic calendar), during a semester in 
which a student later drops courses or 
withdraws. 

Maintain the following minimum cumula- 
tive Wake Forest University grade point 
average on all graded hours attempted 
(including incompletes from graded courses, 
but excluding pass/fail courses) in the 
undergraduate schools of the University: 



Hours attempted 




Minimum GPA 


Fewer than 


28 




1.45 


At least 28, 


Fewer than 


56 


1.60 


At least 56, 


Fewer than 


84 


1.75 


84 and Ab< 


Dve 




1.90 



The cumulative number of hours attempted 
in the undergraduate schools of the 
University includes those hours attempted 
as of the last day to drop a course, during a 
semester in which a student later drops 
courses or withdraws. 

Thus, for example, a regular full-time 
student taking the normal fourteen hours 
of graded coursework each semester must 
achieve a minimum cumulative Wake 
Forest grade point average of 1.45 before 
the sophomore year, 1.60 before the junior 
year, and 1.75 before the senior year. 
Repeated courses will count for GPA 
according to University policy; when suc- 
cessfully completed they will count as their 
appropriate hours earned. 

The policy of satisfactory academic 
progress applies only to the general eligibil- 
ity for financial aid consideration. There 
are other federally-mandated requirements 
a student must meet to receive federal 
financial aid. For instance, certain federal 
loan programs also require either the pas- 
sage of a period of time or the advancing of 
a grade level between annual maximum 
borrowing, regardless of general eligibility 
for aid. Other general student eligibility 
requirements for a student to receive feder- 
al financial aid are listed in The Student 
Guide, a publication of the U.S. Depart- 
ment of Education. 

Denial of aid under this policy may be 
appealed to the Committee on Scholarships 
and Student Aid and mailed to P.O. Box 
7246, Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7246, or 
delivered to the Office of Student Financial 



35 



Scholarships and Loans 



Aid, Reynolda Hall Room 4. The commit- 
tee may grant a probationary reinstatement 
of one semester (in exceptional cases this 
period may be for one full academic year) 
to any student, upon demonstration of 
extenuating circumstances documented in 
writing to the satisfaction of the committee. 

Examples of extenuating circumstances 
and appropriate documentation include, 
but are not necessarily limited to the 
following: illness of the student or immedi- 
ate family members-statement from physi- 
cian that illness interfered with opportunity 
for satisfactory progress; death in family- 
statement from student or minister; tempo- 
rary or permanent disability-statement 
from physician. 

During a probationary period, students 
are considered to be making satisfactory 
academic progress under this policy and 
may continue to receive aid. A determina- 
tion of satisfactory academic progress for 
any period of enrollment after the proba- 
tionary period is made, upon the student's 
written request, at the end of the proba- 
tionary period. Reinstatement after proba- 
tion can be made only after the student has 
received credit for the appropriate percent- 
age of work attempted with the required 
GPA. Any student determined ineligible for 
any academic year may request a special 
review at the end of one semester or sum- 
mer term and may thereby be reinstated for 
all or part of the academic year. The student 
must request any such mid-year review in 
writing; otherwise only one determination 
of satisfactory academic progress will be 
made each academic year. Reinstatement 
cannot be made retroactive. 



Scholarships 

The University's merit-based scholarship 
programs for entering first-year students 
are listed first, and require separate appli- 
cation where noted. Other scholarship 
programs follow, and generally do not 
require separate application unless noted 
otherwise. Students wishing to apply for 
any scholarship listing need as a considera- 
tion should complete the PROFILE appli- 
cation of the College Scholarship Service. 

The Nancy Susan Reynolds Scholarship is 
awarded to up to six extraordinarily capa- 
ble entering first-year students. Made pos- 
sible through the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation, this scholarship annually cov- 
ers the costs of tuition, room and board, 
and includes an allowance for books and 
personal expenses. Scholars may receive up 
to $2,000 each summer for approved travel 
or study projects. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due December 1. 

The Guy T. Carswell Scholarship, awarded 
to entering first-year students possessing 
outstanding qualities of intellect and lead- 
ership, ranges in annual value from 
approximately three-fourths tuition to full 
demonstrated need. Scholars may receive 
up to $2,000 at least one summer for 
approved travel or study projects. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is 
due January 1. 

The Joseph G. Gordon Scholarship is 
awarded to up to seven entering first-year 
students showing exceptional promise and 
leadership potential who are members of 
constituencies traditionally underrepresent- 
ed in the College. Made possible through 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation and the 
University, this scholarship annually covers 
the cost of tuition. Additional funding to 
recipients is provided through the Wake 
Forest Merit Supplemental Scholarship. 



Scholarships and Loans -i^ 



The Merit-Based Scholarships Application 
is due January 1. 

The Presidential Scholarship for 
Distinguished Achievement, valued at 
$11,200 annually, is awarded to up to 
twenty entering first-year students based 
on exceptional talent in art, community 
service, dance, debate, entrepreneurship, 
leadership, music, theater, and writing. 
A separate application is due December 1. 

The William Louis Poteat Scholarship, val- 
ued at $1 1,200 annually, is awarded to up 
to twenty entering first-year students who 
are active members of a North Carolina 
Baptist church and are likely to make sig- 
nificant contributions to church and soci- 
ety. Generous contributions have estab- 
lished the following endowed funds to 
support the Poteat Scholarship program: 
Ben T Aycock/Minta Aycock McNally 
Scholarship, Beach Scholarship, Ed & Jean 
Christman Scholarship, Cockman-Gore 
Scholarship, H. Max Craig Jr. Scholarship, 
Nathan D. Dail Scholarship, Evans Family 
Scholarship, W. D. & Alberta B. Holleman 
Memorial Scholarship, and E. Glen & 
Joyce Holt Scholarship. A separate applica- 
tion is due December 15. 

The Army Reserve Officers' Training 
Corps (AROTC) Scholarships are awarded 
for academic and personal achievement 
and pay annually $16,000 for tuition; a flat 
rate for texts, equipment, and supplies; and 
a subsistence allowance of up to $1,500. 
Recipients must enroll and fully participate 
in Army ROTC. Four-year AROTC schol- 
arships are applied for during the latter 
part of the junior or the early part of the 
senior year of high school. Two- and three- 
year AROTC scholarships are applied for 
during the sophomore and freshman years, 
respectively, through the Department of 
Military Science. 



The Dr. George E. & Lila C. Bradford 
Scholarship, valued at approximately three- 
fourths tuition annually, is awarded to an 
outstanding entering first-year student with 
an intent and capacity to prepare for a 
career in medicine. Scholars may receive up 
to $2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Junius C. & Eliza P. Brown 
Scholarships assist needy and worthy resi- 
dents of North Carolina, with preference to 
residents of Rockingham County, NC. For 
entering first-year students, the Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Robert P. & Dorothy Caldwell 
Scholarship is awarded to entering first- 
year students based on academic achieve- 
ment, leadership, community service, and a 
commitment to helping others. A portion 
of these funds gives preference to needy 
students from Gaston and Catawba, NC 
Counties. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The Gary Franklin Culler Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students 
based on ability and leadership potential, 
with preference to students from High 
Point, NC. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due by January 1. 

The Egbert L. Davis Jr. Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students 
from North Carolina demonstrating out- 
standing academic performance, diligence, 
integrity, character, leadership, and reason- 
able athletic competence. Awards are 
renewable based on a B average, exemplary 
personal conduct, and participation in the 
religious life of the University. The Merit- 
Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 



37 



Scholarships and Loans 



The Graylyn Scholarship is awarded to an 
entering first-year student to recognize 
leadership and academic excellence. Made 
possible by the Graylyn International 
Conference Center, this scholarship annual- 
ly covers the costs of tuition, room and 
board. Scholars may receive up to $2,000 
at least one summer for approved travel or 
study projects. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due December 1. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships 
assist needy and worthy residents of North 
Carolina or children of alumni/ae living in 
other states with preference to residents of 
Davidson County, NC. For entering first- 
year students, the Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The Heritage Scholarship is awarded to 
needy entering first-year students who rep- 
resent the traditional constituency of the 
student body and who show outstanding 
academic achievement or potential, a high 
degree of intellectual curiosity, the enthusi- 
asm and courage to take advantage of a 
college opportunity, a sense of service and 
social responsibility, and perhaps special 
talent in some aspect of the liberal arts. 

The Holding Scholarship, valued at 
approximately three-fourths tuition annu- 
ally, is awarded to an entering first-year 
student from North Carolina (with strong 
preference to eastern North Carolina) 
demonstrating strong academic talent and 
exceptional promise in civic leadership. 
Scholars may receive up to $2,000 at least 
one summer for approved travel or study 
projects. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due December 1. 



The Leroy & Teresa Robinson Scholarship 
is awarded to entering first-year students 
from the high schools in Montgomery 
County, NC, based on academic achieve- 
ment, diligence, integrity, character, and 
leadership. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The K. Wayne Smith Scholarship is award- 
ed to needy entering first-year students, 
with preference to residents of Catawba, 
Burke, Caldwell, and Alexander counties, 
NC, and to children of full-time employees 
of OCLC, Inc. of Dublin, Ohio. The Merit- 
Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 

The Zachary T. Smith Leadership 
Scholarship, established by the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Foundation, is awarded to needy 
entering first-year students from North 
Carolina with outstanding leadership evi- 
dence and promise, often to reduce loan 
expectations. 

The Kenneth Monroe Tucker Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students, 
with preference to students from Wilkes, 
New Hanover, or Brunswick Counties, NC. 
The Merit-Based Scholarships Application 
is due January 1. 

The Wake Forest National Merit 
Scholarship is awarded to four entering 
first-year students selected by the scholar- 
ship committee. The annual value is $750, 
and can increase up to $2,000 based on 
demonstrated need. To be considered, stu- 
dents must designate Wake Forest as their 
first-choice college in the NMSC testing 
program. 



The Marcus C. Miller Scholarship is 
awarded to an entering first-year student 
who has demonstrated innovative use of 
information technology. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 



Scholarships and Loans ^g 



The O. W. Wilson Scholarship, valued at 
approximately three-fourths tuition annu- 
ally, is awarded to an entering first-year 
student with superior records and excellent 
potential. Scholars may receive up to $2,000 
at least one summer for approved travel or 
study projects. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due December 1. 

The Page W. Acree Humanities in Science 
Scholarship assists students majoring in 
chemistry, physics, biology, mathematics, 
or computer science, who have career 
objectives in medicine or science-related 
fields that require human service, and who 
wish to take unrequited academic work in 
the humanities. A separate application to 
the dean of the College is required. 

The Charles I. & Louise Allen Scholarship 
assists students planning medical careers, 
based on ability and need. 

The Alumni & General Scholarship 
assists students selected by the scholarship 
committee. 

The Theresa Mae Arnold Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need. 

The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies 
assists well-qualified, needy students. A sep- 
arate application to the provost is required. 

The Baker-Martin Scholarship assists needy 
students who have earned their high school 
diploma in North Carolina and whose 
parents (one or both) are employed in 
education or government. Preference is 
given to residents of Cabarrus or Nash, 
NC, Counties. 

The Hubbard & Lucy Ball Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need. 



The Donald Alan Baur Memorial 
Scholarship is awarded based on leader- 
ship, dedication, competitiveness, and citi- 
zenship, with preference to members of 
Sigma Chi Fraternity. 

The Gaither M. Beam Sr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference to certain descendents and 
students from Franklin County, NC. 

The George M. & Daisy Olive Beavers 
Scholarship assists one student on the basis 
of leadership, citizenship, and character. 

The James Wallace Beavers Scholarship 
assists first-year students and may be 
renewed for three years of undergraduate 
study. 

The Becton Family Scholarship assists a 
premedical student based on ability and 
need, with first preference to students from 
Augusta, GA, and second to other students 
from Georgia. 

The /. Irvin Biggs Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from Lumberton or Robeson 
County, NC. 

The Blackbyrd Scholarship assists a chem- 
istry major, with preference to the student 
having the second highest overall grade 
point average. 

The John W. Boatwright Scholarship is 
based on leadership. Need may be a con- 
sideration but not a required or controlling 
factor. 

The B. Macon Brewer Scholarship assists 
undergraduate students. Need may be a 
consideration but not a required or con- 
trolling factor. 



39 



Scholarships and Loans 



The Robert C. Bridgerjr. Scholarship 
assists a senior major in the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy, based on ability and need, 
with preference to residents of Bladen 
County, NC. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy. 

The Jane Elliott Bridgers Scholarship, 
established by James E. Bridgers, assists 
members of the cheerleading (spirit) team. 

The Thomas H. Briggs Scholarship assists 
deserving students. 

The William D. Brigman Scholarship 
assists a student in the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy based 
on ability and leadership. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The H. Grady Britt Scholarship assists stu- 
dents in the Department of Biology. 

The Claude U. Broach Scholarship gives 
preference to students from St. John's 
Baptist Church of Charlotte, NC. 

The Gov. J. Melville & Alice W. Broughton 
Scholarship assists a North Carolina stu- 
dent based on ability and need. 

The Dean D. B. Bryan Memorial 
Scholarship is awarded based on ability 
and need to students planning a career in 
education. Recipients must work in the 
education field for a minimum of five years 
following graduation or must repay the 
scholarship to the University. 

The Jack Buchanan Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from western North Carolina 
planning a business major. 



The Lib & Joyner Burns Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference first to students having a physi- 
cal handicap and second to students from 
Forsyth or Guilford Counties, NC. 

The D. Wayne Calloway Scholarship 
assists students attending the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy Summer Management 
Program for liberal arts majors. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The John Douglas Cannon Scholarship 
assists first-year students based on ability 
and need, with preference to students from 
Rock Hill, SC. 

The James Lee Carver Memorial 
Scholarship assists needy students with 
preference to residents of Oxford 
Orphanage in Oxford, NC. 

The /. D. Cave Memorial Scholarship 
assists a North Carolina male student who 
demonstrates character, a willingness to 
grow intellectually, and need. 

The Neal M. Chastain Memorial 
Scholarship assists a senior business major 
exhibiting ability and Christian ideals. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Chi Rho Scholarship assists members 
of the Christian men's a capella group Chi 
Rho, based on merit, leadership, dedication 
to Chi Rho and a strong commitment to 
Christ. 

The W. H. & Callie Anne Coughlin Clark 
Scholarship gives preference to needy 
students. 



Scholarships and Loans aq 



The Cobb Foundation Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference first to students from Oxford 
Orphanage or other children's homes and 
second to students from Granville or Vance 
Counties, NC. 

The Elton C. Cocke Memorial Scholarship 
assists outstanding students majoring in 
biology. 

The Wake Forest College Scholarship assist 
students with satisfactory academic records 
and need. 

The Johnnie Collins III Drama Scholarship 
assists a first-year student showing promise 
for success in professional entertainment. 

The William & Susan Collins Scholarship 
assists students from the Commonwealth 
of Virginia, with preference to students 
from certain counties and cities in south- 
western Virginia. 

The Howard F. & Ruby C. Costello 
Scholarship assists needy students. 

The Cotman-Proctor Scholarship assists a 
needy student representing those students 
historically underrepresented at the 
University. 

The O.B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship is 
awarded based on character, need, and 
promise. 

The Eleanor Lay field Davis Art Scholarship 
assists a student with interest and ability 
in studio art, who has been recommended 
by the chair of the art department, to 
exemplify the talents and interests of 
Eleanor Layfield Davis. 

The Mrs. Paul Price Davis Scholarship 
assists North Carolina students, with pref- 
erence to residents of Baptist Children's 
Homes of North Carolina. 



The Thomas H. Davis Business Scholarship 
assists a senior business major based on 
academic achievement, need, and potential 
for business leadership. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Deal Family Scholarship provides 
funding for the Carswell Scholarship pro- 
gram, with preference first to students from 
Catawba, Caldwell, Burke, and Alexander 
Counties, NC; second to other North 
Carolinians; and third to other students. 

The Otis William Deese Presidential 
Scholarship is awarded to needy students 
as a supplement to the Presidential 
Scholarships for Distinguished 
Achievement. 

The John & Margaret Newett Dixon 
Scholarship assists needy students, with 
preference to students pursuing a major 
or a master's degree in accountancy. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Justus & Elizabeth S. Drake 
Scholarship assists an English major with 
ability and need, upon the recommendation 
of the English department. 

The Barry & Ann Griffin Driggs 
Scholarship assists juniors or seniors major- 
ing in mathematics, with preference to those 
with need, a meritorious academic record, 
and an interest in applied mathematics. 

The Fred H. Duvall Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Dean Robert Dyer Scholarship Fund 
for International Students assists students 
from countries other than the United States 
of America. Application is made through 
the Center for International Studies. 



a J Scholarships and Loans 



The Eddins Family Scholarship assists stu- 
dents based on ability, character, integrity, 
leadership, and a desire to make a contribu- 
tion in their communities, with first prefer- 
ence to residents of Stanly County, NC, and 
second preference to students from North 
Carolina and South Carolina. 

The Ernst & Young International 
Scholarship assists an accountancy student 
or rising accountancy student in the master 
of science in accountancy program. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Douglas Esherick Scholarship assists a 
member of the Sigma Chi fraternity. 

The Theodore & Freda Fisher Scholarship 
assists North Carolina students with need 
and with grade point averages in the C and 
low B categories. 

The Bobbie Fletcher Memorial Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and leadership 
to a female from North Carolina, possess- 
ing the qualities of kindness, thoughtful- 
ness, unselfishness, patience, and determi- 
nation. Preference is given to needy 
students. 

The Ralph L. Foust Scholarship assists 
needy and deserving students. 

The Lecausey P. & Lula H. Freeman 
Scholarship assists a needy non-senior 
whose home is within the West Chowan 
Baptist Association of North Carolina, 
with preference to Bertie County students. 
Residents of the Roanoke Association may 
also be considered. 

The Wallace G. Freemon Memorial 
Scholarship assists needy premedical 
students. 



The F. Fee Fulton Scholarship is based on 
leadership, citizenship, character, ability, 
and need. 

The James Walker Fulton Jr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on need and merit, with 
preference to students who meet one or 
more of the following conditions: North 
Carolina resident, evangelical Christian, 
member of Kappa Alpha, or varsity basket- 
ball player. 

The Gaddy Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolina students, with preference 
to residents of Anson, Union, and Wake 
Counties. 

The Lewis Reed Gaskin Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and potential as 
a physician. 

The Daniel Eugene & Beulah B. Gatewood 
Scholarship assists an undergraduate 
accountancy major based on merit and 
need. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The A. Royall Gay Scholarship is awarded 
based on scholarship, character, and high 
ideals, with preference to residents of 
Youngsville, NC. 

The James W. Gill Scholarship gives prefer- 
ence to students from Montgomery and 
Prince Georges Counties, MD. 

The Samuel T. Gladding Scholarship assists 
students based on merit, leadership, and 
community service, with preference to 
students from Alabama. 

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial 
Scholarship is awarded based on ability 
and need, with slight preference to students 
from Halifax County, NC. 



Scholarships and Loans 



42 



The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship is 
based on ability and need, with first prefer- 
ence to a student interested in literature, 
second preference to a student interested in 
history, and third preference to a student 
enrolled in the premedical program. 

The George Washington Greene Memorial 
Scholarship assists the rising senior in the 
Delta Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa who has 
the highest academic average, upon the 
recommendation of the chairman of Delta 
Chapter. 

The Kelley & Margaret Griffith Baptist 
Student Union Fund assists student mem- 
bers of the Baptist Student Union. 

The Stanley McClayton Guthrie 
Scholarship assists a needy student, with 
preference to students from Halifax 
County, VA, then to children of Wake 
Forest alumni. 

The David Hadley /Worrell House 
Scholarship assists a student in the Wake 
Forest London program who would incur 
excessive financial sacrifices without the 
scholarship. 

The John Locksley Hall Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians interested in busi- 
ness careers, with preference to intercolle- 
giate athletes. 

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship assists stu- 
dents from the Mills Home in Thomasville, 

NC. 

The George G. & Georgine M. Harper 
Scholarship assists students with potential 
and need, with preference to North 
Carolinians. 



The Henry Russell & Clara Stephenson 
Harris Scholarship assists a senior business 
major who plans to pursue a career in 
banking, based on ability and need. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The M. Elizabeth Harris Music Scholarship 
assists a music major, based on ability and 
need, with preference to a student whose 
primary interest is church music. 

The Margaret S. Hasty Memorial 
Scholarship assists female students based 
on ability and need, and is renewable if the 
student places in the upper third of her 
class. 

The Louise Patton Hearn Scholarship for 
Human Service assists a student who has 
demonstrated exceptional service to 
improve others' well-being and who shows 
interest and potential in leading others to 
make similar contributions to humanity. 

The Thomas K. Hearn Jr. Fund for Civic 
Responsibility recognizes and promotes 
civic responsibility and leadership among 
students. 

The Hixson Fund provides assistance to 
students in the Wake Forest London 
program. 

The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship assists 
students based on character, purpose, intel- 
ligence, and need, with preference to stu- 
dents who plan to enter the ministry, do 
religious work, become teachers, or 
become lawyers, the preference being in the 
order named, for the residents of the 
Reidsville area recommended by the dea- 
cons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. 



43 



Scholarships and Loans 



The /. Sam Holbrook Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship 
assists upperclass students with evidence of 
character and need, with preference to 
natives of Rowan and Rutherford 
Counties, NC, and to members of the Delta 
Nu Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity. 

The Murray A. Honeycutt Scholarship 
assists a needy male student. 

The Hubert Humphrey Studies Abroad 
Scholarship, based on need and merit, 
assists students in the Wake Forest pro- 
grams in London, Venice, or Vienna. 

The Jeanette Wallace Hyde Scholarship, is 
based on need and ability, with preference 
to female students from Yadkin County, 
NC, who are political science majors or are 
planning to pursue a career in social work 
or guidance counseling. 

The Stanton B. Ingram Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference first to stu- 
dents Alabama, and second to students 
from Mississippi, Georgia, Louisiana, 
Tennessee, or Florida. 

The Japan Foundation Grants for study in 
Japan are available through application 
with the Center for International Studies. 

The H. Broadus Jones Scholarship assists a 
rising senior student showing superior 
achievement in English and outstanding 
character. 

The Jones-Holder Business Scholarship 
assists a rising senior business major. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 



The Dyeann B. & Henry H. Jordan II 
Theatre Scholarship assists theatre 
majors. Application is made through 
the theatre department. 

The John Council J oyner Sr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on merit and need to a 
North Carolinian. 

The Jay H. Kegerreis Scholarship assists 
continuing students having a 3.0 grade 
point average, high moral character, and a 
willingness to work diligently and to make 
personal sacrifices to attend college. 

The /. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship assists 
North Carolinians with preference to 
students from the ALLTEL-Carolina 
Telephone Company service region. 

The Senah C. & C. A. Kent Scholarships 
are awarded on the basis of leadership, 
merit and need. The scholarship committee 
nominates recipients and provides an 
application to be submitted to the Kent 
Foundation. 

The George Yancey Kerr & Albert Yancey 
Kerr Scholarship assists needy students. 

The Alice Caldwell Ketner Scholarship, 
established by Henry Ernest Ketner, assists 
needy students, with preference to males 
from Rowan and Cabarrus Counties, NC. 

The Connie Williams King Scholarship 
assists residents of Nashville, TN, or 
Davidson County, TN, with preference to 
needy students. 

The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial 
Scholarship assists members of the Sigma 
Chi Fraternity, or other students upon rec- 
ommendation by the Kirkpatrick-Howell 
Memorial Scholarship Board. 



Scholarships and Loans 



44 



The Krahnert-Cantin Family Scholarship 
assists needy students, with preference to 
residents of North Carolina or New Jersey 
who indicate Wake Forest as their preferred 
choice. 

The Roena B. & Petro Kulynych 
Scholarship assists needy students, with 
preference first to students from Iredell 
County, NC, and second to students from 
its contiguous counties. 

The Randall D. Ledford Scholarship assists 
physics majors. 

The Charles L. Little Scholarship assists 
students with ability and need. 

The Thomas D. & Betty H. Long 
Scholarship assists needy students, with 
preference to those from Person County, 
NC, and second to other North 
Carolinians. 

The Lowden Family Scholarship assists 
needy students with preference first to 
students from Montgomery County and 
second to students from Anson, Stanly, 
Davidson, Randolph, Moore, or Richmond 
Counties, NC. 

The Lowe's Food Scholarship assists stu- 
dents in the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy on the basis of 
merit and with preference to students from 
North Carolina and Virginia. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The MacAnderson Scholarship assists stu- 
dents studying a foreign language, prefer- 
ably at a university in Europe. Application 
is made through the financial aid office. 

The Dr. George C. Mackie Sr. Scholarship 
assists junior and senior premedical stu- 
dents based on the basis of need and merit. 



The Heather Ann Maier Scholarship assists 
needy Christian students, with preference 
to female students from Maryland, 
Delaware, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New 
York, Connecticut, or the District of 
Columbia, and who are interested in pur- 
suing a career in a business related field. 

The Elton W. Manning Scholarship assists 
students based on need and merit, with 
preference to students from eastern North 
Carolina. 

The Lex Marsh Scholarship assists North 
Carolinians based on need and merit. 

The James Capel Mason Scholarship assists 
worthy students. 

The Burke M. McConnell Management 
Excellence Scholarship assists the senior in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy with the highest grade 
point average. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy. 

The Wilma L. McCurdy Memorial 
Scholarship is awarded on the basis of 
character, academic standing, and need. 

The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie 
Dayton McDonald Memorial Scholarship 
assists a music student. Application is 
made to the Department of Music. 

The James McDougald Scholarship assists 
students first from Robeson County and 
second from Scotland County, NC, on the 
basis of leadership and ethics, academic 
preparation, desire, community pride, and 
financial need. 



45 



Scholarships and Loans 



The McGladrey & Pullen Scholarship 
assists a senior accountancy major based 
on merit, need, and interest in public 
accounting. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy. 

The Robert A. & Margaret Pope Mclntyre 
Scholarship gives preference to students 
from Robeson County, NC. 

The Medlin Scholarship assists students 
from middle income families with prefer- 
ence to North Carolinians. 

The Jasper L. Memory Scholarship assists 
students selected by the Department of 
Education. 

The Ted & Nancy Meredith Scholarship 
assists art majors who are taking, or plan- 
ning to take, courses or studies in studio 
art, and who demonstrate strong academic 
performance, diligence, integrity, character, 
and leadership. Need is a consideration but 
not a required or controlling factor. 

The Robert Lee Middleton Scholarship is 
awarded based on character, purpose, intel- 
ligence, and need, with preference to a stu- 
dent planning to enter the field of literature, 
accountancy, teaching, or the gospel min- 
istry or other full-time religious work. 

The Mildred Bronson Miller Scholarship 
assists students based on leadership, dedi- 
cation, competitiveness, and citizenship. 

The Thomas E. & Ruth Mullen Scholarship, 
valued at $1,500 annually, is awarded 
through the Upperclass Carswell 
Scholarship Program to outstanding under- 
graduates with a minimum of one year of 
academic work at the University. A sepa- 
rate application is due October 15. 



The Charlie & Addie Myers Memorial 
Scholarship assists preministerial students 
or students contributing to Christianity. 

The Hiram Abif Myers HI Scholarship 
assists a senior from Roswell High School, 
Roswell, GA, who best exemplifies the 
ideals and characteristics of Bif Myers. 
The candidate is recommended by the 
Roswell High School principal. 

The R. Frank Nanney Scholarship gives 
preference first to students from 
Rutherford County, NC, and second to 
other North Carolinians. 

The George Thompson Noel, M.D., 
Memorial Scholarship is based on ability 
and need, with preference to students from 
Cabarrus County and North Carolina. 

The Norfleet Scholarships assist needy 
students. 

The North Carolina Scholarship, made 
available by the North Carolina General 
Assembly through the State Contractual 
Scholarship Fund, is awarded to needy 
North Carolinians. 

The Gordon Alexander O'Brien 
Scholarship is awarded based on ability 
and need, with preference to students from 
Rockingham County, NC. 

The Curtis Eugene Overby Sr. Scholarship 
is awarded based ability, need, and leader- 
ship to a North Carolina junior or senior 
majoring in communication, with an inter- 
est in broadcasting. Preference is given to 
students from Forsyth, Rockingham, and 
Caswell Counties. 

The Benjamin Wingate Parham 
Scholarship is awarded based on ability 
and need. 



Scholarships and Loans 



46 



The Parrella Family Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to students 
with a career interest in a health profession, 
and with preference first to students from 
the Bronx or nearby areas, second to stu- 
dents from New Jersey, third to students 
from states contiguous to New Jersey, and 
fourth to students from other middle 
Atlantic states. 

The H. Franklin Perritt III Memorial 
Scholarship assists one or more rising 
sophomores enrolled in the Reserve 
Officer's Training Corps, based on leader- 
ship. Application is made through the 
Department of Military Science. 

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarship is based 
on merit and need, with preference to 
North Carolina Baptists. 

The Presidential Aide Scholarship is award- 
ed by the Office of the President. 

The Mark Christopher Pruitt Scholarship 
assists a junior or senior premedical student 
and a member of the Delta Omega Chapter 
of Kappa Sigma Fraternity, based on need 
and merit. 

The H. Ray Pullium Scholarship is award- 
ed based on ability and need, with prefer- 
ence to students from North Carolina 
Baptist Children's homes. 

The Beulah Lassiter and Kenneth Tyson 
Raynor Scholarship assists students in 
mathematics and English. Application is 
made through these two departments. 

The Oliver D. & Caroline Revell 
Scholarship assists needy preministerial 
students or needy students entering full- 
time Christian service. 

The Revelle Family Scholarship assists 
needy students from Northampton and 
Hertford Counties, with second preference 
to students from other areas of northeastern 
North Carolina. 



The Reynolds North Carolina Scholarship, 
established by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation, assists needy North 
Carolinians from middle income families. 

The Leroy & Teresa Robinson Scholarship 
gives preference first to graduates of East 
Montgomery High School, second to other 
Montgomery County, NC, residents and 
third to other North Carolina students. 

The Roy O. Rodwell Sr. Scholarship 
assists a student each year up to the cost 
of tuition, with preference to North 
Carolinians. 

The George D. Rovere Scholarship assists 
a student planning to become an athletic 
trainer. 

The Joe & France Rowell Scholarship gives 
preference to needy and meritorious stu- 
dents from the Bristol, TN, area. 

The William Royall Scholarship assists 
classical studies students, with preference 
to students planning travel to classical sites. 
Application is made through the 
Department of Classical Languages. 

The William Lee Rudd & Ruth Crosby 
Rudd Scholarship assists worthy and needy 
students majoring in religion. 

The W. D. Sanders Scholarship is awarded 
for language study in Germany or Austria, 
to sophomores, juniors, or seniors who 
have completed German 153 or above. The 
scholarship is designated in order of priori- 
ty, for summer language study, semester or 
year programs with the Institute of 
European Studies (IES), or junior year 
abroad programs with other institutions. 
Application is made through the 
Department of German and Russian. 



47 



Scholarships and Loans 



The Scales International Studies 
Scholarship supports study outside the 
United States. Application is made through 
the Center for International Studies. 

The John Aaron and Vida Lee P. Senter 
Scholarship assists North Carolinians based 
on ability, diligence, integrity, character, 
and leadership, with preference to residents 
of Harnett County, NC, and active mem- 
bers of a Baptist church in North Carolina. 

The Emily Crandall Shaw Scholarship in 
Liberal Arts is made through the depart- 
ments of art, English, music and theatre to 
a student who best exemplifies a diverse 
interest in literature, art, music and the 
theatre. 

The Sara Jo Brownlow Shearer Scholarship 
is awarded to students specializing in areas 
of learning disabilities. 

The Franklin R. Shirley Debate Scholarship 
assists students with debate experience who 
successfully participate in the University's 
debate program. 

The John William Slate, M.D., Scholarship 
assists premedical students, with preference 
to those from western North Carolina. 

The Joseph Pleasant & Marguerite Nutt 
Sloan Memorial Scholarship is awarded to 
an applied music student based on ability 
and need. Application is made through the 
Department of Music. 

The Fred Smith Company Scholarship 
assists needy students from Johnston 
County, NC. 

The Ann Lewallan Spencer & Lewallan 
Family Scholarship assists needy children of 
alumni. 



The 'William K. Stamey Scholarship assists 
needy students from North Carolina and 
other nearby areas of the University's his- 
toric constituency. 

The William G. Starling Scholarship assists 
needy students based on their ability, char- 
acter, integrity, leadership, and desire to 
make a contribution to the community in 
which they live. 

The Gilbert T. Stephenson Scholarship is 
based on ability and need to a student from 
Kirby Township or Northampton County, 

NC. 

The Sigmund Sternberger Scholarship 
assists needy North Carolinians, with pref- 
erence to students from Greensboro and 
Guilford County, NC. 

The John Belk Stevens Scholarship in 
Business assists senior business majors with 
particular interests in retailing or market- 
ing. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Edna & Ethel Stowe Scholarship gives 
preference to female students with a physi- 
cal disability. 

The /. W. Straughan Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to students 
from Duplin County, NC, who are interest- 
ed in pursuing a medical career (especially 
in the field of family practice). 

The Study Abroad Scholarship assists stu- 
dents with a minimum 3.0 grade point 
average through application with the 
Center for International Studies. 

The Robert L. Sullivan Fund may be used 
to assist students in the biology major. 



Scholarships and Loans 



48 



The Amos Arthur Swann Scholarship 
assists needy students from Sevier County, 
TN, or other Tennessee counties. 

The Ralph Judson Sykes Scholarship assists 
North Carolinians based on need, moral 
character, and Christian fellowship. 

The Saddye Stephenson & Benjamin Louis 
Sykes Scholarship is awarded based on 
Christian character, academic proficiency, 
and need, with preference to first-year 
students from North Carolina. 

The Walter Low Latum Scholarship in 
Mathematics provides in alternate years a 
renewable merit scholarship. The stipends 
of $500 each for the first two years are 
replaced by $5,000 awards in each of the 
last two years, provided that the recipient 
fulfills the expectation to enroll in and 
maintain a major in mathematics. 

The Augustine John Laylor & Roby Ellis 
Laylor Accountancy Scholarship assists 
accountancy students, with preference to 
students with a permanent residence within 
fifty miles of Winston-Salem. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The H. Howell Laylor Jr. Risk Manage- 
ment Scholarship assists students interested 
in a career in risk management. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Russell Laylor Scholarship assists an 
entering first-year student with a distin- 
guished record in citizenship and scholar- 
ship. Preference is given to students plan- 
ning careers in the areas of religion or law, 
students exemplifying positive principles of 
the Christian faith, needy students, and stu- 
dents from Iredell County, NC. 



The Lhomas C. Laylor Scholarship Fund 
for International Studies assists accountan- 
cy majors studying outside the United 
States, or studying international studies 
within the United States, based on integrity, 
compassion, cooperativeness, and a record 
of academic achievement. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The League Scholarship assists needy 
students interested in entrepreneurism. 
Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Fred N. Lhompson Sr. Scholarship 
assists needy students, with preference to 
residents of Virginia counties south and 
east of the city of Richmond. 

The Lowell & Anne Smith Lillett 
Scholarship assists students studying in 
eastern Europe, Russia, and other countries 
in the former Soviet Union. Application is 
made through the Center for International 
Studies. 

The Harold Wayland & Nelle Futch 
Lribble Scholarship assists students with 
superior academic ability. 

The George Nelson Lurner Scholarship 
assists students based on leadership ability 
and merit, with preference to those from 
North Carolina, who graduated from a 
public high school, who were academically 
ranked in the top third of the high school 
class, who lettered in a varsity sport while 
attending high school, and who participate 
in Christian religious and community ser- 
vice activities. Need is a consideration but 
not a required or controlling factor. 

The Lyner-Pitman Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians. 



49 



Scholarships and Loans 



The R. Stanley Vaughan/ 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Scholarship 
assists accountancy majors and students 
enrolled in the master's program in accoun- 
tancy, with preference to fourth-year stu- 
dents. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Venable Scholarship assists students 
with academic ability and leadership poten- 
tial, with preference to descendents of Nora 
M. Venable. 

The Gerald C. Wallace Jr. Scholarship 
assists needy students from North 
Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia. 

The Mitchell W. Wallace Scholarship gives 
preference to North Carolinians. Need is a 
consideration, but not a required or con- 
trolling factor. 

The Brian James Watkins Scholarship 
assists students based on demonstrated 
leadership ability, community involvement, 
and character, with preference to students 
from North Carolina, Mississippi, and 
Delaware. 

The Watkins-Richardson Scholarship 
assists students from the southeastern 
United States with academic ability and 
leadership potential. Awards are renewable 
provided the recipient ranks in the top third 
of his or her class and continues to display 
leadership potential. 

The Weir Family Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The/. Andrews White Scholarship assists 
deserving students. 

The Alexander Hines Whitley Jr. 
Scholarship assists qualified students. 



The A. Tab Williams Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians. 

The Jesse A. Williams Scholarship gives 
preference to deserving students of Union 
County, NC. 

The Leonidas Polk Williams Sr. Scholar- 
ship assists students from Chowan, 
Camden, and Pasquotank Counties, NC, 
on the basis of merit. 

The John G. Williard Scholarship assists 
middle-income students, with preference to 
students from Davie County, NC. 

The James Bennett Willis Scholarship gives 
preference to needy North Carolina Baptist 
students interested in the ministry and 
Christian education. Application is made 
through the departments of religion and 
philosophy. 

The Marie Thornton Willis & Miriam 
Carlyle Willis Scholarship gives preference 
to needy North Carolina Baptist students 
interested in music ministry. 

The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship 
assists needy students. 

The O.W. Wilson-Yancey County 
Scholarship assists needy students from 
Yancey County, NC, with excellent 
academic records. 

The Phillip W. Wilson/Peat Marwick 
Memorial Scholarship assists a senior 
accountancy major with demonstrated 
leadership skills, outstanding interpersonal 
skills, and a strong commitment to the 
community and the accountancy profes- 
sion. The recipient must also be in the top 
fifth of his or her class based on a grade 
point average within the Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 



Scholarships and Loans 



50 



The Dr. B.L. & Betty Ferrell Woodard 
Scholarship assists needy students as part 
of the Hankins Scholarship program, with 
first preference to applicants attending 
North Johnston High School in Kenly, NC, 
second preference to residents of Johnston 
County, NC, third preference to residents 
of a county contiguous to Johnston County, 
and fourth preference to North Carolina 
residents. 

The William H. & Anne M. Woody 
Memorial Scholarship is awarded based on 
character, scholastic achievement, and 
need, with preference to students from 
Person County, NC, and to students intend- 
ing careers in medicine, education, and 
ministry. 

The William Luther Wyatt HI Scholarship 
assists needy students with interest and 
ability in biology, with preference to a male 
student entering the junior year. 

The Matthew T. Yates Scholarship assists 
needy children of missionaries of the 
International Mission Board of the 
Southern Baptist Convention. Applicants 
should notify the Office of Student 
Financial Aid of their eligibility to be 
considered. 

Federal Financial Aid 
Programs 

The federal government, through the 
Department of Education, sponsors a 
number of aid programs for education. 
Among these programs are Federal Pell 
Grants, Federal Supplement Educational 
Opportunity Grants (FSEOG), Federal 
Work-Study (FWS), Federal Perkins Loans, 
and Federal Family Education Loans 
(including Federal Stafford Loans, both 
subsidized and unsubsidized, and PLUS 
Loans). 



To receive assistance through these pro- 
grams, a student must complete the neces- 
sary applications, meet basic eligibility 
requirements, and maintain satisfactory 
academic progress. 

Federal aid programs are described 
more fully in the Wake Forest University 
brochure Undergraduate Need-Based Aid 
Information, and in the federal publication 
The Student Guide, available upon request 
from the financial aid office. 

Exchange Scholarships 

The German Exchange Scholarship, estab- 
lished in 1959 with the Free University of 
Berlin, assists a junior student with at least 
two years of college German or the equiva- 
lent. Application is made through the 
Department of German and Russian. 

The Spanish Exchange Scholarship, 
established with the University of Burgos 
in Spain, may assist four students for one 
semester's study each or to two students 
for two semesters. Applicants must have 
completed at least two years of college 
Spanish or the equivalent. Application is 
made through the Department of Romance 
Languages. 

The French Exchange Scholarship, estab- 
lished with the University of Burgundy, 
France, assists a graduating senior who 
receives a two-semester graduate teaching 
assistantship at a lycee chosen by the 
French Ministry of Education. Application 
is made through the Department of 
Romance Languages. 



rj Scholarships and Loans 



Loans 

The James W. Denmark Loan, established 
in 1875, assists qualified students. 

The Hutcbins Student Loan assists needy 
students. 

The Grover & Addy Raby Loan gives pref- 
erence to applicants from the First Baptist 
Church of Tarboro, NC. 

The Sidney G. Wallace Loan gives prefer- 
ence to students studying at a Wake Forest- 
sponsored or approved overseas program. 

Other Aid Programs 

Children and spouses of pastors of North 
Carolina Baptist churches receive an annu- 
al $800 concession if they are the children 
or spouses of (1) ministers, (2) missionaries 
of the International Missions Board of the 
Southern Baptist Convention, (3) officials 
of the Baptist State Convention of North 
Carolina, or (4) professors in North 
Carolina Baptist colleges or universities 
who are ordained ministers. Pastors them- 
selves are also eligible. 

Children of other ministers who are not 
eligible for the above concession receive an 
annual $150 concession if their parents 
make a living chiefly by the ministry and 
they have demonstrated need. 

Church Choir Work Grants assist students 
based on talent, reliability, and interest in 
the church, and are made on the recom- 
mendation of the music committee of Wake 
Forest Baptist Church and the Department 
of Music, for the value of $300 per 
semester. 



Church Work Grants of $200 per semester 
assist students wishing to mentor with a 
church near the Wake Forest campus. 
Application is made through the associate 
university chaplain. 

Ministerial students receive an annual $800 
concession if they ( 1 ) have a written recom- 
mendation or license to preach from their 
own church body and (2) agree to repay 
the total amount, plus four percent interest, 
in the event they do not serve five years in 
the pastoral ministry within twelve years of 
attendance in the College. 

The North Carolina Legislative Tuition 
Grant (NCLTG) is provided by the North 
Carolina General Assembly for students 
who have been legal residents of North 
Carolina for at least twelve months prior to 
enrollment at Wake Forest. Residency 
determinations are made by the financial 
aid office. The 2001-2002 grant was 
$1,800; each year's amount is subject to an 
annual appropriation. Grants are reduced 
by twenty-five percent for those students 
having already completed 157.5 credits or 
140 hours. Amounts listed on award letters 
are estimates only, and are subject to 
adjustment when the actual authorized 
grant is determined. Students are responsi- 
ble for any difference between the estimated 
and actual amounts. 

To be eligible each semester, a student 
must enroll in a minimum of twelve hours 
or fourteen credits (through October 1 in 
the fall and through the tenth day of classes 
in the spring), and must be working toward 
a first bachelor's degree. A student in the 
five-year BS/MS in accountancy program is 
not eligible during the last year of that pro- 
gram. Students (including those studying 



Scholarships and Loans 



5* 



abroad) must submit an NCLTG applica- 
tion to the financial aid office by the end of 
the first week of classes of their first 
semester of each academic year. 

An NCLTG application (contained in 
the Financial Information and Billing 
Statement packet) is sent in the weeks 
before enrollment to each first-year student, 
and to continuing students with permanent 
North Carolina addresses. Students who 
believe they are eligible for the grant but do 
not receive an application may obtain one 
in the financial aid office; such students 
may include children of military personnel 
with North Carolina residency status who 
live out of state, residents who live near the 
state line, or residents who have recently 
moved out of state. 

Student employment is possible for part- 
time, on-campus and off-campus work, for 
a recommended maximum of twenty hours 
per week for full-time students. Summer 
employment may also be available. 
Interested students should contact the 
financial aid office. 

Veterans' Benefits are administered by the 
Department of Veterans Affairs in the 
Federal Building at 251 North Main Street 
in Winston-Salem. Records of progress are 
kept by Wake Forest University on veteran 
and non-veteran students alike. Progress 
records are furnished to the students, veter- 
ans and non-veterans alike, at the end of 
each scheduled school term. 

Outside Assistance 

Students who apply for financial aid from 
Wake Forest University must advise the 
financial aid office if they receive any assis- 
tance from outside organizations, including 
any local, state, and national scholarship 



and loan programs. Once need is deter- 
mined and aid is offered to meet that need, 
additional aid from any source must be 
considered a resource available to the stu- 
dent. Wake Forest encourages all students 
to apply for any outside scholarships for 
which they may be eligible; however, by 
definition additional resources reduce 
demonstrated need. The gift portion of an 
original need-based package is reduced by 
one-half the value of any new outside 
scholarship (so that total gift assistance is 
increased by one-half the value of the out- 
side aid). The loan or work portion of a 
student's aid is reduced as required to pre- 
vent total financial assistance from exceed- 
ing demonstrated need (or, in the case of 
federal loan and work programs, from 
exceeding federal aid eligibility). Recipients 
of Brown, Carswell, Hankins, and Heritage 
Scholarships, and others whose entire 
demonstrated need is met with scholarship 
funds, have their total awards increased by 
one-half the value of the outside scholar- 
ship; the remaining one-half is considered a 
student resource in subsequent years. In no 
case may the total aid award exceed the 
cost of attendance. 

Outside scholarship donors should 
include the name and social security num- 
ber of the intended recipient, as well as the 
term(s) for which the scholarship is intend- 
ed, on the face of the check. Checks should 
be made payable to Wake Forest University 
(or co-payable to Wake Forest University 
and the student) and sent to the Office of 
Student Financial Aid, PO Box 7246, 
Winston-Salem, NC, 27109-7246. Checks 
delivered by donors directly to the student 
should be forwarded by the student to the 
financial aid office. 



53 



Scholarships and Loans 



Special Programs 






'<- 



-'-£.?'■}*..-" 



Students in the College are 
encouraged to apply to special 
programs, both on and off cam- 
pus, which complement their abil- 
ITIES AND INTERESTS. These INCLUDE 
THE PROGRAMS DESCRIBED BELOW 
AND THE SPECIAL DEGREES, MINORS, 
AND CONCENTRATIONS DESCRIBED IN 
THE COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. 



Honors Study 

For highly qualified students, a series of 
interdisciplinary honors courses is 
described under Courses of Instruction. 
Under the supervision of the coordinator 
of the Honors Program, students may par- 
ticipate in three or more honors seminars 
during the first, sophomore, and junior 
years. Those who complete four seminars 
with a superior record and who are not 
candidates for departmental honors may 
complete a final directed study course. 
With a superior record in that course and a 
grade point average of at least 3.0 in all 
work, a student may be graduated with the 
distinction "Honors in the Arts and 
Sciences." 

For students especially talented in indi- 
vidual areas of study, most departments in 
the College offer special studies leading to 
graduation with honors in a particular 
discipline. The minimum requirement is a 



grade point average of 3.0 in all work and 
3.3 (or higher in some areas) in the major. 
Other course, seminar, and research require- 
ments are determined by each department. 

Open Curriculum 

For students with high motivation and 
strong academic preparation, the Open 
Curriculum provides the opportunity to 
follow a course of study planned within the 
framework of a liberal arts education but 
not necessarily fulfilling all core require- 
ments for the degree. Under the Committee 
on Open Curriculum, a limited number of 
students are selected by previous record of 
achievement, high aspirations, ability in 
one or more areas of study, strength of self- 
expression, and other special talents. The 
course of study for the lower division is 
designed by the student and his or her 
adviser. 

Study at Salem College 

Wake Forest and Salem College share a 
program of exchange hours for full-time 
students who wish to study courses that 
are not available at the student's home 
institution. An application must be 
approved by the academic adviser and the 
dean of the College or the dean of the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. Except in courses of private 
instruction, there is no additional cost to 
the student. Grades and grade points 
earned at Salem College are evaluated as if 
they were earned at Wake Forest. 



Special Programs 



54 



Center for 
International Studies 



International Studies 




The Center for International Studies pro- 
vides information on all programs in inter- 
national studies. Students interested in 
studying abroad should visit the center for 
assistance and program information. 
Students seeking credit for non-Wake 
Forest courses taken overseas for either the 
summer, semester, or year are required to 
schedule an appointment with the Center 
for International Studies before they apply 
to make sure their programs are approved. 
Once a student is accepted, s/he should 
obtain a course approval form from the 
center. For detailed information on study 
abroad in a non-Wake Forest program see 
page 58. 

The center provides various informa- 
tion and services for the international stu- 
dents at Wake Forest. For guidance on INS 
policies and issues contact the center. The 
center also administers the international 
studies minor. For a full description of the 
minor see the listing in the course descrip- 
tion section of this bulletin. 

International Students 

International students can obtain informa- 
tion and assistance in the Center for 
International Studies. 

Foreign Area Studies 

The Foreign Area Studies program enables 
students to choose an interdisciplinary con- 
centration in the language and culture of a 
foreign area. For a full description of these 
programs, see page 65 and the various list- 
ings under Courses of Instruction. 



Opportunities for Study Abroad in 
Wake Forest Programs 

Austria (Vienna) 

Each semester students have the opportu- 
nity to study and live at the Flow House in 
the 19th District of Vienna (northwest sec- 
tion of the city). Faculty directors from a 
wide variety of departments lead groups of 
fourteen students and offer two courses in 
their respective disciplines. In addition, 
Viennese professors offer courses in the 
study of the German language (153) or 
literature (216), Austrian art and architec- 
ture, music, or history of Austria and 
Central Europe. Group excursions to 
central Europe enhance the learning expe- 
rience as well as numerous integrative 
experiences within the city itself. Students 
selected for the Vienna program are 
required to have completed Elementary 
German (111-112 or 113). Further infor- 
mation may be obtained from Larry West, 
Department of German and Russian. 

Benin (Cotonou) 

Students wishing to study in Africa are 
invited to apply for the Wake Forest 
University program in Benin, West Africa. 
This three-hour course is designed for the 
study of the problems faced by African 
countries in the process of economic 
growth and development. Discussions 
focus on the examination of solutions to 
those problems. This is an approximately 
five- week summer program (occurring 
usually during the first summer session), 
which combines classroom instruction, 



55 



International Studies 



field trips and homestay. The program is 
directed by Professor Sylvain H. Boko of 
the Department of Economics. 
Applications and additional information 
may be obtained from Professor Boko. 

Cuba (Havana) 

Students interested in an unique study 
opportunity may apply for a six-week 
summer program in Cuba. Under the 
direction of Dr. Linda Howe (Department 
of Romance Languages), students take 
intensive courses in Spanish at the 
University of Havana. (Students need not 
major in Spanish, but one course beyond 
Spanish 213 or proficiency in the language 
is required.) Courses offered include Afro- 
Cuban Cultural Expression and Cuban 
Literature (alternate courses offered peri- 
odically). Students in Cuba also participate 
in a community project for internship 
credit in Spanish. Information may be 
obtained from Dr. Linda Howe by e-mail 
at howels@wfu.edu or by contacting the 
Center for International Studies. 

Mexico (Queretaro) 

Students who wish to take either Spanish 
113 or Spanish 153 in an immersion set- 
ting in Latin America may apply for Wake 
Forest's summer program in Mexico. This 
six-week program offers an eight-hour 
intensive course in Spanish language and 
the cultures of the Hispanic world. Students 
who have already taken Spanish 153 or 
any more advanced course in the language 
are ineligible for this program. Applications 
and additional information may be 
obtained in the Department of Romance 
Languages. 



England (London) 

A program of study is offered each 
semester at Worrell House, the University's 
residential center near Regent's Park in 
London. Courses typically encompass 
aspects of the art, theatre, literature, and 
history of London and Great Britain. 
(See, for example, Art 2320, English Art, 
Hogarth to the Present, and History 2260, 
History of London, in the course listings 
of those departments.) Each term a different 
member of the faculty serves as the direc- 
tor of the program, which accommodates 
fifteen students. Further information may 
be obtained from Paul Orser, Office of the 
Dean of the College. 

Italy (Venice) 

Students wishing to spend a semester in 
Italy may apply to study at Casa Artom, 
the University's residential center on the 
Grand Canal in Venice. Under the direc- 
tion of various members of the faculty, 
approximately twenty students per semester 
focus on the heritage and culture of Venice 
and Italy. (Courses offered usually include 
Art 2693, Venetian Renaissance Art; 
Italian 2213, Spoken Italian; Italian 215, 
Introduction to Italian Literature I; Italian 
216, Introduction to Italian Literature II; 
and other courses offered by the faculty 
member serving as director.) Students 
selected for the Venice program are 
required to have completed elementary 
training in Italian. Limited scholarship aid 
is available to one or two students each 
semester to assist with expenses. 
Additional information may be obtained 
from Peter Kairoff, Department of Music. 



International Studies 



56 



France (Dijon) 

Students wishing to study in France may 
apply for a semester's instruction at the 
University of Burgundy. Under the direc- 
tion of a faculty residential adviser from 
the Department of Romance Languages, 
courses are taken at the University of 
Burgundy by student groups of varying 
levels of preparation. (A major in French is 
not required, but French 219 or its equiva- 
lent or any French course above the inter- 
mediate level is required.) Students who 
wish to take either French 113 or French 
153 in an immersion setting may apply for 
Wake Forest's summer program at the 
University of Burgendy. This six-week 
program offers an eight-hour intensive 
course in French language and culture. 
Applications and additional information 
may be obtained in the Department of 
Romance Languages. 

Spain (Salamanca) 

Students wishing to study in Spain may 
apply for a semester's instruction at the 
University of Salamanca. Under the direc- 
tion of a faculty residential adviser from 
the Department of Romance Languages, 
courses are taken at the University of 
Salamanca by student groups of varying 
levels of preparation. (Students need not 
major in Spanish, but Spanish 220 or its 
equivalent is required.) Applications and 
additional information may be obtained in 
the Department of Romance Languages. 

China (Beijing) 

Students who wish to study in China may 
apply to participate in the Wake 
Forest/SASASAAS Program in Beijing, 
Peoples Republic of China. Offered in the 
fall semester, the program includes courses 
in both Chinese language and culture. It is 



open to students with no previous knowl- 
edge of Chinese or to those wishing to con- 
tinue their study of the language. Additional 
information may be obtained in the Center 
for International Studies. 

Japan (Hiratsuka) 

For students wishing to study in Japan, 
Wake Forest offers a fall semester at 
Kansai Gaidai University, which is located 
near three interesting cities. They are 
Kyoto, which was the capital of Japan for 
1,200 years; Osaka, the largest commercial 
city; and Nara, the ancient captial of Japan 
during the 6th century. Numerous courses 
in a variety of disciplines including busi- 
ness, economics, political science, religion, 
history, art, and communication are 
offered in English. Japanese language is 
offered at all levels. No prior knowledge of 
Japanese is required. A Wake Forest facul- 
ty member will accompany the Wake 
Forest University students and will teach 
one course. Additional information may be 
obtained in the Center for International 
Studies. 

Russia (Moscow) 

One or two students wishing to study indi- 
vidually in Russia can apply to spend a 
fall or spring semester at Moscow State 
University each year. The requirements are 
a good academic record and the ability to 
attend and pass classes that are taught 
entirely in Russian. For more information, 
contact William Hamilton, associate dean 
of the College. 



57 



International Studies 



Study Abroad in 
Non-Wake Forest Programs 

Students wishing to study abroad in a non- 
Wake Forest program must visit the Center 
for International Studies (CIS) for assis- 
tance. The center maintains a sizable collec- 
tion of material on a wide variety of over- 
seas programs. All students planning to 
study in non-Wake Forest programs in 
other countries for a summer, a semester, or 
a year are required to attend a study abroad 
information session. The CIS staff is avail- 
able to advise students about particular 
programs. Before students apply, they must 
obtain approval of the program from the 
CIS. If the program is not approved, the 
student will not receive credit for the study 
abroad program. 

Once a student is accepted, s/he is 
required to fill out a course approval form 



with the CIS. In no case may a student 
undertake study elsewhere without 
completing this process in advance to the 
satisfaction of the Center for International 
Studies, the registrar, and the academic 
departments which oversee the granting of 
credit for each course. A process exists so 
that students who successfully complete a 
fully approved course load during a 
semester in a non-Wake Forest program 
will receive at least twelve hours. For more 
information, consult with the Center for 
International Studies. 

Students may request to have scholar- 
ship and financial aid applied to approved 
non-Wake Forest programs. Scholarships 
for study abroad are also available. 
Additional information is available in the 
Center for International Studies and the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. 



International Studies 



58 



Degrees Offered 



Requirements for Degrees 



■4^ 



The College offers undergraduate programs 
leading to the bachelor of arts and bachelor 
of science degrees. The bachelor of arts 
degree is conferred with a major in anthro- 
pology, art history, studio art, biology, 
chemistry, classical studies, communica- 
tion, economics, English, French, German, 
Greek, history, Latin, mathematics, music, 
philosophy, physics, political science, psy- 
chology, religion, Russian, sociology, 
Spanish, or theatre. The bachelor of science 
degree is conferred with a major in biology, 
chemistry, computer science, health and 
exercise science, mathematical economics, 
mathematics, or physics. The bachelor of 
arts degree is available with a major in ele- 
mentary education or education with a 
state teacher's certificate in social studies. 
The bachelor of science degree is available 
with a major in education with a state 
teacher's certificate in science. The bachelor 
of science degree may be conferred in 
combined curricula in engineering, forestry 
and environmental studies, and medical 
technology. 

The Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy offers undergraduate pro- 
grams leading to the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in business, analytical 
finance, information systems, or mathemat- 
ical business; and offers a five-year program 
of study leading to a bachelor of science 
and a master of science degree with a major 
in professional accountancy. 

A student may receive only one bache- 
lor's degree (either the bachelor of arts or 
the bachelor of science) from Wake Forest. 



General Requirements 

Students in the College have considerable 
flexibility in planning their courses of 
study. Except for two required health and 
exercise science courses, only three specific 
courses are required: the writing seminar, 
one in a foreign language, and a first-year 
seminar. To complete preparation for more 
specialized work in a major field or fields, 
students select courses in each of five divi- 
sions of the undergraduate curriculum: 

(1) history, religion, and philosophy; 

(2) literature; (3) the fine arts; (4) the social 
and behavioral sciences; and (5) the natural 
sciences, mathematics, and computer sci- 
ence. Normally the basic and divisional 
(core) requirements are completed in the 
first and sophomore years and the require- 
ments in the major field or fields are com- 
pleted in the junior and senior years. 

All students must complete ( 1 ) the core 
requirements (unless accepted for the Open 
Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved 
by the department or departments of the 
major, and (3) elective courses, for a total 
of 112 hours. No more than twelve hours 
toward graduation may be earned from 
among all of the following courses: 
Education 353; all military science courses; 
Music 111-121 (ensemble courses); Dance 
128; and elective 100-level courses in 
health and exercise science. A cross-listed 
course may be taken one time for hours 
toward graduation, unless otherwise speci- 
fied by the course description. 



co Requirements for Degrees 



All students must earn a minimum 
cumulative 2.0 grade point average on all 
work attempted at all colleges and universi- 
ties and on all work attempted in Wake 
Forest College and the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. Of the 
112 hours required for graduation, at least 
fifty-six must be earned in courses counted 
as Wake Forest credit. These include courses 
taken abroad in approved, non-Wake Forest 
programs. The work of the senior year must 
be comprised of courses earned as Wake 
Forest credit (except for combined degree 
curricula). No more than thirty-three hours 
can be counted for non-Wake Forest study 
abroad and other special programs. All 
financial obligations to the University must 
be discharged. 

A student has the privilege of graduat- 
ing under the requirements of the bulletin 
of the year in which he or she enters, 
except in the case of major or minor 
requirements, which are those in effect 
during the term in which a student begins 
taking courses after the declaration of a 
major or minor. If course work is not com- 
pleted within six years of entrance, the stu- 
dent must fulfill the requirements for the 
class in which he or she graduates. 

All requirements must be completed 
and certified before a student may partici- 
pate in the commencement exercises. No 
further entries or alterations may be made 
toward the undergraduate degree once a 
student has graduated. 

Seniors must submit an application for 
graduation for their records to be activated 
for certification. Information packets are 
mailed immediately before the fall term to 
all students classified as seniors. Students 
who are not enrolled in the fall term, or 
who do not receive the packet but intend 
to graduate within the academic year, may 



request one from the Office of the Registrar. 
Application forms are due no later than 
thirty days before graduation. 

Core Requirements 

The core requirements are intended to 
introduce the student to various fields of 
knowledge and to lay the foundation for 
concentration in a major subject and relat- 
ed fields during the junior and senior years. 
For these reasons, as many of the require- 
ments as feasible should be taken in the 
first two years. 

No core requirements may be set aside 
or replaced by substitutes except through 
regular procedures already established by 
the faculty, or through a specific vote of 
the faculty in regular session. 

Basic Requirements 

All students must complete five required 
basic courses (unless exempted through 
procedures established by the departments 
concerned): 

FYS 100 (first-year seminar) 
English 1 1 1 (writing seminar) 
Foreign language (literature), one course 
from among the following: 

French 21 3, 21 3H, 216, or the 
equivalent 

Spanish 213, 21 3H, 217, 218, or 
the equivalent 

Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent 

German 215 or 216 

Russian 215 or 216 

Greek 211 or 212 

Latin 211,212, 216, or 218 

Near Eastern Languages & Literature 
211 or 212 (Hebrew) 

Japanese 21 1 

Chinese 211 or 212 
Health and Exercise Science 1 00 and 101 



Requirements for Degrees ^q 



A note about foreign language placement 
procedures: all students new to Wake 
Forest who have studied a foreign lan- 
guage in high school must complete for- 
eign language placement. Students will not 
receive credit for a class at a lower level 
than the level of their placement on the 
placement exam, unless they a) register for 
the class in which they placed; b) attend a 
few class meetings; c) consult with their 
professor; d) successfully appeal their 
placement to the language placement 
appeals officers of the department and be 
reassigned to a lower level course. Students 
who continue with another foreign lan- 
guage must take a placement test in that 
one too, if not during orientation then 
before registering for a course in it. 

Divisional Requirements 

All students must complete courses as 
specified below in each of the five divisions 
of the undergraduate curriculum (unless 
exempted by completion of advanced 
placement requirements or by participation 
in the open curriculum). Together with the 
basic requirements these courses form the 
core of Wake Forest's undergraduate liber- 
al arts education: 

Division I. History, Religion, and Philosophy 
(three courses; no more than one course 
from each group) 

1. History 101,102, 103, or 104 

2. Religion 101, 102, or 103 

3. Philosophy 1 1 1 

Division II. Literature (two courses; no more 
than one course from any one of the three 
groups) 

1 . English literature (English 1 60 or 
165) 

2. American literature (English 1 70 or 
175) 



3. Foreign literature (other than the 
course used for the basic requirement) 
Classical languages 

Greek 21 1,212, 231,241, 

or 242 

Latin 21 1,212, 216, 218, 221, 

225, or 226 
German 215 or 216 
Chinese 21 1 or 212 
Near Eastern Languages & 

Literature 211 or 21 2 (Hebrew) 
Japanese 21 1 
Romance languages (French or 

Spanish literature above 21 3; 

Italian literature above 21 5.) 
Russian 215 or 216 
In English translation: 

Classics 255, 261 , 263, or 264; 

Humanities 21 3, 214, 215, 216, 

217, 218, 219, 221, or 222 

Division III. The Fine Arts (one course) 

1 . Art — Any 1 00 level studio art 
course, or any art history course 
through 288. 

2. Music 101, 109, 181, 182, 183, or 
209 

3. Theatre 110 or 112 

4. Dance 202 

Division IV. The Social and Behavioral 
Sciences (three courses, no more than one 
from any one group) 

1 . Anthropology 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 1 1 3, or 
114 

2. Economics 1 50 

3. Political Science 1 1 3, 114, 115P, 
115Q,115R,orll6 

4. Psychology 151 

5. Sociology 151,1 52, 1 53, or 1 54 

6. Communication 100 



5l Requirements for Degrees 



Division V. The Natural Sciences, 
Mathematics, and Computer Science (three 
courses, selected from at least two different 
departments). 

1. Biology 101 or 1 1 1*, 1 12, 1 13 (if 
one course, 101 or 1 1 1 is recom- 
mended; if two courses, 101 or 1 1 1 is 
strongly recommended as one of the 
pair.)* A student cannot count both 
Biology 1 1 and Biology 1 1 1 toward 
the Division V requirement. 

2. Chemistry 108, 109, 111, 120, 

1 22. No credit given for more than 
one chemistry course numbered 
below 11 2.* 

3. Computer Science 101 , 111 

4. Physics 109, 110, 113, 114, 120* 

5. Mathematics 106, 107, 109, 1 1 1 , 
112, 117 

* Credit is not allowed for both Chemistry 
1 20 and Physics 120. 

Additional Requirements 

To prepare students for the demands of 
technology and globalization, Wake Forest 
guides undergraduate course selections 
with two further requirements: 

Quantitative Reasoning Requirement: 
All students must complete at least one 
course that requires quantitative reasoning, 
either as a qualifying course in Division V, 
as an elective, or as a major/minor course 
requirement. All courses meeting the 
requirement are designated (QR) after 
their descriptions. 

Cultural Diversity Requirement: All 
students must complete at least one course 
that educates them regarding cultural 
diversity. This course may be taken at the 
basic, divisional, or major/minor level or 
as an elective. Courses qualified to meet 
this requirement are designated (CD) after 
their descriptions. 



Requirement in Health 
and Exercise Science 

All students must complete Health and 
Exercise Science 100 and 101. This 
requirement must be met before enroll- 
ment in additional health and exercise 
science elective courses, and in any case 
before the end of the second year. 

Proficiency in the Use 
of English 

Proficiency in the use of the English 
language is recognized by the faculty as 
a requirement in all departments. A 
composition condition, indicated by cc 
with the grade for any course, may be 
assigned in any department to a student 
whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless 
of previous hours in composition. 

A student who has been assigned a cc 
will receive a grade of "Not Reported" 
(NR) for the course. The student will have 
one semester (understood to be the next 
semester for which she or he is officially 
enrolled) in which to work in the Writing 
Center, revising the course work to the 
instructor's satisfaction. Should the student 
fail to work in the Writing Center, or fail 
to revise the work to the instructor's satis- 
faction during the semester of his or her 
next enrollment, the grade will become an 
F unless some action is taken by the 
instructor. (If extenuating circumstances 
make it impossible for the student to make 
significant progress in a semester, the stu- 
dent may appeal to the dean's office for an 
additional semester of work to remove the 
NR.) Removal of the deficiency is prereq- 
uisite to graduation. 



Requirements for Degrees ^2 



Declaring a Major 

Most students declare a major in the spring 
of their sophomore year, and should earn at 
least fifty-one hours prior to the following 
fall term. Students declare a major through a 
procedure established between the academic 
departments and the registrar's office. 
Information about this process is distributed 
prior to the designated declaration period. If 
the student is accepted into the major, the 
department provides an adviser who will 
assist the student in planning a course of 
study for the junior and senior years. A 
department that rejects a student as a major 
must notify the registrar's office, and file a 
written statement indicating the reason(s) 
for the rejection with the dean of the 
College. 

Students who need to delay the declara- 
tion due to insufficient earned hours or other 
circumstances should consult the registrar's 
office. 

Students who have earned at least fifty- 
one hours prior to the designated declara- 
tion period and wish to declare a major 
should consult the registrar's office. 

A student wishing to major in business, 
analytical finance, information systems, 
mathematical business, or the five-year 
accounting program, should make applica- 
tion to the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. (See page 235 of 
this bulletin.) 

The undergraduate schools try to pro- 
vide ample space in the various major fields 
to accommodate the interests of students. 
It must be understood, however, that the 
undergraduate schools cannot guarantee 
the availability of space in a given major 
field or a given course, since the preferences 
of students change and there are limits to 
both faculty and facilities. 

After the initial declaration, a student 
may not change from one major to another 



without the written approval of the depart- 
ments concerned. The student's course of 
study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the 
departmental major, with other courses 
selected by the student and approved by the 
adviser. 

At least half of the major must be com- 
pleted at Wake Forest University. 

Please note: for credit in the major, 
courses taken in many programs of study 
abroad are not automatically equivalent 
to courses completed at Wake Forest. If 
students wish to take more than half of 
their courses for the major in study abroad 
programs, they must gain prior approval 
from the chair of the department. Students 
should check the Bulletin for additional 
departmental requirements for the major. 

The following fields of study are recog- 
nized for the major: accountancy, analyti- 
cal finance, anthropology, art history, stu- 
dio art, biology, business, chemistry, 
classical studies, communication, comput- 
er science, economics, education, English, 
French, German, Greek, health and exercise 
science, history, information systems, Latin, 
mathematical business, mathematical 
economics, mathematics, music, philoso- 
phy, physics, political science, psychology, 
religion, Russian, sociology, Spanish, and 
theatre. 

Maximum Number of 
Courses in a Department 

Within the College, a maximum of forty- 
two hours in a single field of study is 
allowed within the 112 hours required for 
graduation. Forty-eight hours toward 
graduation are allowed in any department 
authorized to offer two fields of study or 
more. 

These stipulations exclude required 
related courses from other departments. 



£2 Requirements for Degrees 



For students majoring in English, English 
111 is excluded. For students majoring in a 
foreign language, elementary courses in 
that language are also excluded. These lim- 
its may be exceeded in unusual circum- 
stances only by action of the dean of the 
College. 

Options for Meeting Major 
Requirements 

To satisfy graduation requirements, a stu- 
dent must select one, and only one, of the 
following options, which will receive offi- 
cial recognition on the student's permanent 
record: (1) a single major, (2) a joint major, 
(3) a single major and a minor, (4) a single 
major and a double minor, (5) a double 
major. In addition to the options above, a 
student may complete the requirements of 
one or more foreign area studies programs 
and/or any of the Romance languages 
certificates. 



Minors 

A minor is not required. Those students, 
however, who select a single major — not 
those working toward a double or joint 
major — may choose a minor field from 
among the following: anthropology, art 
history, studio art, astrophysics, biology, 
chemistry, communication, computer 
science, dance, economics, educational 
studies, professional education, English, 
French, German, Greek, history, Italian, 
journalism, Latin, mathematics, music, 
philosophy, physics, political science, 
psychology, religion, Russian, sociology, 
Spanish, and theatre, or from the interdis- 
ciplinary minors listed below. 

For details of the various minors, see 
the appropriate departmental headings in 
the section of this bulletin that lists course 
offerings. 

Interdisciplinary Minors 



Double Majors and 
Joint Majors 

A student may major in two departments 
in the College with the written permission 
of the chair of each of the departments and 
on condition that the student meet all 
requirements for the major in both depart- 
ments. A student may not use the same 
course to meet requirements in both of the 
majors. The student must designate one of 
the two fields as the primary major, which 
appears first on the student's record and 
determines the degree to be awarded. Only 
one undergraduate degree will be awarded, 
even if the student completes two majors. 
A joint major consisting of forty-eight 
hours in two fields of study is available in 
classical studies, mathematical business, 
and mathematical economics. 



Interdisciplinary minors are listed alphabeti- 
cally under Courses of Instruction in the bul- 
letin. The following programs are offered: 

American Ethnic Studies 

Asian Studies 

Cultural Resource Preservation 

Early Christian Studies 

Environmental Studies 

Health Policy and Administration 

Humanities 

International Studies 

Latin American Studies 

Linguistics 

Medieval Studies 

Neuroscience 

Russian and East European Studies 

Urban Studies 

Women's Studies 



Requirements for Degrees ^a 



Foreign Area Studies 

The foreign area studies programs enable 
students to choose an interdisciplinary 
concentration in the language and culture 
of a foreign area. An area studies concen- 
tration may include courses in the major 
and also in the minor field, if a minor is 
chosen. Foreign area studies programs do 
not replace majors or minors; they may 
supplement either or both. A faculty advis- 
er coordinates each foreign area studies 
program and advises students; students 
who wish to participate in one of these 
programs must consult with the program 
coordinator, preferably in their sophomore 
year. Questions also may be directed to the 
Center for International Studies. 

Foreign area studies are listed alpha- 
betically under Courses of Instruction in 
the bulletin. The following programs are 
offered: 

East Asian Studies 
German Studies 
Italian Studies 
Spanish Studies 

Students who have studied abroad may 
have taken courses not listed in this bul- 
letin. If you have questions, please contact 
the Office of the Registrar. 

Senior Testing 

All seniors may be required to participate 
in a testing program designed to provide 
objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment. If the Committee on Academic 
Affairs decides to conduct such a program, 
its purpose would be to assist the 
University in assessing the effectiveness of 



its programs. The program does not sup- 
plant the regular administration of the 
Graduate Record Examination for students 
applying for admission to graduate school. 

Combined Degrees in 
Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the bachelor of 
science degree in medical technology by 
completion of the academic requirements 
outlined in the following paragraph and by 
satisfactory completion of the full program 
in medical technology offered by the 
Division of Allied Health Programs of the 
Wake Forest School of Medicine. A grade 
of at least C is required in all courses taken 
in the program in medical technology. At 
least one year (twenty-eight hours) of the 
required academic work must be completed 
in the College. (Under current scheduling, 
successful candidates receive the baccalau- 
reate degree in August rather than in May.) 
Students seeking admission to the pro- 
gram must file application in the fall of the 
junior year with the Division of Allied 
Health Programs of the medical school. 
Selection is based upon recommendations 
of teachers, college academic record, Allied 
Health Professions Admissions Test score 
or SAT/ACT scores, impressions made in 
personal interviews, and work experience 
(not essential, but important). Students 
must complete all basic and divisional 
course requirements: Biology 111, 112, 
113, 214 (three courses or equivalents); 
Biology 326; Chemistry 109/109L or 
111/111L, 122/122L, 223/223L, 230 and 
260; mathematics (one course); and elec- 
tives for a total of eighty-four hours. 
Desirable electives outside the area of 
chemistry and biology include physics, data 
processing, and personnel and management 



(>c Requirements for Degrees 



courses. (Interested students should consult 
a biology department faculty member dur- 
ing the first year for further information.) 

Degrees in Engineering 

The College cooperates with North 
Carolina State University and other engi- 
neering schools in offering a broad course 
of study in the arts and sciences combined 
with specialized training in engineering. A 
program for outstanding students covers 
five years of study, including three years in 
the College and approximately two years 
in one of the schools of engineering. 
(Depending upon the field chosen, it may 
be advisable for a student to attend the 
summer session in the engineering school 
after transfer.) Admission to Wake Forest 
does not guarantee admission to the engi- 
neering school. Those decisions are based 
on the student's transcript, performance, 
and status at the time of application. Upon 
successful completion of the five years of 
study, the student receives the bachelor of 
science degree in engineering from the 
University and the bachelor of science 
degree in one of the specialized engineering 
fields from the engineering school. 

The curriculum for the first three years 
must include all the core requirements and 
additional courses in science and mathe- 
matics which will prepare the student for 
the study of engineering, such as 
Mathematics 111, 112, 251, 301, 302, and 
304; Physics 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, and 
166; Chemistry 111, 111L, 116, and 116L; 
and Economics 150. 

These electives are chosen in consulta- 
tion with the chair of the Department of 
Physics. 



Degrees in Forestry and 
Environmental Studies 

The College cooperates with the Duke 
University School of Forestry and 
Environmental Studies to offer students 
interested in these areas the possibility of 
earning both bachelor's and master's 
degrees within five years. For details about 
the program, students should consult a 
faculty member in the biology department. 

Five-Year Cooperative 
Degree Program in 
Latin American Studies 

Wake Forest and Georgetown universities 
have instituted a Five-Year Cooperative 
Degree Program in Latin American 
Studies. Under this program, undergradu- 
ate students who minor in Latin American 
Studies may apply to have a limited num- 
ber of hours from their undergraduate 
work count toward a master's degree in 
Latin American Studies at Georgetown 
University in Washington, DC. The BA is 
awarded by Wake Forest, while the mas- 
ter's degree is awarded by Georgetown. 
Those whose application is accepted may 
complete both their BA and MA degrees in 
a five-year period. To apply for the com- 
bined BA/MA, students should declare an 
interest in the five-year cooperative degree 
program during their junior year. Students 
must then complete the regular Georgetown 
graduate application process and seek for- 
mal acceptance to the MA program during 
their senior year. The five-year program is 
an opportunity for exceptional students to 
complete degree requirements at an acceler- 
ated pace. Interested students should con- 
tact the five-year degree program coordina- 
tor, Peter Siavelis, assistant professor of 
political science. 



Requirements for Degrees 55 



Courses of Instruction 




Plans of study, course descriptions, and the identification of instruc- 
tors APPLY TO THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2001-2002 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, AND 

reflect official faculty action through march 20, 2002. 

The University reserves the right to change programs of study, 
academic requirements, assignment of lecturers, or the announced 
calendar. the courses listed in this bulletin are not necessarily 
taught every year; their availability is a function of both staffing 
constraints and student demand. while no guarantees about future 
scheduling can be made, students are encouraged to alert their advis- 
ers and department heads to their needs and desires as soon as they 
can be foreseen. for an exact list of courses offered in each particu- 
lar semester and summer, students should consult the course sched- 
ules issued by the office of the registrar during the preceding term. 

Odd-numbered courses are normally taught in the fall, even-numbered in the spring. 
Exceptions are noted after course descriptions. Number of hours is shown by numerals 
immediately after the course title — for example, (3h) or (3h, 3h). The symbols P — and 
C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to show prerequisites and corequisites 
for a course. 

Courses that satisfy the cultural diversity requirement will be indicated by (CD) after 
the course description. Courses that satisfy the quantitative reasoning requirement will be 
indicated by (QR) after the course description. 

Courses 101-199 are primarily for first-year students and sophomores; courses 
200-299 are primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced under- 
graduate students. Graduate courses are described in the bulletin of the Graduate School. 



67 



Courses of Instruction 



American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies 

and Professor of Sociology Earl Smith, Director 

The interdisciplinary minor in American ethnic studies requires 18 hours. The student must 
take American Ethnic Studies 151, Race and Ethnic Diversity in America, during the second 
or third year at Wake Forest, and American Ethnic Studies 234, Ethnicity and Immigration. 
At least one additional three-hour course must be taken from the behavioral and social 
sciences, and one from the humanities. This structure gives students an understanding of 
the interdisciplinary nature of American ethnic studies within the context of the traditional 
liberal arts curriculum. 

151. Race and Ethnic Diversity in America. (3h) Different race and ethnic experiences are 
examined through an institutional approach that examines religion, work, schooling, 
marriage patterns, and culture from cross-cultural perspective. Grand theoretical schemes 
like the "melting pot" are critiqued for their relevance in an age of new cultural expecta- 
tions among the many American ethnic groups. (CD) 

232. The American Jewish Experience. (3h) An interdisciplinary course exploring Jewish 
immigration to America with a primary focus on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

234. Ethnicity and Immigration. (3h) An exploration of the sociohistorical dynamics of 
the peopling of America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (CD) 

240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) An intro- 
duction to the history, culture, and literature of the Asian-American communities, exploring 
issues of migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian-American identities 
in the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. (CD) 

Other courses may be chosen from a list on file in the office of the director of the program. 



Anthropology (ANT) 

Jeanne M. Simonelli, Chair 

Professors Jay Kaplan, Jeanne M. Simonelli, David S. Weaver, J. Ned Woodall 

Director/Curator, Museum of Anthropology/ Associate Professor Mary Jane Berman 

Assistant Professor Margaret C. Bender 

Visiting Assistant Professor Steven Folmar 

Adjunct Associate Professors Thomas A. Arcury, Sara A. Quandt 

Adjunct Instructor Beverlye H. Hancock 

A major in anthropology requires a minimum of thirty hours and must include 
Anthropology 1 12, 113, 114, 340, 390 — and one course from each of the following three 
groups: Methods 307, 342, 353, 354, 378, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 387— Subfield 
Topics 150, 264, 305, 315, 332, 336, 337, 339, 355, 361, 362, 363, 365, 366, 368, 
370— Area 111, 210, 313, 330, 334, 358, 373, 374, 376, 377. 

Anthropology £g 



Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive field 
research training. However, only three hours from Anthropology 381, 382 and three 
hours from Anthropology 353, 354, 383, 384 may be used to meet major requirements. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in anthropology courses is required at the time 
the major is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all anthropology courses 
is required for graduation. 

A minor in anthropology requires eighteen hours and must include Anthropology 
112, 113, 114. Only one course (excluding Anthropology 112, 113, 114) can be taken 
under the pass/fail option and used to meet minor requirements. Only three hours from 
Anthropology 398, 399 may be used toward the minor. Only three hours from 
Anthropology 353, 354, 381, 382, 383, and 384 may be used to meet minor require- 
ments and departmental permission must be obtained for minor credit in these courses. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology," highly qualified 
majors (3.5 grade point average in anthropology) should apply to the department for 
admission to the honors program. They must complete a senior research project, docu- 
ment their research, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For addi- 
tional information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Peoples and Cultures of the World. (3h) A representative ethnographic survey of 
world cultures, including hunting-gathering, kin-based, and agricultural societies, as well 
as ethnic groups in complex societies. (CD) 

112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) An overview of world prehistory, from the earliest 
stone tools to the appearance of civilization, with an emphasis on the relationship 
between culture change and the natural environment. 

113. Introduction to Biological Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to biological anthro- 
pology, including human biology, human variation, human genetics, human evolution, 
and primatology. 

114. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. (3h) Investigates and interprets the historic 
cultural diversity of the world's peoples, through an understanding of economic, social, 
and political systems; law and order, ritual, symbol, and religion; language and culture; 
kinship and the family; and modernization and culture change. (CD) 

150. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it 
originated and developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of 
behavior; types of language (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of 
linguistic data; social issues of language use. (CD) Also listed as Linguistics 150. 

210. Introduction to Latin-American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, economic, 
cultural, and social issues which shape Latin America. (Also listed as Latin-American 
Studies 210.) 

264. Forensic Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to the conduct of forensic anthropology, 
including basic human identification, the nature of evidence, laboratory analyses, field 
methods, and modern applications. 



6 9 



Anthropology 



305. Museum Anthropology. (3h) Examines the historical, social, and ideological forces 
shaping the development of museums. Emphasizes the history of anthropology, the 
formation of anthropological collections, representation, and the intellectual and social 
challenges facing museums today. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 114 or 201 or 203, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

307. Collections Management Practicum. (1.5h) The principles of collections manage- 
ment including artifact registration, cataloging, storage, and handling; conservation issues 
and practices; disaster planning and preparedness; and ethical issues will be covered 
through lectures, readings, workshops, and hands-on use of the Museum's collections. 

313. Tradition, Continuity, and Struggle: Mexico and Central America. (3h) Acquaints 
students with the lives and struggles of indigenous and non-indigenous people of Mexico 
and neighboring countries, with special focus on the Maya. The class will include study 
of contemporary and prehispanic traditions, including Mayan cosmology, language, art 
and architecture, issues of contact during Spanish colonization, and current political, 
economic, health, and social issues affecting these areas today. 

315. Material Culture Studies. (3h) Explores the social and cultural roles of objects 
through the study of materials, technology, economy, context, and meaning. 
P — ANT 111 or 112 or 114 or 201 or 203, or permission of instructor. 

330. Seeing World Cultures. (3h) Focuses on selected cultures throughout the world to 
better understand these societies through the use of ethnographic literature and assesses 
the effectiveness of visual communication in conveying ideas about these cultures through 
the use of ethnographic videos and films. P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or 
permission of instructor. 

332. Anthropology of Gender. (3h) Focuses on the difference between sex, a biological 
category, and gender, its cultural counterpart. An anthropological perspective is used to 
understand both the human life cycle and the status of contemporary women and men 
worldwide. In section one, topics include evolution and biological development, sexuality 
and reproduction, parenting, and life cycle changes. The second section takes students to 
diverse locations, including Africa, South Dakota, China, India, and the Amazon for a 
cross-cultural comparison examining roles, responsibilities, and expectations, and how 
these interact with related issues of class and race. 

334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) A survey of the peoples and cultures of the 
Indian subcontinent in the countries of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, 
Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. The course reviews major topics of interest to anthropologists, 
including prehistory, history and politics, religion, social organization, caste, gender, 
development, and population. 

336. Myth, Ritual, and Symbolism. (3h) Explores how people envision and manipulate 
the supernatural in cross-cultural perspective. Emphasizes functional aspects of religious 
beliefs and practices. P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or permission of instructor. 



Anthropology jq 



337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) Examines the relationship between culture and the 
economy and its implications for applied anthropology. The variable nature and meaning 
of economic behavior will be examined in societies ranging from non-industrial to 
post-industrial. Discusses the impact of economic development programs, foreign aid 
and investment, technology transfer, and a variety of other economic aid programs. 
P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or permission of instructor. 

339. Culture and Nature. (1.5h) A study of the reciprocal effects of the culture and nature 
relationship, with an emphasis on how different cultures define, use, and value nature. 

340. Anthropological Theory. (3h) A study and evaluation of the major anthropological 
theories of humans and society. The relevance and significance of these theories to modern 
anthropology are discussed. P — ANT 201 and 202 and 203 or 112 and 113 and 114, or 
permission of instructor. 

342. Applied Anthropology. (3h) Seminar exploring the ways anthropological concepts 
and data contribute to understanding and solving contemporary problems facing human 
populations everywhere. Emphasis will be on change and conflict situations in developing 
areas, but problems encountered by urban and industrialized cultures also are considered. 
P — ANT 111 or 114 or 203, or permission of instructor. 

353/354. Field Research. (3h,3h) Issues-based field program providing students with a 
critical understanding of the historical, social, political-economic, and environmental con- 
ditions that have shaped the lives of the people of the Greater Southwest, with special 
attention to the Native American and Latino/a experience. The program moves from the 
Mexican border region through New Mexico and Arizona, focusing on border issues, 
archeology and prehispanic history, and contemporary Native American culture. Students 
camp, hike, and learn to use digital technology in the field. Specific sites may vary from 
year to year. P — Permission of instructor. 

355. Language and Culture. (3h) Covers theoretical and methodological approaches to 
the study of language and culture, including: semiotics, structuralism, ethnoscience, the 
ethnography of communication, and sociolinguistics. The topics include: linguistic relativ- 
ity; grammar and worldview; lexicon and thought; language use and social inequality; 
language and gender; and other areas. 

358. The American Indian. (1.5h) Ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. 
P— ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 

361. Evolution of Human Behavior. (3h) The application of Darwinian principles to the 
study of human nature and culture. Considers the existence, origin, and manifestation of 
human behavioral universals and the theoretical and practical implications of individual 
variability. 

362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) The impact of Western medical practices and theory on 
non- Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving of world health 
problems. P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or permission of instructor. 

363. Primate Behavior and Biology. (3h) Examines the evolution and adaptations of the 
order primates. Considers the different ways that ecology and evolution shape social 
behavior. A special emphasis on the lifeways of monkeys and apes. 

yj Anthropology 



365. Evolutionary Medicine. (3h) An explicitly evolutionary approach to complex 
relationships between human evolutionary adaptations and health problems related to 
modern behavior and culture. P — ANT 111, 113, or 114, or permission of instructor. 

366. Human Evolution. (3h) The paleontological evidence for early human evolution, 
with an emphasis on the first 5 million years of bio-cultural evolution. P — ANT 113 or 
202, or permission of instructor. (Also listed as Biology 366.) 

368. Human Osteology. (3h) A survey of human skeletal anatomy and analysis, emphasiz- 
ing archeological and anthropological applications. 

370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) Survey of Old World prehistory, with particular attention 
to geological and climatological events affecting culture change. P — ANT 112 or 201, or 
permission of instructor. 

373. Southwestern Archeology. (1.5h) Prehistoric cultural development of the Mogollon, 
Hohokam, Anasazi, and associated groups. Topics include environment, early peopling of 
the Southwest, ceramic and architectural traditions, origins of agriculture, rise of social 
complexity, and abandonment. 

374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) The development of culture in North America as 
outlined by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecology and sociocultural 
processes. P — ANT 112 or 201, or permission of instructor. 

376. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (1.5h) A study of human adaptation 
in the Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role of ecological fac- 
tors in determining the formal aspects of culture. P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 

377. People and Cultures of the Southwest. (1.5h) Survey of the major Native American 
cultures with emphasis on their history, contemporary ecology, economics, social, politi- 
cal, and religious organizations, artistic expression, and interaction and shared histories 
with Hispanic, Anglo, and other ethnic groups. 

378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) A study of the laws, regulations, policies, programs, 
and political processes used to conserve prehistoric and historic cultural resources. 

380. Anthropological Statistics. (3h) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in anthropo- 
logical research. (A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit 
for Biology 380, Business 201, or Mathematics 109.) (QR) 

381, 382. Archeological Research. (3h,3h) The recovery of anthropological data through 
archeological fieldwork. Students will learn archeological survey, mapping, excavation, 
recording techniques and artifact and ecofact recovery and analysis. P — ANT 101 or 111 
or 112 or 113 or 114, and permission of instructor. 

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h,3h) Training in techniques for the 
study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P — ANT 101 or 111 or 112 or 113 or 
114, and permission of instructor. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h,3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific 
research within the discipline. The course concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. 



Anthropology 72 



387. Ethnographic Research Methods. (3h) Designed to familiarize students with ethno- 
graphic research methods and their application. Considers the epistemological, ethical, 
political, and psychological aspects of research. Laboratory experience and data analysis. 
P— ANT 111 or 114 or 203. 

390. Student-Faculty Seminar. (3h) A review of contemporary problems in the fields of 
archeology, and biological and cultural anthropology. P — ANT 112, 113 and 114, or 
permission of instructor. Senior standing recommended. 

398, 399. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h, or 3h) A reading, research, or internship course 
designed to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the 
supervision of a departmental faculty member. P — Permission of instructor. 



Art (ART) 

Wake Forest Professor Margaret S. Smith, Chair 

Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art David M. Lubin 

Reynolds Professor Terisio Pignatti (Venice) 

Professors Robert Knott, Wake Forest Professor Margaret S. Smith, Harry B. Titus Jr. 

Associate Professors McCulloch Family Fellow Bernadine Barnes, David L. Faber, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow David Finn, Page H. Laughlin, 

Assistant Professor John R. Pickel 

Instructor Alix Hitchcock 

Adjunct Instructor David C. Hart Jr. 

Lecturers Brian Allen (London), Maria A. Chiari (Venice), 

Beatrice Ottersbock (Vienna), Katie Scott (London) 

Gallery Director Victor Faccinto 

The department of art offers courses in the history of art, architecture, printmaking, pho- 
tography, and film from the ancient through modern periods, and the practice of drawing, 
painting, printmaking, sculpture, photography, and digital art. Opportunities to supple- 
ment the regular academic program of the department include study abroad in Wake Forest 
residential study centers, changing art exhibitions in the gallery of the Scales Fine Arts 
Center, a visiting artists program, and internships in local museums and arts organizations. 

The department offers two majors, art history and studio art, each requiring thirty 
hours, with a maximum of thirty-six hours. A minor in either studio art or art history 
requires fifteen hours. Students may major in one field and minor in another within a 
limit of forty-two hours. 

For the art history major twenty-four hours are to be in art history and six hours in 
studio art. The required art history courses include one course in Ancient, Classical or 
Medieval art; one course in Renaissance, Baroque, or Eighteenth Century art; one course 
in Modern painting, architecture, photography, or film; Art 290; one art history seminar; 
and electives. Art history majors are encouraged to take Art 103 and a course in non- 
western art. An art history minor requires twelve hours in art history and three hours in 
studio art. 



72 Art 



For the studio art major twenty-four hours are to be in studio art and six hours in art 
history. The required studio art courses include four entry level courses — one in three- 
dimensional art and three selected from the five two-dimensional areas; two second level 
courses in different areas; a third semester in a studio art concentration; and electives in 
studio art. A minor in studio art requires twelve hours in studio art and three hours in art 
history. 

Any student interested in majoring or minoring in art should consult the chair of the 
department. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a 
program of study that combines digital art and computer science. Advisers in either the 
art or computer science departments can provide further information on coordinating an 
art major with a computer science minor, or vice versa. 

Qualified students in both the studio and art history areas may ask to participate in 
the department's honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Art," 
students must execute a written project or create a body of work; the results of their 
efforts must be presented and defended before a committee of department faculty. 
Interested students should consult any member of the department for additional informa- 
tion concerning the requirements for this program. 

The department will accept only three courses from a non-Wake Forest program for 
credit toward the major. Of these three courses, only two may be in the same area of con- 
centration. For instance, an art major may take up to two art history courses and one 
studio course or two studio art courses and one art history course at a non-Wake Forest 
program. All studio courses taken abroad will be assigned Art 210. 

Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in studio art or art history at 
other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 



Art History 

103. History of Western Art. (3h) A historical introduction to the arts of various cultures 
and times with discussions of technique, style, methodology, and terms. Satisfies the 
Division III requirement. 

104. Topics in World Art. (3h) An examination of the visual arts in selected world cul- 
tures, with discussions of technique, style, methodology, and terms. Topics may include 
one or more of the following: the arts of China, Japan, India, Africa, Islamic cultures, or 
the indigenous cultures of the Americas. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

105. The History of World Architecture. (3h) Selected topics emphasizing the planning, 
siting, design, construction, patronage and historical impact of architectural monuments 
from a variety of cultures. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

231. American Visual Arts. (3h) American art and culture from the Colonial period to 
1900 in terms of changing aesthetic standards, social, and historical developments. 
Includes fine arts, folk arts, material culture, and mass media. Satisfies the Division III 
requirement. 



Art 74 



232. African American Art. (3h) African-American art from the eighteenth century to the 
present, with attention to the social and historical context of the works and the artist. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

233. American Architecture. (3h) A discussion-based course examining American archi- 
tecture from 1650 to the present. Offered in fall semester, odd years. Satisfies the Division 
III requirement. 

241. Ancient Art. (3h) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 3000 BCE 
through the late Roman period. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

244. Greek Art. (3h) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 800 BCE 
through the Hellenistic period. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

245. Roman Art. (3h) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and sculpture. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

251. Women and Art. (3h) A historical examination of the changing image of women in 
art and the role of women artists. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

252. Romanesque Art. (3h) Art and architecture from the Carolingian Renaissance 
through the twelfth century. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) The character and evolution of Gothic cathedrals and 
the sculpture, stained glass, metalworks, and paintings designed for them. Satisfies the 
Division III requirement. 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) Medieval illuminated manuscripts and 
precious objects made of gold, silver, ivory, enamel, and other luxury materials are the 
subjects of this course. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

258. The History of Prints. (3h) A survey of the technical and stylistic developments in 
printmaking from the fifteenth century to the present. Special attention will be given to 
the function of prints in society. Student research will focus on prints in the University 
Print Collection. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

259. The History of Photography. (3h) A historical and critical survey of photography 
from its invention in 1826 to the present. Special attention to the medium's cultural and 
artistic reception. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

260. Classics of the Sound Cinema. (3h) Selected masterpieces of world cinema (1930- 
1960). Particular emphasis is placed on developing skills for viewing films as a form of 
visual art. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture in Italy 
in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. Special attention will be given to the works of 
Giotto, Donatello, Botticelli, and Leonardo da Vinci. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

268. High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture 
in the sixteenth century in Rome, Florence, Venice and other cities. Among the artists 
studied are Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) A survey of painting, sculpture, and printmaking in 
Northern Europe from the mid-fourteenth century through the sixteenth century. Satisfies 
the Division III requirement. 

j c Art 



272. Baroque Art. (3h) A discussion-based survey of major art, artists, and cultural issues 
in seventeenth-century Europe. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) A survey of garden and landscape design from 
the Roman period through the twentieth century. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

281. Nineteenth Century Art. (3h) A survey of European and American art from the 
French Revolution to 1900, emphasizing the major movements from Romanticism to 
Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

282. Twentieth Century Art. (3h) A survey of European and American painting and 
sculpture from 1900 to the present. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

283. Impressionism. (3h) A study of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism with an empha- 
sis on stylistic innovations and the social and cultural context in which they were produced. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

284. Contemporary American Art. (3h) An intensive study of American painting and 
sculpture from 1950 to the present. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

288. Modern Architecture. (3h) A survey of European and American architecture from 
1900 to the present. Offered in fall semester, even years. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

290. Issues in Art History. (3h) A discussion-based course focusing on critical theory and 
methods employed by art historians working today as well as by some of the founding 
figures of the discipline. 

296. Art History Seminar. (1.5h,3h) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty 

on topics of their choice. A paper is required. P — Permission of instructor. 

a. Ancient Art b. Medieval Art 

c. Renaissance Art d. Baroque Art 

e. Modern Art f Contemporary Art 

g. American Art h. Modern Architecture 

i. American Architecture j. Art and Popular Culture 

k. Film I. Architecture and Urbanism 

m. Museums n. Special Topics 

Studio Art* 

110. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses in Wake Forest sum- 
mer school. May be repeated. Satisfies the Division III requirement. Studio art courses are 
determined by individual instructors in the following areas: 

a. Drawing h. Painting 

c. Printmaking d. Sculpture 

e. Photography f. Digital Art 

g. Special Topics 



''Prerequisites may be waived with permission of instructor. 

Art 7 £ 



111. Introduction to Studio Art Fundamentals. (3h) Students are introduced to basic ele- 
ments of two-dimensional and three-dimensional fine art through hands-on experimenta- 
tion and critical thinking. Six class hours per week. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

112. Introduction to Painting. (3h) An introduction to the fundamentals of the contempo- 
rary practice of oil painting. No prior painting experience required, although prior studio 
art experience is recommended. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

114. Digital Art I. (3h) An introduction to computer generated art techniques and concepts. 
Emphasis placed on individual progression through group critique. A working knowledge 
of the Windows operating system required. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

115. Introduction to Sculpture. (3h) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and multi- 
media, with emphasis on contemporary concepts. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

117. Introduction to Printmaking. (3h) An introduction to one or more of the following 
areas of printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. Satisfies the Division III 
requirement. 

118. Introduction to Drawing. (3h) Drawing fundamentals emphasizing composition, 
value, line, and form. Prior studio experience or Art 111 recommended. Satisfies the 
Division III requirement. 

119. Photography and Digital Imaging I. (3h) An introduction to photography as a cre- 
ative medium, including camera and darkroom techniques, with an introduction to digital 
imaging. Emphasis placed on individual progression through group critique. Student 
must provide manual 35 mm SLR camera. Please see http://www.wfu.edu/~jrpickel/ 
camerarec/rec.html for information on cameras. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 

210. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses taken abroad. May 
be repeated. Studio art courses are determined by individual instructors in the following 
areas: 

a. Drawing b. Painting 

c. Printmaking d. Sculpture 

e. Photography f. Digital Art 
g. Special Topics 

211. Intermediate Drawing. (3h) Continuation of Art 118, with emphasis on idea devel- 
opment in realistic and abstract styles. P — ART 111, 118, 218 or permission of instructor. 

212. Painting II. (3h) Continuation of Art 112 with concentrated emphasis on conceptual 
development and technical exploration. P — ART 112. Offered in the fall semester only. 

213. Painting HI. (3h) An individualized course of study with emphasis on refining the 
skills and concepts developed in Painting II. P — ART 212. Offered in fall semester only. 

214. Digital Art II. (3h) An intermediate level digital art course as a continuation of Art 
114, with emphasis on critical and technical development. P — ART 114. Offered in fall 
semester only. 

215. Public Art. (3h) This course will cover art that is sited in the public realm. Exercises 
with various sites, materials, and audiences, will culminate in a public project. P — ART 
115 or permission of instructor. Offered in fall semester, even years. 



jj Art 



216. Sculpture Fabrication. (3h) Fabrication of small scale sculpture using wood, fabric, 
and metal. Projects stress craftmanship and imagination. P — ART 115 or permission of 
instructor. Offered in spring semester, odd years. 

217. Intermediate Printmaking. (3h) Continuation of Art 117, with emphasis on idea 
development. P — ART 117. May be repeated. 

218. Figure Drawing. (3h) An introduction to drawing the nude model using a variety of 
media and approaches. May be repeated once. P — Any 100 level course or permission of 
instructor 

219. Photography and Digital Imaging II. (3h) An intermediate level photography course 
as a continuation of Art 119, with emphasis on critical and technical development in both 
traditional photography and digital imaging. P — ART 119. Offered in spring semester only. 

221. Advanced Drawing. (3) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be 
repeated. P— ART 211. 

222. Advanced Painting. (3) A course of individual study with faculty guidance focused 
on developing a body of work for exhibition. Will cover various aspects of professional 
practice including artist statements and proposals, and portfolio development. May be 
repeated. P — ART 212. Offered in spring semester only. 

224. Digital Art III. (3h) An advanced course of individual study with faculty guidance 
and group critique. P — ART 214. 

225. Bodies and Objects. (3h) This course will explore the social and psychological rami- 
fications of making objects based on the body through casting and other techniques. 

P — ART 115 or permission of instructor. Offered in fall semester, odd years. 

226. Sculpture Installation. (3h) Exercises to develop an understanding of material, pro- 
cess, and audience as they relate to contemporary sculpture. The major projects for the 
course are an installation and a design project. P — ART 115 or permission of instructor. 
Offered in spring semester, even years. 

Til . Advanced Printmaking. (3h) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. 
May be repeated. P — ART 217. 

229. Photography and Digital Imaging III. (3h) An advanced course of individual study 
with faculty guidance and group critique. P — ART 219. Offered in spring semester only. 

290S. Printmaking Workshop. (3h) A workshop course exploring relief, intaglio, lithogra- 
phy, and monotype techniques, open to students at any skill level. Offered in the summer. 

295. Studio Seminar. (1.5h,3h) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on 
topics of their choice and related studio activities. P — Permission of instructor. 

Other Art Courses 

291. Individual Study. (3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 

292. Individual Study. (3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 

293. Practicum. (3h) Internships in local cultural organizations, to be arranged and 
approved in advance by the art department. Pass/fail. 



Art 



78 



299. International Studies in Art. (3h) Offered by art department faculty in locations outside 
of the United States, on specific topics in art history or studio art. Offered in the summer. 

2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (3h) A survey of English painting, sculpture, 
and architecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide lectures, student 
reports, museum visits, and lectures. Taught by special lecturer. Offered in London. 

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) A survey of the art of the Venetian Renaissance, 
with slide lectures and museum visits. Offered in Venice. 

2712. Studies in French Art. (3h) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, and 
architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Offered in Dijon. 

2767. Austrian Art and Architecture. (3) A study of the development of Austrian art and 
architecture and its relationship to European periods and styles. Includes visits to sites and 
museums. Offered in Vienna. 



Asian Studies (ASI) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Professor of Political Science Charles H. Kennedy, Coordinator 

The minor in Asian Studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a multidis- 
ciplinary study of the history, politics, and culture of Asia. It consists of a total of eighteen 
hours. Candidates for the minor are required to take at least one course from three of the 
four curriculum groupings noted below. (See course descriptions under appropriate course 
listings.) Nine or more of the hours towards the minor must focus on a geographic area — 
South Asia, Japan, or China. 

Appropriate credit in various fields of Asian Studies also may be obtained by study 
abroad in programs approved by the coordinator. Interested students are encouraged, 
preferably in their sophmore year, to consult with the coordinator or an affiliated adviser 
to discuss their interests and structure a coherent course of study. Courses may be chosen 
from among the following list. 

311. Special Topics in Asian Studies. (l-3h) An intensive survey of one or more important 
issues in Asian Studies not included in the regular course offerings. P — Permission of 
instructor. 

381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (l-3h) Supervised independent research pro- 
ject on a topic related to Asia. P — Permission of both instructor and coordinator of Asian 
Studies. May be repeated for credit. 

Group One: Humanities 

Humanities 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) 

251. The Asian American Experience: Literature and Narrative. (3h) 

347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (3h) 

350. Modern Chinese Literature. (3h) 

yo Asian Studies 



Group Two: Art, Philosophy, and Religion 

Art 104. Topics in World Art (when focus is Asia). (3h) 

Philosophy 253. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

Religion 361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) 

362. Islam. (3h) 

363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) 

Group Three: Social Sciences 

American Ethnic 

Studies 240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community 

Adaptation. (3h) 
Communication 351. Comparative Communication, (when focus is Asian state) (lh,3h) 
International 210. Japanese and American Culture. (3h) 

220. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) 
Political Science 246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) 

248. Government and Politics of China. (3h) 

249. Government and Politics of Japan. (3h) 
260. East Asian International Relations. (3h) 

Group Four: History 

343. Imperial China. (3h) 

344. Modern China. (3h) 

346. Japan before 1800. (3h) 

347. Japan since World War II. (3h) 

348. Japan since 1800. (3h) 

Chinese Lang. Ill, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4h,4h) 
& Liter. 153. Intermediate Chinese. (4h) 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) 

211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) 

212. Wen-xue: Advanced Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) 

Japanese Lang. Ill, 112. Elementary Japanese. (4h,4h) 
& Liter. 153. Intermediate Japanese. (4h) 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) 
211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern 

Japanese. (3h) 
220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) 

230. Advanced Japanese I. (3h) 

231. Advanced Japanese II. (3h) 



Asian Studies go 



Biology (BIO) 

Herman E. Eure, Chair 

Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany William K. Smith 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology Gerald W. Esch 

Wake Forest Professor Raymond E. Kuhn 

Professors Carole L. Browne, Robert A. Browne, William E. Conner, James F. Curran, 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr., Herman E. Eure, Hugo C. Lane, Wayne L. Silver, Peter D. Weigl 

Associate Professors David J. Anderson, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow Kathleen A. Kron, 

Gloria K. Muday, Brian W. Tague 

Assistant Professors Miriam A. Ashley-Ross, Miles R. Silman, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow Clifford W. Zeyl 

Adjunct Professors J. Whitfield Gibbons, Terry C. Hazen 

Visiting Assistant Professors Stephan G. Bullard, Leslie D. Clifford, Pat C. W. Lord 

Lecturer A. Daniel Johnson 

The department offers programs leading to either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science 
degree in biology. Sophomore students electing to major in biology should consult with a 
major adviser to determine which degree program would be most appropriate for their 
career objectives. The requirements for completion of each degree program are those in 
effect at the time of the declaration of the major, since the curriculum and the departmental 
requirements may change slightly during the student's period of residence. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of arts degree are required to take Biology 112, 113, 
and 214 and at least three 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements for the BA 
degree include the following laboratory courses: Chemistry 109 or 111, and 122 and one 
additional course in mathematics or physical science. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of science degree are required to take Biology 112, 
113, 214, a research experience (such as Bio 391 or an equivalent program approved by 
the major adviser) and at least three 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements 
for the BS degree include the following laboratory courses: Chemistry 109 or 111, 122 
and 120 or 223, Physics 113, 114 and one additional course in mathematics or physical 
sciences at the 200 level or above. 

The requirements for both the BA and BS degree programs are a minimum of thirty- 
three hours in biology. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 on biology courses taken at 
Wake Forest University is required for graduation with a major in biology. 

A minor in biology requires sixteen hours. Courses taken pass/fail cannot count toward 
a minor. A minimum overall grade point average of 2.0 must be earned on all Wake Forest 
University biology courses taken to complete a minor. 

Prospective majors are strongly urged to select either Biology 112 or 113 as their first 
course in biology. Biology 214 is a more advanced course and should be taken after 
Biology 112 and 113. Most prospective majors also should take Chemistry 109 or 111 and 
122 in their first year. 



gj Biology 



Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in Biology," a 
graduating student must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in all courses and a 
3.3 in biology courses. In addition, the student must submit an honors paper describing 
his/her independent research project, written in the form of a scientific paper, which must 
be submitted to and approved by an advisory committee. Specific details regarding the 
honors program, including selecting an adviser and an advisory committee, deadlines, and 
writing of the honors thesis, may be obtained from the chair of the departmental 
Undergraduate Studies Committee. 

^Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in biology at other institutions to 
satisfy divisional requirements. 

101. Biology and the Human Condition. (4h) An introductory course that focuses on the 
relevance to society of recent breakthroughs in biology. Basic principles of biology will be 
covered, but the course will emphasize recent advances in biology placed in the context of 
their ethical, social, political, and economic implications. This non-majors course is 
intended for students with little or no previous experience in biology and does not count 
toward the major or minor in biology. Lab — three hours. No prerequisites. 

111. Biological Principles. (4h) A study of the general principles of living systems with 
focus on the cellular, organismal, and populational levels of biological organization, 
emphasizing the role of heredity and evolution in these systems. This course is intended 
for students with little or no previous experience in biology and does not count toward 
the major or minor in biology. Lab — three hours. 

112. Comparative Physiology. (4h) An introduction to the form and function of organ- 
isms, with emphasis on physical principles, structural organization, and critical function 
of plants and animals. Intended as a beginning course in biology for prospective majors 
and for any students with adequate high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. 
No prerequisites. 

113. Evolutionary and Ecological Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles of 
genetics, ecology, and evolution as they apply to organisms, populations, and communi- 
ties, with emphasis on evolutionary processes within an ecological context. Intended as a 
beginning course in biology for prospective majors and for any students with adequate 
high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. No prerequisites. (QR) 

213. Genetics and Molecular Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles and pro- 
cesses of heredity, information flow and gene function. Topics covered include Mendelian 
genetics, molecular genetics, and the origin of genetic variation. Lab — three hours. 

No prerequisites. 

214. Cellular Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles and processes of cellular 
biology and their impact on organismal function. Topics will include molecular organiza- 
tion of cellular structures, regulations of cellular functions, bioenergetics, and metabolism. 
The course will also introduce cancer, immunology, and developmental biology. 

Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and Chemistry 109 or 111. 

Biology 82 



216. Biodiversity. (4h) An introductory course that traces the history of life on earth and 
looks at its diversification in an evolutionary and ecological context. Lectures cover the 
mechanisms of biological diversification and surveys life on earth. Labs introduce students 
to the broad diversity of life through exercises with living organisms. Lab — three hours. 
No prerequisites. 

237. Plants and People. (3h) A course that explores various associations between plants 
and people, their interrelationships, medical as well as ethical, and the impact of these 
interrelationships on various contemporary societies. 

301-306. Topics in Biology. (l-4h) Seminar and/or lecture courses in selected topics, some 
involving laboratory instruction. May be repeated if the course title differs. 

307. Biophysics. (3h) An introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function of 
DNA and proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of struc- 
ture determination by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods will be emphasized. P — BIO 112 
and 214, Physics 113, 114, or permission of instructor. 

311. Genetics. (3h) A lecture course on the use of genetic analytical methods to establish the 
principles of inheritance and the mechanisms of gene function. Covered topics include mecha- 
nisms of genetic change, the genetics of development, and population genetics. Students may 
not receive credit for both Biology 311 and Biology 312. P — BIO 112, 113, and 214. 

312. Genetics. (4h) A lecture and lab course on the use of genetic analytical methods to 
establish the principles of inheritance and the mechanisms of gene function. Covered 
topics include mechanisms of genetic change, the genetics of development, and population 
genetics. The lab will include projects involving classical and current techniques of genetic 
investigation. Students may not receive credit for both Biology 311 and Biology 312. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112, 113, and 214. 

314. Evolution. (3h) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 
P— BIO 113. 

315. Population Genetics. (3h) A study of the amount of distribution of genetic variation 
in populations of organisms, and of how processes such as mutation, recombination, and 
selection affect genetic variation. The lecture will present both an introduction to theoreti- 
cal studies, and discussion of molecular and phenotypic variation in natural populations. 
P— BIO 113. (QR) 

320. Comparative Anatomy. (4h) A study of the vertebrate body from an evolutionary, 
functional, and developmental perspective. Laboratories emphasize structure and func- 
tion, primarily through the dissection of representative vertebrates. Lab — three hours. 
P— BIO 112 and 113. 

321. Parasitology. (4h) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from 
the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite relationships. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

322. Biomechanics. (4h) An analysis of the relationship between organismal form and 
function using principles from physics and engineering. Solid and fluid mechanics are 
employed to study design in living systems. Lab) — three hours. P — BIO 112. 



83 



Biology 



323. Animal Behavior. (4h) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

326. Microbiology. (4h) The structure, function, and taxonomy of microorganisms with 
emphasis on bacteria. Covered special topics include microbial ecology, industrial micro- 
biology, and medical microbiology. The lab emphasizes microbial diversity through char- 
acterizations of isolates from nature. P — BIO 113 and 214. 

331. Invertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on functional 
morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

333. Vertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution, physi- 
ology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and experimental 
studies. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

335. Insect Biology. (4h) A study of the diversity, structure, development, physiology, 
behavior, and ecology of insects. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

335S. Insect Biology. (4h) A five-week course taught during the summer at the Archbold 
Biological Station in Central Florida. A study of the diversity, structure, development, 
physiology, behavior, and ecology of insects. Fieldtrips include Lake Okeechobee and the 
Big Cypress Swamp. P — Permission of instructor. 

338. Plant Systematics. (4h) A study of the diversity and evolution of flowering plants. 
Lectures emphasize the comparative study of selected plant families, their relationships 
and the use of new information and techniques to enhance our understanding of plant 
evolution. Labs emphasize more practical aspects of plant systematics such as the use of 
identification keys, recognition of common local plants, molecular techniques, and basic 
phylogenetic analysis. 

339. Principles of Biosystematics. (4h) An exploration of the current theoretical and prac- 
tical approaches to the study of macroevolution in plants and animals. Topics include theory 
and methods of constructing evolutionary trees, sources of data, and cladistic biogeography. 
Lab — three hours. 

340. Ecology. (4h) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments; struc- 
ture and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in ecology. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. (QR) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological 
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 
and 113. 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) A course designed to cover the general principles and concepts 
of limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. A major por- 
tion of the field study is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological Station. Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 113. 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) An exploration of the ecology, biodiversity, history, and future 
of tropical ecosystems. Lectures emphasize ecological principles and rely heavily on the 
primary literature. P — BIO 112 and 113. An upper-level ecology course is recommended. 



Biology 



8 4 



345. Neurobiology. (3h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system 
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical 
approaches will be integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. 
P— BIO 112 and 214. 

346. Neurobiology. (4h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system 
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical 
approaches will be integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. 
The laboratory will emphasize electrophysiological techniques with experiments from the 
cellular to the behavioral level. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) A course designed to provide a fundamental under- 
standing of how plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in harsh 
or extreme environments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical rain 
forests. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

348. Physiological Plant Ecology. (4h) A course designed to provide a fundamental 
understanding of how plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in 
harsh or extreme environments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical 
rainforests. The laboratory will introduce students to a broad array of field instrumenta- 
tion. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) An intensive field course in tropical biodiversity. 
Students will travel to major tropical biomes, including deserts, glaciated peaks and rain 
forests. Lectures emphasize the basic ecological principles important in each ecosystem; 
laboratories consist of student-designed field projects. Course location varies yearly. 
P — BIO 112 and 113 and permission of instructor. Summer only. 

350. Conservation Biology. (3h) Lectures, readings, and discussions examining biological 
resources, their limitations and methods for sustainability. Genetic, aquatic, terrestrial, 
and ecosystem resources will be examined. P — BIO 113. 

351. Vertebrate Physiology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course examining regulatory 
principles, integration in the nervous system and the physiology of the cardiovascular, 
respiratory, and renal systems of vertebrates. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) A lecture course which considers the evolution of the 
endocrine glands and hormones and the physiology of the main hormonal pathways of 
vertebrates. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

355. Avian Biology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course emphasizing ecological and evolu- 
tionary influences on the physiology, behavior, and population biology of birds. Includes tax- 
onomy of the world's major bird groups. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

360. Development. (4h) A description of the major events and processes of animal devel- 
opment, with an analysis of the causal factors underlying them. Special attention is given 
to the embryonic development of vertebrates, but consideration is also given to other 
types of development and other organisms. Topics include fertilization, early develop- 
ment, growth and cell division, cell differentiation, the role of genes in development, cell 
interaction, morphogenesis, regeneration, birth defects, and cancer. Lab — three hours. 
P— BIO 112 and 214. 



85 



Biology 



361. Microbial Pathogenesis. (3h) This course explores the molecular mechanisms by 
which microorganisms attack hosts, how hosts defend against pathogens, and how these 
interactions cause disease. P — BIO 112, 214, and permission of instructor. 

362. Immunology. (3h) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the 
immune system. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

363. Sensory Biology. (3h) A lecture course with emphasis on sensory physiology and 
other aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed 
for both Biology 363 and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

364. Sensory Biology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course with emphasis on sensory 
physiology and other aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. 
Credit not allowed for both Biology 363 and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

365. Biology of the Cell. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course on classic experiments and 
recent advances in cell biology. Lectures emphasize analysis and interpretation of experi- 
mental data in the primary literature, focusing on topics such as the targeting of macro- 
molecules, cell-cell communication, and the control of cell division. The text for this 
course consists of papers that have led to the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine and 
more current work using biological tools. The laboratory introduces basic techniques in 
cell biology and leads to an independent project. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

366. Human Evolution. (3h) Investigation of primate and human evolution, both in 
anatomy and in behavior. P — BIO 112 and 113, or permission of instructor. (Also listed 
as Anthropology 366.) 

361 . Virology. (3h) A course designed to introduce students to viruses, viral/host interac- 
tions, pathogenicity, methods of control and their use in molecular biology, including 
gene therapy. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

368. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (3h) This course examines some of the defects 
in basic cellular mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

369. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (4h) This course examines some of the defects 
in basic cellular mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. The laboratory will 
use advanced microscopic and histological techniques to investigate basic properties of 
cells. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

370. Biochemistry. (3h) A lecture course introducing the principles of biochemistry, with 
an emphasis on the experimental approaches that elucidated these principles. Major top- 
ics will include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological molecules, analysis of 
enzyme function and activity, and regulation of metabolic pathways. P — BIO 112, 214 
and Chemistry 223. 

371. Biochemistry Laboratory, (lh) The laboratory emphasizes approaches to isolation 
and analysis of both proteins and nucleic acids. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112, 214 and 
Chemistry 223. This course, paired with Biology 370, may be used as one of the three 
300-level four-hour courses required for the major. 



Biology g£ 



372. Molecular Biology. (4h) An analysis of the molecular mechanisms by which stored 
genetic information directs cellular development. Emphasis is placed on storage and 
transmission of genetic information, regulation of gene expression, and the role of these 
processes in development. The laboratory focuses on modern techniques of recombinant 
DNA analysis. Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

376. The Biology of Fishes. (4h) A comparative study of structure/function, classification, 
and phylogeny of fish. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

377. Community Ecology. (4h) An advanced ecology course covering mechanisms that 
determine the dynamics and distribution of plant and animal assemblages: life-history, 
competition, predation, geology, climate, soils, and history. Lectures focus on ecological 
principles and theory. Lab includes local field trips and discussion of the primary litera- 
ture. Several weekend field trips. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112, 113, and 214. (QR) 

379. Molecular Techniques in Evolution and Systematics. (4h) A lecture and laboratory 
course that explores molecular methods that are basic to many disciplines within biology, 
especially ecology, evolution, and systematics. Laboratories focus on the acquisition of 
molecular techniques, including allozyme electrophoresis, mitochondrial plastid, and 
nuclear DNA restriction fragment length polymorphism analyses, gene amplification, 
PCR (polymerase chain reaction), direct and/or cycle sequencing, and RAPDs (randomly 
amplified polymorphic DNAs). Lab — three hours. P — BIO 113 and 214. 

380. Biostatistics. (3h) An introduction to statistical methods used by biologists, includ- 
ing descriptive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance, and regression and cor- 
relation. May count as biology or anthropology but not both; choice to be made at regis- 
tration. (A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for 
Anthropology 380, Business 201, or Mathematics 109.) (QR) 

381. Biostatistics Laboratory, (lh) Application of computer-based statistical software. 
This course may not be used to satisfy one of the three 300-level four-hour courses 
required for the major if paired with Biology 380. (QR if paired with 380) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) An introduction to geological, chemical, physical and biologi- 
cal oceanography taught at the Marine Biological Laboratory in Woods Hole, Mass. 

P — Admission to the Sea Semester program. 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) A two-part lecture/laboratory course offered at sea in 
which students observe and apply in the field the concepts and sampling techniques 
introduced in the shore component. This course is a part of the Sea Semester program 
taught at the Marine Biological Laboratory in Woods Hole, Mass. P — Admission to the 
Sea Semester program. 

391, 392. Research in Biology. (2h,2h) Independent library and laboratory investigation 
carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass/fail or for grade at discre- 
tion of the instructor. * P — Permission of instructor. 



"'The same numbered course cannot be repeated. Subsequent courses should be taken in 
consecutive order. 



87 



Biology 



393, 394. Research in Biology. (2h,2h) Courses designed for students who wish to 
continue research projects beyond Biology 391 and 392. Pass/fail option. Not to be 
counted toward major."' P — Permission of instructor. 

395S. Marine Models in Biological Research. (5h) An eight-week course that is taught at 
the Marine Biology Laboratory in Woods Hole, Mass. Students attend lectures and semi- 
nars in areas of cell and developmental biology and marine ecology. Each student is guid- 
ed in a research project selected from the area of expertise of participating faculty and 
which takes advantage of the special facilities of the MBL, such as confocal microscopy 
and intracellular Ca++ imaging. 

396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) Lectures and seminars examining contemporary issues in 
biomedical ethics including the proper role of biomedical research and current controver- 
sies in health care and medical practice. P — BIO 112 and 214. 



Chemistry (CHM) 

Bradley T. Jones, Chair 

Wake Forest Professors Willie L. Hinze, Mark E. Welker 

Professors Bradley T. Jones, Dilip K. Kondepudi, Gordon A. Melson, 

Ronald E. Noftle, Robert L. Swofford 

Associate Professors Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow S. Bruce King, Abdessadek 

Lachgar, Richard A. Manderville 

Assistant Professors Rebecca W. Alexander, Ulrich Bierbach, 

Christa L. Colyer, Paul B. Jones 

Senior Lecturer Angela Glisan King 

Visiting Assistant Professors Nanette A. Stevens, Catherine Owens Welder 

The department offers programs leading to the BA and BS degrees in chemistry. The BS 
degree is certified by the American Chemical Society. 

The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry requires twenty-eight (or 28.5) hours in 
chemistry and must include the following courses: 111 (or 109), 111L, 122, 122L, 223, 
223L, 230, 260, 341, 341L, 342 (or 344), 342L, and 361, 361L; Mathematics 111, 112; 
and Physics 113, 114. 

The bachelor of science degree in chemistry requires 37.5 (or 38) hours in chemistry 
and must include the following courses: 111 (or 109), 111L, 122, 122L, 223, 223L, 230, 
260, 334, 334L, 341, 341L, 344, 342L, either 351 or 356/357, 361, 361L, 381, 382, 383, 
either 391 or 392; Mathematics 111 and 112 and either 113 or 301; and Physics 113, 114. 

A minor in chemistry requires nineteen hours in chemistry and must include at least 
one of the following: 334; 341 and 341L; 351; 356/357; or 361. The department will not 
accept courses taken pass/fail to count toward the minor. 



The same numbered course cannot be repeated. Subsequent courses should be taken in 
consecutive order. 

Chemistry 88 



Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry courses are open to chemistry majors on a letter- 
grade basis only (even those courses not required for the major). Majors are also required 
to complete on a letter-grade basis the required physics and mathematics courses. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in the first two years of chemistry is required 
of students who elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent 
upon satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses 
must be approved by the department. Candidates for either the BA or BS degree with a 
major in chemistry must have a minimum grade point average of 2.0 in their chemistry 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

Qualified BS majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must have a minimum grade point average 
in chemistry courses of 3.3 and a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0. In addition, 
the honors candidate must satisfactorily complete an approved research project, prepare 
a paper describing the project, and present results at a seminar for departmental approval. 
For additional information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

For the BA major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 
First Year: Chem. Ill or (109), 11 U, 122, 1 22L, Math. Ill, 112 
Sophomore: Chem. 223, 223L, 230, 260, Physics 113, 114 
Junior: Chem. 341 , 341 L, 342, 342L 
Senior: Chem. 361 , 361 L 

For the BS major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 
First Year: Chem. 1 1 1 (or 1 09), 1 1 1 L, 1 22, 1 22L, Math. 111,112 
Sophomore: Chem. 223, 223L, 230, 260, Physics 1 13, 114, Math 1 13 (or 301) 
Junior: Chem. 341 , 341 L, 344, 342L, 381 , 382, 383, 391 (or 392), Math 113 (or 301) 
Senior: Chem. 334, 334L, 361, 361 L, 381, 382, 300-level elective 

For variations in either of the schedules above, the student should consult a member of 
the faculty in chemistry. 

The department will accept transfer courses completed by incoming transfer students 
provided that those courses were taken only at four-year colleges and universities that 
offer a major in chemistry. These courses must be equivalent in content and level to courses 
offered at Wake Forest University (as judged by a departmental curriculum committee). 
Courses taken in summer school elsewhere, or in Wake Forest University study abroad 
programs, must meet these same criteria and receive pre-approval. Advanced courses, 
300-level and above, are typically not transferable. Students enrolled at Wake Forest may 
not take courses in chemistry at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

108. Everyday Chemistry. (4h) Introduction to chemistry for non-science majors. 
Laboratory covers experimental aspects of topics discussed in lecture. Satisfies Division V 
requirement. A student may not receive credit for both Chemistry 108 and either 
Chemistry 109 or 111. Lab — three hours. (QR) 



s 9 



Chemistry 



"'109. Tutorial in General Chemistry. (3.5h) Fundamental chemical principles. Intended 
for students with insufficient background in chemistry. A student may not receive credit 
for both Chemistry 109 and either Chemistry 108 or 111. Covers same material as 
Chemistry 111 but meets four times weekly. Admission by placement exam only. 
C— CHM111L. (QR) 

*111. College Chemistry. (3h) Fundamental chemical principles. Admission by placement 
exam only. C— CHM 111L. (QR) 

*111L. College Chemistry Lab. (lh) Laboratory covers experimental aspects of basic 
concepts. Lab — three hours. C — CHM 111 or 109. 

120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) The course coheres the basic physi- 
cal and chemical processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere and the oceans. It consists 
of two parts: 1) chemical processes in the environment such as element cycles and the 
chemistry of the pollutants in air and water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment 
such as solar energy and the atmosphere, and the physics of weather and climate. 
Lab — three hours. P — CHM 109, 111 or Physics 113. (Also listed as Environmental 
Studies 225 and Physics 120.) (QR) 

*122. Introduction to Organic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic 
chemistry. P— CHM 111 or 109. C— CHM 122L. 

*122L. Introduction to Organic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab — four hours. P — CHM 111 or 
109. C— CHM 122. 

*223. Organic Chemistry II. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry and 
introductory biochemistry. P — CHM 122. C — CHM 223L. 

*223L. Organic Chemistry D Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 122. C— CHM 223L. 

230. Analytical Biochemistry. (2h) Survey of laboratory methods used to determine the 
composition of biological samples. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 223. 

260. Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry. (2h) Introductory thermodynamics; descriptive 
inorganic and bio-inorganic chemistry. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 230. 

301, 302. Elective Research. (Oh, Oh) P — Permission of instructor. Summers only. 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) Theoretical and practical applications of modern methods 
of chemical analysis. Lab — four hours (CHM 334L). C — CHM 341, 341L, or permission 
of instructor. 

*341. Physical Chemistry I. (3h) Fundamentals of equilibrium thermodynamics and 
electrochemistry, phenomenological kinetics, and introductory computational methods. 
P— Either CHM 116 or 260, Mathematics 111, Physics 113-114. C— CHM 341L, 
Mathematics 112, (Physics 113, with permission of instructor). 



* The lecture and corresponding lab are strict co-requisites of each other. A student 
must register for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated 
independently if the student wishes.) 



Chemistry qq 



*341L. Physical Chemistry I Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— Either CHM 116 or 260, 
Mathematics 111, Physics 113-114. C— CHM 341, Mathematics 112. 

*342. Physical Chemistry DA. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical 
thermodynamics, and introductory computational methods. P — CHM 341, Mathematics 
111-112, Physics 113-114. C — CHM 342L, (Physics 114, with permission of instructor). 

*342L. Physical Chemistry IIA Lab. (lh) Lab — four hours. P — CHM 341, Mathematics 
111-112, Physics 113-114. C— CHM 342 or 344. 

*344. Physical Chemistry IIB. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical 
thermodynamics, and introductory computational methods. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 
341, Mathematics 111-112 and 301 (or 113), Physics 113-114. C— CHM 342L, (Physics 
114, with permission of instructor). 

351. Special Topics in Biochemistry. (3h) Fundamentals of biochemistry, with particular 
emphasis on mechanistic analysis of metabolic pathways, enzymatic activity, and drug 
action. P— CHM 223. 

356, 357. Chemical Spectroscopy. (1.5h,1.5h) Fundamental aspects of the theory and 
application of chemical spectroscopy, as found in the areas of analytical, inorganic, organ- 
ic, and physical chemistry. Emphasis will vary. Seven-week courses. P — CHM 342 or 344, 
or permission of instructor. 

*361. Inorganic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. 
P — CHM 342 or 344. C — CHM 36 1L or permission of instructor. 

*361L. Inorganic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab — four hours. P — CHM 342 or 344. 
C— CHM 361. 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (Oh, Oh) Discussions of contemporary research. Attendance 
required of BS chemistry majors in the junior and senior years. 

383. Chemical Literature, (lh) Introduction to the chemical literature and searching tech- 
niques for the acquisition of chemical information. P — CHM 222. 

391, 392. Undergraduate Research. (1.5h,1.5h) Undergraduate research. Lab — eight hours. 



* The lecture and corresponding lab are strict co-requisites of each other. A student 
must register for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated 
independently if the student wishes.) 



oj Chemistry 



Classical Languages (CLA) 

John L. Andronica, Chair 

Professors John L. Andronica, Robert W. Uleryjr. 

Associate Professors Mary L. B. Pendergraft, James T. Powell 

The Department of Classical Languages offers majors and minors in three areas: 
Greek, Latin, and classical studies. 

A major in Greek requires twenty-four hours in the department beyond Greek 112. 
Twenty-one of these hours must be in Greek courses; Greek 225 is required. Also required 
is History 315. 

A minor in Greek requires fifteen hours: Greek 153; two 200-level courses in Greek; 
Classics 275 or History 315; and one additional course in Greek (200-level), Latin, or 
classics. 

A major in Latin requires twenty-four hours in the department beyond Latin 153. 
Eighteen of these hours must be in Latin courses; Latin 250 is required. Also required is 
History 316. 

A minor in Latin requires fifteen hours: three 200-level courses in Latin; Classics 276 
or History 316; and one additional course in Greek, Latin (200-level), or classics. 

A major in classical studies requires thirty hours. A minimum of twenty-one hours 
must be taken in the department. The following are required: 

a. One 200-level course in Greek or Latin (prerequisites to this course do not count 

toward the thirty required hours); 

b. Classics 275 and Classics 176; 

c. History 3 ij or History 316; 

d. At least one course from the following: Art 241 (Ancient Art); Art 244 (Greek Art); 

Art 245 (Roman Art); History 308 (Alexander the Great); Philosophy 232 
(Ancient and Medieval Philosophy); Philosophy 331 (Plato); Philosophy 332 
(Aristotle); Religion 3 14 (Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors). Other courses may 
be substituted by permission of the department. 
A minor in classical studies requires a minimum of eighteen hours in the department, of 
which no more than seven may be in Greek or Latin courses. Classics 275 or 276 is 
required. 

The requirements for certification to teach Latin in high school are the same as the 
requirements for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies may serve as an appro- 
priate part of the program of studies required for certification to teach Latin in high 
school. A student wishing to secure this certification should confer with the chair of the 
department. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in Latin, Greek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Latin," "Honors in Greek," or "Honors in Classical Studies," a student must 
complete an honors research project and pass a comprehensive oral examination. For 
honors in Latin or Greek, at least two of the courses counted toward the major must be 
seminar courses; for honors in classical studies, at least one seminar course in Latin, 



Classical Languages 02 



Greek, or classics is required. For additional information, members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. (Refer to pages listing minimum college requirements.) 

Greek 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. (4h,4h) An introduction to the language; the courses provide 
a foundation for reading in the ancient authors. 

153. Intermediate Greek. (3h) Review of grammar; readings in classical authors. 
P — Greek 112 or equivalent. 

211. Plato. (3h) Selections from the dialogues of Plato. P — Greek 153 or equivalent. 

212. Homer. (3h) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey. P — Greek 153 or equiva- 
lent. 

221. Greek Readings. (1.5h or 3h) A course designed to meet individual needs and 
interests. P — Permission of instructor. 

225. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syn- 
tax, with practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Greek 153. 

231. The Greek New Testament. (3h) Selections from the Greek New Testament. 
P— Greek 153. 

241. Greek Tragedy. (3h) Close study of a selected tragedy or tragedies. This course 
includes consideration of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading 
of other tragedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent. 

242. Greek Comedy. (3h) Close study of a selected comedy or comedies of Aristophanes. 
This course includes consideration of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collat- 
eral reading of other comedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or 
equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Greek. (1.5h,1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. P — Permission 
of the department. 

Latin 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. (3h,3h) An introduction to the language; the courses provide 
a foundation for reading in the ancient authors. 

113. Intensive Elementary Latin. (4h) An introduction to the language; the course covers 
the material of Latin 111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had 
Latin 111 or 112. 

120. Reading Medieval Latin. (1.5h,3h) Introduction to post-classical Latin with readings 
in selected works from late antiquity and the middle ages. P — Latin 112 or equivalent. 

153. Intermediate Latin. (4h) Review of grammar and selected introductory readings. 
P— Latin 112 or 113. 



93 



Classical Languages 



211. Introduction to Latin Poetry. (3h) Readings from selected poets mainly of the late 
Republic and early Empire, with an introduction to literary criticism. P — Latin 153 or 
equivalent. 

212. Introduction to Latin Prose. (3h) Readings primarily from the works of Cicero, with 
attention to their artistry and historical context. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (3h) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through 
readings from the poems of Catullus and Horace. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

218. Roman Epic Poetry. (3h) Readings in the epics of Virgil and Ovid, with attention to 
their position in the epic tradition. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

221. Roman Historians. (3h) Readings in the works of Sallust, Livy, or Tacitus, with 
attention to the historical background and the norms of ancient historiography. P — Latin 
153 or equivalent. 

225. Roman Epistolography. (3h) Selected readings from the correspondence of Cicero 
and Pliny the Younger and the verse epistles of Horace and Ovid. P — Latin 153 or 
equivalent. 

226. Roman Comedy. (3h) Readings of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, with a 
study of the traditions of comedy and dramatic techniques. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

231. Roman Elegy. (3h) Readings from the poems of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with 
study of the elegiac tradition. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

241. Roman Satire. (3h) Selected readings from Horace and Juvenal, with attention to the 
origin and development of hexameter satire. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

243. Latin Readings. (1.5h or 3h) A course designed to meet individual needs and inter- 
ests. P — Permission of instructor. 

250. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syn- 
tax, with practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Latin 153 
or equivalent. 

Seminars 

The following seminars are offered by members of the faculty on topics and authors of 
their choice. A paper is required. 

260. Seminar in Latin Poetry. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. 
A research paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

280. Seminar in Latin Prose. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. 
A research paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Latin. (1.5h,1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. P — Permission 
of the department. 



Classical Languages qa 



Classics 

151. Ethics in Greece and Rome. (1.5h) Reading and discussion of Aristotle's Ethics and 
Cicero's On Moral Duties, with attention to our own ethical dilemmas. A knowledge of 
the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) The course explores the place of women in Greek and 
Roman society through the study of a wide range of primary sources, literary and non- 
literary. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. (CD) 

255. Classical Epic: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid. (3h) A study of the three principal epic poems 
from ancient Greece and Rome. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not 
required. 

259. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) A study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and 
selected passages of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using transla- 
tions and original works by writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, 
including Spenser, Marlowe, Milton, Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not 
required. (Also listed as English 319.) 

261. Greek Myth. (3h) A consideration, principally through close study of selected liter- 
ary works, of Greek myth in its various forms, primary (archaic and classical periods) and 
secondary (Hellenistic and Roman); the course also will consider Greek myth's afterlife in 
the modern period. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

263. Greek Tragedy. (3h) A study of the plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. 
A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) Representative works of Aristophanes, Menander, 
Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of comedy. A knowl- 
edge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

275. The Age of Pericles. (3h) A study of Greek culture in all its aspects during the fifth 
century. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. (CD) 

276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) A study of Roman culture in all its aspects during the 
early Empire. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. (CD) 

279. Studies in Roman Biography. (1.5h or 3h) A study in depth of a key figure of Roman 
history using the evidence of history, literature, numismatics, and epigraphy as well as art 
and archeology when appropriate. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) This seminar is designed 
specially to meet the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early 
Christian studies, but is not limited to them. It will explore from various points of view 
the culture of the Mediterranean world from which Christianity was born and grew: liter- 
ature and art, history and economics, religions and philosophies. Also offered by the 
Department of Religion as Religion 285. Course may be repeated for credit. 

288. Individual Study. (1.5h or 3h) 

291, 292. Honors in Classical Studies. (l,5h,1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. 
P — Permission of the department. 



oc classical Languages 



Communication (COM) 

Randall Gage Rogan, Chair 

University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics and 

Professor of Communication Michael J. Hyde 

Professors Michael David Hazen, Jill Jordan McMillan 

Associate Professors John T. Llewellyn, Allan D. Louden, Ananda Mitra, 

Randall Gage Rogan, Margaret D. Zulick 

Assistant Professors Mary M. Dalton, Eric K. Watts 

Visiting Assistant Professors Geoffrey Baym, Deepa Kumar, Claude Miller 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Steven M. Giles, Dee Oseroff-Varnell 

Instructor Ernest S. Jarrett 

Adjunct Instructors Wayne R. Bills, Connie Chesner, Susan L. Faust, Denise Franklin, 

Karen L. Oxendine 

Debate Coach Ross K. Smith 

A major in communication requires thirty hours, at least twelve of which must be at the 
300-level. All majors are required to take courses 100, 110, 220 and 225 and should 
begin their study of communication with these courses. An overall minimum grade point 
average of 2.0 in all communication courses attempted is required for graduation. 

A minor in communication requires eighteen hours, at least three of which must be 
at the 300-level, and shall include courses 100, 110, and 220 or 225. An overall minimum 
grade point average of 2.0 in all communication courses attempted is required for 
graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in communication. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Communication," students must pass the departmental honors courses (398 and 399), 
complete a senior research project, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral exami- 
nation. For more details, consult faculty members in the department. 

Finally, no student may take more than a total of six hours in Communication 280, 
281, 282, 283, 284, and 285 combined, and only three hours may count toward a major 
in communication. 

100. Introduction to Communication and Rhetoric. (3h) An introduction to the theories, 
research, and analysis of verbal and nonverbal processes by which human beings share 
meanings and influence one another. 

102. Debate and Advocacy. (3h) The use of argumentative techniques in oral advocacy: 
research, speeches, and debate. 

110. Public Speaking. (3h) A study of the theory and practice of public address. Lab expe- 
riences in the preparation, delivery, and critique of informative and persuasive speeches. 

113. Interpersonal Communication. (3h) An introduction to interpersonal communication 
theory, research and principles. 

114. Group Communication. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of group 
interaction and decision-making. The course features lectures and discussions of theory 
and includes opportunities to participate in formal and informal group processes. 



Communication 



96 



116. On-Camera Performance. (3h) Designed to introduce students to the theory and 
practice of performing for the camera. This course covers basic method acting, newscast- 
ing, and other performance formats. (Also listed as Theatre 141.) 

117. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h,3h) Principles and techniques of 
public relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public rela- 
tions and advertising strategies. P — Permission of instructor. (Also listed as Journalism 286.) 

140. Information and Disinformation on the Internet. (1.5h) An examination of informa- 
tion gathering practices on the Internet and World Wide Web. Students will develop and 
apply standards for evaluating information through analysis of Web sites dealing with 
important and controversial topics. 

212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) An introduction to the theory and prac- 
tice of media production, including critical and aesthetic theories, scriptwriting, produc- 
ing, directing, photography, sound recording, editing, and standards of operation for the 
production facilities and equipment. This course is a prerequisite for 213, 214, 215 and 310. 

213. Media Production: Documentary. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of 
producing non-fiction works in film or video, including conventional documentary forms 
and autobiographical or experimental works. P — COM 212. 

214. Media Production: Narrative. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of 
producing narrative works in film and video. P — COM 212 

215. Broadcast Journalism (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of broadcast 
journalism. Topics will include ethics, technology, and the media as industry, and projects 
will address writing, producing, and performing for radio and television. P — COM 212. 

220. Empirical Research in Communication. (3h) An introduction to methodological 
design and univariate statistics as used in communication research. 

225. Historical/Critical Research in Communication. (3h) Introduces students to the his- 
torical and critical analysis of rhetoric. Examines current methods of rhetorical criticism 
with a view to researching and composing a critical paper in the field. 

245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) A historical survey of mass media and 
an examination of major contemporary media issues. 

246. Introduction to Film. (3h) An introduction to the aesthetics of motion pictures 
through a study of the basic elements of film such as cinematography, editing, sound, 
lighting, color, etc. 

270. Special Seminar. (l-3h) An examination of selected topics in communication. 

280. Communication Internship I. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be 
approved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

281. Communication Internship II. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be 
approved, supervised and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. 
P — Permission of instructor. 



qj Communication 



282. Debate Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised 
and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. P — Permission of instructor. 

283. Debate Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised 
and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. P — Permission of instructor. 

284. Production Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects in media production to be 
approved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

285. Production Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects in media production to be 
approved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/fail only. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

286. Individual Study. (l-3h) Directed study in an area of interest to be approved and 
supervised by a faculty adviser. P — Permission of instructor. 

300. Classical Rhetoric. (3h) A study of major writings in Greek and Roman rhetorical 
theory from the Sophists to Augustine. Offered in alternate years. 

301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) A study of how meaning is created 
by sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act the- 
ory, and pragmatics. (Also listed as Linguistics 301.) 

302. Argumentation Theory. (3h) An examination of argumentation theory and criticism; 
examines both theoretical issues and social practices. Offered in alternate years. 

303S. Directing the Forensic Program. (1.5h,3h) A pragmatic study of the methods of 
directing high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate 
Workshop. Offered in the summer. 

304. Freedom of Speech. (3h) An examination of the philosophical and historical tradi- 
tions, significant cases, and contemporary controversies concerning freedom of expres- 
sion. Offered in alternate years. 

305. Communication and Ethics. (3h) A study of the role of communication in ethical 
controversies. 

306. Seminar in Rhetorical Theory: Burke & Bakhtin. (3h) Examines the language theo- 
ries of Kenneth Burke and Mikhail Bakhtin in relation to contemporary rhetorical theory. 

310. Advanced Media Production. (3h) Students produce advanced projects in either film 
or video over which they assume significant creative control. P — COM 212 and at least 
one of 213, 214, or 215. 

311. Film Theory and Criticism. (3h) A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the 
work of selected filmmakers and film critics. P — COM 246 or permission of instructor. 

312. Film History to 1945. (3h) A survey of the developments of motion pictures to 1945. 
Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 

313. Film History since 1945. (3h) A survey of the development of motion pictures from 
1946 to the present day. Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 



Communication 



9 8 



314. Mass Communication Theory. (3h) Theoretical approaches to the role of communi- 
cation in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of communication. 
P— COM 245. 

315. Communication and Technology. (3h) An exploration of how communication tech- 
nologies influence the social, political, and organizational practices of everyday life. 

316. Screenwriting. (3h) An introduction to narrative theory as well as examination of the 
role of the screenwriter in the motion picture industry, the influence of film genre on 
screenwriting, and the politics of nontraditional narrative structures. Students are expect- 
ed to complete an original, feature-length screenplay. 

317. Communication and Popular Culture. (3h) Explores the relationship between con- 
temporary media and popular culture from a cultural studies perspective using examples 
from media texts. 

330. Communication and Conflict. (3h) A review of the various theoretical perspectives 
on conflict and negotiation as well as methods for managing relational conflict. 

335. Survey of Organizational Communication. (3h) An overview of the role of communi- 
cation in constituting and maintaining the pattern of activities that sustain the modern 
organization. 

336. Organizational Rhetoric. (3h) Explores the persuasive nature of organizational mes- 
sages — those exchanged between organizational members and those presented in behalf of 
the organization as a whole. Offered in alternate years. 

337. Rhetoric of Institutions. (3h) A study of the communication practices of institutions 
as they seek to gain and maintain social legitimacy. Offered in alternate years. 

338. The Art of 20th Century African-American Rhetoric. (3h) This course explores how 
African-Americans have invented a public voice in the 20th century. The course focuses 
on how artistic cultural expression, in particular, has shaped black public speech. 

343. Presidential Rhetoric. (3h) Examines theory and practice of speechmaking and medi- 
ated presidential communication. 

340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of 
American rhetorical movements through the nineteenth century by reading and analyzing 
original speeches and documents with emphasis on antislavery and women's rights. 

341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of 
American rhetorical movements in the twentieth century by reading and analyzing origi- 
nal speeches and documents. Among the movements addressed are labor, civil rights, stu- 
dent radicals, and women's liberation. 

342. Political Communication. (3h) Study of electoral communication, including candi- 
date and media influences on campaign speeches, debates, and advertising. 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) An introduction to the study of communication 
phenomena between individuals and groups with different cultural backgrounds. Offered 
in alternate years. (CD) 



qq Communication 



351. Comparative Communication. (1.5h,3h) A comparison of communicative and 
linguistic processes in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. 
(Also listed as Linguistics 351.) (CD) 

351 A Japan (CD) 

3 5 IB Russia (CD) 

351 C Great Britain (CD) 

35 ID Multiple Countries (CD) 

35 IE China (CD) 

352. Interpersonal Seminar. (3h) Advanced study of theories and research in one or 
more of the specialized concentrations of interpersonal communications. 

353. Persuasion. (3h) An examination of theories and research concerning the process 
of social influence in contemporary society. 

354. International Communication. (3h) An in-depth look at the role of mass media in 
shaping communication between and about cultures using examples from traditional and 
emerging media systems. 

355. Health Communication. (3h) An examination of theories, research, and processes of 
health communication in contemporary society. 

370. Special Topics. (l-3h) An examination of topics not covered in the regular curriculum. 

380. Great Teachers. (lh,1.5h,3h) An intensive study of the ideas of three noted scholars 
and teachers in the field of communication. Students will interact with each teacher dur- 
ing a two- to three-day visit to Wake Forest. 

398. Honors in Communication I. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest 
for selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of 
department. Fall semester only. 

399. Honors in Communication II. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest 
for selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of 
department. Spring semester only. 



Communication iqo 



Computer Science (CSC) 

Jennifer J. Burg, Chair 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Associate Professors Jennifer J. Burg, Daniel Cafias, David J. John, 

Stan J. Thomas, Dana Faculty Fellow Todd C. Torgersen 

Assistant Professors Errin W. Fulp, Yaorong Ge, Paul Hemler 

Lecturer in Digital Media Yue-Ling Wong 

Visiting Associate Professor Donna J. Williams 

A major in computer science requires thirty-seven hours in computer science and four 
courses in mathematics. The courses in computer science must include 111, 112, 211, 
221, 222, 231, and 241. The required courses in mathematics are 111, 112, 117, and 121 
or 302. Either Mathematics 256 or 357 is also recommended for students considering 
graduate work in computer science. All students anticipating a major in computer science 
are encouraged to take Computer Science 111 and the appropriate mathematics courses 
during their first year of college. Potential majors should consult a major adviser in the 
department for assistance in planning an appropriate course of study. 

A minor in computer science requires four computer science courses of at least three 
hours each and numbered higher than 101; Mathematics 117; and an additional three 
hours in mathematics other than Mathematics 105. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses that comprise a major or minor in 
the department is required for graduation. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a 
program of study that combines computer science and digital art. Advisers in either the 
computer science or the art department can provide further information on coordinating a 
computer science major with an art minor, or vice versa. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Computer Science," 
students must satisfactorily complete a senior research paper and have a minimum grade 
point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college course work. For additional infor- 
mation, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest University may not take courses in comput- 
er science at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

101. Overview of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. An introduction to the 
organization and use of computers. Topics include computer architecture, systems, theory, 
logic, programming, the Internet, multimedia, and ethical, legal, and social issues. Does 
not count toward the computer science major or minor. Lab — two hours. 

111. Introduction to Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. A rigorous introduc- 
tion to the process of algorithmic problem solving and programming in a modern pro- 
gramming language. Recommended as the first course for most computer science majors. 
Lab — two hours. 



IOI Computer Science 



112. Fundamentals of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Problem solving 
and program construction using top-down design, data abstraction, and object-oriented 
programming. Linear data structures, recursion, and software development tools are 
introduced. Lab — two hours. P — CSC 111 or permission of instructor. 

165. Problem Solving Seminar, (lh, P/F) A weekly seminar designed for students to devel- 
op their problem solving skills designing and implementing software. Does not count 
towards the computer science major or minor. May be taken twice. P — CSC 1 12. Pass/Fail. 

191. Special Topics. (1, 2 or 3h) Topics in computer science that are not covered in regu- 
lar courses or that give special practice in skills used in other courses. Not to be counted 
toward the major or minor in computer science. May be taken more than once if the topic 
changes. 

211. Computer Organization. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Computer organization from 
the perspective of instructions, including the central processor, busses, input and output 
units, and memory units. A weekly two-hour laboratory covers combinational logic, 
loaders and linkers, assembly language, address computation, and other architecture 
related functions. Lab — two hours. P — CSC 112 and Mathematics 117. 

221. Data Structures. (3h) Study, analysis, and implementation of abstract data structures 
such as stacks, queues, trees, and graphs. Complexity analysis of algorithms that operate 
upon these structures. P — CSC 112. C — Mathematics 117. 

222. Data Structures and Algorithms II. (3h) A continuation of the study, analysis, and 
implementation of abstract data structures. The complexity of algorithms is studied more 
rigorously than in Computer Science 221 and complexity classes are introduced. 

P— CSC 221 and Mathematics 111. (QR) 

231. Programming Languages. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. A comparative study of pro- 
gramming language paradigms, including imperative languages, functional programming, 
logic programming, and object-oriented programming. Syntax, semantics, parsing, gram- 
mars, and issues in language design are covered. Lab — two hours. P — CSC 112 and 
Mathematics 117. 

241. Computer Systems. (3h) Introduction to concepts of operating systems and networks 
including processor and memory management, concurrency, and protocol independent 
data communications. P — CSC 211 and 221. 

311. Computer Architecture. (3h) An in-depth study of computer system and architecture 
design. Topics include processor design, memory hierarchy, external storage devices, inter- 
face design, and parallel architectures. P — CSC 211. 

321. Database Management Systems. (3h) An introduction to large-scale database man- 
agement systems. Topics include data independence, database models, query languages, 
security, integrity, and concurrency. P — CSC 221. 

331. Object-Oriented Software Engineering. (3h) A study of software design and imple- 
mentation from an object-oriented perspective, covering abstraction, encapsulation, data 
protection, inheritance, composition, polymorphism, and dynamic vs. static binding. 
Students practice software engineering principles through team projects. P — CSC 221 
and 231. 

Computer Science jq2 



333. Principles of Compiler Design. (3h) A study of techniques for compiling computer 
languages including scanning, parsing, translating, and generating and optimizing code. 
P— CSC 211 and 221. 

341. Operating Systems. (3h) The study of the different modules that compose a modern 
operating system. In-depth study of concurrency, processor management, memory man- 
agement, file management and security. P — CSC 241. 

343. Internet Protocols. (3h) The study of wide area connectivity through interconnection 
networks. Emphasis will be placed on Internet architecture and protocols. Topics include 
addressing, routing, multicasting, quality of service, and network security. P — CSC 241. 

352. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related 
problems in science and engineering. Topics will include systems of linear equations, least 
squares methods, and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel matrix 
computations. Beginning knowledge of a programming language such as Pascal, 
FORTRAN, or C is required. Credit is not allowed for both Mathematics 326 and 
Computer Science 352. P — CSC 111 and Mathematics 112, 121 or 302. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern 
computer architectures; floating-point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a 
scientific/engineering language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and 
computer techniques for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approxima- 
tion, integration, systems of linear equations, and least squares methods. Credit not 
allowed for both Mathematics 355 and Computer Science 355. P — CSC 111 and 
Mathematics 112, Mathematics 121 or 302. 

361. Digital Media. (3h) An introduction to digital media covering multimedia file 
formats, data encoding and compression, multimedia network issues, streaming data, 
resolution and color representation, markup languages, and multimedia programming 
tools. P — CSC 221 and Mathematics 111. 

363. Computer Graphics. (3h) A study of software and hardware techniques in computer 
graphics. Topics include line and polygon drawing, hidden line and surface techniques, 
transformations, and ray tracing. P — CSC 221 and Mathematics 121 or 302. 

365. Image Processing Fundamentals. (3h) A study of the basic theory and algorithms for 
image enhancement, restoration, segmentation, and analysis. P — CSC 221 and 
Mathematics 121 or 302. 

371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) An introduction to problems in artificial intelligence. 
Knowledge representation and heuristic search in areas such as planning, machine learn- 
ing, pattern recognition, and theorem proving. P — CSC 222. 

391. Selected Topics. (lh-3h) Topics in computer science that are not studied in regular 
courses or which further examine topics covered in regular courses. P — Permission of 
instructor. 

393. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, or 3h) A course of independent study directed by a faculty 
adviser. By prearrangement. No more than 3 hours may be counted towards the computer 
science major. Not to be counted towards the minor in computer science. 



IO3 



Computer Science 



Cultural Resource Preservation (CRP) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Professor of Anthropology Ned Woodall, Coordinator 

The Departments of Anthropology, Art, History, and Sociology offer an interdisciplinary 
minor in cultural resource reservation (CRP) which will give students preliminary training 
in the field of historic preservation and cultural resource management aimed at the pro- 
tection and enhancement of archeological, historical, and architectural resources. 

The minor requires History 366, Studies in Historic Preservation (3h), and four other 
courses for a total of fifteen hours. These fifteen hours must be distributed among at least 
three departments. The following courses may be included in the minor. (See course 
descriptions under appropriate listings.) 
Anthropology 112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) 

(May count as a Division IV requirement.) 

305. Museum Anthropology. (3h) 

370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) 

374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) 

378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) 

381, 382. Archeological Research. (3h,3h) 
Art 233. American Architecture. (3h) 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) 

288. Modern Architecture. (3h) 

293. Practicum. (3h) 
History 381, 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h,3h) 

398. Individual Study. (lh,1.5h,2h,3h) 
Sociology 151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) 

(May count as a Division IV requirement.) 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in Cultural Resource Preservation should consult the adviser 
appointed from one of the participating departments and listed with the registrar. 
Students are strongly urged to consult the adviser during the first semester of their junior 
year. Equivalent courses must be approved by the adviser. 



Cultural Resource 104 
Preservation 



Early Christian Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages Mary Pendergrafr and 

Professor of Religion Kenneth G. Hoglund, Coordinators 

The interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies currently requires eighteen hours. 

A. The student must take the following courses: 

Religion 321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) 

Classics 276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) 

Classics/Religion 285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) 

B. The student must take three additional courses (nine additional hours), with no more 
than one course (three hours) from any one department, from the following list: 

Art 241. Ancient Art. (3h) 

244. Greek Art. (3h) 

245. Roman Art. (3h) 

296. Art History Seminar. (1.5h,3h) a. Ancient Art / b. Medieval Art 
Greek 231. Greek New Testament. (3h) 

History 315, 316. The Ancient World. (3h,3h) 

Philosophy 232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

331. Plato. (3h) 

332. Aristotle. (3h) 

Religion 261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) 

320. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (3h) 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) 

323. Parables of Jesus. (3h) 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) 

327. Early Christian Theologians: the Fourth Evangelist. (3h) 

328. The New Testament and Ethics. (3h) 
372. (a) Patristic Thought. (1.5h) 



jqc Early Christian Studies 



East Asian Languages and Literatures 

Patrick Moran, Coordinator 

Associate Professor Patrick Moran, David P. Phillips 

Assistant Professor Yaohua Shi 

Lecturer Yasuko Takata 



East Asian Languages and Literatures offers minors in Chinese language and in Japanese 
language. The common requirements for these minors are as follows: six hours in the lan- 
guage beyond the 211 level. Three of these hours should be in an advanced conversation 
class, either as 220, an independent study, or an equivalent course in an approved lan- 
guage program in China or Japan. Minor candidates are also required to participate in a 
semester educational exchange program in China or Japan, either through the SASASAAS 
program in Beijing, the Wake Forest University program at Kansai Gaidai in Japan, or in 
other overseas study programs in China, Taiwan, or Japan approved by the program in 
East Asian Languages and Literatures. 



American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

AES 240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) An 
introduction to the history, culture, and literature of the Asian-American communities, 
exploring issues of migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian-American 
identities in the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. 

Chinese (CHI) 

CHI 111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4h,4h) Emphasis on the development of listening 
and speaking skills in Mandarin. Introduction to the writing system and to basic sentence 
patterns. Lab required. 

CHI 153. Intermediate Chinese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, 
and composition. Lab required. P — CHI 112 or equivalent. 

CHI 199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P — Permission of instructor. 

CHI 211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4h) Readings in 
Chinese in prose and poetry. P — CHI 153 or permission of instructor. Satisfies a Division 
II requirement. 

CHI 212. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) Readings in contem- 
porary Taiwan and mainland Chinese literature. P — CHI 153 or permission of instructor. 
Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

CHI 220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Concentration on advanced conversational and 
interactional skills using a body of reading materials and audiovisual materials as the 
basis for class discussion. P — CHI 211, 212 or permission of instructor. 



East Asian Languages io 6 
and Literatures 



CHI 230. Advanced Chinese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills 
with emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature and 
film. P — CHI 220 or permission of instructor. 

CHI 231. Advanced Chinese II. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills 
with emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature and 
film. P — CHI 230 or permission of instructor. 

CHI 251. Business Hanyu. (3h) Communicating in Mandarin Chinese for business pur- 
poses. Addresses cultural differences in communication and spoken and written linguistic 
forms. P — CHI 153 or permission of instructor. 

* Humanities 221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) 
"''Humanities 350. Modern Chinese Literature. (3h) 

* Philosophy 253. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

* Religion 380. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

Humanities (HMN) 

HMN 221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, 
drama, and poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Satisifies a Division II 
requirement. 

HMN 251. The Asian American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) An 

introduction to the writings and narratives of Asian Americans of South and Southeast 
Asian descent, including Asian Americans of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Indian 
descent. The course explores the process of assimilation, including the effects of immigra- 
tion and cultural conflict on literary forms of expression, as well as the formation of new 
cultural identities. 

Japanese (JPN) 

JPN 111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (4h,4h) Emphasis on the development of listening 
and speaking skills. Introduction to the writing systems. Basic sentence patterns covered. 
Lab required. 

JPN 153. Intermediate Japanese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, 
and composition. Lab required. P — JPN 112 or equivalent. 

JPN 199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P — Permission of instructor. 

JPN 211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern Japanese. (4h) 
Readings in Japanese in prose and poetry. P — JPN 153 or permission of instructor. 
Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

JPN 220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Study of conversational and interactional skills 
using reading materials and audiovisual materials as basis for class discussion. P — JPN 211. 

* See appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English. 

JO7 East Asian Languages 
And Literatures 



JPN 230. Advanced Japanese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills 
with emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and 
film. P— JPN 220. 

JPN 231. Advanced Japanese EL (3h) Continuation of Japanese 230, with emphasis on 
oral presentation and compositional skills. P — JPN 230. 

Humanities 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior 
from the structure of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artis- 
tic, and professional organizations. 

^Humanities 219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, 
and fiction from the classical and modern periods. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

"Humanities 347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (3h) 

International Studies 210. Japanese and American Culture: A Cross-Cultural 
Comparison. (3h) An exploration and comparison of values, behavior, and beliefs in 
Japanese and American culture, with special attention to such topics as education, gender 
differences, and social hierarchy. 

Linguistics 231. Language and Gender in Japanese Culture. (3h) Analyses of social and 
psychological factors related to gender differences in Japanese language usage. (Also listed 
as Women's Studies 231.) 



East Asian Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Professor of Political Science Charles H. Kennedy, Coordinator 

East Asian studies requires eighteen hours, which must be taken from at least three differ- 
ent departments and/or programs. One of these must be either Chinese 211 or Japanese 
211. Although Asian Studies 381, Independent Research in Asian Studies, may be repeat- 
ed for credit, only three of these hours can apply toward East Asian studies. Appropriate 
credit in East Asian studies also may be obtained by study in China through the 
SASASAAS/Wake Forest program or in Japan through the Wake Forest/Tokai University 
program, or through other Wake Forest-approved courses of study in Asia. Study abroad 
is strongly encouraged but not required. Courses may be chosen from among the follow- 
ing list. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Art 104. Topics in World Art (when focus is on Asia). (3h) 

Asian Studies 311. Special Topics in Asian Studies. (l-3h) 

381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (l-3h) 
Chinese Lang. 111,112. Elementary Chinese. (4h,4h) 

& Literature 153. Intermediate Chinese. (4h) 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) 

211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) 

* See appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English. 
East Asian Studies jo8 



Humanities 



International 

Studies 
Japanese Lang. 

& Literature 



Communication 351. Comparative Communication. (lh,3h) 

a. Japan 
History 343. Imperial China. (3h) 

344. Modern China. (3h) 

346. Japan before 1800. (3h) 

347. Japan since World War II. (3h) 

348. Japan since 1800. (3h) 
170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) 
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) 
251. The Asian American Experience: Literature and 

Personal Narratives. (3h) 
347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (3h) 
350. Modern Chinese Literature. (3h) 

210. Japanese and American Culture: A Cross-Cultural 
Comparison. (3h) 

111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (4h,4h) 
153. Intermediate Japanese. (4h) 
199. Individual Study. (l-3h) 

211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern 
Japanese. (3h) 

220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) 

230. Advanced Japanese I. (3h) 

231. Advanced Japanese II. (3h) 

Philosophy 253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

(Also listed as Religion 380.) 
Political Science 248. Government and Politics of China. (3h) 

249. Government and Politics of Japan. (3h) 

260. United States and East Asia. (3h) 
Religion 361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) 

362. Islam. (3h) 

363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 
(Also listed as Philosophy 253.) 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) 



IO9 



East Asian Studies 



Economics (ECN) 

Allin F. Cottrell, Chair 

Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership John C. Moorhouse 

Reynolds Professor John H. Wood 

Professors David G. Brown, Allin F. Cottrell, Donald E. Frey, Claire H. Hammond, 

J. Daniel Hammond, Michael S. Lawlor, Perry L. Patterson 

Associate Professors Jac C. Heckelman, Robert M. Whaples 

Assistant Professor Sylvain H. Boko 

Instructors Frederick H. Chen, Richard DePolt 

The objectives of the economics program are to help prepare students for effective partici- 
pation in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical skills in solving 
economic problems, to promote a better understanding of alternative economic systems, 
and to provide a balanced curriculum to prepare students for graduate study or positions 
in industry and government. 

The major in economics consists of twenty-seven hours in economics, including 
Economics 150, 201, 205, 206, 207, and at least one course from Economics 211, 222, 
252 or 274. A minimum grade of C is required in Economics 150, 201, 205, and 207, and 
an overall 2.0 average in economics courses. The student also must make a minimum 
grade of C in either Mathematics 106 or 111 and Mathematics 109 (or similar course 
with permission of department chair). 

The minor in economics consists of eighteen hours, including Economics 150, 205, 
and 207. The mathematics and minimum grade requirements for the minor are the same 
as for the major. 

Economics majors are encouraged to take complementary courses in mathematics, the 
humanities, or other social sciences to sharpen their analytical skills and to acquire a 
broader understanding of important issues. The faculty adviser will assist each student in 
determining the particular combination of courses that satisfies his or her needs. 

Students may graduate with "Honors in Economics" if they have a grade point aver- 
age of at least 3.0 and 3.3 in economics, and earn a minimum grade of B- in the research 
course, Economics 298. It is recommended that Economics 297 be taken as preparation 
for 298. 

The Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics offer a joint 
major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisci- 
plinary program, consisting of no more than forty-five hours, affords the student an 
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of economic theory, 
models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following course require- 
ments: Economics 150, 205, 207, 210, 211, 215, 218; Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 
254, 255; and three additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. 
Students electing the joint major must receive permission from both the Department of 
Economics and the Department of Mathematics. A minimum grade average of C in all 
courses attempted for the mathematical economics joint major is required for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program 
in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Mathematical 



Economics ho 



Economics," a student must satisfy the requirements of Economics 298 or Mathematics 
381 by successfully completing a senior research project. Consult the program advisers for 
additional information. 

150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) A survey of micro and macroeconomic principles. 
Introduction to basic concepts, characteristic data and trends, and some analytic tech- 
niques. Preference in enrollment will be given to students with sophomore or upperclass 
standing. 

168. The Political Economy of Environmental Policy. (1.5h) Develops a set of core eco- 
nomic principles essential for understanding and evaluating environmental policy issues. 
(Required for environmental studies minor. Does not count toward economics major and 
minor requirements unless Economics 248 also is successfully completed.) 

201. Economic Data Analysis. (1.5h) A computer-oriented introduction to the gathering, 
presentation, and analysis of economic data. P — ECN 150. 

205. Intermediate Microeconomics I. (3h) Development of demand and supply analysis, 
neoclassical theory of household and firm behavior, and alternative market structures. 
P— ECN 150. 

206. Intermediate Microeconomics II. (3h) More advanced theory of maximizing behav- 
ior of economic agents with discussion of risk, uncertainty, and economic dynamics. 
Theory employed in assessment of policy issues. P — ECN 205. 

207. Intermediate Macroeconomics. (3h) Development of macroeconomic concepts of 
national income, circular flow, income determination, IS-LM analysis, and Phillips curves. 
Emphasizes contributions of Keynes and the Keynesian tradition, including some atten- 
tion to primary literature. P — ECN 150. 

208. Intermediate Macroeconomics II. (3h) Considers extensions of Keynesian theory, 
such as the post-Keynesians, and alternatives to Keynesian theory, such as monetarism, 
traditional classical, and new classical theories. More advanced tools of macroeconomic 
analysis may be introduced, for instance large forecasting models or dynamics. 

P— ECN 207. 

210. Microeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal models of consumer behav- 
ior, choice under risk, the firm, and demand and supply. Static and dynamic properties of 
the models are explored. P — ECN 205 and Mathematics 111. 

211. Macroeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal Keynesian, post-Keynesian, 
monetarist, and new classical macro models. Static and dynamic properties of the models 
are explored. P — ECN 207 and Mathematics 111. 

212. Economic Forecasting. (3h) A computer-oriented application of modern econometric 
and time series methods for forecasting economic variables. P — ECN 150. C — ECN 207. 

215. Introduction to Econometrics. (3h) Economic analysis through quantitative methods, 
with emphasis on model construction and empirical research. P — ECN 150 and 
Mathematics 109 or 256. 

216. Game Theory. (3h) An introduction to mathematical models of social and strategic 
interactions. P — ECN 205 and Mathematics 109 or 113. 

Hi Economics 



218. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3h) Calculus and matrix methods used to 
develop basic tools of economic analysis. P — ECN 205, 207 and Mathematics 111, 112. 

219. Decision Analysis. (3h) The theory and practice of decision making under uncertainty. 
Applications and examples are drawn from realms of personal, legal, business, medical, 
and environmental decision making. P — ECN 150 and Mathematics 109. 

221. Public Finance. (3h) An examination of the economic behavior of government. 
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management. P — ECN 205. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3h) An investigation of the nature of money, the 
macroeconomic significance of money, financial markets, and monetary policy. 
P— ECN 207. 

223. Financial Markets. (3h) A study of the functions, structure, and performance of 
financial markets. P — ECN 205, 207. 

224. Law and Economics. (3h) An economic analysis of property, contracts, torts, crimi- 
nal behavior, due process, and law enforcement. P — ECN 205. 

225. Public Choice. (3h) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to explore 
such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition formation, 
the optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

231. Economics of Industry. (3h) Analysis of the link between market structure and mar- 
ket performance in United States industries from theoretical and empirical viewpoints. 
Examines the efficiency of mergers, cartels, and other firm behaviors. Case studies may 
include automobiles, steel, agriculture, computers, sports, and telecommunications. 

P— ECN 205. 

232. Antitrust Economics. (1.5h,3h) Analysis of the logic and effectiveness of public poli- 
cies designed to promote competition in the United States. P — ECN 150 and 205. 

235. Labor Economics. (3h) A theoretical and empirical survey of labor markets. Topics 
include: the demand and supply of labor, compensating wage differentials, education and 
training, discrimination, unions, public sector employment, earnings inequality, and 
unemployment. P — ECN 205. 

240. Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) Applications of the methods of economic 
analysis to the study of the health care industry. P — or C — ECN 205 and (choose one): 
Anthropology 380, Business 201, Biology 380, Health and Exercise Science 262, 
Economics 215, Psychology 211, Mathematics 256, Mathematics 358, or Sociology 371. 

246. Urban Economics. (3h) Theoretical and empirical study of the city as an economic 
entity, with attention to land-use patterns and prices, urban decay and redevelopment, 
suburbanization, housing, and city finance. P — ECN 150. 

248. Resource Economics. (1.5h) The economic theory of natural resource allocation and 
environmental quality. P — ECN 168 and 205. 

251. International Trade. (3h) Development of the theory of international trade patterns 
and prices and the effects of trade restrictions such as tariffs and quotas. P — ECN 205. 

252. International Finance. (3h) A study of foreign exchange and Eurocurrency markets, 
balance of payments, and macroeconomic policy in open economies. P — ECN 205, 207. 

Economics jjz 



253. Economies in Transition. (3h) A theoretical and institutional examination of histori- 
cally socialist nations and the dilemmas of transition. Special reference to the former 
Soviet Union. P— ECN 150. 

254. Current Issues in African Development. (3h) A theoretical and practical study of the 
main economic, political and institutional dilemmas faced by African countries in the 
course of economic development. Summer study abroad class taught in Benin, West 
Africa. P — Permission of instructor. 

258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) A study of the problems of economic 
growth, with particular attention to the less developed countries of the world. 
P — ECN 205 or permission of instructor. 

261. American Economic Development. (3h) The application of economic theory to his- 
torical problems and issues in the American economy. P — ECN 150. 

262. History of Economic Thought. (3h) A historical survey of the main developments in 
economic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth century. P — ECN 205, 207. 

265. Economic Philosophers. (1.5h,3h) An in-depth study of the doctrines and influence of 
up to three major figures in economics, such as Smith, Marx, and Keynes. P — ECN 205, 207. 

268. Morals and Markets. (3h) Historical survey of individualistic ethical values that have 
accompanied the development of market economics in the West. Considers critiques of, 
and alternatives to, these values. P — ECN 150. 

270. Current Economic Issues. (1.5h,3h) Examines current economic issues using eco- 
nomic theory and empirical evidence. Topics may include recent macroeconomic trends, 
the distribution of income, minimum wages, immigration, social security, global warming, 
trade, regulation and deregulation, antitrust policy, health care, labor unions, tax reform, 
educational reform, and others. P — ECN 150. 

271, 272. Selected Areas in Economics. (lh,1.5h,3h;lh,1.5h,3h) A survey of an important 
area in economics not included in the regular course offerings. The economics of housing, 
education, technology, and health services are examples. Students should consult the 
instructor to ascertain topic before enrolling. P — ECN 205, 207. 

273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) Examines the challenges and promise of 
the increasingly diverse U.S. economy. P — ECN 150. (CD) 

274. Topics in Macroeconomics. (3h) Considers significant issues and debates in macro- 
economic theory and policy. Examples might include a New Classical-New Keynesian 
debate, the East Asian currency crisis of 1997-1998, conversion of federal deficit to 
surplus, competing models of economic growth, alternative monetary and fiscal policy 
targets. P— ECN 207. 

290. Individual Study. (1.5h,3h) Directed readings in a specialized area of economics. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

297. Preparing for Economic Research. (1.5h) Designed to assist students in selecting a 
research topic and beginning the study of the selected topic. P — Permission of instructor. 

298. Economic Research. (3h) Development and presentation of a senior research project. 
Required of candidates for departmental honors. P — Permission of department. 



Hi Economics 



Education (EDU) 

Joseph O. Milner, Chair 

Professors John P. Anderson, Wake Forest Professor Patricia M. Cunningham, 

Samuel T. Gladding, Joseph O. Milner, Linda N. Nielsen 

Associate Professors Robert H. Evans, Donna A. Henderson, 

Leah P. McCoy, Mary Lynn B. Redmond, Loraine M. Stewart 

Assistant Professors R. Scott Baker, Ann C. Cunningham, 

Raymond C. Jones, Debbie W. Newsome, Laura J. Veach 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Alan S. Cameron, 

Marianne A. Schubert, Elizabeth H. Taylor 

Instructors Johnne W. Armentrout, Pamela R. Karr 

Wake Forest University believes that the teaching profession is important to society and 
that its welfare is significantly affected by the quality of educational leadership. One of 
the important objectives of the University has been and continues to be the preparation 
of teachers. The University's commitment to quality in teacher education is demonstrated 
by selective admission to the program, a wide range of professional courses, and closely 
supervised internships appropriate to the professional development of students. 

Prospective elementary and secondary social studies teachers earn licensure in those 
broad areas and major in education. Prospective secondary teachers of English, Latin, 
mathematics, science, and prospective K-12 teachers of foreign languages major in that 
discipline and minor in education. A minor in secondary social studies education is also 
available. In addition to the professional program, the department provides elective 
courses open to all students. 

Teacher Licensure. The state of North Carolina issues the Professional Class A Teacher's 
License to graduates who have completed an approved program, including the specified 
courses in their teaching fields and the prescribed courses in education, who have demon- 
strated specific competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designated 
officials in their teaching areas and from the licensure officer. 

Students who have graduated from an institution of higher education but have not 
completed an approved licensure program may seek admission to the department in order 
to complete the Class A License. 

Students who wish to prepare for teaching but are unable to devote a semester to stu- 
dent teaching can earn a non-licensure minor. This minor will ease attainment of a lateral 
entry teaching position. 

Admission Requirements. Admission involves filing an official application with the 
department's licensure officer, being interviewed, and being officially approved by the 
department. In addition, the state of North Carolina requires teacher education program 
applicants to successfully complete the Praxis I before being formally admitted. 

All students are required to have a 2.5 or better grade point average before being for- 
mally accepted in the Teacher Education Program. Formal acceptance into the program 
should take place by June 1 of the junior year for secondary students and by February 1 
of the junior year for elementary students. 



Education tja. 



Program Area Goals. The goals and objectives for each licensure area are available in the 
office of the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires candidates 
to complete successfully a series of professional education courses. The exact sequence of 
professional and academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is deter- 
mined by the adviser in conference with the candidate. For those seeking secondary licen- 
sure, the majority of the professional work is taken during one semester of the senior year. 
Candidates for the elementary license typically begin course work required for licensure 
during the sophomore year. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include ( 1 ) senior, 
graduate, or special student classification; (2) completion of Methods and Materials, 
Educational Technology, Educational Psychology, and the Foundations of Education 
courses; (3) formal admission to the teacher education program. 

Students are assigned to student-teaching opportunities by public school officials on 
the basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the public 
school system. One semester of the senior year is reserved for the student-teaching experi- 
ence. Students may not take courses outside the education department during this 
semester without the approval of the department chair. 

Exit Requirements. Students must maintain at least a 2.5 grade point average while 
enrolled in the teacher education program and complete the program with a minimum 
grade point average of 2.5. The state of North Carolina requires candidates for profes- 
sional licensure to successfully complete the appropriate Praxis II Subject Assessment 
Exam(s). 

Teaching Area Requirements 

Secondary Licensure 

English — Thirty hours, including 287, 323, and 390 or its equivalent. A course in world 
literature is also required. 

French — Licensure in K-12 in French: A minimum of nine three-hour French courses 
numbered above French 213. French 215, 216, 219, 220, 222, 370, one of the genre 
courses (363, 364, or 365), and two additional advanced level courses are required. 

Spanish — Licensure in K-12 in Spanish: A minimum of nine three-hour Spanish courses 
numbered above Spanish 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219, 220, 322, plus four advanced 
courses in literature, of which one must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish- 
American literature, are required. 

German — Licensure in K-12 in German: A minimum of twenty-eight hours beyond 
German 112 or 113. These must include German 217; 218, 219, 220, or 221; at least one 
course from among the sequence 249, 281, 285, and 300. 

Latin — The requirements are the same as those for the major in Latin. 



jjr Education 



Mathematics — Thirty-two hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 331, 
357, (211 or 311), and two other courses beyond 112. 

Science — Licensure in the individual fields of science: biology (thirty-five hours), chem- 
istry (forty-four hours for BA), and physics (twenty-eight hours). All courses must be 
from the same courses required for majors in those fields. 

Social Studies — Thirty hours, including eighteen hours in history and twelve hours from 
four other social sciences. History hours include six hours from European or world history, 
six hours from U.S. history, and six hours from nonwestern history. The twelve additional 
hours come from one course each in economics, geography, political science, and anthro- 
pology or sociology. 

Education courses required for a secondary license include Education 201, 307, 311, 354, 
364, 374, and 381. 

Elementary Licensure 

A major in elementary education requires thirty-six hours including Education 201, 202, 
203, 221, 222, 250, 293, 294, 295, 296, 298, 307, 311, 382. In addition to or as part of 
lower division requirements, all education majors must have taken at least one course in 
biology, one course in mathematics, one course in art or music, and Psychology 151. 

Education Minors 

The minor in professional education requires Education 201, 307, 311, 354, 364, 374, 
381, and is awarded only to students who complete student teaching. The non-teaching 
minor, which does not include student teaching, requires fifteen hours. 

102. Exploration of Career Planning. (3h) Examination of educational/vocational planning 
as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. No prerequisite. 

131. Adolescent Literature. (2h) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adoles- 
cents. Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response 
approach to critical pluralism. By placement only. 

201. Foundations of Education. (3h) Philosophical, historical and sociological founda- 
tions of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. Includes 
twenty hours field experience if not taken concurrently with Education 202. 

P — Permission of instructor. 

202. Field Experience One. (lh) Practical experiences in classrooms. Weekly public school 
experience and seminar. Pass/fail only. Should be taken concurrently with Education 201. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

203. Field Experience Two. (lh) Teaching experiences in classrooms in a diverse school 
environment. Weekly school participation and seminar. Pass/fail only. P — EDU 201 and 
202 and permission of instructor. 



Education h5 



221. Children's Literature, (lh) A survey of the types and uses of literature appropriate 
for elementary grades, including multicultural literature. 

222. Integrating the Arts and Movement into the Elementary Curriculum. (2h) A survey 
of the materials, methods, and techniques of integrating the arts and physical develop- 
ment into the elementary curriculum. P — Permission of instructor. 

231. Adolescent Literature. (3h) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adoles- 
cents. Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response 
approach to critical pluralism. 

250. Student Teaching: Elementary. (4h) Supervised teaching experience in grades K-6. 
Pass/fail. P — Permission of instructor. 

271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) A survey of the geography of human 
activity as it occurs throughout the world. Emphasis is placed on current problems related 
to population, resources, regional development, and urbanization. (Credit not allowed for 
both Education 271 and 274.) 

272. Geography Study Tour. (3h) A guided tour of selected areas to study physical, 
economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background references 
for reading are suggested prior to the tour. Offered in the summer. 

273. Geography: The Natural Environment. (3h) A systematic study of the major compo- 
nents of physical geography with special emphasis on climate and topography. 

274. Environmental Geography. (3h) A systematic study of major environmental issues on 
a global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions. (Credit not 
allowed for both Education 274 and 271.) 

281. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) The course will be devoted to topics of abiding 
significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic will be 
examined through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. Politics 
and the Arts, and Theory and Practice in Public Life are representative topics. 

293. Elementary School Curriculum. (3h) General principles of curriculum and teaching 
methods, including adaptations for exceptional learners of all types and integration 
among all curriculum areas. P — Permission of instructor. 

294. Teaching Elementary Language Arts. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching lan- 
guage arts, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — Permission of 
instructor. 

295. Teaching Elementary Social Studies in a Pluralistic Society. (3h) Methods and materi- 
als for teaching social studies, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

296. Teaching Elementary Mathematics. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching mathe- 
matics, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — Permission of 
instructor. 



117 Education 



297. Trends and Issues in American Schools, (lh) An exploration of contemporary trends 
and issues as they affect course content and teaching methods in the schools. The course is 
intended to help those not entering professional education evaluate their schools as 
informed citizens and decision-makers. 

298. Teaching Elementary Science. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching science, 
including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — Permission of instructor. 

303. History of Western Education. (3h) Educational theory and practice from ancient 
times through the modern period, including American education. 

304. Theories of Education. (3h) Contemporary proposals for educational theory and 
practice studied in the context of social issues. 

305. The Sociology of Education. (3h) A study of contemporary educational institutions. 
This course examines such issues as school desegregation, schooling and social mobility, 
gender equity, and multiculturalism. 

307. Technology in Education. (3h) An introduction to the use of computers in education. 
Includes use of Internet, software, and hardware, including multimedia, to meet instruc- 
tional goals. P— EDU 203. 

308. School and Society. (3h) A study of continuity and change in educational institu- 
tions, including analysis of teachers, students, curriculum, evaluation, contemporary 
problems, and reform movements. P — EDU 201 or introductory course in history or 
social science. 

311. Educational Psychology. (3h) The theories, processes, and conditions of effective 
teaching/learning. Includes twenty-hour field experience in a diverse setting if student 
does not take Education 203. 

312. Teaching Children with Special Needs. (3h) A survey of the various types of learning 
problems commonly found in elementary children. Students will observe exemplary pro- 
grams, tutor children with special needs, and attend seminars on effective instructional 
techniques. P— EDU 221 and 250. 

313. Human Growth and Development. (3h) A study of the intellectual, emotional, and 
physical components of growth from birth to adolescence, with special concern for the 
educational implications of this process. 

341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. (3h) Counseling history, philosophy, theory, 
procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counseling approaches in guid- 
ance and personnel work in education, business, and community service agencies. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

351. Adolescent Psychology. (3h) An introduction to theories of adolescent psychology as 
related to teaching and counseling in various settings. The readings emphasize researchers' 
suggestions for parenting, teaching, and counseling adolescents between the ages of thir- 
teen and nineteen. 

354. Methods and Materials. (3h) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching 
particular secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second languages, social 
studies). Includes forty-hour field experience component. P — EDU 201. 



Education jjg 



358. Studies in Contemporary Leadership. (3h) An examination of contemporary lead- 
ership theory and its various applications in society. Students engage in practical leader- 
ship exercises, read on a variety of leadership topics, and develop their own philosophy 
of leadership. A twenty-five contact hour internship is required. (Cross-listed as 
Humanities 358.) 

362. Field Experience One. (lh) Practical experiences in elementary or secondary class- 
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass/fail only. 

363. Field Experience Two. (lh) Further experiences in elementary or secondary class- 
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass/fail only. P — EDU 362. 

364. Secondary Student Teaching. (9h) Supervised teaching experience in grades 9-12 
(K-12 for foreign language). Full-time, fifteen-week field experience. P — Permission of 
instructor. 

374. Student Teaching Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of problems and issues in 
the teaching of particular secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second lan- 
guages, social studies). Emphasis on the application of effective instructional methods and 
materials. 

381. Special Needs Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of practical problems and 
issues in the teaching of special needs students in the secondary classroom. Topics include 
classroom management, reading and writing in the content area, inclusion, diversity, and 
evaluation. 

382. Teaching Elementary Reading. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching reading, 
including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — Permission of instructor. 

387. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric with a spe- 
cial emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students will analyze their own writing 
process and experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring tech- 
niques in keeping with these theories. (Strongly recommended for those interested in 
working in the Writing Center as peer tutors.) A student may not receive credit for both 
Education 387 and English 287. 

390. Methods and Materials for Teaching Foreign Languages (K-6). (3h) A survey of the 
basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching foreign languages in the elementary 
and middle grades. Emphasis is placed on issues and problems involved in planning and 
implementing effective second language programs in grades K-6. Spring semester. 

391. Teaching the Gifted. (3h) An investigation of theory and practice pertinent to 
teachers of the gifted. 

392. The Psychology of the Gifted Child. (3h) A discussion of giftedness and creativity 
in children and the relationship of those characteristics to adult superior performance. 
Topics to be covered include a history of the study of precocity, methods and problems 
of identification, the relationship of giftedness and creativity, personality characteristics 
and social-emotional problems of gifted children, and the social implications of study- 
ing giftedness. 



jjq Education 



393. Individual Study. (lh,3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
Department of Education. Permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by 
a qualified student. 

394. Internship in Education of the Gifted. (3h) An intensive period of observation and 
instruction of gifted students. Readings and directed reflection upon the classroom experi- 
ence will be used to develop a richer understanding of such a special school setting. 

395. Teaching Exceptional Students. (2h) An introduction to understanding exceptional 
students and effective teaching strategies for their inclusion in the regular classroom. 

396. Education in Business and Industry. (3h) Educational concepts applied to programs 
in education and training in business/industrial settings. 

397. Research and Trends in the Teaching of Foreign Languages. (3h) A study of current 
trends and issues in foreign language education. Research topics include language and 
linguistics, culture, and technology. 



English (ENG) 

Gale Sigal, Chair 

W.R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Wake Forest Professor of English James S. Hans 

Professors Anne Boyle, Nancy J. Cotton, Mary K. DeShazer, Andrew V. Eftin, 

W. Dillon Johnston, Claudia Thomas Kairoff, Philip F. Kuberski, Barry G. Maine, 

William M. Moss, Gillian R. Overing, Gale Sigal, Edwin G. Wilson 

Associate Professors Bashir El-Beshti, Scott W. Klein, Olga Valbuena 

Assistant Professors Janis Caldwell, Dean Franco, Nagesh Rao, Lisa Sternlieb, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow Eric Wilson 

Visiting Assistant Professors Barbara Bennett, Lisa Eck, Alex Garganigo, 

Madhuparna Mitra, Farrell O'Gorman, Norbert Schurer, Russell Schweller, 

Michael Strysick, Robert West 

Lecturer in English Thomas W. McGohey 

Instructors Michael Hill, Evelyn Shockley 

Visiting Instructors Christopher Neumann, Dennis Sampson 

Poet-in-Residence Jane Mead 

Associate Professor in Journalism Wayne King 

Visiting Lecturer in Journalism Justin Catanoso 

Adjunct Lecturer in Journalism Michael Horn 

The major in English requires a minimum of thirty hours, at least twenty-four hours of 
which must be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399. English 
111, the Basic Writing Requirement, cannot be counted for credit toward the major or 
minor in English; likewise, it cannot be counted as a substitute for the 160/170 English 
literature divisional requirement. No 200-level courses can count toward the major. The 
required courses for the major must include Shakespeare, two additional courses in British 



English j20 



literature before 1800, one course in American literature, and a major seminar, which 
must be taken no later than the spring semester of the junior year. Majors and their advis- 
ers plan individual programs to meet these requirements and to include work in the major 
literary genres. No more than two courses (6 hours) taken elsewhere may be counted 
toward the twenty-four hours of 300-level English courses required for the major, with 
individual petitions to be made for possible exceptions. This limitation applies to courses 
taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to courses in programs offered or 
sponsored by Wake Forest. 

A minor in English requires English 160 or 165 and English 170 or 175, plus fifteen 
hours in advanced language and literature courses. Each minor will be assigned an adviser 
in the English department who will plan a program of study with the student. No more 
than one course (3 hours) taken elsewhere may be counted toward the fifteen hours of 
300-level English courses required for the minor, with individual petitions to be made for 
possible exceptions. This limitation applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake 
Forest programs, not to courses in programs offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British 
and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170, and 175, all of which are offered each 
semester. Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by the department as 
related subjects but do not count toward an English major; they may be taken as electives 
regardless of the field of study in which a student majors. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply in the second semester 
of their junior year for admission to the honors program in English. To graduate with 
"Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade-point average of 3.5 in the 
major and 3.2 in all course work and must satisfy the requirements for English 388 dur- 
ing their senior year. Interested students may consult departmental faculty members for 
further information. 

Lower Division Courses 

105. Introduction to Critical Reading and Writing. (3h) Training in the fundamentals of 
written English and introduction to the activities basic to undergraduate study: critical 
reading and writing, interpretation, report, and discussion. Admission by placement only; 
does not satisfy the basic composition requirement. 

""111. Writing Seminar. (3h) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based on 
readings in a selected topic. (CD) 



""'English 111 is a prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the requirement 
is waived. The topic "Issues of Race and Gender in Modern America" is the only topic 
that satisfies the cultural diversity requirement. 



121 English 



*160. Introduction to British Literature. (3h) Eight to ten writers representing different 
periods and genres. 

*165. Studies in British Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different 
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 
P — Permission of department. 

"170. Introduction to American Literature. (3h) Emphasis on a minimum of seven writers 
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including both prose and poetry. 

*175. Studies in American Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different 
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 
P — Permission of department. 

210. Advanced Composition. (3h) Study of prose models of exposition; frequent papers 
and individual conferences. Enrollment limited. P — Satisfaction of basic composition 
requirement. 

224. Exploring Shakespeare. (3h) Six to eight works by Shakespeare in different genres, 
studied through printed texts, films, and videos. Emphasis will be placed on developing 
abilities to understand and appreciate Shakespeare's works in performance through atten- 
tion to language and stagecraft. This course may not be counted toward the major or 
minor in English. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By 
prearrangement. 

Journalism Courses 

See section on Journalism, page ij6. 

Writing Courses 

285. Poetry Workshop. (1.5h,3h) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of 
poetic techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individ- 
ual conferences. 

286. Short Story Workshop. (1.5h,3h) A study of the fundamental principles of short fic- 
tion writing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. P — Permission of 
instructor. 

287. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric, with a 
special emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students will analyze their own writ- 
ing process and experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring 
techniques in keeping with these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in 



* Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take more than one of the Division II, 
Category 1. and 2. courses elsewhere (either British or American literature but not both). 
This limitation applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to 
courses in programs offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

English 122 



working in the Writing Center as peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both 
Education 387 and English 287. 

383, 384. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (3h,3h) Emphasis on reading and dis- 
cussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. P — English 285 
or permission of instructor. Either 383 or 384 may count toward the major in English, but 
not both. 

Advanced Language and Literature Courses 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British and 
American literature numbered 160, 165, 170 and 175, all of which are offered each semester. 

"'300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Selected topics in British and American literature. 
Intensive practice in critical discourse, including discussion, oral reports, and short essays. 
Introduction to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a documented 
paper. Required for all majors. (CD) 

301. Individual Authors. (1.5h) Study of selected work from an important American or 
British author. May be repeated. 

**302. Ideas in Literature. (1.5h,3h) Study of a significant literary theme in selected 
works. May be repeated. (CD) 

304. History of the English Language. (3h) A survey of the development of English syn- 
tax, morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with attention to 
vocabulary growth. 

305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) An introduction to the Old English lan- 
guage and a study of the historical and cultural background of Old English literature, 
including Anglo-Saxon and Viking art, runes, and Scandinavian mythology. Readings 
from Beowulf and selected poems and prose. 

307. Dante I. (1.5h) A study of the Divine Comedy as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and 
poetic innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the 
birth of the modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own 
afterlife in the West. (Also listed as Humanities 361.) 

308. Dante II. (1.5h) The completion of the course on the Divine Comedy as epic, prophe- 
cy, autobiography, and poetic innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's 
European present (the birth of the modern languages and new intellectual and poetic 
forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West. P — English 307 (Humanities 361) or per- 
mission of instructor. (Also listed as Humanities 362.) 



*The topic "Postcolonial Area Studies: Literature of South Asia" is the only topic that 
satisfies the cultural diversity requirement. 

"'""The topic "Global Women's Literature" is the only topic that satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement. 



123 



English 



*310. The Medieval World. (3h) Through the reading of primary texts, this course will 
examine theological, philosophical, and cultural assumptions of the Middle Ages. Topics 
may include Christian providential history, drama, devotional literature, the Franciscan 
controversy, domestic life, and Arthurian romance. (CD) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) The origin and development of the Arthurian legend in 
France and England, with emphasis on the works of Chretien de Troyes and Sir Thomas 
Malory. 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) The origin and development of poetic genres and lyric forms 
of Middle English. 

315. Chaucer. (3h) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with 
some attention to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and philosoph- 
ical background. 

319. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) A study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and select- 
ed passages of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using translations and 
original works by writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, including 
Spenser, Marlowe, Milton, Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not required. (Also 
listed as Classics 259.) 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of 
Shakespeare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, 
comedies, and tragicomedies. 

323. Shakespeare. (3h) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's develop- 
ment as a poet and dramatist. 

325. Sixteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Concentration on the poetry of Spenser, 
Sidney, Shakespeare, Wyatt, and Drayton, with particular attention to sonnets and The 
Faerie Queene. 

326. Studies in English Renaissance Literature. (3h) Selected topics in Renaissance litera- 
ture. Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

327. Milton. (3h) The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with emphasis on 
Paradise Lost. 

328. Seventeenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Poetry of Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, 
Marvel, Crashaw; prose of Bacon, Burton, Browne, Walton. Consideration of religious, 
political, and scientific backgrounds. 

330. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Representative poetry 
and prose, exclusive of the novel, 1660-1800, drawn from Dryden, Behn, Swift, Pope, 
Johnson, and Wollstonecraft. Consideration of cultural backgrounds and significant liter- 
ary trends. 



'The topic "Perspectives on the Middle Ages: Medieval Constructs of Gender, Race, and 
Class" is the only topic that satisfies the cultural diversity requirement. 



English j^4 



335. Eighteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, 
Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. 

336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (3h) British drama from 1660 to 
1780, including representative plays by Dry den, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, 
Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 

337. Studies in Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Selected topics in eighteenth- 
century literature. Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) a.) The woman writer in society, b.) Feminist 
critical approaches to literature. 

350. British Romantic Poets. (3h) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in British 
literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collat- 
eral reading in the prose of the period. 

351. Studies in Romanticism. (3h) Selected topics in European and/or American 
Romanticism with a focus on comparative, interdisciplinary, and theoretical approaches 
to literature. 

353. Nineteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Representative major works by Dickens, 
Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. 

354. Victorian Poetry. (3h) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or 
another Victorian poet. 

358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) This course will survey some of the notable examples of 
postcolonial literature from a geographically diverse set of writers. Readings might 
include works by Ngugi (Kenya), Sionil Jose (Phillipines), Ghosh and Rushdie (India), 
Dangarembga (Zimbabwe), Khanafani (Palestine), Rhys (West Indies), Emecheta 
(Nigeria/Britain). Students will see how postcolonial literature represents and critiques 
Western imperialism while also highlighting the oppressive structures of gender and class 
domination that exist within the newly liberated countries. (CD) 

360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3h) Selected topics, such as development of genres, 
major authors and texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiogra- 
phy, and other prose. 

361. Literature and Science. (3h) Literature of and about science. Topics will vary and 
may include literature and medicine, the two culture debate, poetry and science, nature in 
literature, the body in literature. 

362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3h) Reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, 
Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats and his contemporaries in the Irish 
Renaissance, especially Synge and Lady Gregory. 

363. Studies in Modernism. (3h) Selected issues in Modernism. Interdisciplinary, compar- 
ative, and theoretical approaches to works and authors. 

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (3h) Consideration of certain figures and schools of 
thought significant in the history of literary criticism. 



I2 5 



English 



365. Twentieth-Century British Fiction. (3h) A study of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster, 
Woolf, and later British writers, with attention to their social and intellectual backgrounds. 

366. James Joyce. (3h) The major works by James Joyce, with an emphasis on Ulysses. 

367. Twentieth-Century English Poetry. (3h) A study of twentieth-century poets of the 
English language, exclusive of the United States poets, will be read in relation to the liter- 
ary and social history of the period. 

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3h) Critical readings of the works of major Irish writers 
within the context of the political, social, and literary history of Ireland. 

369. Modern Drama. (3h) Main currents in modern drama from nineteenth-century real- 
ism and naturalism through symbolism and expressionism. After an introduction to 
European precursors, the course focuses on representative plays by Wilde, Shaw, Synge, 
Yeats, O'Neill, Eliot, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Hansberry, and Miller. 

370. American Literature to 1820. (3h) Origins and development of American literature 
and thought in representative writings of the Colonial, Revolutionary, and Federal 
periods. 

371. American Ethnic Literature. (3h) Introduction to the field of American Ethnic litera- 
ture, with special emphasis on post WWII formations of ethnic culture: Asian American, 
Native American, African American, Latino, and Jewish American. The course will high- 
light issues, themes, and stylistic innovations particular to each ethnic group and will 
examine currents in the still developing American culture. (CD) 

372. American Romanticism. (3h) Writers of the mid-nineteenth century, including 
Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. 

373. Literature and Film. (3h) Selected topics in the relationship between literature and 
film, such as film adaptations of literary works, the study of narrative, and the develop- 
ment of literary and cinematic genres. 

375. American Drama. (3h) A historical overview of drama in America, covering such 
playwrights as Boucicault, O'Neill, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Inge, Miller, Hansberry, 
Albee, Shepard, Norman, Mamet, and Wilson. 

376. American Poetry before 1900. (3h) Readings and critical analysis of American poetry 
from its beginnings to the end of the nineteenth century, including Bradstreet, Emerson, 
Longfellow, Melville, and Poe, with particular emphasis on Whitman and Dickinson. 

377. American Jewish Literature. (3h) A survey of writings on Jewish topics or experi- 
ences by American Jewish writers. The course explores cultural and generational conflicts, 
responses to social change, the impact of the Shoah (Holocaust) on American Jews, and 
the challenges of language and form posed by Jewish and non-Jewish artistic traditions. 

378. Literature of the American South. (3h) A study of Southern literature from its begin- 
nings to the present, with emphasis upon such major writers as Tate, Warren, Faulkner, 
O'Connor, Welty, and Styron. 



English 126 



379. Literary Forms of the American Personal Narrative. (3h) Reading and critical analy- 
sis of autobiographical texts in which the ideas, style, and point of view of the writer are 
examined to demonstrate how these works contribute to an understanding of pluralism in 
American culture. Representative authors may include Hurston, Wright, Kingston, 
Angelou, Wideman, Sarton, Chuang Hua, Crews, and Dillard. 

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3h) Such writers as Twain, James, Howells, 
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

381. Studies in Black American Literature. (3h) Reading and critical analysis of selected 
fiction, poetry, drama, and other writing by representative black Americans. 

382. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to 1965. (3h) To include such writers as Stein, 
Lewis, Anderson, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Dos Passos, Wolfe, Wright, Ellison, 
Agee, Flannery O'Connor, and Pynchon. 

383. 384. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (3h,3h) Emphasis on reading and dis- 
cussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. P — English 285 
or permission of instructor. Either 383 or 384 may count toward the major in English, but 
not both. 

385. Twentieth-Century American Poetry. (3h) Readings of modern American poetry in 
relation to the literary and social history of the period. 

386. Directed Reading. (1.5h-3h) A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided 
by the department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a 
qualified student. 

388. Honors in English. (3h) A conference course centering upon a special reading 
requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to graduate with 
"Honors in English." 

390. The Structure of English. (3h) An introduction to the principles and techniques of 
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. 

391. Studies in Postmodernism. (3h) Interdisciplinary, comparative, and theoretical 
approaches to works and authors. 

394. Contemporary Drama. (3h) The course will consider experiments in form and sub- 
stance in plays from Godot to the present. Readings will cover such playwrights as 
Beckett, Osborne, Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Mamet, 
Wilson, Soyinka, and Fugard. 

395. Contemporary American Literature. (3h) A study of post- World War II American 
poetry and fiction by such writers as Bellow, Gass, Barth, Pynchon, Lowell, Ashbery, 
Ammons, Bishop, and Rich. 

396. Contemporary British Fiction. (3h) A study of the British novel and short story, with 
particular focus on the multicultural aspects of British life, including works by Rushdie, 
Amis, Winterson and Ishiguro. 



127 



English 



Environmental Studies (ENV) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Professor of Biology Robert Browne, Coordinator 

The environmental studies minor provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
human-environmental interaction. The program seeks to identify and apply perspectives 
from biology, chemistry, physics, geography, English, government, economics, history, 
law, ethics, and anthropology to the human impact on the natural environment. The envi- 
ronmental studies minor, coupled with a liberal arts major, is designed to prepare students 
for careers in the environmental sciences, law, public health, public policy, and public 
administration, and to develop attitudes and values consistent with a sustainable environ- 
mental future. 

The minor requires Environmental Studies 201, which is considered a prerequisite to 
all other courses in the minor. It is suggested that a prospective minor take this course and 
any other necessary prerequisites in the freshman and sophomore years. A minimum of 
nineteen and one-half hours are required for this minor. The following courses are 
required (except Environmental Studies 391-392): 

Anthropology 260. Culture and Nature. (3h) A study of the reciprocal effects of the cul- 
ture and nature relationship, with an emphasis on how different cultures define, use, and 
value nature. 

Biology 113. Evolutionary and Ecological Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles 
of genetics, ecology, and evolution as they apply to organisms, populations, and commu- 
nities, with emphasis on evolutionary processes within an ecological context. Intended as 
a beginning course in biology for prospective majors and for any students with adequate 
high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. No prerequisites. 

Economics 168. The Political Economy of Environmental Policy. (1.5h) Develops a set of 
core economic principles for understanding and evaluating environmental policy issues. 
(Does not count toward economics major and minor requirements unless Economics 248 
also is successfully completed.) 

Education 274. Environmental Geography. (3h) A systematic study of major environmen- 
tal issues on a global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions. 

Environmental Studies 201. Introduction to Environmental Studies. (3h) An interdisci- 
plinary course taught by faculty representing a number of fields. Topics include scien- 
tific principles, human populations, resource management, pollution, and environmen- 
tal ethics. 

Environmental Studies 225. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) The course 
coheres the basic physical and chemical processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere, 
and the oceans. It consists of two parts: 1) chemical processes in the environment such as 
element cycles and the chemistry of the pollutants in the air and water; 2) physical aspects 
of the environment such as solar energy and the atmosphere and the physics of weather 
and climate. Lab — three hours. P — Chemistry 111 or Physics 113. 



Environmental Studies J28 



Environmental Studies 250. (3h) Provides the theoretical background necessary for oper- 
ating vessels at sea. In lectures, lab sessions, field trips, and student projects, Sea Education 
Association captains introduce the principles fundamental to sailing vessel operations. 
Students learn and apply essential concepts in general physics, astronomy, and meteorology. 
Offered only in conjunction with the Sea Education Association program. 

Environmental Studies 391, 392. Individual Study. (1.5h,1.5h) A field study, internship, 
project or research investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the 
environmental studies minor faculty. Pass/fail or for a grade at the discretion of the 
instructor. Pass/fail is not optional for an individual study that will be used as an elective 
course in the environmental studies minor. P — Permission of instructor. (The same num- 
bered course cannot be repeated. Courses can be taken during the same semester or, if 
not, in consecutive order.) 



German and Russian 

Kurt C. Shaw, Chair 

Professors William S. Hamilton, Timothy F. Sellner, Larry E. West 

Associate Professors Kurt C. Shaw, Rebecca Thomas 

Assistant Professor Grant P. McAllister 

Lecturers Christa G. Carollo, Perry L. Patterson, Stefanie H. Tanis 

German (GER) 

A major in German requires twenty-eight hours beyond German 112 or 113. These must 
include German 217; at least one course from among the sequence 249, 281, 285; and the 
seminar for majors. A minor in German requires five courses beyond German 153, includ- 
ing German 217 and at least one course from among the sequence 249, 281, 285. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in German," 
students must complete a senior research project. For additional information, members of 
the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students of German are invited to apply for the exchange scholarship at the Free 
University of Berlin, the W. D. Sanders Scholarships, and program of study at Freiburg, 
Berlin, and Vienna, administered by the Institute for the International Education of 
Students (IES). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3h,3h) This course covers the principles of grammar and 
pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Lab — one hour. 

113. Intensive Elementary German. (4h) A one-semester course covering the material of 
German 111 and 112. For students whose preparation for German 153 is inadequate or 
who have demonstrated proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have 
had German 111 or 112. 



129 



German and Russian 



153. Intermediate German. (4h) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of 
selected prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — GER 112 or 113. 

153x. Intermediate German. (3h) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of 
selected prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — Three years of high school German. 

160. German Language and Customs. (3h) Students spend one month in four different 
regions of Germany and Austria in a program designed to provide constant exposure to 
the language, customs, geography, and art of these countries. Students attend daily lan- 
guage classes as well as lectures and cultural events. They are required to keep a journal in 
German. Pass/ fail. Offered in summer. P — GER 112 or 113. 

215, 216. Introduction to German Literature. (3h,3h) The object of this course is to 
acquaint students with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading and reports. 
P — GER 153 or equivalent. 

217. Composition and Grammar Review. (3h) A review of the fundamentals of German 
grammar with intensive practice in translation and composition. Required for majors. 

P — GER 153 or equivalent. Fall. 

218. Basic Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German, stressing correctness of struc- 
ture, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. 

P — GER 153 or equivalent. Spring. 

219. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German at a more advanced level, 
stressing discussion of various topics of current importance in the German-speaking coun- 
tries. Considerable attention is devoted to achieving fluency. P — GER 218 or permission 
of instructor. Offered fall semester of even years. 

220. German Civilization I. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from prehis- 
toric times to 1918. Conducted in German. P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered fall 
semester of odd years. (CD) 

221. German Civilization II. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from the 
Weimar Republic to the present, with particular emphasis on contemporary Germany. Con- 
ducted in German. P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered spring semester of even years. (CD) 

229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) Introduction to the spoken and written 
language of the German business world. Emphasis on business correspondence and oral 
proficiency skills for banking, import/export and commercial transactions. P — GER 217 
and 218 or permission of instructor. Offered spring semester of odd years. 

231. Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-33, 
in historical context. (Also listed as History 318.) 

240. Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Examination and interpretation of selected texts in 
English translation. Literary periods, genres, and authors will vary according to instructor. 

249. German Literature before 1700. (3h) A survey of German literature of the Middle 
Ages, Reformation, and Baroque eras; emphasizes the chivalric period, medieval drama, 
Martin Luther, and the Baroque period. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 

270. Individual Study. (l-3h) Readings on selected topics in literature or current events 
not ordinarily covered in other courses. P — GER 215, 216, and permission of instructor. 



German and Russian 130 



281. German Literature from the Enlightenment through Romanticism. (3h) Selected 
works from the Enlightenment, the Storm and Stress period, the poetry and major dramas 
of Goethe and Schiller, and German Romanticism. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 

285. German Literature from Poetic Realism to the Modern Age. (3h) Intensive study of 
representative works of major German writers from 1848 to the present, including litera- 
ture of the post-war era. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. (CD) 

287, 288. Honors in German. (2.5h,2.5h) A conference course in German literature. 
A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental honors. 

300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Selected genre topics in German literature. Intensive 
practice in critical discourse, including discussion and an oral presentation (Referat). 
Introduction to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a documented 
paper. Required for all majors. P — GER 249, 281, 285, or equivalent. May be 
repeated. Spring. 

Russian (RUS) 

A major requires twenty-four hours beyond Russian 153 and must include Russian 215, 
216, 221, and either 217 or 218. A minor in Russian requires fifteen hours beyond 153, 
three of which must be earned in Russian 221. Students of Russian are invited to apply 
for study at Moscow State University. 

Ill, 112. Elementary Russian. (3h,3h) The essentials of Russian grammar, conversation, 
drill, and reading of elementary texts. Lab required. 

153. Intermediate Russian. (4h) Principles of Russian grammar are reviewed and expand- 
ed upon; reading of short prose pieces and materials from the Russian press. Lab 
required. P — RUS 112 or equivalent. 

215. Introduction to Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) Readings of selected 
short stories and excerpts from longer works from the nineteenth century. P — RUS 153 or 
equivalent. 

216. Introduction to Twentieth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) Readings of selected 
short stories and excerpts from longer works from the twentieth century. P — RUS 153 or 
equivalent. 

217. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) A study of the foremost 
writers, with reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

218. Seminar in Twentieth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) A study of the foremost writ- 
ers, with reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

221. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Study of grammar at the advanced 
level. Intensive practice in composition and conversation based on contemporary Russian 
materials. 

228. Advanced Grammar. (3h) Mastery of Russian declension and conjugation, with spe- 
cial attention to the correct use of reference materials. Syntax of complex and problematic 
sentences. P — RUS 221. 



131 



German and Russian 



230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) The linguistic tools of phonetics, phonemics, and 
morphophonemics are explained and applied to modern Russian. Emphasis is given to the 
study of roots and word formation. P — Permission of instructor. 

232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) The evolution of Russian from Common 
Slavic to the modern language; theory of linguistic reconstruction and the Indo-European 
family; readings from selected Old East Slavic texts. P — RUS 221 and permission of 
instructor. 

240. Seminar in Translation. (3h) Advanced work in English-to-Russian and Russian-to- 
English translation. P — RUS 221 and permission of instructor. 

241. Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Reading and discussion of selected works from 
Russian literature in English translation. 

242. Research on Language and Culture in Russia. (1.5h) An investigation designed by 
the student is carried out in Russia during spring break. An evaluative paper follows the 
class trip. Credit given for the minor when the project is done in Russian. P — RUS 111 
and permission of instructor. Limited enrollment. 

250. Russian Culture and Civilization. (3h) Survey of Russian contributions to art, archi- 
tecture, music, and religious thought from Russia's beginnings to the present. Taught in 
Russian. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

252. Russian Poetry. (3h) Survey of Russian poetry from Slovo o polku Igoreve to the 
present, with particular emphasis on the works of major nineteenth and twentieth century 
poets. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

270. Individual Study. (1.5-3h) Study in language or literature beyond the 215-216 level. 
P— RUS 215 or higher. 

275. Studies in Russian Literature. (3h) Selected special topics in Russian literature. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) Readings of selected prose works by such writers as 
Teffi, Forsh, Inber, Baranskaya, Grekova, Tokareva, Petrushevskaya, Vaneeva and 
Tolstaya. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

285. Recent Russian Fiction. (3h) Readings of selected prose works from the 1970s to the 
present by such writers as Iksander, Voinovich, Bitov, Tolstaya, Petrushevskaya and 
Viktor Erofeev. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

290. The Language of Russian Commerce and Politics. (3h) Readings in the contempo- 
rary Russian press. Intensive written and oral practice, emphasizing specialized vocabu- 
lary of business and government. P — RUS 221 or permission of instructor. 



German and Russian j^2 



German Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 
Professor of German Timothy F. Sellner, Coordinator 

Nine or ten hours from German 153, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, or 229 are required. In 
addition, the student must take at least one course from three of the following four 
groups. Selected courses taken overseas in German-speaking countries may count toward 
this concentration with the approval of the coordinator. (See course descriptions under 
appropriate listings.) 

Group i 

History 318. Weimar Germany. (3h) 

(Also listed as German 231) 

319. Germany to 1871. (3h) 

320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) 
333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) 

Group 2 

Political Science 231. Western European Politics. (3h) 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized 

Democracies. (3h) 
273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. (3h) 
Group 3 

Economics and Business. (Selected courses taken in German-speaking 

countries with the approval of the coordinator.) 
Group 4 

Art 270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) 

272. Baroque Art. (3h) 
Music 222. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Music. (3h) 

223. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Music. (3h) 
Philosophy 341. Kant. (3h) 

352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) 
Religion 368. The Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h). 



133 



German Studies 



Global Trade and Commerce Studies (GTCS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Wood, Coordinator 

The minor in Global Trade and Commerce Studies consists of a total of fifteen hours. 
Candidates for the minor will be required to take INS 160 (Introduction to Global Trade 
and Commerce Studies) and twelve additional hours in global trade and commerce stud- 
ies, which must include a study abroad experience for credit. No more than six of the fif- 
teen hours for the minor may be taken in a single discipline. Listed below are courses 
within Wake Forest University that qualify as a GTCS course. Additional WFU courses 
may be developed and added to the list upon approval of the director of international 
studies, who will serve as coordinator of the GTCS minor. Courses taken during the 
study abroad experience which may qualify as a GTS course also will be reviewed and 
approved by the director of international studies. 

Required course: 

ENS 160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundation- 
al knowledge in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global envi- 
ronment and the variety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 



Elective Courses: 

Anthropology 337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) P — Anthropology 101, 111, 112, 

113 or 114 

Accounting 290. International Accounting Study Tour. (3h) P — Accounting 211 

Business 215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (3h) P — Business 211 

223. International Marketing. (3h) P — Business 221 

234. Multinational Financial Management. (3h) P — Business 231 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) P — Permission of instructor 

291. Global Business Studies. (3h) 
550. Business Elective. (3h) 

Communication 350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 
351. Comparative Communication. (3h) 
Economics 251. International Trade. (3h) P — Economics 205 

252. International Finance. (3h) P — Economics 205, 207 

253. Economics in Transition. (3h) P — Economics 150 

258. Economic Growth & Development. (3h) P — Economics 205 or 
P — permission of instructor 

271. Issues in African Development. (Study Tour) (3h) 
P — Permission of instructor 



Global Trade 
and Commerce Studies 



134 



French 329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) 

330. Advanced Business French. (3h) 
German 229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) 

History 313, 314. European Economic and Social History, 1300-1990. (3h,3h) 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) 
Political Science 238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) 

239. State, Economy and International Competitiveness. (3h) 

253. International Political Economy. (3h) 
Psychology 357. Cross-Cultural Psychology (3h) P — Psychology 151 

Sociology 363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 

Spanish 329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 

330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) 



Health and Exercise Science (HES) 

Paul M. Ribisl, Chair 

Wake Forest Professor W. Jack Rejeski 

Professors Michael J. Berry, Stephen P. Messier, Paul M. Ribisl 

Associate Professors Peter H. Brubaker, Anthony P. Marsh, 

Gary D. Miller, Patricia A. Nixon 

Assistant Professor Shannon L. Mihalko 

Instructors Donald Bergey, Johnnie O. Foye, David H. Stroupe, Sharon K. Woodard 

The purpose of the health and exercise science department is to advance knowledge through 
research and to disseminate the knowledge in this field of study through education of and 
service to humanity. The primary focus of the department is promoting health and preventing 
and treating disease through healthful behaviors, emphasizing physical activity and nutrition. 

Health and Exercise Science Requirement 

All students must complete Health and Exercise Science 100 and 101. This requirement 
must be met before enrollment in additional health and exercise science elective courses, 
and in any case by the end of the second year. 

Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Health 
and Exercise Science 

All the 100-level courses listed below are for one hour each, and they can only be taken 
once for credit except Health and Exercise Science 180 and 183 which may be repeated 
once. 



135 



Health and Exercise Science 



100. Lifestyle and Health. A lecture course that deals with the effect of lifestyle behaviors 
on various health outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and sexually- 
transmitted diseases. 

101. Exercise for Health. A laboratory course on physical fitness that covers weight con- 
trol, cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, and flexibility. 

112. Sports Proficiency. (May be taken only one time.) 

116. Weight Training. 

150. Beginning Tennis. 

151. Intermediate Tennis. 
156. Racquetball. 

160. Beginning Golf. 

161. Intermediate Golf. 
163. Bowling. 

170. Volleyball. 

179. Beginning Horseback Riding. (Pass/ fail only) 

180. Intermediate/ Advanced Horseback Riding. (Pass/fail only) 
(May be repeated once for credit.) 

181. Snow Skiing. (Pass/fail only) 

182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating. 

183 Intermediate/Advanced Ice Figure Skating. May be repeated once for credit 
190. Karate. 
194. T'aiChi(lh) 

Courses for the Major 

The department offers a program leading to the bachelor of science degree in health and 
exercise science. A major requires twenty-eight hours and must include Health and 
Exercise Science 262, 312, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, and 370. Majors are not allowed to 
apply any Health and Exercise Science 100-level courses or Health and Exercise Science 
206 toward the twenty-eight hours required for graduation. A minimum grade point aver- 
age of 2.0 is required for graduation in courses that comprise a major in the department. 
Students interested in majoring in health and exercise science should consult the coordina- 
tor of the department's undergraduate program as soon as possible after entering the 
University. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in health and exercise science by the second semester of the junior year. 
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Health and Exercise Science," a student 
must have a minimum grade point average of 3.3 in the major, a minimum overall grade 
point average of 3.0, and complete an honors research project which includes a written 



Health and Exercise Science 



136 



and an oral report. Interested students should consult the coordinator of the department's 
honors program. For more information, please consult the department's Web site at 
www.wfu.edu/Academic-departments/Health-and-Exercise-Science/. 

201. Health Issues on College Campuses - 1. (1.5h) Introduction to concepts and methods 
of peer health education; development of teaching and group facilitation skills. Pass/fail 
only. P — Permission of instructor. 

202. Health Issues on College Campuses - II. (1.5h) Development and delivery of educa- 
tional programs on a variety of health issues relevant to college students. Pass/ fail only. 
P— HES201. 

206. Lifeguard Training. (1.5h) A lifeguard training course that offers American Red 
Cross certifications in CPR for the professional rescuer, community first aid, lifeguard 
training, and waterfront lifeguarding. 

232. Emergency Medical Training. (1.5h) Lectures and practical experiences in prepa- 
ration for responding to medical emergencies, including: patient assessment; airway 
management; cardiopulmonary resuscitation; 2 therapy; management of shock; trau- 
ma and environmental emergencies; and head/spine/musculoskeletal injuries. North 
Carolina state exam for EMT certification is offered. 

262. Statistics in the Health Sciences. (3h) Basic statistics with an emphasis on application 
to research in the health sciences. Students are introduced to graphics and statistical soft- 
ware for statistical analysis. (A student receiving credit for this course may not also 
receive credit for Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 201, or Sociology 380.) (QR) 

310. Applied Field Study. (1.5h) A course involving application of theory and methods of 
solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate career goals. 
Pass/fail only. (Open only to majors.) P — Permission of instructor. 

311. Internship in Rehabilitation. (1.5h) A semester experience in the campus rehabilita- 
tion programs. This experience includes written case study analyses of selected patients 
with a focus upon risk factor assessment and review of multiple intervention strategies, in 
conjunction with participation in physiologic monitoring of patients during therapeutic 
sessions. Pass/ fail only. (Open only to majors.) P — Permission of instructor. 

312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) A survey of the psychological antecedents of 
exercise and selected topics in health psychology with particular attention to wellness, 
stress, the biobehavioral basis of coronary heart disease, and the psychodynamics of reha- 
bilitative medicine. P — HES 262 or permission of instructor. 

350. Human Physiology. (3h) A lecture course which presents the basic principles and 
concepts of the function of selected systems of the human body, with emphasis on the 
muscular, cardiovascular, pulmonary, and nervous systems. P — Biology 111, 112, or 214, 
or permission of instructor. 

351. Nutrition in Health and Disease. (3h) A lecture/laboratory course which presents the 
principles of proper nutrition including an understanding of the basic foodstuffs and 
nutrients as well as the influence of genetics, eating behavior, and activity patterns on 
energy balance and weight control. Laboratory experiences examine intervention in 



137 



Health and Exercise Science 



obesity and coronary heart disease through diet analysis, methods of diet prescription, 
and behavior modification. P — HES 350 or permission of instructor. 

352. Human Gross Anatomy. (3h) A lecture/laboratory course in which the structure and 
function of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems 
are studied using dissected human cadavers. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3h) A lecture course which presents the concepts and appli- 
cations of the physiological response of the human body to physical activity. The acute 
and chronic responses of the muscular and cardiorespiratory systems to exercise are 
examined. Other topics include exercise and coronary disease, nutrition and performance, 
strength and endurance training, body composition, sex-related differences, and environ- 
mental influences. P — HES 350 or permission of instructor. 

354. Assessment Techniques in Health Sciences. (3h) A lecture/laboratory course to devel- 
op clinical skills and knowledge in the assessment of health in areas of exercise physiolo- 
gy, nutrition/metabolism, biomechanics/neuromuscular function, and health psychology. 
The laboratory will emphasize use of instrumentation and analysis/interpretation of data 
collected on human subjects. P — HES 262, 350, and 352 or permission of instructor. (QR) 

355. Exercise Programming. (1.5h) A lecture/laboratory course which presents the scien- 
tific principles of safe and effective exercise prescription for fitness programs. 

P — HES 353 and 354, or permission of instructor. 

360. Epidemiology. (3h) An introduction to basic determinants of the incidence of chronic 
disease in the population and development of an understanding of individual, community, 
and environmental approaches to promoting healthful lifestyles in youth, adults, and 
elderly populations. Issues will be analyzed by formal statistical modeling. P — An applied 
statistical methods course, such as Anthropology 380, Business 202, Biology 380, 
HES 262, Psychology 211, Sociology 380, Mathematics 358, or Mathematics 256. (QR) 

370. Biomechanics of Human Movement. (3h) Study of the mechanical principles which 
influence human movement, sport technique, and equipment design. P — HES 352 or 
permission of instructor. 

372. Anatomy Dissection Laboratory. (2h) A laboratory course that involves human cadav- 
er dissection of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems. 
P — Majors only and permission of instructor. 

375. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. (3h) A lecture course which provides an in-depth 
examination of the physiological mechanisms responsible for both the acute and chronic 
changes which occur with exercise. Included are cellular changes in response to exercise, 
the ventilatory response to exercise, and metabolic consequences of exercise. P — HES 353 
or permission of instructor. 

380. Physical Activity and Aging. (3h) A lecture course which examines both normal/ 
abnormal aging from a physiological perspective and explores how aging and chronic dis- 
ease affect performance of activities of daily living, including vocational and recreational 
activities. The potential of regular physical activity to delay or reverse the deleterious 
effects of aging and degenerative disease is investigated. P — Permission of instructor. 



Health and Exercise Science 



l 3 8 



382. Individual Study. (lh,1.5h,2h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. The 
student must consult the adviser before registering for this course. P — Majors only and 
permission of instructor. 

384. Special Topics in Health and Exercise Science. (1.5h,2h,3h) Intensive investigation of 
a current scientific research topic in health or exercise science with focus on a specific 
topic. May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

386. Honors Research. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for a major 
paper on a subject of mutual interest to the student and faculty honors adviser. Taken 
only by candidates for departmental honors. P — Permission of instructor, approval of 
departmental honors committee, and prior completion of a 1.5-hour Individual Study. 



Health Policy and Administration (HPA) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Professor of Economics Michael S. Lawlor, Director 

The health policy and administration minor is designed to give students a concentration in 
the area of public health policy and the study of health care delivery. It is open to all 
majors and places an emphasis on providing students with the analytical methods and 
knowledge of institutional complexity necessary to an understanding of the rapidly evolv- 
ing medical industry. Students interested in either public policy or administrative roles in 
health care could benefit from the minor. The course work requires the following five 
courses (three hours each), for a total of fifteen hours, plus some notable prerequisites (see 
individual course descriptions for details): 

Required Courses: 

Health Policy and Administration 150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) (fall) 

250. Internship in Health Policy 7 and Admin. (3h) (spring) 
Health and Exercise Science 360. Epidemiology of Physical Activity. (3h) (spring) 

Economics 240. The Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) (fall) 

Elective Courses: 

Choose one course from the following electives *: 

Anthropology 362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) 

Biology 396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) 



* Other electives may he added as the curriculum evolves. Check with the director of the 
program for a complete list. 

I^q Health Policy 

and Administration 



History 

Humanities 

Philosophy 

Political Science 

Health and Exercise Science 

Sociology 

Women's Studies 
Psychology 



310. Seminar: Controversies in American Medical 

History. (3h) 
339. History of American Medicine. (3h) 
390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (3h) 
161. Medical Ethics. (3h) 
216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) 
312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 
380. Physical Activity and Aging. (3h) 

335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) 

321. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Women's Health 
Issues. (3h) 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 



Since many of the required courses involve prerequisites students should plan ahead to 
ensure they can meet all of the requirements in four years. The following schedule sugges- 
tions may be helpful: 



First Year 

Core Requirements, 

including 
Economics 150 



Sophomore 



Junior 



Economics 205, Health Policy and 

Applied Statistics (various Administration 150, 
departmental courses) Health and Exercise 
Science 360 



Senior 

Economics 240, 
Health Policy and 
Administration 250 



150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) Survey of the basic structure of the health care 
system in the United States. Includes discussion of current issues of public policy toward 
health, organization of health care delivery, and health system reform. Serves as the intro- 
duction to the interdisciplinary minor in health policy and administration. Taught every fall. 

250. Internship in Health Policy and Administration. (3h) A semester experience in a 
health care policy or health care administration organization. Students will work in con- 
junction with a director who is a researcher on a public health science research project or 
with an administrator in health care delivery. Students gain relevant practical experience 
that builds on prior coursework and provides insight into public health policy issues. 
P — HPA 150 and permission of instructor. Open only to senior health policy and adminis- 
tration students. Offered every spring. 



Health Policy 
and Administration 



140 



History (HST) 

Michael L. Hughes, Chair 

Reynolds Professor Paul D. Escott 

Wake Forest Professor James P. Barefield 

Professors J. Edwin Hendricks, Michael L. Hughes, 

Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith, Alan J. Williams 

Associate Professors Simone M. Caron, Michele K. Gillespie, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow Jeffrey D. Lerner, William K. Meyers, 

Anthony S. Parent Jr., Susan Z. Rupp, Sarah L. Watts 

Assistant Professor Claire S. Schen 

Instructor in History Ronald Bobroff 

Visiting Assistant Professors Robert Beachy, 

Eliza Ferguson, Gloria Fitzgibbon 

The major in history consists of a minimum of twenty-seven hours and must include 
History 288 or 310, one course in premodern history, and a minimum of 5.5 hours in 
each of the following three fields: European history; Latin American, Asian, or African 
history; and United States history. Courses at the 100-level count toward the major but 
do not count toward the field distribution. 

Majors may include within the required twenty-seven hours up to six hours of 
advanced placement or comparable work and up to six hours of any combination of inde- 
pendent study and directed reading other than the hours earned in History 397. 

A minor in history requires eighteen hours. Courses that the student elects to take 
pass/fail do not meet the requirements for the major or minor. 

Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in history. 
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in History," the student must complete 
History 287, present an honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in an 
oral examination, and earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3 
on work in history. For additional information, students should consult members of the 
department. 

Students contemplating graduate study should acquire a reading knowledge of one 
modern foreign language for the master of arts degree and two for the Ph.D. 

100. Colloquium in Historical Diversity. (3h) A broadly based examination of the histori- 
cal roots of contemporary cultural issues through various themes such as race, ethnicity, 
class, gender, sexuality, religion, and nationality. Focus will vary with professor. (CD) 

101. Western Civilization to 1700. (3h) A survey of ancient, medieval, and early modern 
history to 1700. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 
103, or 102 and 104.) 

102. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (3h) A survey of modern Europe from 
1700 to the present. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 
and 103, or 102 and 104.) 



xai History 



1027. Formation of Europe: Habsburg Empire and its Successor States. (3h) The develop- 
ment of Central and East-central Europe as a multiethnic unity under the Habsburgs, 
1526-1918, and its dissolution into successor states and subsequent interactions, 1918- 
1989. (Meets Division I history requirement) Offered only in Vienna. 

103. World Civilizations to 1500. (3h) A survey of the ancient, classical and medieval civi- 
lizations of Eurasia with a brief look at American and sub-Saharan societies. Focus varies 
with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104.) 

104. World Civilizations since 1500. (3h) A survey of the major civilizations of the world 
in the modern and contemporary periods. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be 
received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104.) 

131. European Historical Biography. (1.5h) Study of biographies of men and women who 
have influenced the history and civilization of Europe. 

162. History of Wake Forest University. (1.5h) A survey of the history of Wake Forest 
from its beginning, including its written and oral traditions. The course may include a 
visit to the town of Wake Forest. 

211. Colloquium. (l-3h) 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cultural, 
and intellectual developments stressed. 

2253. History of Venice. (3h) The history of Venice from its origin to the fall of the 
Venetian Republic. Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (1.5h,3h) Topographical, social, economic, and political history 
of London from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum visits 
and lectures, and on-site inspections. Offered in London. 

2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (1.5h) Burgundian society, culture, and government 
in the reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good, and Charles the Rash, 
1384-1477. Offered in Dijon. 

2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) An examination of Venetian society, including the 
role within Venetian life of music, theatre, the church, and civic ritual. Offered in Venice. 

2280. Georgian and Victorian Society and Culture. (3h) Social and economic transforma- 
tion of England in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, with particular attention to the 
rise of professionalism and developments in the arts. Offered in London. 

232. European Historical Novels. (1.5h) The role of the historical past in selected works 
of fiction. 

251, 252. The United States. (3h,3h) Political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. 
251: Before 1865; 252: After 1865. Students who take History 253 may not take either of 
these courses for credit. 

253. The United States. (3h) A topical survey combining 251 and 252. Not open to 
students who take either 251 or 252. 

287, 288. Honors in History. (3h,3h) 287: Seminar on problems of historical synthesis 
and interpretation. All honors students must take History 287; 288: Writing of a major 
research paper. P — Permission of instructor. 

History \ax 



306. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) European history from the end of the ancient world to 
the mid-twelfth century, stressing social and cultural developments. 

307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) European history from the 
mid-twelfth through the early sixteenth centuries, stressing social and cultural developments. 

308. The World of Alexander the Great. (3h) An examination of Alexander the Great's 
conquests and the fusion of Greek culture with those of the Near East, Central Asia, and 
India. Special emphasis placed on the creation of new political institutions and social cus- 
toms, modes of addressing philosophical and religious issues, as well as the achievements 
and limitations of Hellenistic Civilization. 

309. Europe: From Renaissance to Revolution. (3h) A survey of European history from 
the fifteenth to the eighteenth century. Topics include the voyages of discovery, the mili- 
tary revolution, the formation of the modern state, religious reformation, witchcraft and 
the rise of modern science, and pre-industrial economic and social structures including 
women and the family. 

310. Seminar. (3h) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their choice. A paper 
is required. 

313, 314. European Economic and Social History, 1300-1990. (3h,3h) Changes in 
Europe's economic structures and how they affected Europeans' lives. Emphasizes 
how economic forces interacted with social and institutional factors. 313: 1300-1750; 
314: 1750-1990. 

315. Greek History. (3h) The development of ancient Greek civilization from the 
Bronze Age to the end of the Classical Period stressing social institutions, individual 
character, and freedom of social choice within the framework of cultural, political, 
and intellectual history. 

316. Rome: Republic & Empire. (3h) A survey of Roman history and civilization from its 
beginning to about 500 C.E., with emphasis on the conquest of the Mediterranean world, 
the evolution of the Republican state, the growth of autocracy, the administration of the 
empire, and the interaction between Romans and non-Romans. 

317. The French Revolution and Napoleonic Empire. (3h) The revolution and wars that 
constitute one of the pivotal points in modern history. 

318. Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 
1919-1933, in historical context. German or history credit determined at registration. 

319. Germany to 1871. (3h) Social, economic, and political forces leading to the cre- 
ation of a single German nation-state out of over 1,700 sovereign and semi-sovereign 
German states. 

320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) The Germans' search for sta- 
bility and unity in a society riven by conflict and on a continent riven by nationalism. 

321. France to 1774. (3h) The history of France from the Paleolithic period to the acces- 
sion of Louis XVI with particular attention to the early modern period. 

322. France since 1815. (3h) The history of France from the restoration of the monarchy 
to the Fifth Republic. 



143 



History 



323, 324. Great Britain. (3h,3h) A survey of British history. Topics include religion, revo- 
lution and reform, war, poverty and poor relief, women, social and economic change, and 
empire. 323: To eighteenth century; 324: Eighteenth century to present. 

3260. The Industrial Revolution in England. (3h) A study of the social, economic, and 
political causes and effects of the Industrial Revolution in England. Offered in London. 

328. History of the English Common Law. (3h) A study of the origins and development 
of the English common law and its legacy to modern legal processes and principles. 

330. Race, Religion, and Sex in Early Modern Europe. (3h) This course explores issues of 
race, ethnicity, and gender in Europe between 1400 and 1800. Topics include contact and 
conflict among Jews, Muslims, and Christians; marriage, the family, and sexuality; migra- 
tion and immigration; and slavery and conquest in early European colonies and empires. 

331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) A survey of the political, social, and economic history 
of Russia, from its origins to the period of the Great Reforms under Alexander II. 

332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) A survey of patterns of 
socioeconomic change from the late imperial period to the present, the emergence of the 
revolutionary movement, and the development of Soviet rule from its establishment to its 
collapse. 

333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) The diplomacy of the great powers, with 
some attention given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics include the 
unification of Italy and of Germany, the Bismarckian system, and the coming of World 
War I. 

337. Gender in Early America. (3h) The history of gender roles from the colonial period 
to the mid-nineteenth century. Examines the social constructions of femininity and mas- 
culinity and their political and cultural significance. 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) The history of gender relations from the late- 
nineteenth century to the present. Analyzes the varying definitions of femininity and 
masculinity, the changing notions of sexuality, and the continuity and diversity of gender 
roles with special attention to race, class, and ethnicity. 

339. The History of American Medicine. (3h) Analysis of the changing approaches to 
healing in American history. Examines indigenous systems, the introduction of European 
methods, the attempts to professionalize in the nineteenth century, the incorporation of 
modern techniques, and the reemergence of natural approaches in the twentieth century. 

340. African-American History. (3h) The role of African Americans in the development of 
the United States, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, 
Americanization, and influence. 

342. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) A survey of Middle Eastern history from the rise 
of Islam to the emergence of the last great Muslim unitary states. The course provides an 
overview of political history with more in-depth emphasis on the development of Islamic 
culture and society in the pre-modern era. 

343. Imperial China. (3h) A study of traditional China to 1850, with emphasis on social, 
cultural, and political institutions. 

History \aa 



344. Modern China. (3h) A study of China from 1644 to the present. 

345. The Middle East since 1500. (3h) A survey of modern Middle Eastern history from 
the collapse of the last great Muslim unitary states to the present day. Topics include the 
rise and demise of the Ottoman and Safvid empires, socio-political reform, the impact of 
colonialism, Islamic reform, the development of nationalism, and contemporary social 
and economic challenges. 

346. Japan before 1800. (3h) A survey of Japan from earliest times to the coming of 
Western imperialism, with emphasis on regional ecologies, economic institutions, cultural 
practice, military organization, political ideology, and foreign relations. 

347. Japan since World War EL (3h) A survey of Japanese history since the outbreak of the 
Pacific War, with emphasis on social and cultural developments. Topics may include occu- 
pation and recovery of independence, the "1955 System," high-growth economics, and 
the problems of prosperity in recent years. 

348. Japan since 1800. (3h) A survey of Japan in the modern world. Topics include polit- 
ical and cultural revolution, state and empire-building, economic "miracles," social 
transformations, military conflicts, and intellectual dilemmas. 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) An overview of the growth and development of the 
world economy from precapitalist organizations to the present system of developed and 
underdeveloped states. 

351. United States Social History I. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social 
history from the colonial period to the mid-nineteenth century, with emphasis on immi- 
gration, ethnicity, race, gender, sexuality, the family, religion, and life and culture. 

352. United States Social History II. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social 
history from the late-nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on immigration, 
ethnicity, race, gender, sexuality, the family, religion, and life and culture. 

353. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (3h) Determinative episodes, figures, alle- 
giances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1815. (3h) The American Revo- 
lution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation. 

356. Jacksonian America, 1815-1850. (3h) The United States in the age of Jackson, Clay, 
Calhoun, and Webster. A biographical approach. 

357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (3h) The political and military events of the war 
and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. 

358. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (1.5h,3h) National progress 
and problems during an era of rapid industrialization. The course may be divided into 
halves for 1.5 hours each: (a) the Gilded Age; (b) the Progressive Era. 

359. The United States from World War I through World War II. (3h) The transition of 
America from World War I to 1945, with special emphasis on the significance of the New 
Deal and World War II. 

360. The United States since World War EL (3h) Trends and changes in the nation from 
World War II to the present. 



145 



History 



361. Economic History of the United States. (3h) The economic development of the 
United States from colonial beginnings to the present. 

362. American Constitutional History. (3h) Origins of the Constitution, the controversies 
involving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new 
American industrialism. 

363. 364. The South. (3h,3h) Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and 
selected events. 

366. Studies in Historic Preservation. (3h) An analysis of history museums and agencies 
and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, restorations, 
and reconstructions. P — Permission of instructor. 

367, 368. North Carolina. (3h,3h) Selected phases of the development of North Carolina 
from the colonial period to the present. 367: To 1850; 368: Since 1850. 

369. Modern Military History. (3h) Making war in the modern era, with special attention 
to the social context of military activity. 

370. Topics in North Carolina History. (3h) A general chronological survey of North 
Carolina with emphasis on selected topics. 

371. Winston-Salem/Forsyth County. (3h) A history of the Winston-Salem/Forsyth 
County area using techniques of local history including archives, museums, and oral 
history. Lectures, readings, and class projects. 

372. Introduction to African History. (3h) An introduction to African history from the 
perspective of the continent as a whole. The historical unity of the African continent and 
its relation to other continents will be stressed. 

373. History of Mexico. (3h) An examination of the history of Mexico from the colonial 
period to the present. 

374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) A study of the history of protest move- 
ments and rebellions in Latin America from primitive and agrarian revolts to mass work- 
ing class and socialist organizations. 

375. Modern Latin America. (3h) A survey of Latin-American history since independence, 
with emphasis on the twentieth century. The course will concentrate chiefly on economics, 
politics, and race. 

376. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) A social and religious history 
of the African-American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II to 
the present. (Also listed as Religion 341.) 

3760. Anglo-American Relations since 1940. (3h) A study of the relations between the 
United States and Britain from 1940 to the present. Offered in London. 

377. American Diplomatic History. (3h) An introduction to the history of American 
diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 



History 



146 



378. Struggles for Freedom in Southern Africa and the United States. (3h) Comparison of 
the liberatory movements in Southern Africa and the United States during the twentieth 
century. (Also listed as Religion 348.) 

379. Origins of The Americas. (3h) A unified, comparative history of North, Central, and 
South America from ancient times to the present. 

380. America at Work. (3h) This course examines the people who built America from 
1750 to 1945. Themes include free labor versus slave labor, the impact of industrializa- 
tion, the racial and gendered realities of work, and the growth of organized labor and its 
political repercussions. 

381. 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h,3h) Training in the techniques and skills of 
historical preservation. Emphasis will vary according to the specific site(s) involved. 

P — Permission of instructor. 

383. Revolution and Culture in Latin America. (3h) This course explores the links between 
revolutionary movements and cultural expression in Latin America and the Caribbean. The 
course includes a Language Across the Curriculum component (which allows students to 
earn credits in Spanish by reading and discussing at least half of the texts in Spanish). 

384. Latin America's Colonial Past. (3h) Studies the history of Latin America's colonial 
past from the preconquest background to the wars of independence in the early 19th cen- 
tury. The course includes a Language Across the Curriculum component (which allows 
students to earn credits in Spanish by reading and discussing at least half of the texts in 
Spanish). 

393, 394. American Foundations I, II. (3h,3h) Interdisciplinary study of American art, 
history, literature, and music. Using its collection of American art as the basis for study, 
Reynolda House Museum of American Art, in cooperation with Wake Forest University, 
invites twenty students to study with five professors from various disciplines through lec- 
tures, discussions, and concerts, including a study tour to New York City. Taught in the 
summer; students enroll for both courses. 

397. Historical Writing Tutorial. (1.5h) Individual supervision of historical writing to 
improve a project initiated in History 288 or History 310. P — Permission of instructor. 
(Does not count toward major or minor requirements.) 

398. Individual Study. (l-3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in 
the department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a 
qualified student. 

399. Directed Reading. (l-3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise 
available. P — Permission of instructor. 



147 



History 



Humanities (HMN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

William S. Hamilton, Coordinator 

W.R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Reynolds Professor of American Studies Maya Angelou 

Associate Professors Candyce Leonard, Robert L. Utley Jr., Ulrike Wiethaus 

In order to offer capable students a forum which encourages the pursuit of ideas across 
the disciplinary lines of such fields as history, philosophy, literature, politics, religion, 
and the arts, the minor is offered in humanities. It requires a total of fifteen hours. 
Candidates for the minor are required to take Humanities 280, Reason and Revelation, 
and 290, Innovation and Inclusivity. When these have been passed, the student is 
assigned a minor adviser who assists in planning the rest of the student's curriculum. In 
accordance with the plan, six more hours are selected from courses in the humanities or 
related disciplines other than those being used by the student to fulfill divisional require- 
ments of the College or the requirements of the major. The minor concludes with a three- 
hour project in Humanities 396 supervised by a member of the humanities faculty and 
reviewed by a committee of relevant faculty appointed by the coordinator of humanities; 
the project must represent the further pursuit of an idea or topic studied in one of the 
courses of the minor, and must successfully reflect the synthesis of views from at least 
two traditional disciplines. 

170. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the 
structure of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and 
professional organizations. 

Humanities courses 213-222 are designed to introduce students to works of literature 
which would not be included in their normal course of study. Each course includes a read- 
ing in translation of ten to twelve representative authors. 

213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Dante, 
Montaigne, Cervantes, Goethe, Dostoevsky, and Camus. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Mann, Sartre, 
Unamuno, Fuentes, Moravia, and Voinovich. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Von 
Eschenbach, Hoffmann, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Ibsen, and Kafka. Satisfies a Division II 
requirement. 

216. Romance Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Boccaccio, Calderon, 
Flaubert, Machado de Assis, Gide, and Lampedusa. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

217. European Drama. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moliere, Garcia Lorca, 
Pirandello, Schiller, Brecht, Ibsen, and Beckett. Satisfies a Division II requirement. (CD) 

218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moricz, 
Hasek, Bulgakov, Andric, Gombrowicz, Kundera, Ugresic, and Erofeev. Satisfies a 
Division II requirement. (CD) 



Humanities 



148 



219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama and fiction 
from the classical and modern periods. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama 
and poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Satisfies a Division II requirement. 

222. African and Caribbean Literature. (3h) An examination of the negritude movement 
and the negro-African novel. Texts studied are by such authors as Aime Cesaire, Leopold 
Senghor, Ousmane Sembene, and Manama Ba. Satisfies a Division II requirement. (CD) 

2287. Viennese Culture from 1860 to 1914. (3h) A study of late nineteenth and early 
twentieth century Vienna as reflected in the matrix of the city's civic and artistic life. 
Offered in Vienna. 

230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) Readings and discussions of texts by 
women writers in post-fascist Italy that reflect the feminine perspective on issues in con- 
temporary Italian society and society at large. Authors include Naraini, Morante, Fallaci, 
Ginzburg, deCespedes, and Ortese. (Qualifies, with modifications, for the minor in 
Italian.) 

235. After Auschwitz: Holocaust Literature, Art, and Theology. (3h) A survey of the ways 
in which novelists, poets, theologians, and culture critics have struggled to come to terms 
with the cataclysmic events of the Shoah. The course will consider textual, visual, and 
architectural responses such as poetry, films, memorials, and paintings. 

245. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Critical Thinking. (1.5h) An investigation of cross- 
disciplinary issues. Designed to encourage experimental, interdisciplinary thinking and 
writing. 

250. Maritime Studies. (3h) Provides a multidisciplinary study of the sea and sea voyage 
in the Western tradition and the role of the sea in the historical development of the mod- 
ern world system of labor, trade, and scientific resource management. Offered only in 
conjunction with the Sea Education Association. 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) An intro- 
duction to the writings and narratives of Asian-Americans, examining the process of 
assimilation, the effects of immigration and cultural conflict on literary forms of expres- 
sion, and the formation of new cultural identities. (CD) 

2561. Beijing: A Study of Chinese Religion and Politics. (3h) A study of the religion and 
politics in the recent history of China, beginning with the founding of present Beijing in 
the early Ming Dynasty. 

265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) An introduction to the current discussion of the 
nature of art and spiritual experience, with special attention to definitions of femininity 
and masculinity in the construction of symbols and religious meaning. 

280. Reason and Revelation. (3h) An investigation of the intellectual roots of Western civ- 
ilization as they are found in the emergence of philosophical universalism and Biblical 
monotheism. These distinctive approaches will be considered through a reading of such 
authors as Plato, Hesiod, Aristophanes, and St. Thomas Aquinas, and of selections from 
the Bible. 



149 



Humanities 



282. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) The course is devoted to topics of abiding pub- 
lic significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic are 
examined through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. "Politics 
and the Arts" and "Theory and Practice in Public Life" are representative topics. 

283. Foundations of Revolution in Modernity. (3h) The subject as viewed through such 
representative writers as Machiavelli, Spinoza, Pascal, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, 
Flaubert, Eckermann, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Conrad, each of whom in a different way 
participated in the rejection of the teachings of both the Socratic tradition and the 
Christian church. 

285. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) An interdisciplinary 
survey of American Indian cultures, including the arts and literature, religions, and histor- 
ical changes. Special emphasis is placed on the impact of the Conquista, encounters with 
Northern Atlantic societies, and contemporary developments. (CD) 

290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) An introduction to cultural innovation in the twenti- 
eth century. Written texts, visual arts, and performance art are analyzed through the per- 
spectives of (1) paradigms such as psychoanalysis, Marxism, feminism, and liberation 
theology, (2) debates about political correctness and multiculturalism, and (3) strategies 
used by minority and non-Western voices. (CD) 

320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) A team-taught interdisciplinary course using a 
variety of literary, historical, and theoretical materials to examine one of the following: 
a.) Medieval Women; b.) Medieval Constructs of Gender, Race, and Class; c.) Love and 
War in the Middle Ages; d.) The Medieval Environment: Landscape and Culture. May be 
repeated for credit with different sub-topics. 

337. World Poetry in Dramatic Performance. (1.5h) A study, in translation, of ancient and 
contemporary poetry ranging from Japanese to Irish, African American, Spanish, German, 
Scottish, and others. Students will be required, after eight class meetings, to perform in a 
public presentation. Pass/fail only. 

338. Selected Readings in African and African-American Cultural History. (3h) This 
course provides opportunity for selected readings in and study of African and African- 
American cultural history. Informed and active participation of students in discussion of 
the readings is required. 

3421. Japan in Perspective. (3h) Readings in accounts of Japan by Western visitors from 
the nineteenth century to the present, e.g., Lafcadio Hearn, Isabella Bird, Alan Booth, 
T.R. Reid, and writing of reflective essays on student responses to their experiences with 
Japan and Japanese culture. Taught only in Japan. 

343. The Philosophy of Liberation in Literature. (3h) The concept of freedom as found in 
the works of such writers as Frederick Douglass, Kobo Abe, Wole Soyinka, Germaine 
Greer, Paule Marshall, Franz Fanon, Garcia Lorca, and James Baldwin. 

344. African Culture and Its Impact on the United States. (1.5h) The influence of African 
culture on American life will be studied in such areas as dance, music, political approach- 
es, grammatical patterns, literature, and culinary preferences. Pass/fail only. 



Humanities j cq 



347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (3h) Critical analysis of classical, modern, and 
contemporary writings by Japanese women, with an exploration of the cultural setting in 
which they occurred. 

353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) Critical analysis of fiction by female 
authors whose works concern women in Africa and its Caribbean diaspora. 

355. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological 
delineations of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love 
in selected works of art. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 249.) 

357. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) A multidisciplinary presentation and discus- 
sion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosoph- 
ical and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical 
development of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. (Also 
listed as Honors 257.) 

361. Dante I. (1.5h) A study of the Vita Nuova as apprenticeship to the Divina Commedia, 
and of the first half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and 
poetry, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth of modern 
languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West. 
(Also listed as English 307) 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) A study of the second half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, 
autobiography, and poetry, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present 
(the birth of modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own 
afterlife in the West. P — HMN 361 or permission of instructor. (Also listed as English 308.) 

365. Humanity and Nature. (3h) A multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human 
beings to nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmen- 
tal concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical tests; works of visual art; 
selected discussions of ecology and human responsibility. (Also listed as Honors 265.) 

380. Literature, Film, and Society. (3h) A study of major selected works of literature, 
mainly American; of the films which have been based upon them; and of the social and 
political context in which they were read and seen. Texts include novels, stories, and plays 
by such writers as Dreiser, Lewis, Warren, Steinbeck, Heilman, Harper Lee, Wright, and 
Walker. P — Junior standing. 

381. Independent Research in Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Supervised independent research 
project on a topic related to Asia. Requires the approval of both the instructor and the 
coordinator of Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit, but no more than three hours 
may count toward East Asian Studies or a minor in Asian Studies. 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) A survey of some of Italy's greatest postwar films, 
with special attention to issues and problems in Italian society as treated by major direc- 
tors such as Fellini, DeSica, Rossellini, Antonioni, and Olmi. 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) An exploration of theories of fascism, with 
an emphasis on Italy between 1919 and 1944 as understood through novels and films. 



151 Humanities 



385. Legends of Troy. (3h) An interdisciplinary investigation of translations and transfor- 
mations of the Trojan legend from the Greeks through the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance to the present. Texts, studied in English translation, are by such authors as 
Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Chaucer, Racine, and Giraudoux. 

390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (1.5h or 3h) A study of aging in an interdisci- 
plinary context, including the biological, psychological, neurobiological, cognitive, health 
status, and social structural and demographic aspects of aging. P — Permission of instructor. 

396. Individual Study. (lh,2h,3h) Individual projects in the humanities which continue 
study begun in regular courses. By prearrangement. 



Interdisciplinary Honors (HON) 

Wake Forest Professor of History James P. Barefield, Coordinator 

A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature is open to qualified undergradu- 
ates. Students interested in admission to any one of these seminars, supervised by the 
Committee on Honors, should consult the coordinator or a member of the committee. 

Students who choose to participate in as many as four interdisciplinary seminars and 
who have a superior record may elect Honors 281, directed study culminating in an hon- 
ors paper and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior in this course 
and who have achieved an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 in all college work 
may be graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." Students who 
choose to be candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors 
in the Arts and Sciences." 

Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors program 
rather than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students elect to partici- 
pate in only one or two interdisciplinary seminars in which they are particularly interest- 
ed. The faculty participants for these seminars represent diverse academic disciplines. 

131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (3h,3h) An inquiry into the nature and 
interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of 
three such minds as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Klee, Lorenz, Confucius, Dostoevsky, 
Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary and 
secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term 
paper required. Offered in alternate years. 

133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (3h,3h) A parallel course to Honors 131, 

132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Einstein, Galileo, 
Keynes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Stravinsky, Sophocles, and Bach. Offered in alter- 
nate years. 

236. The Force of Impressionism. (3h) Impressionism and its impact on modern painting 
and literature, with attention to origins and theories of style. Painters to include Manet, 
Monet, Renoir, Degas, and Cezanne. Writers to include Baudelaire, Flaubert, Mallarme, 
James, Pound, Joyce, and Woolf. 



Interdisciplinary Honors i<t2 



237. The Scientific Outlook. (3h) An exploration of the origins and development of the 
scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social 
sciences and the humanities. 

238. Romanticism. (3h) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as 
a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth and nine- 
teenth centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature, music, and 
painting. 

240. Adventures in Self-Understanding. (3h) Examination and discussion of significant 
accounts of the quest for understanding of the self, in differing historical periods, cultural 
contexts, and genres. Among figures who may be discussed are Augustine, Dante, Gandhi, 
Montaigne, Descartes, Pascal, and selected modern writers. 

241. The Tragic View. (3h) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the 
expression of the tragic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

242. The Comic View. (3h) The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the 
expression of the comic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (3h) An investigation of various conceptions 
of the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarily limited to the cos- 
mologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theo- 
ries such as the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

246. Man and the Environment. (3h) An interdisciplinary examination of man and society 
in relation to the environment. 

247. The Mythic View. (3h) The nature of myth through creation and hero myths; the 
uses to which myths have been put in different historical periods; various modern explana- 
tions of myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic, social, and historical). 

248. The Ironic View. (3h) An investigation of the ironic view of life in literature, art, his- 
tory, theater, and film. 

249. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological 
delineations of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love 
in selected works of art. (Also listed as Humanities 355.) 

257. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) A multidisciplinary presentation and discus- 
sion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosoph- 
ical and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical 
development of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. (Also list- 
ed as Humanities 357.) 

258. Venice in Art and Literature. (3h) An exploration of what Venice has meant to non- 
native artists and writers, and what they have made of it. Artists and writers include 
Byron, Turner, Ruskin, Henry James, Sargent, Whistler, Proust, Mann, and others. 

265. Humanity and Nature. (3h) A multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human 
beings to nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmen- 
tal concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; 
selected discussions of ecology and human responsibility. (Also listed as Humanities 365.) 



153 



Interdisciplinary Honors 



281. Directed Study. (3h) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the 
Committee on Honors; presentation of a major research or interpretive paper based on 
these readings, under the direction of a faculty member; an oral examination on the topic, 
administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students 
who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors 
by the end of the junior year. Not open to candidates for departmental honors. 



International Studies (INS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Christina Wood, Coordinator 

Professor of Sociology Ian M. Taplin 

The minor in international studies consists of a total of fifteen hours and must include 
International Studies 250 and twelve other hours from approved international courses. 
(A list of approved courses is available in the Center for International Studies.) These may 
include any International Studies course other than International Studies 100 or 101. 
No more than six of the fifteen hours for the minor can be taken in a single department. 
Study of a foreign language beyond the basic requirements is strongly recommended, as is 
study abroad. Students should consult with the director of international studies as soon as 
they declare the minor. Courses taken on overseas programs may be approved for the 
international studies minor by the director of the Center for International Studies. For 
more information contact the Center for International Studies or the registrar's office. 

INS 140. United Nations/Model United Nations. (1.5h) Exploration of the history, struc- 
ture, and functions of the United Nations including current economic, social, and political 
issues. An in-depth analysis of one country in the UN and attendance at the Model UN 
Conference. Pass/fail only. May be taken twice for credit. 

INS 160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundation- 
al knowledge in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global envi- 
ronment and the variety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 

INS 210. Japanese and American Culture: A Cross-Cultural Comparison. (3h) An explo- 
ration and comparison of values, behavior, and beliefs in Japanese and American culture, 
with special attention to such topics as education, gender differences, and social hierarchy. 

INS 220. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) The history of the representational practices of 
Orientalism, the problem of cultural representation, and the relationship between Western 
intellectual constructions of the Orient and Western colonialism. Case studies, particularly 
of the Middle East and the Indian subcontinent. 

INS 221. The Causes of War and the Conditions of Peace. (3h) An interdisciplinary exam- 
ination of the causes of violent international conflict and of the conditions for maintaining 
or restoring peace. Key concepts and issues will be explored through an extensive use of 
case studies of actual conflicts. 



International Studies \za 



INS 228. Individual Study. (lh,2h,3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an 
individual project conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. Students are 
responsible for initiating the project and securing permission of an appropriate faculty 
member. P — Permission of instructor. 

INS 229. Internship in International Studies. (lh,2h,3h) Field work directly related to 
international issues in a public or private setting under the supervision of a faculty mem- 
ber. Related readings and an analytical paper are minimum requirements. Students are 
responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate 
instructor. P — Permission of instructor. 

INS 250. Seminar in International Studies. (3h) Applies theoretical assumptions and 
methods to the analysis of selected global issues. (CD) 

INS 363/SOC 363. Global Capitalism. (3h) An analysis of changing patterns of industrial 
organization, market, and labor relations, and institutional frameworks that have resulted 
from the growth of an integrated global capitalist economy. 

The following courses do not count for the minor but are designed to ensure that students 
who study overseas receive sufficient credit to make satisfactory progress toward gradua- 
tion: International Studies 100 and 101. 

100. Study Abroad. (l-3h) Hour(s) awarded to ensure that students participating in a full- 
time overseas program, as verified by the Center for International Studies, receive credit 
equal to a full semester's work on campus. (A full semester's work at Wake Forest is 
defined, for this purpose, as twelve hours.) Pass/ fail grade only. 

101. Overseas Study. (l-3h) Directed reading and/or field work as part of an approved 
overseas program under the supervision of the program director or the Center for 
International Studies. The keeping of a journal and submission of an end of program eval- 
uation are required. P — Permission of the instructor. 



Italian Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 
Dana Faculty Fellow and Professor of Romance Languages Antonio Vitti, Coordinator 

A semester in Venice or another approved course of study in Italy (or summer program at 
Middlebury, Vermont) is required. Students must take Italian through the 215 level, plus 
three courses from the following groups, at least one each from Groups II and III. (See 
course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

I. Literature 

Classics 264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) 

Humanities 213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) 

(appropriate topics and approval) 
214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) 

(appropriate topics and approval) 



155 



Italian Studies 



Itali 



II. Fine Arts 
Art 



Humanities 



Music 



216. Romance Literature. (3h) 

217. European Drama. (3h) (appropriate topics and approval) 
230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 

361, 362. Dante I and II. (1.5h,1.5h) 

216. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (3h) 

(or any Italian course above 215) 

First Year Seminar 

245. Roman Art. (3h) 

268. Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) 

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) (offered in Venice) 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 

181. Music History I. (3h) 

182. Music History II. (3h) 

220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) 



III. History and the Social Sciences 

History 222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) 

2253. History of Venice. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
398. Individual Study. (l-3h) (if directed toward Italy) 

Sociology 357. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) 

Students may also take appropriate courses in anthropology, economics, political science, 
psychology, religion, and sociology in the Venice program, and appropriate individual 
study topics in these departments. To graduate with a Certificate in Italian studies, students 
must contact the registrar's office during the spring semester of the senior year to request 
that a transcript copy be sent to the Department of Romance Languages for approval. 



Journalism (JOU) 

(Minor) 

Associate Professor of Journalism Wayne King, Coordinator 

Adjunct Lecturers Justin Catanoso, Michael Horn 



The minor in journalism consists of fifteen hours, including Journalism 270, 276, and 
either 272 or 280. In addition to the required fifteen hours, minors in journalism are 
strongly advised to take Economics 150 and 221. The remaining courses must be selected 
from among the following: 



Accounting 111. 

Communication 115. 

211. 

245. 



Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) 
Writing for Radio-TV Film. (3h) 
Media Production: Studio. (3h) 
Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) 



Journalism i<;6 



Economics 150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) 

221. Public Finance. (3h) 
Journalism 272 or 280. Editing (3h) or Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) 

(whichever was not chosen as a required course) 

278. History of Journalism. (3h) 

282. Investigative Reporting. (3h) 
Political Science 217. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) 

Journalism Courses 

270. Introduction to Journalism. (3h) Fundamentals of news writing, news judgment, and 
news gathering, including computer-assisted reporting and research. Intensive in-class 
writing. 

272. Editing. (3h) A laboratory course in copyediting, headline writing, typography, and 
make-up; practice on video display terminal. P — English 270. 

273. Writing for Radio-TV-Film. (3h) An introduction to writing for radio, television, and 
film. Emphasis will be on informational and persuasive writing (news, features, public ser- 
vice announcements, commercials, political announcements, news analyses, commen- 
taries, and editorials). (Also listed as Communication 115.) 

274. Media Production: Studio. (3h) An introduction to the production of audio and 
video media projects. Multiple camera studio production emphasized. Lecture/laboratory. 
(Also listed as Communication 211.) 

275. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) A historical survey of mass media and 
an examination of major contemporary media issues. (Also listed as Communication 245.) 

276. Advanced Journalism. (3h) Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper 
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in journalism. 
P — English 270 or permission of instructor. 

277. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the politi- 
cal system and the mass media. Two broad concerns will be the regulation of the mass 
media and the impact of media on political processes and events. (Also listed as Political 
Science 217.) 

278. History of Journalism. (3h) A study of the development of American journalism and 
its English origins, with attention to broad principles of mass communication from its 
beginnings through the Internet. 

280. Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) Explores ethical problems confronting journalists, 
including such things as the public's right to know, invasion of privacy, censorship, cover- 
age of politics and elections, objectivity, and race, gender, and bias in news reporting, 
against a background of laws pertaining to areas such as libel and national security. 

282. Investigative Reporting. (3h) Explores the methods and resources used in investiga- 
tive journalism — tracing individuals through public records, Freedom of Information Act 
requests, and specialized interview techniques. P — Permission of instructor. 



jry Journalism 



286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h,3h) Principles and techniques of 
public relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public rela- 
tions and advertising strategies. P — Permission of instructor. (Also listed as 
Communication 117.) 

298. Internship. (1.5h) A course designed to assist students in gaining practical experience 
in news-related enterprises, under faculty supervision. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 
By prearrangement. 



Latin American Studies (LAS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages (Spanish) Linda Howe, Director 

The minor in Latin American studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a 
multidisciplinary study of the history, geography, economics, politics, and culture of Latin 
America and the Caribbean. It consists of a total of fifteen hours, only three of which may 
count toward the student's major. Candidates for the minor are required to take Latin 
American Studies 210, Introduction to Latin American Studies. In addition, candidates 
must elect at least twelve hours of coursework on Latin America. No more than six of 
these twelve hours may be in a single discipline. 

Candidates should demonstrate proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese either by com- 
pleting Spanish courses through the 213 level or by undergoing an oral proficiency inter- 
view with a member of the faculty of the Department of Romance Languages. 

210. Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, econom- 
ic, cultural, and social issues which shape Latin America. (CD) 

220C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) A comprehensive study of Cuban culture 
with a concentration on the artistic manifestations of Afro-Cuban religions. Students 
study literature, art, film, music, and popular culture to analyze how Afro-Cuban culture 
constitutes national culture. Offered in Havana. Also listed as Spanish 376C. (CD) 

310. Special Topics in Latin American Studies. (3h) Selected topics in Latin American 
Studies; topics vary from year to year. 

398. Individual Study. (3h) A reading, research, or internship course designed to meet the 
needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty 
member in the Latin American Studies minor. P — Permission of instructor. 

Students may choose from the following list of electives in designing their minor: 

Anthropology 383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h,3h) 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h,3h) 
Economics 251. International Trade. (3h) 

252. International Finance. (3h) 

258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 



Latin American Studies jr8 



History 



Music 
Political Science 



Spanish 



373. History of Mexico. (3h) 

374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) 

375. Modern Latin America. (3h) 

210. Survey of Latin American Music. (3h) 

236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) 

242. Topics in Comparative Politics. (3h) 

257. Interamerican Relations (3h) 

292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (3h) 

218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) 

219. Grammar and Composition. (3h) 

319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) 
329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 
348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) 

351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American and U.S. 
Latino Cultures. (3h) 

353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish American Literary Art. (3h) 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo 
Neruda. (3h) 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial 
to Postcolonial Voices (3h) 

361. Latin American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 

362. Romantic Nationalism: Avant-Garde Nihilism and the 
Deconstruction of Utopia. (3h) 

363. Contemporary Spanish American Theatre. (3h) 

364. Spanish American Short Story. (3h) 

365. Spanish American Novel. (3h) 
367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) 

36 8C. Cuban Literature from the Nineteenth Century to Present. 

Offered in Havana (3h) 
369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) 



Vive-Year BA/MA Degree Program Option. Students who choose to minor in Latin 
American studies have the opportunity to pursue a joint BA/MA program in conjunction 
with the Center for Latin American Studies at Georgetown University in Washington, DC. 
This program allows outstanding students interested in Latin America to begin work 
toward an interdisciplinary master's degree in Latin American Studies while still under- 
graduates at Wake Forest, and to complete both degrees within a five-year period. The 
bachelor of arts degree is awarded by Wake Forest, while the master's degree is awarded by 
Georgetown. See pages 66 and 187 of the bulletin for complete details. Interested students 
should contact the five-year degree program coordinator, Peter Siavelis, assistant professor 
of political science. 



159 



Latin American Studies 



Linguistics (LIN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Professor of Romance Languages (Spanish) M. Stanley Whitley, Coordinator 

The interdisciplinary minor in linguistics requires Linguistics 150, Introduction to 
Linguistics, and twelve additional hours. Students minoring in linguistics are strongly 
encouraged to study foreign languages, achieving proficiency in at least one, and social 
and behavioral sciences. The minor may be usefully combined with a major in a foreign 
language, English, anthropology (or other social science), philosophy, or communication. 

The twelve hours in addition to Linguistics 150 may be chosen from the following 
three groups: linguistics courses, historical linguistics, and related topics. It is strongly 
recommended that at least one course be from historical linguistics. 

Linguistics Courses 

150. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it origi- 
nated and developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of behav- 
ior; types of language (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of linguistic 
data; social issues of language use. (Also listed as Anthropology 150.) (CD) 

301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) A study of how meaning is created 
by sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act the- 
ory, and pragmatics. (Also listed as Communication 301.) 

310. Sociolinguistics and Dialectology. (3h) Study of variation in language: effects of 
regional background, social class, ethnic group, gender, and setting; social attitudes 
toward language; outcomes of linguistic conflicts in the community; evolution of research 
methods for investigating language differences and the diffusion of change. P — LIN 150 
or permission of instructor. 

330. Introduction to Psycholinguistics and Language Acquisition. (3h) A psychological 
and linguistic study of the mental processes underlying the acquisition and use of lan- 
guage; how children acquire the structure of language and how adults make use of 
linguistic systems. 

340. Topics in Linguistics. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of selected topics, such as mor- 
phology, phonology/phonetics, syntax, historical linguistics, history of linguistic theory, 
semiotics, and ethnolinguistics, issues in Asian linguistics, language and gender. 
P — LIN 150 or permission of instructor. 

351. Comparative Communication. (1.5h,3h) A comparison of communicative and lin- 
guistic processes in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. (Also 
listed as Communication 351.) 

351 A Japan 

35 IB Russia 

35 1C Great Britain 

35 ID Multiple Countries 

3 5 IE China 

Linguistics 160 



375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) A study of such philosophical issues about language 
as truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, 
tense, the semantic paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of 
sign systems. P — Permission of instructor. (Also listed as Philosophy 375.) 

383. Language Engineering: Localization & Terminology. (3h) Introduction to the process 
of making a product linguistically and culturally appropriate to the target locale, and to 
computer-assisted terminology management. Surveys applications in translation technolo- 
gy. Taught in English. P — Permission of instructor. 

398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h,l-3h) A reading and research course designed to meet 
the needs of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member 
in the linguistics minor program. P — LIN 150 and permission of instructor. 

SIL 101, 102. Self Instructional Language. (3h,3h) A course in which students wishing to 
learn a language not offered at Wake Forest may arrange to study the language in consul- 
tation with a native speaker. This course does not count toward the linguistics minor 
without approval from the coordinator. P — Permission of instructor. 

Historical Linguistics 

(See course descriptions under appropriate department listings.) 

English 304. History of the English Language. (3h) 

Russian 232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) 

Spanish 321. History and Structure of the Spanish Language. (3h) 

Related Topics 

(See course descriptions under appropriate department listings.) 

Anthropology 355. Language and Culture. (3h) 

English 390. The Structure of English. (3h) 

French 222. French Phonetics. (3h) 

Russian 230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) 

Spanish 322. Spanish Phonology. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in linguistics should consult the coordinator of linguistics in 
the Department of Romance Languages, preferably during their sophomore year. 



x6l Linguistics 



Mathematics (MTH) 

Richard D. Carmichael, Chair 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Wake Forest Professor John V. Baxley 

Professors Richard D. Carmichael, Elmer K. Hayashi, Fredric T. Howard, 

Ellen E. Kirkman, James Kuzmanovich, J. Gaylord May 

Associate Professors Sterge Faculty Fellow Edward E. Allen, James L. Norris III, 

Sterge Faculty Fellow Stephen B. Robinson 

Assistant Professors Kenneth S. Berenhaut, Hugh N. Howards, 

Miaohua Jiang, Marielba Rojas 

Visiting Assistant Professor Douglas S. Daniel 

Instructors Janice Blackburn, Jule M. Connolly, David C. Wilson 

A major in mathematics can be achieved by satisfying the requirements listed below for 
either the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. Lower division students are urged to 
consult a member of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses other than those 
satisfying Division V requirements. 

The bachelor of arts in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 211 or 
311, and 221 with at least four additional three-hour courses numbered higher than 113 
(excluding 381), at least two of which must be numbered above 300. 

The bachelor of arts in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires 
Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121,211 or 311, 221, 357, 358, 359, and either 256 or both 
109 and another three-hour course numbered 200 or above (excluding 381). 

The bachelor of science in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 
221, 311, 391, and 392 with at least five additional three-hour courses numbered higher 
than 113 (excluding 381), at least three of which must be numbered above 300. 

The bachelor of science in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires 
Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 311, 357, 358, 359, 391, 392; one additional 
three-hour course numbered 300 or above (excluding 381); and 256 or both 109 and 
another three-hour course numbered 200 or above (excluding 381). Additionally, the 
research and paper prepared for 391 and 392 must be on a topic related to statistics. 

A minor in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, either 113 or 121, and three 
other courses of at least three hours each numbered higher than Mathematics 106, two of 
which must be numbered above 200. Neither Mathematics 301, 302, 303, or 304 can 
count as a course for this minor, but any pair may be so counted. Credit is not allowed for 
both Mathematics 113 and 301; for both Mathematics 121 and 302; or for both 
Mathematics 303 and 317. 

A minor in statistics requires five courses chosen from Mathematics 357, 358, 359, 
256, 109, 117, 121,211 or 311; Anthropology 380; Biology 380; Business 201, 202; 
Economics 215; Health and Exercise Science 262, 360; Psychology 211, 212; Sociology 
371, 372; at least two of which must be chosen from Mathematics 357, 358, 359. 
Additionally, no more than one course can be chosen from Anthropology 380; Biology 
380; Business 201; Health and Exercise Science 262; Mathematics 109; Psychology 211; 
Sociology 371 to satisfy this minor. 



Mathematics i^2 



A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor 
in the department is required for graduation with any major or minor which the depart- 
ment offers. 

The department regularly schedules activities in mathematics for students that 
enhance the course offerings. Examples are participation in the annual Putnam examina- 
tion and the COMAP contest in mathematical modeling; meetings of the mathematics 
club; seminars and courses which build upon the regularly scheduled course offerings; and 
student research with faculty. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint 
major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisci- 
plinary program, consisting of no more than forty-eight hours, offers the student an 
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of economic theory, 
models, and quantitative analysis. The major has the following course requirements: 
Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 254, 255; Economics 150, 205, 207, 210, 211, 215, 
218; and three additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. 
Students selecting the joint major must receive permission from both the Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Economics. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy offer a joint major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical 
business. This interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than forty-eight hours, 
prepares students for careers in business with a strong background in mathematics. The 
major has the following course requirements: Mathematics 253, 256, 301 (or 113), 302 
(or 121), 353; Business 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 292; and a minimum of two addi- 
tional three-hour courses chosen from among mathematics and business, not both courses 
chosen from business, with the mathematics courses being chosen from three-hour cours- 
es at the 300 level or higher, excluding 381. The following courses are prerequisites for 
admission into this major: Mathematics 111, 112, Accounting 111, 112, Business 100, 
Economics 150, and Communication 110. Computer Science 111, 112, and Mathematics 
251 are strongly recommended electives. Students electing this joint major must receive 
permission from both the Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. To graduate from Wake Forest University with a major in 
mathematical business, the student must satisfy the requirements for graduation of both 
the Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. Refer to the description in this bulletin for the admission, continuation, and 
graduation requirements of the Calloway School. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in mathematics or the joint majors. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Mathematics," "Honors in Mathematical Business," or "Honors in 
Mathematical Economics," students must satisfactorily complete a senior research paper. 
To graduate with "Honors in Mathematics" or "Honors in Mathematical Business," 
majors must have a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all col- 
lege course work. For additional information, members of the departmental faculty 
should be consulted. 

Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in mathematics at 
other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 



I6 3 



Mathematics 



105. Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry. (1.5h,2.5h, or 3h) A review of the 
essentials of algebra and trigonometry. Admission by permission only (generally, a student 
must have taken fewer than three years of high school mathematics to be eligible for 
admission). Not to be counted toward the major or minor in mathematics. 

106. Calculus Foundations. (4h) Functions, the trigonometric functions, limits, continuity, 
derivatives, differentials, anti-derivatives, the fundamental theorem of calculus. Intended 
for students with no previous calculus experience; all others should take Mathematics 111 
or higher, as appropriate. In particular, credit is not allowed to students who have taken 
the AB, BC, or IB advanced placement calculus test. Course includes evaluation of pre- 
calculus skills. (QR) 

107. Explorations in Mathematics. (4h) An introduction to mathematical reasoning and 
problem solving. Topics vary by instructor and may include one or more of the following: 
knot theory, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry, set theory, cryptography, discrete 
models, number theory, discrete mathematics, chaos theory, probability, and MAPLE 
programming. (QR) 

109. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (4h or 3h) Probability and distribution func- 
tions, means and variances, and sampling distributions. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

111. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I. (4h) A review of differential calculus, followed 
by a complete treatment of integral calculus, including applications, the transcendental 
functions, techniques of integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, and polar 
coordinates. Intended for students with previous calculus experience. (QR) 

112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry II. (4h) Sequences, Taylor's formula, and infinite 
series, including power series. Basic multivariable calculus, including parametric equations, 
partial derivatives with applications to optimization problems, and double integrals. (QR) 

113. Multivariable Calculus. (3h) The calculus of vector functions, including geometry of 
Euclidean space, differentiation, extrema, line integrals, multiple integrals, and Green's, 
Stokes', and divergence theorems. Credit not allowed for both Mathematics 113 and 

301. (QR) 

117. Discrete Mathematics. (3h) An introduction to various topics in discrete mathematics 
applicable to computer science including sets, relations, Boolean algebra, propositional 
logic, functions, computability, proof techniques, graph theory, and elementary combi- 
natorics. (QR) 

121. Linear Algebra I. (3h) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matri- 
ces, determinants, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 

302. (QR) 

165. Problem Solving Seminar, (lh or 1.5h, P/F) A weekly seminar designed for students 
who wish to participate in mathematical competition such as the annual Putnam exami- 
nation. Not to be counted toward any major or minor offered by the department. May be 
repeated for credit. 

211. Advanced Calculus. (3h) A rigorous proof-oriented development of important ideas 
in calculus. Limits and continuity, sequences and series, pointwise and uniform conver- 
gence, derivatives and integrals. Credit not allowed for both Mathematics 211 and 311. 



Mathematics 



164 



221. Modern Algebra I. (3h) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the 
study of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. P — MTH 121. 

243. Codes and Cryptography. (3h) Essential concepts in coding theory and cryptography. 
Congruences, cryptosystems, public key, Huffman codes, information theory, and other 
coding methods. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3h) Linear equations with constant coefficients, 
linear equations with variable coefficients, and existence and uniqueness theorems for 
first order equations. P — MTH 1 12. (QR) 

253. Operations Research. (3h) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. Studies 
in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analysis. P — MTH 111. (QR) 

254. Optimization Theory. (1.5h) Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems; 
Lagrange multiplier methods; sufficient conditions involving bordered Hessians; inequali- 
ty constraints; Kuhn-Tucker conditions; applications primarily to problems in economics. 
P— MTH 113 and 121. 

255. Dynamical Systems. (1.5h) An introduction to optimal control, including the 
Pontryagin maximum principle, and systems of nonlinear differential equations, particu- 
larly phase space methods. Applications to problems in economics, including optimal 
management of renewable resources. P — MTH 113 and 121. 

256. Statistical Methods. (3h) A study of statistical methods that have proved useful in 
many different disciplines. These methods include tests of model assumptions, regression, 
general linear models, nonparametric alternatives, and analysis of data collected over 
time. Knowledge of matrix algebra is desirable but not necessary. (QR) 

301. Vector Analysis. (1.5h) Vector functions, partial derivatives, line and multiple inte- 
grals, Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, divergence theorem. Not to be counted toward 
any major offered by the department except for the major in mathematical business. 
Credit not allowed for both Mathematics 113 and 301. P— MTH 112. 

302. Matrix Algebra. (1.5h) Matrices, determinants, solutions of linear equations, special 
matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. Not to be counted toward any major 
offered by the department except for the major in mathematical business. Credit not 
allowed for both 121 and 302. 

303. Complex Variables. (1.5h) Topics in analytic function theory, Cauchy's theorem, 
Taylor and Laurent series, residues. Not to be counted toward any major offered by the 
department. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — MTH 112. 

304. Applied Partial Differential Equations. (1.5h) The separation of variables technique 
for the solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations with 
the related study of special functions and Fourier series. Not to be counted toward any 
major offered by the department. P — MTH 251. 

311, 312. Introductory Real Analysis I, II. (3h,3h) Limits and continuity in metric spaces, 
sequences and series, differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, uniform conver- 
gence, power series and Fourier series, differentiation of vector functions, implicit and 
inverse function theorems. Credit not allowed for both Mathematics 211 and 311. 



165 



Mathematics 



317. Complex Analysis I. (3h) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its consequences, 
power series, and residue calculus. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — MTH 113. 

322. Modern Algebra II. (3h) A continuation of modern abstract algebra through the 
study of additional properties of groups, rings, and fields. P — MTH 221. 

324. Linear Algebra II. (3h) A thorough treatment of vector spaces and linear transforma- 
tions over an arbitrary field, canonical forms, inner product spaces, and linear groups. 
P— MTH 121 and 221. 

326. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related 
problems in science and engineering. Topics will include systems of linear equations, least 
squares methods, and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel matrix 
computations. Beginning knowledge of a programming language, such as Pascal, FOR- 
TRAN, or C, is required. Credit not allowed for both Mathematics 326 and Computer 
Science 352. P— MTH 112 and 121. 

331. Geometry. (3h) An introduction to axiomatic geometry including a comparison of 
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. 

334. Differential Geometry. (3h) Introduction to the theory of curves and surfaces in two 
and three dimensional space, including such topics as curvature, geodesies, and minimal 
surfaces. P— MTH 113. 

345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (3h,3h) Properties of integers, including 
congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, perfect numbers, Pythagorean triples, 
sums of squares, continued fractions, Fermat's Last Theorem, and the Prime Number 
Theorem. 

347. Graph Theory. (3h) Paths, circuits, trees, planar graphs, spanning trees, graph color- 
ing, perfect graphs, Ramsey theory, directed graphs, enumeration of graphs, and graph 
theoretic algorithms. 

348, 349. Combinatorial Analysis I, II. (3h,3h) Enumeration techniques, generating func- 
tions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, Polya theory, graph 
theory, combinatorial algorithms, partially ordered sets, designs, Ramsey theory, symmet- 
ric functions, and Schur functions. 

352. Partial Differential Equations. (3h) A detailed study of partial differential equations, 
including the heat, wave, and Laplace equations, using methods such as separation of 
variables, characteristics, Green's functions, and the maximum principle. P — MTH 113 
and 251. 

353. Mathematical Models. (3h) Development and application of probabilistic and 
deterministic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent systems in 
the social, behavioral, and management sciences. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern 
computer architectures; floating point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a 
scientific/engineering language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and com- 
puter techniques for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, 
integration, systems of linear equations and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for 
both Mathematics 355 and Computer Science 355. P — MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and 
Computer Science 111. 

Mathematics i66 



357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, EL (3h,3h) Probability distributions, mathematical 
expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression, 
correlation, and analysis of variance. C — MTH 112 or P — Permission of instructor. 

359. Multivariate Statistics. (3h) Multivariate and generalized linear methods for classifi- 
cation, modeling, discrimination, and analysis. P — MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and 
MTH 256. 

361. Selected Topics. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) Topics in mathematics which are not considered 
in regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 

381. Individual Study. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) A course of independent study directed by a 
faculty adviser. By prearrangement. 

391. Senior Seminar Preparation, (lh) Independent study or research directed by a faculty 
advisor by prearrangement with the adviser. 

392. Senior Seminar Presentation, (lh) Preparation of a paper, followed by a one-hour 
oral presentation based upon work in Mathematics 391. 



Medieval Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Professors of English Gillian Overing and Gale Sigal, Coordinators 

The interdisciplinary minor in medieval studies requires eighteen hours, chosen from at 
least three different departments. Courses from the student's major may count in the minor. 
Students are encouraged, but not required, to attend the six-week Summer Medieval 
Program at Oxford University in England, for which they receive 4.5 hours (two courses) 
which count toward the minor. (For details about application to the Oxford program, and 
possible financial aid, consult Gale Sigal in the English department.) Courses may be cho- 
sen from the following list. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Art 252. Romanesque Art. (3h) 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) 
267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) 

296. Art History Seminar: b. Medieval Art. (1.5h,3h) 
English 305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) 

310. The Medieval World. (3h) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) 
315. Chaucer. (3h) 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) 
French 370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) 

Periodically offered in Medieval Studies 
German 249. German Literature before 1700. (3h) 



167 



Medieval Studies 



History 306. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) 

307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) 

310. Seminar: Jersusalem. (3h) 

342. The Middle East Before 1500. (3h) 
Humanities 320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

361. Dante I. (1.5h) 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) 

Philosophy 232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

Political Science 115Q. Medieval Political Thought (3h) 
Religion 367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) 

372. History of Christian Thought: b. Medieval and Reformation 
Thought. (1.5h,3h) 
Spanish 331. Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) 

Theatre 260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1642). (3h) 

Students intending to minor in medieval studies should consult one of the coordinators, 
preferably during the sophomore year. 



Military Science (MIL) 

Professor Lieutenant Colonel James R. Page II 

Assistant Professors Tina M. Colston, Cpt. Edward C. Jackman, William J. Ryan 

Instructor Master Sergeant Gregory Campbell 

Completion of Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AROTC) requirements and rec- 
ommendation for appointment by the professor of military science may result in commis- 
sioning as a second lieutenant in the active or reserve forces components of the Army of 
the United States, as determined by the Secretary of the Army. The AROTC program is 
composed of the Basic Course and the Advanced Course. The Basic Course is composed 
of four courses (121, 122, 123, and 124), sometimes with either 117 or 118 taken each 
semester as a co-requisite. No military obligation is incurred by enrollment in the Basic 
Course, except by Army ROTC Scholarship cadets, and then only when beginning their 
sophomore year. The Basic Course may be completed, partially or fully, by various alter- 
native methods (i.e., through credit for specific types of Junior ROTC or other military 
training, as determined by the professor of military science, or through completion of a 
six-week summer Basic Camp). The Advanced Course is composed of four courses (225, 
226, 227, and 228), with either 117 or 118 taken each semester as a co-requisite, and a 
five-week Advanced Camp, usually attended during the summer between the junior and 
senior years. Army ROTC scholarships are available to qualified applicants (both those 
already enrolled in the AROTC program and those not yet enrolled) through annual 
competition. 

114. Leadership. (1.5h) An examination of the fundamentals contributing to the develop- 
ment of a personal style of leadership with emphasis on the dimensions of junior executive 
management. 

Military Science j£g 



117, 118. Leadership Laboratory. (O.Oh) Basic military skills instruction designed to tech- 
nically and tactically qualify the student for assumption of an officer leadership position at 
the small-unit level. Either Military Science 117 (fall) or 118 (spring) is required each 
semester for contracted AROTC cadets (including those conditionally contracted), advance 
designee scholarship winners, and non-contracted AROTC cadets taking their third and 
fourth military science courses. Pass/fail only. C — Any other military science core course. 
P — Permission of the professor of military science, except when required as explained 
above. 

121. Introduction to Army ROTC and the U.S. Army. (1.5h) An introduction to the 
Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps and to the United States Army, exploring roles, 
organization, customs and traditions. C — MIL 117 or 118, as appropriate. 

122. Introduction to Problem Solving, Decision Making, and Leadership. (1.5h) This 
course is an introduction to the "life skills" of problem solving, decision making, and 
leadership. The course is designed to help students in the near-term as leaders on campus. 
The class will also help students be more effective leaders and managers in the long-term, 
whether they serve in the military or be leaders in civilian life. Topics addressed include 
problem solving, critical thinking, problem solving methods, leadership theory, follower- 
ship, group cohesion, goal setting, and feedback mechanisms. Lessons are taught in a 
seminar format, emphasizing student discussions and practical exercises. Open to all 
students. 

124. Tactics and Land Navigation in the U.S. Army. (1.5h) A study of the methods of 
land navigation and terrain analysis for military operations. P — MIL 121 and 122, or 
permission of the professor of military science. C — MIL 117 or 118, as appropriate. 

123. Leadership in the U.S. Army. (1.5h) This course delves into theoretical and practical 
leadership instruction. Specifically, students examine several aspects of communication 
and leadership concepts such as written and oral communication, effective listening, 
assertiveness, personality, adult development, motivation, and organizational culture and 
change. Each lesson maximizes student participation, inspires intellectual curiosity, and 
clarifies practical application. The course concludes with a major leadership and problem 
solving case study. Upon completion, students will be well-grounded in fundamental lead- 
ership principles and will be better prepared to apply such principles to a wide variety of 
life experiences. 

225. Fundamentals of Military Leadership and Training. (1.5h) Instruction and case 
studies which build leadership competencies and military skills in preparation for future 
responsibilities as Army officers. Specific instruction in the principles of war, decision-making 
processes, planning models, and risk assessment. Advanced leadership instruction focuses on 
motivational theory, the role and actions of leaders, and organizational communications. 

226. Fundamentals of Military Leadership and Training. (1.5h) Instruction and case stud- 
ies which builds upon the leadership competencies and military skills attained in Military 
Science 225 in preparation for future responsibilities as Army officers. Specific instruction 
is given in individual leader development, planning and execution of small unit operations, 
individual and team development, and the Army as a career choice. 



169 



Military Science 



227. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army I. (1.5h) The theory and practice of 
military leadership. Emphasis on the Uniform Code of Military Justice, the Manual for 
Courts-Martial, the Law of Land Warfare and the Army's personnel, training, and logisti- 
cal management systems. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as determined by 
the professor of military science) and MIL 225 and 226. C — MIL 117. 

228. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army II. (1.5h) A continuation of Military 
Science 227 with emphasis on the transition from cadet to officer. P — MIL 121 through 
124 (or equivalent credit as determined by the professor of military science) and MIL 225 
through 227. C— MIL 118. 

229. American Military History. (3h) The American military experience with emphasis on 
the ideas and activities contributing to the development of the United States' unique mili- 
tary establishment. Particular emphasis on civilian control of the military. P — Permission 
of the professor of military science. Credit not allowed for this course if credit has been 
earned for History 369. 



Music (MUS) 

David B. Levy, Chair 

Professors Susan Harden Borwick, Stewart Carter, Louis Goldstein, Peter Kairoff 

David B. Levy, Dan Locklair (Composer-in-Residence), Teresa Radomski 

Associate Professor and Director of Choral Ensembles Brian Gorelick 

Assistant Professors Jacqui Carrasco, Richard E. Heard 

Director of Bands C. Kevin Bowen 

Director of Orchestra David Hagy 

Lecturers Patricia Dixon, Kathryn Levy, Morten Solvik (Vienna) 

The Department of Music offers two majors, in music performance and music history/ 
theory/composition, each requiring thirty-eight hours. Students who choose one of these 
majors may not choose the other as a second major. Both majors include a basic curricu- 
lum of music theory (Music 171, 172, 173, 174, sixteen hours) and music history (Music 
181,1 82, 183, nine hours), and four semesters of Music 1 00. 

In addition to this basic curriculum, the major in music performance requires six 
hours of individual instruction above the 100 level (Music 262 and either 362 or 363), 
which requires as a prerequisite the successful completion of an audition; four hours of 
ensembles (excluding Music 117 and 119), taken in four semesters; and three hours of 
elective courses in music, excluding ensembles and Music 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 
262, 362-363. The major in music performance must present a senior recital. 

In addition to the basic curriculum, the major in music history/theory/composition 
requires three hours of individual instruction, three hours of ensembles (excluding Music 
117), taken in three semesters; seven hours of elective courses in music, excluding ensem- 
bles and Music 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 262, 362-363, and a performance proficiency 
examination. The major in music history/theory/composition must complete a senior 
thesis (Music 297 or 398) appropriate to one or more of these areas. 



Music \jq 



Students considering a major in music performance or music history/theory/composi- 
tion are urged to begin their musical studies during the first year and should consult the 
chair of the department as soon as possible after entering the University. Those wishing to 
major in music performance are required to audition, typically during their sophomore 
year, before officially being admitted to the major. Successful completion of Music 171 is 
required in order to audition. 

Highly qualified majors in music performance or music history/theory/composition 
may be invited by the music faculty to apply for admission to honors in music. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Music," a candidate must have an overall 
grade point average of at least 3.0, and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in courses in 
the major, be selected for this honor by the music faculty, and successfully complete either 
Music 363 or 398. More information is available from the music department. 

A minor in music requires nineteen hours: Music 171, 172; one course from Music 
181, 182, 183; two hours of ensemble (excluding Music 117), taken in two semesters; 
two hours of individual instruction; three semesters of Music 100; and four hours of elec- 
tive courses in music, three of which must be in music history/theory/composition. Each 
minor will be assigned an adviser in the music department and is encouraged to begin 
individual lessons, Music 171, and Music 100 as early as possible. 

Regarding ensemble requirements for the majors and minor in music, students who 
are singers must fulfill the ensemble requirement by enrolling in Music 112A, 115 and/or 
116. Students who play a band or orchestral instrument must fulfill the ensemble require- 
ment by performing on their primary instrument in Music 112B, 113, 118, and/or 121. 
Performers on keyboard instruments are strongly encouraged to enroll in one of the above 
ensembles, but may also fulfill the ensemble requirement through participation in cham- 
ber music (120). 

Music in Liberal Arts 

100. Recitals. (Oh) Recitals, concerts, and guest lectures sponsored by the Department of 
Music and the Secrest Artists Series. (Specific attendance requirements will be established 
at the beginning of each semester.) Four semesters are required of music majors; three 
semesters are required of music minors. Pass/fail only. 

101. Introduction to Western Music. (3h) Basic theoretical concepts and musical terminol- 
ogy. Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from the Middle Ages 
through the present day. Satisfies the Division III requirement. May not count toward the 
majors or minor in music. 

109. Introduction to the Music of World Cultures. (3h) A survey of music in selected soci- 
eties around the world. Topics will be selected from the following areas of concentration: 
India, East Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, western Europe, Latin America, and vernacular 
music of the United States (including jazz). Satisfies the Division III requirement. May not 
count toward the majors or minor in music. (CD) 



iyj Music 



110. Writing about the Arts. (3h) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based on 
music and other arts experiences on campus and in the community, and on readings in 
music and the arts. Fulfills the basic compositional requirement in English. P — Permission 
of instructor and the Department of English. May not count toward the majors or minor 
in music. 

Music History, Theory, and Composition 

104. Basic Music Reading and Skills. (1.5h) A study of the fundamentals of music theory 
including key signatures, scales, intervals, chords, and basic sight-singing and ear-training 
skills. Designed for students wishing to participate in University ensembles and those 
wishing to pursue vocal, instrumental, and compositional instruction. May not count 
toward the majors or minor in music. 

106. Electronic Music Lab. (1.5h) Foundations of MIDI protocol, with particular atten- 
tion to the study and application of sequencers, notational programs, and synthesizers. 
Development of skills in written notation through use of computerized programs. Taught 
in Music Computer Lab. P — MUS 101, 104, or permission of instructor. 

130. African-American Art Song. (3h) A survey of the art songs of African-American 
composers of the nineteenth and twentieth century. The emphasis in the course will be on 
song for solo voice and piano, with some discussion of works for voice and orchestra or 
chamber ensemble. P — Permission of instructor. (CD) 

171. Music Theory I. (4h) Music fundamentals (key signatures, scales, modes, intervals, 
chords), simple part-writing, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, and keyboard harmony. 
Prerequisite for audition in music performance. Fall. Designed for music majors and 
minors. 

172. Music Theory II. (4h) Seventh chords, secondary chords, mutated chords, part- 
writing, basic counterpoint, basic musical forms, ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic 
skills, keyboard harmony. Spring. P — MUS 171. 

173. Music Theory III. (4h) Altered chords, continuation of part-writing, eighteenth and 
nineteenth century forms, ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, keyboard harmony. 
Fall. P— MUS 172. 

174. Music Theory IV. (4h) Expanded harmonic system of Impressionism and the twenti- 
eth century. New concepts of style and form. Ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, 
keyboard harmony. Spring. P — MUS 173. 

181. Music History I. (3h) History of western art music from the ancient Greeks to 1750. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. Fall. P — MUS 171 or permission of instructor. 

182. Music History II. (3h) History of western art music from 1750 to World War I. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. Spring. P — MUS 171, 181, or permission of instructor. 

183. Music History III. (3h) History of western art music from the beginning of the twen- 
tieth century to the present day and its associations with other cultures and disciplines. 
Satisfies the Division III requirement. Fall. P — MUS 171, 181, 182 or permission of 
instructor. 



Music j-jz 



203. History of Jazz. (3h) A survey of American jazz from its origin to the present. Open 
to majors and non-majors. P — MUS 101 or permission of instructor. 

207. American Music. (3h) A study of the musical sources of American culture and the six 
streams of music in the United States: folk and ethnic musics, offsprings of the rural South 
(country music, blues, rock), jazz and its forerunners, popular sacred music, popular secu- 
lar music, and art music. (CD) 

208. Women and Music. (3h) A historical overview of women musicians in society. 
Counts toward a minor in women's studies. (CD) 

209. Music of World Cultures. (3h) A survey of music in selected societies around the 
world. Topics will be selected from the following areas of concentration: India, East Asia, 
sub-Saharan Africa, western Europe, Latin America, and vernacular music of the United 
States (including jazz). Students will complete a project or projects on the technical or the- 
oretical aspects of the music of world cultures. Satisfies the Division III requirement. 
Designed for music majors and minors. P — MUS 172 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

210. Survey of Latin American Music. (3h) A survey of art, folk, and popular musical 
styles in Latin America and their impact on music of other cultures. Divided into three 
areas of study: the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. May count as a 
requirement toward the Latin American studies minor. (CD) 

212. Music in the Church. (3h) Function of church musicians and the relationship of their 
work to the church program. Offers to musician and non-musician alike historical overview, 
hymnody survey and other church music-related topics through class and guest lectures and 
practical seminars. Offered fall semester of odd years. P — Permission of instructor. 

213. Beethoven. (3h) Compositional process, analysis, criticism, and performance prac- 
tices in selected works by Ludwig van Beethoven. P — MUS 101 or permission of instructor. 

215. Philosophy of Music. (3h) A survey of philosophical writings about music. Musical 
aesthetics; social, religious, and political concerns. 

220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) Intensive study of a selected topic in music history. 
P — MUS 174, 181, 182, 183, or permission of instructor. 

230. History of Musical Instruments. (3h) Historical overview of the form and function of 
musical instruments from the Middle Ages to the present. Emphasis on instruments in art 
music of Western Europe and the United States. P — MUS 101, 181, 182, 183, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

272. Analysis Seminar. (1.5h) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers 
and the development of practical skills as they can be used in research and performance 
preparation. P — MUS 174 or permission of instructor. 

273. Composition, (lh or 1.5h) Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. 
May be repeated for credit. P — Permission of instructor. 

280. Orchestration. (3h) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how com- 
posers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical scoring and 
manuscript skills. Spring. P — MUS 174, 182, 183, or permission of instructor. 



173 



Music 



282. Conducting. (3h) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques. 
P — MUS 174 or permission of instructor. 

284. Music Literature Seminar. (3h) A survey of repertoire, including an examination of 
teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. P — MUS 101 or permission of 
instructor. 

a.Orchestral Literature d.Guitar Literature 

b. Choral Literature e. Vocal Literature 

c.Piano Literature f. Opera 

Independent Study and Honors Thesis 

298. Independent Study. (1.5h,3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in 
the department. By pre-arrangement with department chair. 

397. Senior Thesis in History/Theory/Composition, (lh) Writing of a major historical, 
theoretical, or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of concentration. 
A student may not receive credit for both Music 397 and 398. By prearrangement. 

398. Senior Honors Thesis in History/Theory/Composition, (lh) Writing of a major his- 
torical, theoretical, or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of concen- 
tration. A student may not receive credit for both Music 397 and 398. P — Faculty selec- 
tion for honors in music history/theory/composition. 

Ensemble 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students on the basis of one hour per semester of 
participation in each ensemble. Music 117 may not count for the music majors or minor. 

111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and contemporary 
operatic works. P — Permission of instructor. 

112. Collegium Musicum Instrumental. An ensemble stressing the performance practices 
and the performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. 

113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and con- 
temporary repertoire. P — Audition. 

114. Collegium Musicum Vocal. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and the 
performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. P — Audition. 

115. Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a variety 
of choral literature from all periods. P — Audition. 

116. Choral Union. A large, mixed chorus which performs a variety of choral literature 
from all periods. P — Audition. 

117. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most football games. Meets twice weekly. 
Regular performances on and off campus. Fall. P — Permission of instructor. 

118. Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for mixed chamber ensemble of 
winds, brass, and percussion. P — Audition. 



Music \-j a 



119. Symphonic Band. Study and performance of music for symphonic band. Regular 
performances on and off campus. Spring. P — Permission of instructor. 

120. Small Chamber Ensemble. Study and performance of music for small ensemble. 
Performers are strongly urged to participate in a larger ensemble as well. P — Permission 
of instructor. 

a. percussion ensemble e. brass 

b. flute choir f. woodwind 

c. string g. guitar 

d. saxophone h. mixed 

121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a twenty- 
member ensemble. P — Audition. 

Performance Study 

Courses in individual instruction are open to students with the permission of the instruc- 
tor on a space available-basis. Students in individual instruction who do not have basic 
knowledge of notation and rhythm are advised to enroll in Music 104 either prior to or in 
conjunction with individual instruction. (See page 22 of this bulletin for specific informa- 
tion regarding the fee.) All classes in this section may be repeated for credit unless noted. 

108. Alexander Technique for Musical Performers. (0.5h) An educational process that 
uses verbal and tactile feedback to teach improved use of the student's body by identifying 
and changing poor and inefficient habits that cause stress, fatigue, and pain in the musical 
performer. This is a course designed to teach the performer to minimize physical effort 
and maximize expression. Meets two hours per week. Pass/fail only. 

122. Music Theatre Practicum. (lh) For musicians who perform in a departmentally 
sponsored theatrical production (when their performance is not as a member of a depart- 
mental ensemble). May not be counted toward the majors or minor in music. Credit may 
be earned in a given semester for either Music 122 or Theatre 283, but not both. Course 
may be repeated for no more than four hours. Pass/fail only. P — Permission of instructor. 

123. Woodwind Doubling (lh) Practical skills for woodwind instrumentalists who partici- 
pate in musical theatre productions for which expertise on more than one instrument is 
required. 

161. Individual Instruction. (0.5h) Technical studies and repertoire of progressive difficul- 
ty selected to meet the needs and abilities of the student. One half-hour lesson per week. 
Does not fulfill the individual instruction requirements for the major in music perfor- 
mance. May be repeated for credit. 



a. violin 


g. clarinet 


m. baritone 


s. harp 


b. viola 


h. bassoon 


n. tuba 


t. electric bass 


c. cello 


i. saxophone 


o. organ 


v. voice 


d. bass 


j. trumpet 


p. piano 


w. recorder 


e. flute 


k. French horn 


q. percussion 


x. viola da gamba 


f oboe 


I. trombone 


r. guitar 


y. harpsichord 

z. jazz improvisation 



175 



Music 



162. Individual Instruction, (lh) One one-hour lesson per week. Does not fulfill the individual 
instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for credit. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

165j. Brass Rudiments. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing brass instru- 
ments. Designed for students with musical experience as well as beginners with no prior 
musical training. Spring. P — Permission of instructor. 

165p. Class Piano. (0.5h) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with 
emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for the 
beginning piano student. 

165q. Class Percussion. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing percussion 
instruments. Includes an introduction to reading music as well as basic techniques on 
instruments of the percussion family. P — Permission of instructor. 

165r. Class Guitar I. (0.5h) Introduction to guitar techniques: strumming, plucking, 
arpeggios, and damping. Reading and playing from musical notation and guitar tablature. 
For beginning students. 

166r. Class Guitar II. (0.5h) Continuation of guitar techniques. Emphasis on chordal pro- 
gressions, scales, accompanying patterns, and sight-reading. P — MUS 165r. 

165v. Class Voice I. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing, concepts 
of breath control, tone, and resonance. Fall. 

166v. Class Voice II. (0.5h) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P — MUS 165v 
or permission of instructor. 

167v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice. (0.5h) Basic techniques of singing, breath control, 
phonation, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study and performance 
of musical theatre repertoire. (One hour per week.) Fall. 

168v. Theatrical Singing II: Class Voice. (0.5h) Continuation of theatrical singing tech- 
niques with increased study and performance of musical theater repertoire. P — MUS 167v 
or permission of instructor. (One hour per week.) 

175v. Advanced Voice Class, (lh) Development of advanced vocal technique and reper- 
toire. Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week; may be repeated.) P — MUS 166v or 
permission of instructor. 

177v. Advanced Theatrical Singing, (lh) Development of advanced theatrical singing 
technique and performance of musical theater repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two 
hours per week; may be repeated.) P — MUS 168v or permission of instructor. 

190. Diction for Singers. (1.5h) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on modifi- 
cation of English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Development of articu- 
lator and aural skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet. Individual perfor- 
mance and coaching in class. (Two hours per week.) May not be repeated for credit. 

262. Individual Instruction. (1.5h) One one-hour lesson per week. Fulfills the individual 
instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for credit. 
P — Two hours of MUS 161 and/or 162, plus successful completion of the audition for the 
major in musical performance, and permission of instructor 



Music 



176 



362. Senior Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital. Fulfills the indi- 
vidual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. To be taken only 
during the senior year. A student may not receive credit for both Music 362 and 363. A 
student may not enroll in Music 262 and 362 in the same semester. May not be repeated 
for credit. P — Two semesters of MUS 262. 

363. Senior Honors Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital at the 
honors level. Fulfills the individual instruction requirements for the major in music perfor- 
mance. To be taken only during the senior year. A student may not receive credit for both 
Music 362 and 363. A student may not enroll in Music 262 and 363 in the same semester. 
May not be repeated for credit. P — Two semesters of MUS 262 and faculty selection for 
honors in music performance. 



Neuroscience (NEU) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Professor of Biology Wayne L. Silver, Coordinator 

The neuroscience minor provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study of the nervous 
system. Neuroscientists study how we learn, process and remember information from the 
molecular to the philosophical level and examine subjects ranging from the molecular phar- 
macology of brain function to the mind-body problem. 

The minor requires a minimum of seventeen hours, nine of which must include the neuro- 
science courses (200, 201, 300, 391) described below. At least one semester of research in 
neuroscience is required for the minor (NEU 391). The research can be conducted on the 
Reynolda Campus or with investigators at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine. 
The research project must be approved by a member of the neuroscience minor faculty. Eight 
hours must come from the elective courses listed below. (See course descriptions under appro- 
priate listings.) One of the elective courses must come from outside the student's major 
department. 

200. Introduction to Neuroscience. (3h) An interdisciplinary course taught by faculty rep- 
resenting several fields. Topics include neurophysiology, sensory biology, motor mecha- 
nisms, neuropharmacology, cognitive neuroscience, perception, neural networks, and the 
philosophy of mind. 

201. Neuroscience Laboratory, (lh) A laboratory course that examines principles of neu- 
roscience ranging from the molecular and cellular to the behavioral and cognitive. Lab — 
three hours. C— NEU 200. 

300. Neuroscience Seminar. (3h) Consideration of current neuroscience topics. Presenta- 
tions by faculty on the Reynolda Campus or the Wake Forest University School of 
Medicine of current research are followed by student-led discussions. Readings from the 
primary literature will accompany the presentations. P — NEU 200. 

391. Research in Neuroscience. (2h) Supervised independent laboratory investigation in 
neuroscience. 



iyy Neuroscience 



Biology 



Psychology 



Physics 

Philosophy 

Health and Exercise Science 

Computer Science 



323. Animal Behavior. (4h) 

346. Neurobiology. (4h) 

351. Vertebrate Physiology. (4h) 

354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) 

364. Sensory Biology. (4h) 

320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) 

329. Perception. (3h) 

331. Cognition. (3h) 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) 

304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) 

307. Biophysics. (3h) 

274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) 

312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 

350. Human Physiology. (3h) 

371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) 



(Note that many of these courses have prerequisites, in some cases including introductory 
biology, psychology, or chemistry.) 



Philosophy (PHI) 



Ralph C. Kennedy III, Chair 

Worrell Professor Robert M. Helm 

Professors Thomas K. Hearn Jr., Marcus B. Hester, Charles M. Lewis 

Associate Professors Ralph C. Kennedy III, Win-chiat Lee 

Assistant Professor Andrew A. Cross 

Visiting Assistant Professors Michael V. Griffin, Dorthea Lotter, Clark Thompson 

Lecturer Hannah M. Hardgrave 

Instructor Eric E. Brandon 

The objective of the program in philosophy is to lead the student to an understanding of 
philosophical thinking — past and present — about such fundamental questions as what it 
is to exist, to know, to be good, right, true, beautiful, or sacred. In examining such matters, 
philosophy may be said to investigate the presuppositions that inform all human action 
and inquiry and thus to be an essentially interdisciplinary kind of subject. The study of 
philosophy can, therefore, play a useful role in preparing the student for a career in 
almost any field, including law, politics, religion, medicine, business, the arts, and the 
natural and social sciences. 

The twenty-seven hours in philosophy required for graduation with a major in the 
subject must include a general introduction to philosophy (Philosophy 111), one course in 



Philosophy 



I 7 8 



logic (selected from Group II), three courses in the history of philosophy (one from each 
of Groups III, IV and V) and two 200-level or higher topics courses (Group VI), the total 
to include at least three courses at the 300-level. 

A minor in philosophy requires fifteen hours in philosophy, which must include at 
least two 200-level or higher courses and one 300-level course. Philosophy being an 
intrinsically interdisciplinary subject, a minor in philosophy can be designed to comple- 
ment any major subject. Students interested in minoring in philosophy should consult 
with the department about choosing an appropriate sequence of courses. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to apply in the spring semester of their junior year 
to the honors program in philosophy. Candidates must have an overall grade point aver- 
age of at least 3.0 and a grade point average in philosophy courses of at least 3.3. 
Graduation with honors in philosophy requires successful completion of Honors I and II 
in the fall and spring semesters, respectively, of their senior year. The hours earned in 
these two courses do not count toward the twenty-seven hours required of all majors. 

Group I — Introduction to Philosophy 

111. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3h) An examination of the basic concepts of several 
representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, persons, 
God, mind, and matter. 

Group II — Logic 

121. Logic. (3h) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of falla- 
cies, and logical analysis. 

221. Symbolic Logic. (3h) Basic concepts and techniques of first-order logic; applications 
of first-order logic to arguments expressed in English; some discussion of such topics as 
the unsolvability of the decision problem for first-order logic, the completeness of first- 
order logic, and Godel's incompleteness theorem. 

Group III — Classical Ancient Philosophy 

232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) A study of philosophical problems such as 
the nature of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle, 
Augustine, Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P — PHI 111. 

331. Plato. (3h) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most important 
contributions to moral and political philosophy, theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and 
theology. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

332. Aristotle. (3h) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, and 
theory of knowledge. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

Group IV — Classical Modern Philosophy 

241. Modern Philosophy. (3h) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to Kant. 
P— PHI 111. 



jyo Philosophy 



242. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (3h) An examination of the philosophical and sci- 
entific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and human 
beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to this 
issue of modern scientific ideas. (Also offered as History 302, Interdisciplinary Honors 

252, and Natural Sciences 302.) 

341. Kant. (3h) A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important contri- 
butions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, religion, and aesthetics. P — One 
200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

342. Studies in Modern Philosophy. (3h) Treatment of selected figures and/or themes in 
seventeenth- and eighteenth-century European philosophy. P — One 200-level course in 
philosophy or permission of instructor. 

Group V — Other History 

251. American Philosophy. (3h) A study exploring the philosophies of Jonathan Edwards, 
Ralph Waldo Emerson, C.S. Peirce, William James, John Dewey, and others, examining 
their views on logic, experience, science, reality, nature, art, education, and God. 

P— PHI 111. 

252. Contemporary Philosophy. (3h) A study of the principal works of several representa- 
tive twentieth-century philosophers. P — PHI 111. 

253. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) An introduction to the most 
important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daoism (Taoism), 
and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. (Also offered as Religion 380.) 

254. Existentialism. (3h) A study of existentialist treatment of such topics as the self, 
meaning, identity, nihilism, freedom, and commitment. Authors studied may include 
Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Nietzsche, Kafka, Heidegger, Beckett, and Sartre. P — PHI 111. 

351. Early German Idealism. (3h) An examination of the development of post-Kantian 
idealism through the works of Fichte, Schelling, and Schleiermacher, with particular 
emphasis on their efforts to address the challenge of critical philosophy. P — One 200-level 
course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) An examination of selected sources 
embodying the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche, especially as they 
relate to each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. P — One 200-level 
course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

353. Heidegger. (3h) An examination of the structure and development of Heidegger's phi- 
losophy from the ontological analysis in Being and Time to his later work in the philosophy 
of language and poetry. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

354. Wittgenstein. (3h) The work of Ludwig Wittgenstein on several central philosophical 
problems studied and compared with that of Frege, James, and Russell. Topics include the 
picture theory of meaning, truth, skepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the mys- 
tical, and the ethical. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 



Philosophy jg 



Group VI — Topics in Philosophy 

161. Medical Ethics. (3h) A study of moral problems in the practice of medicine, includ- 
ing informed consent, experimentation on human subjects, truthtelling, confidentiality, 
abortion, and the allocation of scarce medical resources. 

162. Ethics and Public Policy. (3h) A critical examination of the ethical foundations of 
public policy issues. Topics may include: euthanasia, censorship, racial and gender 
equality, drugs, sexual conduct, and crime. 

163. Environmental Ethics. (3h) An examination of ethical issues concerning the environ- 
ment as they arise in individual lives and public policy. These issues are discussed in the 
context of fundamental questions regarding the adequacy of traditional philosophical 
frameworks for thinking about the relationship between humans and the nonhuman 
world and the value and moral status of the nonhuman world. 

171. Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (3h) Are space and time fundamentally differ- 
ent? Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they finite or infinite 
in extension and duration? Other questions cover problems and paradoxes in the concept 
of space and in the concept of time travel. 

261. Ethics. (3h) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in ethical 
theory. P— PHI 111. 

262. Philosophy of Law. (3h) A philosophical inquiry into the nature of law and its relation 
to morality. Classroom discussions of readings from the works of classical and modern 
authors focus on issues of contemporary concern involving questions of legal principle, 
personal liberty, human rights, responsibility, justice, and punishment. P — PHI 111. 

263. Freedom, Action, and Responsibility. (3h) A study of the nature of human freedom 
and related matters in the philosophy of action, metaphysics, and moral philosophy. 

271. Philosophy of Biology. (3h) A study of the philosophical presuppositions and implica- 
tions of contemporary biology, covering topics such as evolution by natural selection, the 
nature of biological classification, reductionism, and biological explanations of moral and 
social phenomena. P — PHI 111. 

274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) A selection from the following topics: the mind-body 
problem; personal identity; the unity of consciousness; minds and machines; the nature of 
experience; action, intention, and the will. 

361. Topics in Ethics. (1.5h,3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of 
instructor. 

362. Social and Political Philosophy. (3h) A systematic examination of selected social and 
political philosophers of different traditions, with concentration on Plato, Marx, Rawls, 
and Nozick. Topics include rights, justice, equality, private property, the state, the com- 
mon good, and the relation of individuals to society. P — One 200-level course in philoso- 
phy or permission of instructor. 



l8l Philosophy 



371. Philosophy of Art. (3h) A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with 
emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P — One 
200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 

372. Philosophy of Religion. (3h) An analysis of the logic of religious language and belief, 
including an examination of religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments 
for the nature and existence of God. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission 
of instructor. 

373. Philosophy of Science. (3h) A systematic and critical examination of major views 
concerning the methods of scientific inquiry, and the bases, goals, and implications of the 
scientific conclusions which result from such inquiry. P — One 200-level course in philoso- 
phy or permission of instructor. 

375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) A study of such philosophical issues about language as 
truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense, 
the semantical paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign- 
systems. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. (Also listed as 
Linguistics 375.) 

381. Topics in Epistemology. (3h) The sources, scope and structure of human knowledge. 
Topics include: skepticism; perception, memory, and reason; the definition of knowledge; 
the nature of justification; theories of truth. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or 
permission of instructor. 

382. Topics in Metaphysics. (3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of 
instructor. 

Group VII — Honors and Independent Study 

385. Seminar. (1.5h,3h) Offered by members of the faculty on specialized topics of their 
choice. With permission, may be repeated for credit. P — Permission of instructor. 

391. Honors I. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for writing a major 
paper. Must be taken in the fall semester of the senior year. P — Admission to the honors 
program in philosophy. 

392. Honors II. (1.5h) Completion of the project begun in Philosophy 391. Requires 
defense of the paper in an oral examination conducted by at least two members of the 
department. Taken in the spring semester of the senior year. P — PHI 391. 

395. Independent Study. (1.5h,3h) 



Philosophy 182 



Physics (PHY) 

George Eric Matthews, Chair 

Reynolds Professor Richard T. Williams 

Professors Keith D. Bonin, George M. Holzwarth, Natalie A. W. Holzwarth, 

William C. Kerr, George Eric Matthews 

Associate Professors Paul R. Anderson, Eric D. Carlson 

Assistant Professors Gregory B. Cook, 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro, Jeremy S. Quails 

Adjunct Professor George B. Cvijanovich 

Adjunct Associate Professors Frederic H. Fahey, Peter Santago 

Adjunct Assistant Professor John D. Bourland 

The program for each student majoring in physics is developed through consultation with 
the student's major adviser and may lead to either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of 
science degree. The bachelor of arts degree requires a minimum of basic physics courses 
and allows a wide selection of electives related to the student's interests in other disciplines, 
such as medicine, law, and business. The bachelor of science degree is designed for students 
planning careers in physics. 

The bachelor of arts degree in physics requires twenty-five hours in physics and must 
include the following courses: 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, 166, and 230. The remaining six 
hours may be satisfied with any other 300-level courses in the department. Mathematics 
251 also is required. Depending on what other physics courses the student takes, addi- 
tional mathematics courses may be required; e.g., Mathematics 301 is a prerequisite for 
Physics 339. The BS degree in physics requires thirty-eight hours in physics and must 
include the following courses: 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, 166, 230, 301, 302, 343, 344, 
346, 337, 339, 340, and 351. The remaining hours may be satisfied with any other 300- 
level course in the department. In addition, Mathematics 251, 301, 302, and 304 are 
required; Mathematics 303 and Computer Science 111 are strongly recommended. 
A typical schedule for the first two years: 



First Year 

Basic and divisional requirements 

Physics 113, 114 

Mathematics 111, 112 

Foreign language 



Sophomore 

Basic and divisional requirements 
Physics 141, 162, 165, 166 
Mathematics 251, 302, 304 



If this sequence is followed, the physics major may be completed with considerable 
flexibility in exercising various options, such as the five-year BS/MS program. This saves 
time, and the outstanding student may qualify for a tuition scholarship in the senior year 
of the five-year program. A candidate for the 3-2 engineering program would also com- 
plete three years of the bachelor of science physics major program prior to transfer. (Con- 
sult the chair of the department for additional information on these five-year programs.) 

A minor in physics requires seventeen hours, which must include the courses 113, 
114, 141, and 162. A minor in astrophysics requires seventeen hours and consists of the 
courses 113, 114, 141, 310, and 312. Students interested in either minor should so advise 



183 



Physics 



the faculty member responsible for advising physics majors (inquire in Olin Physical 
Laboratory Room 100). 

If physics is not taken in the first year, the degree requirements in physics may still be 
completed by the end of the senior year if a beginning course is taken in the sophomore 
year. No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in physics with a grade less 
than C in General Physics without special permission of the department. 

Physics courses satisfying Division V requirements must be taken at Wake Forest. 

Satisfactory completion of the laboratory work is required for a passing grade in all 
courses with a laboratory. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in physics through the major adviser. To be graduated with the designa- 
tion "Honors in Physics," students must pass Physics 381, write a paper on the results of 
the research in that course, pass an oral exam on the research and related topics given by 
a committee of three physics faculty members, and obtain a grade point average of at 
least 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3h) An introductory study of the universe, from the solar 
system to the galaxies. No lab. Does not satisfy Division V requirements. 

109. Astronomy. (4h) An introductory study of the universe consisting of descriptive 
astronomy, the historical development of astronomical theories, and astrophysics. 
Knowledge of basic algebra and trigonometry is required. Lab — two hours. 

110. Introductory Physics. (4h) A conceptual, non-calculus one-semester survey of the 
essentials of physics, including mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, electricity, mag- 
netism, optics, and modern physics. Not recommended for premedical, mathematics, or 
science students. Credit not allowed for both 110 and 113. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

113, 114. General Physics. (4h,4h) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, 
electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics treated with some use of calculus. 
Recommended for science, mathematics, and premedical students. C — Mathematics 111, 

106, or equivalent. P — PHY 113 is prerequisite for 114. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) The course covers the basic physical 
and chemical processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere, and the oceans. It consists of 
two parts: 1 ) chemical processes in the environment such as element cycles and the chem- 
istry of the pollutants in air and water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment such as 
solar energy and the atmosphere, and the physics of weather and climate. Lab — three 
hours. P — PHY 113 or Chemistry 111. (Also listed as Environmental Studies 225.) (QR) 

141. Elementary Modern Physics. (3h) The development of twentieth century physics 
and an introduction to quantum ideas. P — PHY 114 and Mathematics 111. 
C— PHY 165. (QR) 

162. Mechanics. (3h) A study of the equations of motion describing several kinds of 
physical systems: velocity-dependent forces; damped and forced simple harmonic 
motion; orbital motion; inertial and non-inertial reference frames; and relativistic 
mechanics. The course includes extensive use of computers. P — PHY 113 and 
Mathematics 111 or equivalent. (QR) 



Physics 



184 



165, 166. Intermediate Laboratory. (lh,lh) Experiments on mechanics, modern physics, 
electronics, and computer simulations. C — PHY 141 (for Physics 165); PHY 162 (for 
Physics 166). P— PHY 165 (for Physics 166). 

230. Electronics. (3h) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and elec- 
tronic circuits. Lab — three hours. P — PHY 114. (QR) 

301, 302. Physics Seminar. (0h,0h) Discussion of contemporary research, usually with 
visiting scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors. 

307. Biophysics. (3h) An introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function 
of DNA and proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of 
structure determination by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods will be emphasized. 
P — PHY 113, 114 as well as Biology 112 or 214 or permission of instructor. 

304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) Physical principles of x-ray computed tomography 
(CT), positron emission tomography (PET), single-photon emission computed tomography 
(SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and ultrasonic imaging. P — PHY 113, 114 
as well as Mathematics 111-112 or permission of instructor. 

310. Extragalactic Astronomy and Cosmology. (3h) Topics covered include galactic struc- 
ture, models for galaxies and galaxy formation, the large scale structure of the universe, 
the big bang model of the universe, physical processes such as nucleosynthesis in the early 
universe, and observational cosmology. P — PHY 114, 141. 

312. Introduction to Stellar Astronomy. (3h) The physics of stellar atmospheres and inte- 
riors. Topics covered include radiation transfer, absorption and emission of radiation, 
formation of spectra, models for stellar interiors, nuclear fusion reactions, and stellar 
evolution. Methods of measuring distances to stars and interpretation of stellar spectra 
also will be included. P— PHY 114, 141, Mathematics 301. 

320. The Physics of Macromolecules. (3h) The physics of polymers, especially proteins 
and nucleic acids, including the molecular basis for their secondary and tertiary structure. 
P— PHY 351 or Biology 371 or Chemistry 341. 

330. Data Acquisition and Analysis. (3h) Advanced treatment of computer interfacing, 
signal processing methods, non-ideal integrated circuit behavior, and data reduction and 
fitting procedures. P— PHY 130, 230. 

337. Analytical Mechanics. (1.5h) The Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of 
mechanics with applications. This course is taught in the first half of the fall semester. 
P— PHY 162, Mathematics 251. 

339, 340. Electricity and Magnetism. (1.5h,3h) Electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielectric 
and magnetic materials, Maxwell's equations and applications to radiation, relativistic 
formulation. Physics 339 is taught in the second half of the fall semester, following 
Physics 337. Physics 340 is taught in the spring semester. These should be taken in 
sequence. P — PHY 114, Mathematics 251 and 301. 

343, 344. Quantum Physics. (3h,3h) Application of the elementary principles of quantum 
mechanics to atomic, molecular, solid state, and nuclear physics. P — PHY 141 and 
Mathematics 251. 



185 Physics 



346. Advanced Physics Laboratory, (lh) Lab— three hours. P— PHY 166 and PHY 343. 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3h) Introduction to classical and sta- 
tistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Optical Design. (4h) Interaction of light with materials; diffrac- 
tion and coherent optics; ray trace methods of optical design. Lab — three hours. 

354. Introduction to Solid State Physics. (3h) A survey of the structure, composition, 
physical properties, and technological applications of condensed matter. P — PHY 343. 

381, 382. Research. (1.5h/3h, 1.5h/3h) Library, conference, computation, and laboratory 
work performed on an individual basis. 



Political Science (POL) 

Kathy B. Smith, Chair 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies David Coates 

Professors Jack D. Fleer, Charles H. Kennedy, Richard D. Sears, Kathy B. Smith 

Associate Professors KatyJ. Harriger, Wei-chin Lee, David P. Weinstein, 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor Helga A. Welsh 

Assistant Professors Michaelle L. Browers, John J. Dinan, Andrew Rich, Peter M. Siavelis 

Visiting Professor Jerry Pubantz 

Senior Lecturer Yomi Durotoye 

Adjunct Instructor Johnny Goldfinger 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of political science is to understand the 
way in which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand the moral 
standards by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described 
alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or of human relations in 
their political context. For teaching purposes, the study of political science has been 
divided by the department into the following fields: (1) American politics, (2) comparative 
politics, (3) political theory, and (4) international politics. Introductory courses in these 
fields provide broad and flexible approaches to studying political life. 

The major in political science consists of twenty-eight hours, at least nineteen hours of 
which must be completed at Wake Forest University. Where students take political science 
courses abroad in Wake Forest approved programs, as accepted by the department, at 
least sixteen hours of their major must be completed at Wake Forest. The courses must 
include the following: (a) at least one non-seminar course in each of the four fields of 
political science listed above; (b) at least one political science seminar course (290). 

The senior seminar provides an opportunity for majors to experience something com- 
parable to a graduate seminar. As such it is conducted more by discussion than by lecture 
and enables students to read and reflect upon advanced scholarly material. The seminar 
also offers students the opportunity in their final year to create a research paper of greater 
length and sophistication than is customary and to develop the research and writing skills 
appropriate to the task. Students who write outstanding papers may be nominated for 
"Honors in Political Science" (Political Science 285). 

Political Science i8£ 



No more than six hours may be taken toward the major from introductory courses 
(100-level courses). Majors may not take the introductory courses during their senior 
year. No more than three hours for any one or any combination of the following courses 
may be counted toward the major: Political Science 287, 288, or 289. Transfer hours 
toward the major will be awarded on an individual case-by-case basis at the discretion of 
the department chair. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all courses completed in 
political science at Wake Forest is required for graduation with the major. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Political Science," a candidate must 
have a 3.2 overall grade point average and a 3.5 political science grade point average. In 
addition, the candidate's seminar paper, upon the completion of Politics 290, must be 
accepted by the department honors committee. The candidate is required to take Politics 
285, which may not be counted toward the twenty-eight-hour requirement for the major. 
For additional information, department faculty members should be consulted. 

Political science majors who minor in Latin American studies also have the opportuni- 
ty to pursue a five-year cooperative BA/MA degree program at Georgetown University in 
Washington, DC. See pages 66 and 159 for details. 

The minor in political science consists of fifteen hours. No more than six hours may 
be taken toward the minor from introductory courses (100-level courses). No more than 
three hours for any one or any combination of the following courses may be counted 
toward the minor: Political Science 287, 288, or 289. Twelve of the hours must be taken 
at Wake Forest. Transfer hours toward the minor will be awarded on an individual case- 
by-case basis at the discretion of the chair. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all 
courses completed in political science at Wake Forest is required for graduation with the 
minor. 

A student who selects political science to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take 
one of the following courses: Political Science 113, 114, 115P, 115Q, 115R, or 116. 
Students who are not majors in political science may take upper-level courses as electives 
without having had lower-level courses, unless a prerequisite is specified. 

American Politics 

113. American Government and Politics. (3h) The nature of politics, political principles, 
and political institutions, with emphasis on their application to the United States. 

210. Topics in United States Politics and Policy, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or 
more major problems in contemporary United States politics and policy. 

211. Political Parties, Voters, and Elections. (3h) An examination of party competition, 
party organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the responsibili- 
ties of parties for governing. 

212. U.S. Policymaking in the Twenty-first Century. (3h) Examines the contemporary 
United States policymaking process. Special attention to ways issues become important and 
contributions of different political actors, institutions, and ideologies in the passage or rejec- 
tion of policy proposals. Considers a range of social, economic, and regulatory policies. 

213. Public Administration. (3h) Introduction to the study of public administration 
emphasizing policymaking in government agencies. 

187 Political Science 



214. Business and Government in the United States. (3h) Examination of the evolution of 
the relationship between business and government. Emphasis on contemporary public poli- 
cies affecting and affected by business in some or all of the areas of labor relations, health 
care, economics, trade, telecommunications, campaign finance, and the environment. 

215. Citizen and Community. (3h) An examination of the role and responsibilities of citi- 
zens in democratic policymaking. Includes discussion of democratic theory, emphasis on a 
policy issue of national importance (i.e. poverty, crime, environment), and involvement of 
students in projects that examine the dimension of the issue in their community. 

P — Permission of instructor. 

216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) An analysis of U.S. social policymaking and policy 
outcomes on issues such as welfare, education, health care, and Social Security, with an 
emphasis on historical development and cross-national comparison. 

217. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the politi- 
cal system and the mass media. Two broad concerns will be the regulation of the mass 
media and the impact of media on political processes and events. 

218. Congress and Policymaking. (3h) An examination of the composition, authority 
structures, external influences, and procedures of Congress with emphasis on their impli- 
cations for policymaking in the United States. 

219. Political Participation. (3h) An examination of political participation in the United 
States, with emphasis on electoral and non-electoral avenues through which individuals 
and groups wield influence in politics and government, including voting, interest groups, 
and social movements. 

220. The American Presidency. (3h) Emphasis on the office and the role; contributions by 
contemporary presidents considered in perspective. 

221. State Politics. (3h) An examination of institutions, processes, and policies at the state 
level, with emphasis on the different patterns of governance in the various states and the 
consequences of the recent revitalization of state governments. 

222. Urban Politics. (3h) Political structures and processes in American cities and suburbs 
as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis. (CD) 

223. Blacks in American Politics. (3h) A survey of selected topics, including black political 
participation, political organizations, political leadership, and political issues. It will also 
show the relationship of these phenomena to American political institutions and processes 
as a whole. 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System. (3h) 
An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national gov- 
ernment and federal/state relations. 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3h) Judicial interpretations of First 
Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. Not open 
to first-year students. 



Political Science jg8 



227. Politics, Law, and Courts. (3h) Analysis of the nature and role of law in American 
society and the structure and procedure of American courts. Questions of judicial organi- 
zation, personnel, and decision-making, as well as the impact of law and court decisions 
on the social order, are explored at local, state, and national levels. 

229. Women and Politics. (3h) The course examines classical and contemporary argu- 
ments regarding the participation of women in politics, as well as current policy issues 
and changes in women's political participation. 

Comparative Politics 

114. Comparative Government and Politics. (3h) An analysis of political institutions, 
processes, and policy issues in selected countries. Case studies will be drawn from Africa, 
Asia, Europe, and Latin America. (CD) 

231. Western European Politics. (3h) Comparative analysis of political institutions, 
processes, and policy issues in selected West European countries. Special attention will be 
given to case studies involving Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy and to the process of 
European integration. 

232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) Analysis of the political, economic, and 
social patterns of the region, emphasizing the internal dynamics of the political and eco- 
nomic transition processes currently underway. 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) A study of the historical legacy, political 
behavior, and governmental institutions of contemporary Germany (newly unified Germany). 

234. United Kingdom Politics in a Global Age. (3h) The purpose of this course is to intro- 
duce the nature and content of contemporary United Kingdom politics by placing those poli- 
tics in a wider analysis of United Kingdom history, society, and international positions. (CD) 

235. European Integration. (3h) Combines different approaches to the study of Europe by 
examining European integration — as highlighted by the development of the European 
Union — through the lenses of history, politics, culture, and economics. 

236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) Comparative analysis of the institu- 
tions and processes of politics in the Latin American region. (CD) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (3h) An analysis 
of public policy choices involving such matters as health care, education, environment, 
and immigration in Western Europe and the United States. 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) An overview of the 
relationship between economic development, socio-structural change, and politics since 
the creation of the international capitalist system in the sixteenth century. The course is 
organized around case studies of industrialized democracies, evolving Communist systems 
and command economies, and "Third World" countries. 



189 



Political Sciences 



239. State, Economy, and International Competitiveness. (3h) The purpose of this course 
is to introduce a range of important case studies of national economic performance, and 
to do so in such a manner as to illustrate the role of public policy in economic perfor- 
mance in a number of leading industrial economies (the United States, United Kingdom, 
Germany, Sweden, and Japan). 

242. Topics in Comparative Politics, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major 
problems in contemporary comparative politics. 

244. Politics and Literature. (3h) An examination of how literature can extend knowledge of 
politics and political systems. The course considers the insights of selected novelists. 

245. Ethnonationalism. (3h) This course is concerned with the role of ethnicity in world 
politics. It focuses on both theoretical and substantive issues relating to: (a) the nature of 
ethnicity and ethnic group identity; (b) the sources of ethnic conflict; (c) the politics of 
ethnic conflict; (d) the policy management of ethnic conflict; and (e) international inter- 
vention in ethnic conflict. 

246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) A survey of major issues relevant to politics 
and policy in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. (CD) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) The course explores the interrelationship of Islam and poli- 
tics in the contemporary world. The course has two main focuses. The first deals with 
Islam as a political ideology which shapes the structure of political institutions and behav- 
ior. The second looks at Islam in practice by examining the interaction between Islam and 
the political systems of Iran, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and others. (CD) 

248. Chinese Politics. (3h) A survey of the political institutions and processes in China 
(People's Republic of China and Republic of China). Emphasis on group conflict, elites, 
ideology, as well as current policy changes in the process of modernization. 

249. Japanese Politics. (3h) A survey of the political institutions and processes in Japan. 
Attention also is given to the relationship between politics and economics. 

International Politics 

116. International Politics. (3h) A survey of the forces which shape relations among states 
and some of the major problems of contemporary international politics. (CD) 

252. Topics in International Politics, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major 
problems of contemporary international politics. 

253. International Political Economy. (3h) Analyzes major issues in the global political 
economy including theoretical approaches to understanding the tension between politics 
and economics, monetary and trade policy, North-South relations, environmentalism, 
human rights and democratization. 

254. American Foreign Policy: Contemporary Problems. (3h) A critical examination of 
different methods of studying American foreign policy and of selected policies followed by 
the United States since the early 1960s. 

256. Nuclear Weapons and National Security, (lh or 3h) An analysis of the strategic, 
political, and moral implications of nuclear weapons as instruments of national policy. 



Political Science 



190 



Both American and Soviet perspectives are considered and special attention is given to 
contemporary debates over the possession and control of nuclear weapons. 

257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) Examines the history and contemporary challenges of 
relations among the nations of the Americas, including intervention and sovereignty, 
migration, drugs, economic relations, and contemporary foreign policy. 

259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) An analysis of factors influencing the relationship 
between Israel and its neighbors relative to fundamental aspects of United States, Israeli, 
Palestinian, and Arab states policies. 

260. United States and East Asia. (3h) An analytical survey of United States interaction 
with East Asia, with special emphasis on the strategic security and the political economy 
of the region. (CD) 

261. International Law. (3h) Analyzes major issues in public international law including 
sources of international law, state sovereignty, territorial jurisdiction, treaties, peaceful 
settlement of disputes, human rights, and the relationship between international law and 
domestic law. 

262. International Organizations. (3h) A survey of the philosophy, principles, organization- 
al structure, and decision-making procedures of international organizations. In addition to 
the United Nations system, this course will analyze various international organizations in 
issues such as collective security, trade, economic development, human rights protection, 
and the environment. 

265. The Causes of War and the Conditions of Peace. (3h) An interdisciplinary examina- 
tion of the causes of violent international conflict and the conditions for maintaining or 
restoring peace. Key concepts and issues will be explored through an extensive use of case 
studies of actual conflicts. (Also listed as International Studies 221.) 

267. America in Vietnam: Myth and Reality. (3h) An analysis of American policy toward 
Vietnam, with special emphasis on the period of 1954-75. The focus is on the relationship 
between American policies and the problems posed by Vietnamese and American cultures. 

Political Theory 

115P. Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Thought. (3h) An examination of the nature 
and goals of the classical position, with attention to its origins in ancient Athens and its 
diffusion through Rome. Representative writers are Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero. 

115Q. Medieval Political Thought. (3h) Examination of the encounter between political 
philosophy and revealed religion in the medieval period between the fall of Rome and the 
Reformation. Readings from St. Augustine, Avicenna, Averroes, Maimonides, St. Thomas 
Aquinas, and others. (CD) 

115R. Modern Political Thought. (3h) Political thought from Machiavelli to the present, 
including such topics as moral and natural rights, positive and negative freedom, social 
contract theory, alienation, and citizenship. Selected writings from, for example, 
Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Marx, and Rawls. 



191 



Political Science 



269. Topics in Political Theory, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major topics 
in political theory. 

270. Ethics and Politics. (3h) An investigation of the relationship between ethical reason- 
ing and political theory. Representative philosophers include Hume, Kant, Nietzsche, 
Mill, Sidgwick, Green, Ayer, Hare, and Mclntyre. 

272. Democratic Theory. (3h) Examination of the theoretical underpinnings of democracy 
and some of the critiques of those foundations. Focus will be on understanding some of 
the major theories of democracy and on how key democratic concepts are defined differ- 
ently within these various traditions. 

273. Marx, Marxism and the Aftermath of Marxism. (3h) An examination of Marx's 
indebtedness to Hegel, his early humanistic writings, and the vicissitudes of twentieth 
century vulgar Marxism and neo-Marxism in the works of Lenin, Lukacs, Korsch, 
Horkeimer, Marcuse, and Sartre. 

275. American Political Thought. (3h) An examination of the republican, civic humanistic 
tradition vs. the liberal, juridical tradition in American political thought from the Founding 
to the present. Readings from Locke, Sidney, the Federalists and anti-Federalists, Spencer, 
Dewey, Rawls, and Sandel. 

276. Political Ideologies. (3h) Survey of modern political ideologies, with emphasis on the 
historical origin, development, and political functions of particular ideologies such as lib- 
eralism, conservatism, socialism, nationalist ideologies, ecologism, feminist and literation 
ideologies. 

277. Feminist Political Thought.(3h) Introduction to feminist thought and its implications 
for the study and practice of political theory. Topics include feminist critiques of the 
Western political tradition and schools of feminist political theory. (CD) 

279. Varieties of Philosophical Liberalism. (3h) A study of twentieth century philosophi- 
cal liberalism such as libertarianism, utilitarianism, liberal utilitarianism, Kantian liberal- 
ism and communitarianism with special focus on rival conceptions of freedom and on 
utilitarianism and its critics. 

Honors and Additional Courses 

280. Political Science Methods. (3h) An overview of the methods currently prominent in 
studying politics. Special attention is given to the relationships between theory, method, 
and findings by focusing on the need to make empirical observation systematic. (QR) 

281. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) The politics of the representational practices of 
Orientalism, the problem of cultural representation, and the relationship between Western 
intellectual constructions of the Orient and Western colonialism. (Also listed as Inter- 
national Studies 220) 

285. Honors Study. (1.5h) Directed study toward completion of the project begun in seminar 
courses (291, 292, 293, or 294) and oral defense of the paper. Taken in the spring semester of 
the senior year by all candidates for departmental honors. P — POL 291, 292, 293, or 294. 



Political Science jqz 



287. Individual Study. (2h or 3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an ana- 
lytical paper conducted under the direction of a faculty member. Students are responsible 
for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate instructor. 

P — Permission of instructor. 

288. Directed Reading. (lh-3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise 
available. Students are responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of 
an appropriate instructor. P — Permission of instructor. 

289. Internship in Politics. (2h or 3h) Field work in a public or private setting with related 
readings and an analytical paper under the direction of a faculty member. Students are 
responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate 
instructor. Normally one course in an appropriate subfield will have been taken prior to 
the internship. P — Permission of instructor. 

Seminars 

290. Senior Seminar in Political Science. (4h) Readings and research on selected topics. 
P — Permission of instructor. 



Psychology (PSY) 

Deborah L. Best, Chair 

Wake Forest Professors Deborah L. Best, Mark R. Leary 

Professors Robert C. Beck, Charles L. Richman, Carol A. Shively 

Associate Professors Terry D. Blumenthal, Junior Faculty Fellow Christy M. Buchanan, 

Dale Dagenbach, James A. Schirillo, Catherine E. Seta, Cecilia H. Solano, Eric R. Stone 

Assistant Professors William W. Fleeson, Janine M. Jennings, Batja Mesquita, 

Karen L. Roper, Julie H. Wayne 

Visiting Instructor Donna R. Carroll 

Adjunct Professors Jay R. Kaplan, W. Jack Rejeski Jr., Frank B. Wood 

Adjunct Associate Professor C. Drew Edwards 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Phillip G. Batten, Julia Jackson-Newsom, 

William W.Sloan Jr. 
Adjunct Instructor Stephen W. Davis 

Psychology 151 is a prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses numbered 
below 151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the major in psy- 
chology. Psychology 210, 211, 212, or special permission of the instructor is prerequisite 
for some 300-level courses. See individual course descriptions for specific information. 
It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take 
Psychology 151 in their first year and Psychology 211 no later than their junior year. An 
average of C or higher in psychology courses is required at the time the major is elected. 
The major in psychology requires the completion of a minimum of thirty-five hours in 



193 



Psychology 



psychology, including 151, 211, 212, 313, and 392. Students who have successfully com- 
pleted 383 are not required to complete 392. In addition, the major student must complete 
at least one course from each of the following groups: Group A: 326, 331, 338 and 374; 
Group B: 320, 323, 329, and 333; and Group C: 341, 351, 355, 357, and 362. No more 
than forty-two hours in psychology may be counted toward the graduation requirements 
of 112 hours. No more than three hours of directed study (280) or independent research 
(282) may be counted toward the thirty-five hours required for the major; up to a maxi- 
mum of five hours may be counted with more than thirty-five hours in the major. 

No more than nine hours will be accepted for courses taken at other schools to be 
counted toward the major. Courses taken at community colleges or college courses taught 
on high school campuses will not be accepted for transfer credit. With the exception of 
Psychology 151, specific courses required for the major must be taken at Wake Forest 
University. The guidelines regarding transfer and credit approval may be modified in rare 
and special circumstances at the discretion of the psychology department chair. 

The minor in psychology requires fifteen hours in psychology including: 151; 210 or 
211; at least two of the following courses, at least one of which must be at the 300-level — 
241, 245, 255, 260, 268, 320, 323, 326, 329, 331, 333, 338, 362 and 374. 

A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in psychology is required for 
graduation with either a major or minor in psychology. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the honors 
program in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Psychology," 
the student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses (381, 383), pass an 
oral or written examination, and earn an overall GPA of 3.2 with an average of 3.5 on 
work in psychology. In addition, the honors student normally has a non-credit research 
apprenticeship with a faculty member. For more detailed information, members of the 
departmental faculty should be consulted. (Students satisfactorily completing Psychology 
383 are not required to complete Psychology 392.) 

100. Learning to Learn. (3h) A workshop designed primarily for first- and second-year 
students who wish to improve their academic skills through the application of basic 
principles of learning, memory, organization, etc. Third- and fourth-year students by 
permission of the instructor only. Pass/fail only. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (3h) A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific 
study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 

210. Methods in Psychological Research. (4h) An introduction to statistics and research 
design for students minoring in psychology. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

211, 212. Research Methods in Psychology. (4h,4h) Introduction to the design and statis- 
tical analysis of psychological research. Lab — twice weekly. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (3h) Examination of altered states of consciousness 
with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and drugs. P — PSY 151. 

241. Developmental Psychology. (3h) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and social 
development in humans from conception to death. P — PSY 151. 



Psychology joa 



245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. (3h) Study of problem behaviors such as depression, 
alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic personality pat- 
terns, with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of these disorders to 
normal lifestyles. P — PSY 151. 

250. Psychology Abroad. (3h) The study of psychology in foreign countries. Content and 
travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and students. 
Usually offered in summer. P — PSY 151. 

255. Personality. (3h) Survey of theory and research on the structure and function of 
human personality, with attention to the relationship to cognition, emotion, motivation, 
and behavior. P— PSY 151. 

260. Social Psychology. (3h) A survey of the field, including theories of social behavior, 
interpersonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group behavior. 
P— PSY 151. 

265. Human Sexuality. (3h) An exploration of the psychological and physiological aspects 
of human sexuality, with attention to sexual mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, 
and sex-related roles. P — PSY 151. 

268. Industrial/Organization Psychology. (3h) Psychological principles and methods 
applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. P — PSY 151. 

270. Topics in Psychology, (lh) The student selects from among a group of short one- 
hour courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequentially, not 
concurrently, and options are offered in each portion of the semester. P — PSY 151. 

zyoA Child Development and zyoN Liking and Loving Relationships 

Social Policy zyoP Animal Flying Behavior 

270B Persuasion and Social 270R The Human Factor: Designing 

Propaganda Your Own World 

270C Psychology and the Law 270S Primate Cognition 

zjoE Emotion 270T Psychology of Sport 

ijoF Social Pschology of 270 U The Self and Social Behavior 

Physical Activity 27 oX Psychobiology 

270G East Asian Psyche 270 Y Women, Health, and Culture 

270H Intelligence 27 oT. Primate Models of Human Disorder 

270/ Memory 

280. Directed Study. (l-3h) Student research performed under faculty supervision. 
P — PSY 151 and approval of faculty member prior to registration. 

282. Independent Research. (l-3h) Independent reading or research conducted under fac- 
ulty supervision. Pass/fail grade only. P — PSY 151 and approval of faculty member prior 
to registration. 

313. History and Systems of Psychology. (3h) The development of psychological thought 
and research from ancient Greece to the present. P — Two psychology courses beyond 151 
or permission of instructor. 



195 



Psychology 



315. Vienna Psychologists. (3h) This course examines the roots of psychological theory in 
Vienna in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. Focus is on how the thinking 
and practice of influential Viennese psychologists were affected by historical, political, 
and social contexts. Psychologists studied will include Sigmund Freud, Alfred Adler, 
Victor Fankl, Anna Freud, and Erik Erikson. 

320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical explana- 
tions of behavior. P — PSY 210 or 211 or permission of instructor. 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) A survey of the influences of a wide range of psychoactive 
drugs, both legal and illegal, on human physiology, cognition, and behavior. P — PSY 151. 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. 
P — PSY 210 or 211 or permission of instructor. 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) Survey of concepts and research in learning, 
with particular emphasis on recent developments. P — PSY 210 or 212. C — PSY 212. 

329. Perception. (3h) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory systems 
(vision, hearing, touch, taste). P — PSY 210 or 211. 

331. Cognition. (3h) Current theory and research in cognitive processes. Emphasis on 
memory, attention, visual and auditory information processing, concept identification/ 
formation, and language. P— PSY 210 or 212. C— PSY 212. 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related evi- 
dence. P— Psychology 210 or 212. C— PSY 212 

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (3h) Description and analysis of some funda- 
mental motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; includes 
reward and punishment, conflict anxiety, affection, needs for achievement and power, 
aggression, creativity, and curiosity. P — PSY 151. 

338. Emotion. (3h) Survey of theory methods and research in the area of emotion. 
Developmental, cultural, social-psychological, physiological, personality, and clinical 
perspectives on emotions are given. P — PSY 210 or 21 1. 

341. Research in Developmental Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected 
research in developmental psychology. Research projects required. P — PSY 210 or 212. 
C— PSY 212. 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (3h) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal 
behavior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major modes of 
therapy. Offered in the summer. P — PSY 151. 

346. Psychological Disorders of Childhood. (3h) Survey of problems including conduct 
disorders, attention deficits disorders, depression, and autism. Emphasis on causes, 
prevention, treatment, and the relationships of disorders to normal child development 
and family life. P — PSY 245 or 344 or permission of instructor. 

351. Personality Research. (3h) The application of a variety of research procedures to the 
study of human personality. Research projects required. P — PSY 210 or 211. 



Psychology 



196 



355. Research in Social Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected research in 
the study of the human as a social animal. Research projects required. P — PSY 210 or 211. 

357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (3h) An examination of differences in psychological pro- 
cesses (e.g., attitudes, perception, mental health, organizational behavior) associated with 
cultural variation. P— PSY 151. (CD) 

359. Psychology of Gender. (3h) An exploration of the psychological similarities and 
differences between human males and females, including consideration of social, cog- 
nitive, motivational, biological, and developmental determinants of behavior. 
P— PSY 151. (CD) 

362. Psychological Testing. (3h) An overview of the development and nature of psycho- 
logical tests with applications to school counseling, business, and clinical practice. 
Students have the opportunity to take a variety of psychological tests. P — PSY 210 or 211. 

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3h) An overview of the field of clinical psychology. 
P — PSY 245 and senior standing or permission of instructor. 

364. Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, and Heterosexism. (3h) A comparison of various 
socio-cultural/ethnic/sexual groups' similarities and differences in the initiation, mainte- 
nance, and treatment of prejudice, discrimination, racism, and heterosexism, with an 
emphasis on past and current trends in the United States. P — PSY 151 or permission of 
instructor. (CD) 

367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (3h) A survey of popular approaches to 
child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent/child interaction and 
actual training in parental skills. P — PSY 151. 

374. Judgment and Decision Making. (3h) A theoretical and empirical examination of 
how people make decisions and judgments about their lives and the world, and how these 
processes can be improved. P — PSY 210 or 211. 

381. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended primari- 
ly for students in the departmental honors program. P — PSY 211 and permission of 
instructor. 

383. Honors Research. (3h) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by 
independent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the departmental 
faculty. P — PSY 211 and permission of instructor. 

392. Contemporary Issues in Psychology. (1.5h) Seminar treatment of current theory and 
research in several areas of psychology. Required for senior majors. P — Senior standing. 



197 



Psychology 



Religion (REL) 

Charles A. Kimball, Chair 

Albritton Professor of the Bible Fred L. Horton Jr. 

Easley Professor of Religion Stephen B. Boyd 

University Professor James A. Martin Jr. 

Professors John E. Collins, Kenneth G. Hoglund, Charles A. Kimball 

Adjunct Professor Bill J. Leonard 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor Simeon llesanmi 

Adjunct Associate Professor Mark Jensen 

Visiting Associate Professor Carol Lahurd 

Assistant Professors James Ford, Mary F. Foskett, Elaine Swartzentruber 

Instructor Valerie C. Cooper 

The study of religion is a way of organizing academic inquiry into how human beings and 
human cultures express and experience their religious needs, beliefs, and values. It 
involves the study of both specific religious traditions and the general nature of religion as 
a phenomenon of human life. Using cross-cultural and interdisciplinary approaches, reli- 
gious studies investigate and interpret systems of religious belief, the history of religious 
traditions, the function of religion in society, and forms of religious expression such as 
ritual, symbols, sacred narrative, scripture, practices, theological and philosophical relfec- 
tion. Students of religion, whether adherents of a religion or of no religion, gain tools to 
understand, compare, and engage the phenomenon of religion and its role in human life 
and culture. 

A major in religion requires a minimum of twenty-four hours, of which eighteen must 
be in courses above the 100-level. Students must also take at least one course in a non- 
Western tradition. A variety of courses in comparative religion, African religious tradi- 
tions, Asian religious traditions and Islam will satisfy this requirement. Introduction to 
Religion (REL 101) does not fulfill this requirement. 

"Open Curriculum" Alternative: Majors may request an "open curriculum" alterna- 
tive to the normal requirements. A student with a particular thematic and/or research 
interest may propose a program of study to his or her adviser. The proposed curriculum 
under this option must be approved by the department's Undergraduate Committee. 

A minor in religion requires fifteen hours, nine of which must be above the 100-level. 
As with majors, students for the minor also must take at least one course in a non-Western 
tradition as noted above. The department provides advisers for students pursuing a minor. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program. 
Students who wish to pursue this option must apply to the department chair for admission 
to the honors program, normally by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
requirements, the candidate may graduate with "Honors in Religion." For additional 
information, consult any member of the department faculty. 

101. Introduction to Religion. (3h) A study of meaning and value as expressed in religious 
thought, experience, and practice. Focus varies with instructor. 

102. Introduction to the Bible. (3h) A study of the forms, settings, contents, and themes 
of the Old and New Testaments. Focus varies with instructor. 



Religion 



198 



103. Introduction to the Christian Tradition. (3h) A study of Christian experience, 
thought, and practice. Focus varies with instructor. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (3h) A survey of the Old Testament designed to 
introduce the student to the history, literature, and religion of the ancient Hebrews. 

210. Jerusalem in History and Tradition. (3h) An examination of the ways meaning and 
religious significance have been imparted to Jerusalem far beyond its significance in 
world history. 

218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3h) Travel and study in such countries as 
Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel. 

235. Passion, Mind, and Power. (3h) An examination of the relation between emotion, 
reason, and will in Christian ethical theory, ancient to modern, including feminist. 

261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) A study of rabbinic and medieval 
Judaism, emphasizing the post-biblical codification of Jewish thought in the Mishnah, 
Talmud, and midrash. 

262. Contemporary Judaism. (1.5h) A survey of Judaism today, including influences of 
the Enlightenment, Hasidism, Zionism, the Holocaust and feminism. 

263. Contemporary Catholicism. (1.5h) An introduction to recent thought and practice in 
the Roman Catholic Church. 

265. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) An interdisciplinary 
survey of American Indian culture, including the arts and literature, religions, and histori- 
cal changes. Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of the Conquista, encounters 
with Northern Atlantic societies, and contemporary developments. (Also listed as 
Humanities 285). 

266. Religious Sects and Cults. (3h) An examination of certain religious sects in America, 
including such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, and contemporary 
movements. 

267. The Baptists. (1.5h) A survey of Baptist history, thought, and polity, including an 
examination of various Baptist groups and a study of important controversies. 

270. Theology and Modern Literature. (3h) An introduction to such modern theologians 
as Karl Barth and Reinhold Niebuhr, and to literary figures who share their concerns, 
including Flannery O'Connor and Walker Percy. 

277. Faith and Imagination. (3h) A study of modern writers, including C.S. Lewis and 
J.R.R. Tolkien, who seek to retell the Christian story in imaginative terms. 

282. Honors in Religion. (3h) A conference course including directed reading and the 
writing of a research project. 

285. Seminar in Early Christian Studies. (3h) This seminar is designed specially to meet 
the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies, but is 
not limited to them. It will explore from various points of view the culture of the 
Mediterranean world from which Christianity was born and grew: literature and art, his- 
tory and economics, religions and philosophies. May be repeated for credit. (Also listed as 
Classical Languages 285.) 



199 



Religion 



286, 287. Directed Reading. (l-3h, l-3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise 
available in the department. P — Permission of instructor. 

300. Approaches to the Study of Religion. (3h) This course explores the history of and 
methodological resources for the study of religion. The focus may vary somewhat accord- 
ing to the instructor, but the overall focus will be on the ways religion has been defined, 
studied, and interpreted over the last several centuries. 

301. Myth. (3h) A study of the approaches to the interpretation of myth, with a focus on 
the meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture. 

302. Mysticism. (3h) A study of mysticism from a multireligious perspective, with empha- 
sis on the psychological and sociological aspects of the phenomenon. 

303. Religion and Science. (3h) An examination of the ways in which religion and science 
have conflicted with, criticized, and complemented one another in the history of Western 
thought from Galileo to the present. 

304. Religion, Ecology and Global Health. (3h) A multicultural study of a variety of ways 
in which human consciousness is generated by the use of spiritual, religious, and scientific 
technologies, and related to the health and welfare of the global environment. 

305. Religion, Spirituality, and Global Consciousness. (3h) A multicultural study of a 
variety of ways in which human consciousness is generated by spiritual, religious and sci- 
entific technologies, experienced and understood, and related to the evolution of global 
consciousness. 

308. Sacred Scripture in the Traditions of Abraham. (3h) A comparative study of sacred 
texts in Judaism, Christianity and Islam with particular attention to the issues of authori- 
ty, function and interpretation. 

310. The Prophetic Literature. (3h) An examination of the development and theological 
contents of the literary products of Israel's prophetic movement. 

311. The Psalms. (1.5h,3h) A study of Hebrew poetry in English translation with special 
attention to its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its importance for our 
understanding of the religion and culture of ancient Israel. (The first half of the course 
may be taken for 1.5 hours and is a prerequisite for the second half.) 

312. The Critical Study of the Pentateuch. (3h) A study of the five traditional books of 
Moses (the Torah) and the various lines of analysis that modern Biblical critics have used 
to interpret their composition and role in the development of Israelite theological thought. 

313. Near Eastern Archeology. (3h) A survey of twentieth century archeology in the Near 
East with attention to its importance for Biblical studies. 

314. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors. (1.5h) A study of ancient Near Eastern archeolo- 
gy with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples. 

315. 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (3h,3h) A study of the religion and culture 
of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an ancient site. 

317. Wisdom Literature. (3h) An examination of the development, literary characteristics, 
and theological contents of the works of ancient Israel's sages. 



Religion 200 



318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations of the New Testament. (3h) A study of 
feminist and contemporary approaches to the New Testament in light of the history of 
New Testament interpretation and a range of contemporary concerns and interpretive 
contexts. 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) Reading and study of 
Daniel, Revelation, and certain non-Biblical apocalyptic texts. 

320. The Search for Jesus. (3h) A study of issues, assumptions, evidence, and debate that 
shapes the continuing quest for the historical Jesus. 

321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) An intensive introduction to the literature 
of the canonical New Testament along with methodologies for its study. 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) An exegetical study of two or more of the general Epistles, 
with emphasis on the setting of the Epistles in the life of the Early Church. 

323. The Parables of Jesus. (3h) An examination of the historical, social, cultural, and 
theological significance of the parables of Jesus as recorded in the synoptic gospels. 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) An examination of various literatures and perspec- 
tives of the first three centuries of the Christian movement. 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) An introduction to the Pauline interpretation 
of Christianity and its place in the life of the early church. 

327. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. (3h) An examination of the 
Johannine interpretation of Jesus and the Christian faith. 

328. The New Testament and Ethics. (3h) A study of selected ethical issues in the New 
Testament within the context of Mediterranean culture. 

330. Comparative Religious Ethics. (3h) A comparative study of the moral values and 
socio-ethical positions in the major religious traditions of the world, with particular focus 
on their various methods of reasoning and sources of authority. 

331. Christian Ethics and Social Justice. (3h) An inquiry from a Christian perspective into 
different theoretical and practical responses to issues of justice in society. 

335. Religious Ethics and the Problem of War. (3h) An examination of the causes and 
characteristics of war, various religious responses to it, and approaches to peacemaking, 
with attention to selected contemporary issues. 

336. Religious Traditions and Human Rights. (3h) A study of relationships and tensions 
between religious traditions and human rights, with illustrations from historical and con- 
temporary issues and movements. 

338. Religion, Ethics, and Politics. (3h) An examination of ethical issues in religion and 
politics using materials from a variety of sources and historical periods. 

339. Religion, Society, and Power in Africa. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of the growth 
transformations of Africa's major religious traditions (Christianity, Islam, and the indige- 
nous religions), and of their relations with secular social changes. (CD) 



201 Religion 



340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) An examination of the ways in which masculine 
sex-role expectations and male experiences have both shaped religious ideas, symbols, 
rituals, institutions, and forms of spirituality and have been shaped by them. Attention is 
give to the ways in which race, class, and sexual orientation affect those dynamics. 

341. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) A social and religious histo- 
ry of the African-American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II 
to the present. (Also listed as History 376.) (CD) 

342. Religion, Culture, and Modernity. (3h) An inquiry into the origins and development 
of modernity as idea and ideology, with special emphasis on its significance for non- 
Western social and religious movements. 

343. The City as Symbol. (3h) A study of the city, past and present, as a unique repository 
and symbol of human values and aspirations. 

345. The African-American Religious Experience. (3h) An exploration of the religious 
dimensions of African-American life from its African antecedents to contemporary figures 
and movements. 

346. Pentecostalism. (3h) A study of the history, practices, and popularity of pentecostalism, 
a worldwide and rapidly growing Christian movement. 

347. The Emerging Church in the Two-Thirds World. (3h) An investigation of contempo- 
rary Christian communities in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean, and Latin America with spe- 
cial attention to theological, political, and economic activities. (CD) 

348. Struggles for Freedom in Southern Africa and the United States. (3h) Comparison of 
the liberatory movements in Southern Africa and the United States during the twentieth 
century. (Also listed as History 378.) 

350. Psychology of Religion. (3h) An examination of the psychological elements in the 
origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

351. Religion and Society. (3h) A study of religion as a social phenomenon and its rela- 
tionship to political, economic, and other structures of society. (Also listed as Sociology 301.) 

354. Religious Development of the Individual. (3h) A study of growth and development 
from infancy through adulthood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in 
religious education. 

355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (3h) A study of the relationship between 
theology and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care. 

358. Twentieth Century Christian Theologians. (3h) A study of the major exponents of 
the Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox traditions. 

359. Hinduism in America. (3h) A study of the meanings, values, and practices associated 
with the religions of Hinduism in dialogue with the dominant culture of America. 

360. World Religions. (3h) An examination of the ideas and practices of major religious 
traditions in their historical and cultural contexts. Focus varies with instructor. (CD) 



Religion 202 



361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) A survey of the development of 
Buddhism from India to Southeast Asia, China, Tibet, Japan, and the West, focusing on 
the transformation of Buddhist teachings and practices in these different social and cul- 
tural contexts. 

362. Islam. (3h) An examination of the origins and development of Islam. Particular 
attention is given to the formation of Islamic faith and practice, as well as contemporary 
manifestations of Islam in Asia, Africa, and North America. 

363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) A study of the central religious traditions of Japan from 
pre-history to the present, including Shinto, Buddhism, Zen Buddhism, Christianity, and 
Confucianism. 

364. Conceptions of the Afterlife. (3h) An examination of the variety of answers given to 
the questions: "What happens after death?" Particular attention is given to the views of 
Jew, Christians, Muslims, Hindus, and Buddhists and the ways their views relate to life in 
this world. 

365. History of Religions in America. (3h) A study of American religions from colonial 
times until the present. 

366. Gender and Religion. (3h) An examination of the historical and contemporary inter- 
action between religion and sex roles, sexism, and sexuality. 

367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) A historical study of the lives and thought of select- 
ed Christian mystics with special attention to their religious experience. 

368. Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h) A study of the origin and development 
of Reformation theology and ecclesiology. 

369. Radical Christian Movements. (3h) A study of selected radical movements in the 
Christian tradition and their relation to contemporary issues. 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) A study of the roles and contributions of women 
within the Christian tradition throughout history and an analysis of the mechanisms of 
their oppression. 

371. Theology and Sexual Embodiment. (3h) A survey of theological responses to human 
sexuality with special emphasis on contemporary issues. 

372. History of Christian Thought. (1.5h,3h) A study of the history of Christian thought, 
beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development 
to modern times. The course may be divided into halves for 1.5 hours each. 

3 72 (a) Patristic Thought 

3 72 (b) Medieval and Reformation Thought 

373. Cinema and the Sacred. (3h) An investigation of select theological and religious 
themes in contemporary film. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3h) An examination of the major issues and 
personalities in modern theology. 

375. Major Themes in Catholic Theology. (3h) A detailed examination of the central 
themes of Christian theology through the study of major Roman Catholic theologians. 



203 



Religion 



376. Christian Literary Classics. (3h) A study of Christian texts which are masterpieces of 
literature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, 
and Newman. 

377. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (3h) A comparative analysis of the 
source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare. 

378. Aesthetics and Religion. (3h) An examination of aesthetic and religious theories of 
selected thinkers, noting what the arts and religion have in common as modes of percep- 
tion and expression. 

379. Feminist and Liberation Theologies. (3h) An exploration of social, political, and reli- 
gious contexts that have given rise to contemporary theological understandings of salva- 
tion as freedom from conditions of oppression, poverty and exploitation. 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) An introduction to the 
most important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daosim 
(Taolism), and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) An examination of the origins and development of Zen 
Buddhism from China (Ch'an) to Japan and contemporary America. Particular attention 
is given to Zen doctrine and practice in the context of the broader Buddhist tradition. 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) A thematic study of Chinese religious culture 
focusing on history, ritual, scripture, and popular practice. Additional topics will include 
cosmology, ancestor veneration, shamanism, divination, and the role of women. 

Near Eastern Languages and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. (3h,3h) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of 
the Bible, with emphasis on the basic principles of grammar and the reading of biblical 
texts. Both semesters must be completed. 

117. Akkadian I. (3h) An analysis of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of the East 
Semitic languages of the ancient Near East as they relate to the larger family of Semitic 
languages. On demand. 

118. Akkadian II. (3h) A continuation of Akkadian I with further emphasis on building 
expertise in vocabulary and syntax through the reading of texts from the Middle 
Babylonian period. On demand. 

153. Intermediate Hebrew. (3h) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax. Based 
upon the reading of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-biblical Hebrew. P — Hebrew 
111, 112 or the equivalent. 

211. Hebrew Literature. (3h) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew 
texts. P — Hebrew 153. 

212. Hebrew Literature II. (3h) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical and 
post-Biblical texts. On demand. P — Hebrew 153. 

301. Introduction to Semitic Languages. (3h) A study of the history and structure of four 
languages from the Hamito-Semitic family. 



Religion 204 



Romance Languages 

Wake Forest Professor Candelas S. Gala, Chair 
Professors Milorad Margitic', Dana Faculty Fellow Antonio C. Vitti, 

Byron R. Wells, M. Stanley Whitley 

Associate Professors Jane W. Albrecht, Sarah E. Barbour, Mary L. Friedman, 

Linda S. Howe, Judy K. Kern, Soledad Miguel-Prendes, Stephen Murphy 

Assistant Professors Margaret Ewalt, Ola Furmanek, Luis Gonzalez, Patricia Heid, 

Roberta Morosini, Salvador Anton Pujol, Maria Teresa Sanhueza, Kendall B. Tarte, 

Visiting Assistant Professors Elizabeth Mazza Anthony, Elizabeth Barron, 

Paul Kelley, Keith Richards, Leticia Romo 
Instructors Corrado Corradini, Elisabeth d'Empaire, Rebekah L. Morris, 
Justin R. Peterson, Jesus Pico-Argel, Christine E. Swain, Encarna Turner, 

Tricia Walter, Jennifer Wooten 
Adjunct Instructor Jenny Puckett 

The major in French requires a minimum of nine three-hour French courses numbered 
above 213. French 215, 216, 219, 370, one of the genre courses (363, 364, or 365), and 
four other courses are required. Students are advised and encouraged to take related 
courses in other areas of the University curriculum, such as History 317, 321, and 322, 
and Humanities 222. Students must achieve at least a C average in courses comprising 
the major. 

The minor in French requires a minimum of six three-hour French courses numbered 
above 213. French 215, 216, 219, and three other courses are required. With departmen- 
tal approval, equivalent courses may be selected from the Dijon program, and certain 
other substitutions may be made. 

The major in Spanish requires a minimum of nine three-hour Spanish courses num- 
bered above 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219 or 2199, plus three advanced courses in litera- 
ture, of which one must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish-American literature, 
and three electives are required. Students must achieve at least a C average in courses 
comprising the major. In order to count for the major, 219 must be taken at Wake Forest 
or as 2199 in Salamanca. 

The minor in Spanish requires a minimum of six three-hour courses in Spanish num- 
bered above 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219 and one advanced course in literature are 
required. With departmental approval, equivalent courses may be selected from the pro- 
grams in Salamanca, Burgos, or Havana, and certain other substitutions may be made. 

The minor in Italian language and culture requires fifteen hours in Italian above 
Italian 153. It includes Italian 215, 216, 219, 220, and 224 or their equivalents. An aver- 
age of at least C must be earned in all courses taken in the minor. 

Certificate in Spanish for Business requires twelve hours above Spanish 219. It includes 
Spanish 329, 330, 381, and any course above Spanish 213 (excluding 219) in any area of 
Hispanic literature or culture. 

Certificate in Spanish Translation/Localization (STL) teaches strategies of Spanish 
into English translation and introduces students to various software language applications; 
includes an internship in a professional translation environment (384). Hours: 13-15. 



205 



Romance Languages 



Requirements include Spanish 380 and 381, Linguistics 383 and 384, and either Spanish 
329 or 382. 

Certificate in Spanish Interpreting (SI) teaches strategies for different types of 
Spanish/English interpreting; includes an internship (384). Hours: 10-12. Requirements 
include one literature course above Spanish 213, 382, 384, and any one of the following: 
Spanish 329 or 380 or 381, or Linguistics 383. 

Certificate in French for Business requires twelve hours above French 219. It includes 
French 221, 329, 330, and one additional course in French. 

All majors, minors, and certificate students are strongly urged to take advantage of 
the department's study abroad programs. 

The honors designation in Romance languages is a recognition of outstanding scholar- 
ship in the field, as evidenced by academic achievement, critical thinking, and intellectual 
initiative. Highly qualified majors selected by the Romance language faculty are invited to 
participate in the honors program. 

The honors program requires completion of 390 (Directed Reading, 1 hour) and 391 
{Directed Research, 3 hours). Coursework in 390 during the fall semester includes reading 
and discussion of a number of texts on the selected topic, and a written exam covering 
these texts. At the end of fall semester, the student submits an annotated bibliography and 
an abstract of the honors thesis. Coursework for 391 during the spring semester consists 
of writing the thesis following a schedule established by the director and the student. At 
the end of spring semester, the honors student defends the thesis orally to appropriate fac- 
ulty for final approval. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) 

Purpose: ISLI is a language immersion program. It offers a curriculum that enables 
students to achieve the necessary proficiencies in the Spanish language at the beginning- 
intermediate level and be better prepared to perform in subsequent courses in which they 
may enroll. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) on the Wake Forest Campus. ISLI on campus 
offers Spanish 153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion 
Setting. (8h). This is an accelerated five-week course in an immersion setting that is 
offered in the first and second summer terms. Class size is reduced for individualized 
instruction. Requirements include daily classes, six hours per day; one-hour daily lunches 
with instructors in the target language; two-hour extra-curricular activities two evenings 
per week; two Saturday mornings; housing in the language designated residence hall 
(optional); pledge to speak the target language. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) in France. (8h) Wake Forest conducts a six- 
week immersion program in elementary, intermediate, or advanced French during a spe- 
cial summer term held at the Universite de Bourgogne in Dijon, France. Students stay with 
French families and enroll in French 113D, French 153D or French 217D. 



Romance Languages 206 



Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) in Latin America. (8h) Wake Forest conducts 
a six-week immersion program in elementary or intermediate Spanish during a special 
summer term, either at the Instituto Tecnologico de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey en 
Queretaro Mexico or at the Pontificia Universidad Catolica del Ecuador in Quito, 
Ecuador. Students stay with Mexican or Ecuadorian families and enroll in either Spanish 
113Eorl53E. 

Information on courses offered as part of the Intensive Summer Language Institute is 
included in the course listings. 

French (FRH) 

111, 112. Elementary French. (3h,3h) A two-semester sequence designed to help students 
develop the ability to understand and speak French and also learn to read and write 
French at the elementary level. Labs required. 

113. Intensive Elementary French. (4h) A course reviewing the material of 111-112 in one 
semester, intended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given 
for both 113 and 111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

113D. Intensive Elementary French in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive 
course designed for students with a maximum of one semester of previous study in 
French, taught during the summer in Dijon, France. Students wishing to register must 
complete an application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of 
Romance Languages and must be admitted to the course. Credit is not given for both 
French 11 3D and 111 or 112. 

113E. Intensive Elementary French. (8h) A six- week intensive course designed for students 
with a maximum of one semester of previous study in the culture of the French-speaking 
world. Special activities include day trips to sites of cultural interest. Students wishing to 
register must complete an application early in the preceding spring semester in the 
Department of Romance Languages and be admitted to the course. Credit not given for 
both French 113 and 111 or 112. 

153. Intermediate French. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the lan- 
guage, developing students' reading, writing and conversation skills and preparing them 
for oral and written discussion of literary texts in French 213. Note that 153 is mutually 
exclusive of other 153-marked courses. P — FRH 111-112, or placement. Labs required. 

153D. Intensive Intermediate French in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive 
course in French, taught during the summer in Dijon, France. Classes meet daily and 
cover speaking, listening, reading, writing and French culture. No student may receive 
credit for both 153 and 153D. Students wishing to register must complete an application 
early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance Languages and must 
be admitted to the course. P — FRH 112, 113 or two or three years of high school French. 

153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate French in an Immersion Setting. (8h) An 
intensive course designed to enable students to achieve proficiency in French language at 
the beginning-intermediate level developing students' reading, writing, and conversation 



207 



Romance Languages 



skills and preparing them for oral and written discussion of literary texts. Offered only in 
the summer. P — FRH 111 (112 strongly recommended) or permission of instructor (ISLI). 

154. Intermediate French. (3h) An intensive, intermediate-level course intended for stu- 
dents with a stronger background than required of 153 students. It offers the opportunity 
to develop further their reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare for oral and 
written discussion of literary texts in French 213. Labs required. 

196. French Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in French done as an adjunct to 
specially designated courses throughout the college curriculum. 

198. Internship in French Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student 
undertakes a language project in conjunction with an off-campus service commitment or 
internship. Includes, but is not limited to, vocabulary building, keeping a journal, and 
reading professional material. P — FRH 219 or permission of instructor. Pass/fail only. 

213. Introduction to French Literature. (3h) Reading of selected texts in French. Particular 
periods, genres, and authors may vary from section to section. Parallel reading and 
reports. Does not count toward the major or the minor. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

213H. Introduction to French Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of Intro- 
duction to French Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in other 
French 213 sections, but coursework focuses more intensely on developing effective read- 
ing strategies and on improving written and oral expression in the language. Benefits 
include smaller class size and more opportunity for student involvement. Intended for stu- 
dents with a good background in French (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on the AP 
French Language Exam, by a high WFU placement exam score, or by completion of 
French 154). P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

215. Introduction to French Studies. (3h) An orientation in French and Francophone cul- 
tures through their historical development and their various forms. Includes the study of 
literary, historical, and social texts, and possibly films, art, and music. Required for major. 
(A student taking 2152 as part of the Dijon program would receive credit for this course. 
Please see the description of the Dijon program for details.) (CD) 

216. Studies in French Literature and Culture. (3h) Study of the ways in which various 
aspects of French culture appear in different literary genres over certain periods of time. 
Emphasis is placed on reading and discussion of selected representative texts. Topics vary 
from section to section. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Required for major. 
(Fulfills Division II requirement.) P — FRH 213 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

217D. Conversation, Culture, and Literature. (8h) A six-week intensive course taught in 
the summer in Dijon, France. Classes meet daily and include both language study and 
reading and discussing a variety of literary texts. No student may receive credit for both 
217D and for 220 or 216. Students wishing to register must complete an application early 
in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance languages and must be 
admitted to the course. P — FRH 213 or equivalent. 

219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (3h) A systematic review of the fundamental 
principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic French. 
Required for major. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 



Romance Languages 208 



220. French Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural materials. Designed 
to perfect students' aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing their 
vocabulary and reinforcing their command of specific grammatical points. Short written 
works will be assigned. Includes a regularly scheduled language lab one hour per week. 
P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

221. Introduction to Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through theo- 
ry and practice. Emphasis is placed on translation of a broad variety of texts, including 
different literary and journalistic modes. Attention is given to accuracy in vocabulary, 
structures, forms, and to cultural concerns. P — FRH 219 or permission of instructor. 

222. French Phonetics. (3h) A study of the principles of standard French pronunciation, 
with emphasis on their practical application as well as on their theoretical basis. 

281. French Independent Study. (l-3h) P — Permission of the department. 

319. Advanced Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Review and application of grammatical 
structures for the refinement of writing techniques. Emphasis is placed on the use of 
French in a variety of discourse types. Attention is given to accuracy and fluency of usage 
in the written language. P — FRH 219 or equivalent or permission of instructor. Graduate- 
level students will conduct and present in-depth research projects. 

329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) An introduction to the use of French in busi- 
ness. This course emphasizes oral and written practices, reading, and French business cul- 
ture, as well as a comprehensive analysis of different business topics and areas. P — FRH 
219 or permission of instructor. 

330. Advanced Business French. (3h) Development of advanced skills in French for busi- 
ness. Emphasis is placed on oral and written business presentations, reading comprehen- 
sion of case studies related to the French business world, and cross-cultural awareness. 

P — FRH 329 or permission of instructor. 

360. Cinema and Society. (3h) A study of French and Francophone cultures through cine- 
ma. Readings and films may include film as artifact, film theory, and film history. 
P — FRH 215 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

363. Trends in French Poetry. (3h) A study of the development of the poetic genre with 
analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P — FRH 215 or permission of 
instructor. 

364. French Prose Fiction. (3h) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study 
of several masterpieces in the field. P — FRH 215 or permission of instructor. 

365. French Drama. (3h) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with reading 
and discussion of representative plays from selected periods: Baroque, Classicism, and 
Romanticism, among others. P — FRH 215 or permission of instructor. 

370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) An in-depth study of particular aspects of selected 
literary and cultural works from different genres and/or periods. Topics vary from 
semester to semester. Required for major. Graduate-level students will conduct and present 
in-depth research projects. Can be repeated for credit. P — FRH 215 or permission of 
instructor. (CD) 



209 



Romance Languages 



375. Special Topics, (lh or 3h) Selected themes and approaches to French literature tran- 
scending boundaries of time and genre. Topics to be chosen by staff in consultation with 
majors prior to the term the course is offered. May be repeated once for credit. P — FRH 
215 or permission of instructor. 

390. Directed Reading, (lh) Required for honors in French. 

391. Directed Research. (l-3h) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual 
needs. Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department. 

Semester in France 

The department sponsors a semester in Dijon, France, the site of a well-established French 
university. Students go as a group in the fall semester, accompanied by a departmental fac- 
ulty member. 

No particular major is required for eligibility. However, a student (1) should be of 
junior standing and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 219 or its equivalent or 
at least one French course beyond the intermediate level. 

Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in French, as 
ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The 
resident director supervises academic, residential, and extracurricular affairs and has gen- 
eral oversight of independent study projects. 

2152. Studies in French Language and Culture. (6-8h) Familiarization with the language 
and culture of France and its people. Courses in conversational and idiomatic French, 
practice in writing, participation in French family life, lectures on selected topics, and 
excursions to points of historical and cultural significance. Satisfies French 215 require- 
ment for major or minor. 

2202. Advanced Oral and Written French. (3h) Study of grammar, composition, pronun- 
ciation, and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French. 

2232. Contemporary France. (3h) A study of present-day France, including aspects of 
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life today. 

2402. Independent Study. (T3h) One of several fields; scholar's journal and research paper. 
Supervision by the director of the semester in France. Work may be supplemented by lectures 
on the subject given at the Universite de Bourgogne Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

2742. Special Topics in French Literature, (lh) Selected topics in French literature; topics 
vary from year to year. 

Art 2712. Studies in French Art. (lh) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, 
and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. 

Spanish (SPA) 

111-112. Elementary Spanish. (3h,3h) A two-semester sequence designed to help students 
develop the ability to understand and speak Spanish and also learn to read and write 
Spanish at the elementary level. Labs required. 



Romance Languages 2IO 



113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (4h) A course reviewing the material of 111-112 in one 
semester, intended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given 
for both 113 and 111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

113E. Intensive Elementary Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive 
course designed for students with a maximum of one semester of previous study in 
Spanish. Classes meet five hours daily and cover speaking, listening, reading, writing, and 
the cultures of the Spanish-speaking world. Special activities include day trips to sites of 
cultural interest. Students wishing to register must complete an application early in the 
preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance Languages and be admitted to 
the course. Credit not given for both Spanish 113E and 111 or 112. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the 
language, developing students' reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing 
them for oral and written discussion of literary texts in Spanish 213. Note that 153 is 
mutually exclusive of other 153-marked courses (154, 153E). P — SPA 111-112, or 113, or 
placement. Labs required. 

153E. Intensive Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive 
course in Spanish, taught during the summer in Quito, Ecuador, or Queretaro, Mexico. 
Classes meet five hours a day and cover speaking, listening, reading, writing and the cul- 
tures of the Spanish-speaking world. Special activities include day-trips to sites of cultur- 
al interest. P — SPA 112, 113 or two or three years of high school Spanish. No student 
may receive credit for both 153 and 153E. Students wishing to register must complete an 
application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance 
Languages and be admitted to the course. 

153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h) An 

intensive course designed to enable students to achieve proficiency in Spanish language 
at the beginning-intermediate level developing students' reading, writing, and conversa- 
tion skills and preparing them for oral and written discussion of literary texts. Offered 
only in the summer. P — SPA 111 (112 strongly recommended) or permission of instruc- 
tor. (ISLI) 

154. Intermediate Spanish. (3h) An intensive, intermediate-level course intended for stu- 
dents with a stronger background than 153 students. It offers the opportunity to develop 
further their reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written dis- 
cussion of literary texts in Spanish 213. Labs required. 

196. Spanish Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Spanish done as an adjunct to 
specially designated courses throughout the college curriculum. P — Permission of instructor. 

196B. Spanish Across the Business/Economics Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Spanish 
done as an adjunct to specifically designated courses in business and economics curricu- 
lum. P — Permission of instructor. 

197. Spanish for Reading Knowledge. (3h) Review of essential Spanish grammar, usage, 
vocabulary and processing strategies for reading various types of literary, social science 
and technical publications for content. Designed for students interested mainly in 
strengthening reading proficiency in the language, and aimed at preparing students to take 



211 Romance Languages 



the graduate reading exam administered at the end of the course. P — Intermediate Spanish 
or its equivalent, and placement exam. Pass/fail only. Undergraduate credit given. Offered 
only in the summer. 

198. Internship in Spanish Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student 
undertakes a language project in conjunction with a service commitment or internship in 
a Spanish-speaking country. Includes, but is not limited to: vocabulary building, keeping a 
journal, and reading professional material. P — SPA 219 or permission of instructor. 
Pass/fail only. 

213. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3h) Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish 
American literature. Does not count toward the major or the minor. P — SPA 153 or 
equivalent. 

213H. Introduction to Hispanic Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of 
Introduction to Spanish Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in 
other Spanish 213 sections, but course work focuses more intensely on developing effec- 
tive reading strategies and on improving written and oral expression in the language. 
Benefits include smaller class size and more opportunity for student involvement. Intended 
for students with a good background in Spanish (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on 
the AP Spanish Language Exam, a high WFU placement exam score, or by completion of 
154). P — SPA 153 or equivalent. 

217. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) A study of the cultural pluralism of 
Spain through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's 
historical development. (Fulfills Divisional II requirement.) P — SPA 213 or permission of 
instructor. (CD) 

218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major 
works of Spanish-American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Special 
emphasis is placed on these contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, 
art, music, and film, to promote understanding of Spanish America's historical develop- 
ment. (Fulfills Divisional II requirement.) P — SPA 213 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

219. Grammar and Composition. (3h) A systematic study of Spanish morphology, sen- 
tence structure, and expository usage applied to various kinds of composition: descrip- 
tion, narration, argumentation, etc. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

220. Spanish Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural material intended to 
increase students' aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing their 
vocabulary and reinforcing their command of specific grammatical points. Counts toward 
the major. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

228. Spanish for the Professions, (lh or 3h) Spanish usage of a selected professional area. 
Emphasis on communication in typical situations and interactions, specialized vocabulary, 
cultural differences, and related technical readings in the subject matter. Topics offered 
from following list: a. Health Occupations; b. Social Work; c. Law and Law Enforcement; 
d. Other (on demand). P — SPA 219, 220, and permission of instructor. 



Romance Languages 212 



281. Spanish Independent Study. (1.5h) P — Permission of instructor. 

319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Advanced-level review of Spanish 
morphology and syntax applied to the refinement of writing techniques. P — SPA 219 or 
permission of instructor. 

320. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills of 
advanced and superior levels of oral proficiency. P — SPA 219 and 220 or permission of 
instructor. 

321. The Rise of Spanish. (3h) The development of Spanish from an early Romance 
dialect to a world language. Study of ongoing changes in the language's sounds, gram- 
mar, and vocabulary system, with a special focus on the effects of a cultural history and 
relationships with other languages. P — SPA 219 and 220 or permission of instructor. 

322. Spanish Pronunciation and Dialect Variation. (3h) Description of, and practice with, 
the sounds, rhythm, and intonation of Spanish and the differences from English, with spe- 
cial attention to social and regional diversity. Strongly recommended for improving pro- 
nunciation. (This course meets a N.C. requirement for teacher certification.) P — SPA 219 
and 220 or permission of instructor. 

323. Topics in Hispanic Civilization. (3h) Exploration of themes and trends in Hispanic 
society and culture, such as cross-national questions, and the exile experience. 

P — Permission of instructor. 

329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) Introduction to Spanish vocabulary and 
discourse in business. This course emphasizes oral and written practices, reading and 
Hispanic business culture as well as a comprehensive analysis of different business topics 
and areas. P — SPA 219 or permission of instructor. 

330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills 
of advanced Spanish for business. Emphasis on oral and written business presentations 
and reading comprehension of case studies related to the Hispanic business world. Cross- 
cultural awareness of the Hispanic business world. P — SPA 329 or permission of instructor. 

331. Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) An examination of liter- 
ary, social, and cultural themes, such as: Quests and Discoveries, Pilgrimage and the Act 
of Reading, Images of Islam, The Judaic Tradition in Spanish Literature, and Spiritual Life 
and Ideal. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

332. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de 
Tormes, and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seven- 
teenth centuries, with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the 
picaresque, Catholic mysticism, and power and politics. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission 
of instructor. 

333. Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Spanish Culture. (3h) A study of the major intel- 
lectual movements of the period: Enlightenment, Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism 
in Spain through literary texts, essays, painting, and music. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 



213 



Romance Languages 



341. Golden Age Drama and Society. (3h) Study of the theatre and social milieu of 
seventeenth-century Madrid, where the works of playwrights such as Lope de Vega, Tirso 
de Molina, and Calderon de la Barca were performed. Includes analysis of texts and of 
modern stagings of the plays. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

343. Cervantes: The Birth of the Novel. (3h) Study of Don Quijote, the first modern 
novel, and several exemplary novels, and contemporary theoretical approaches to them. 
Also considers related art, music, and film. Includes discussion of themes such as the 
development of prose fiction, the novel as self-conscious genre, women and society, reli- 
gion and humanism, nationalism, and imperialism. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of 
instructor. 

348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) Study of the Spanish Golden Age period by reading and 
analyzing relevant peninsular and colonial texts within the broader political, social, and cul- 
tural contexts of the Spanish presence in the New World. Exposure to recent critical perspec- 
tives in early modern cultural studies. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

349. Contemporary Women Novelists and their Female Characters. (3h) A study of repre- 
sentative novels by women writers from Spain and Latin America, with special emphasis 
on the representation of the female protagonist within her cultural context. P — SPA 217 
or 218 or permission of instructor. 

351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American and U.S. Latino Cultures. (3h) A 
socio-historical study of theories on culture, sexual politics, and race in relation to literary 
texts, lyrics of popular music, and art of Latin America and the diaspora. P — SPA 217 or 
218 or permission of instructor. (CD) 

352. Love, Death, and Poetry. (3h) A study of the representation of universal themes in 
Spanish poetry from different historical periods. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of 
instructor. 

353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish-American Literary Art. (3h) A study of Spanish- 
American writers' incorporation of Amerindian myths in twentieth-century narrative art. 
Includes works by Miguel Angel Asturias, Mario Vargas Llosa, and Jose Donoso. 

P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo Neruda. (3h) Exploration 
of the techniques used by two Nobel Prize-winning writers to create a literary vision of 
Latin America. Special attention to humor, surrealism and the grotesque, and both writ- 
ers' assimilation of personal anxieties to their portrayal of a social world. P — SPA 217 or 
218 or permission of instructor. 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial to Postcolonial 
Voices. (3h) A study of a variety of texts from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries 
dealing with policital emancipation, nation-building, and construction of continental 
identity. 

361. Latin American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) An examination of major Latin American 
films as cinematographic expressions of social and political issues. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
permission of instructor. 



Romance Languages 214 



362. Romantic Nationalism, Avant-garde Nihilism, and the Deconstruction of Utopia. 

(3h) A study of Latin American poetry, including symbolist, surrealist, and conversational 
poetry, "happenings," and artistic manifestoes. Politics, nation-building, liberation theol- 
ogy, and love are common themes. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

363. Contemporary Spanish-American Theatre. (3h) A study of the Spanish-American 
dramatic production from the end of the nineteenth century to the present. The course 
focuses on the development of some of the main dramatic movements of the twentieth 
century: realism, absurdism, avant garde, and collective theatre. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
permission of instructor. 

364. Spanish-American Short Story. (3h) Intensive study of the twentieth-century Spanish- 
American short story with emphasis on major trends and representative authors, such as 
Quiroga, Rulfo, Borges, Cortazar, Donoso, and Garcia Marquez. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
permission of instructor. 

365. Spanish-American Novel. (3h) A study of the novel in Spanish America from its 
beginning through the contemporary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

366. Seminar in Spanish-American Novel, (lh or 3h) A study of one or more categories of 
Spanish- American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social 
protest. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) This course explores the early Spanish- American 
colonial period alongside contemporary intellectuals' attempt to return to and recover this 
historical past. Readings include fifteenth- and sixteenth-century codices, post-conquest 
indigenous writings, Iberian chronicles and letters, as well as twentieth century documents. 
P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

368C. Cuban Literature. (3h) A study of Cuban literature from the eighteenth century to the 
present: romanticism, modernism, naturalism, the avant garde movement, and the post- 
Revolutionary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of director of the Cuba program. 

369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) A study of anti- 
slavery narratives, nineteenth-century scientific racism, and twentieth century Negritude 
and "negrismo" movements. An exploration of race, the stratification of color, and ethnic 
images in Latin American literature and culture. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of 
instructor. (CD) 

370. Film Adaptations of Literary Works. (3h) A study of the cinematic and literary dis- 
courses through major Spanish literary works from different historical periods and their 
film adaptation. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

371. Lorca, Dali, Bunuel: An Artistic Exploration. (3h) A study of the relationship of 
these three Spanish artists through their writings, paintings, and films, respectively, and of 
their impact on the twentieth century. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

372. Lorca in the Twentieth Century. (3h) A study of the life and works of poet, playwright, 
painter, and lecturer Federico Garcia Lorca, within the social, cultural, literary, and artis- 
tic realities of the twentieth century, including Modernism and Surrealism. Special empha- 
sis is placed on Lorca's treatment of minority cultures, including the Gypsy, the Arab, and 
homosexuals. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 



215 



Romance Languages 



373. Modern Spanish Novel. (3h) A study of representative Spanish novels from the gen- 
eration of 1898 through the contemporary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of 
instructor. 

374. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) A study of the multifaceted cultural identity of con- 
temporary Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
permission of instructor. (CD) 

375. Special Topics, (lh or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish literature. P — SPA 217 or 
permission of instructor. 

376C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) A comprehensive study of Cuban culture 
with a concentration on the artistic manifestations of Afro-Cuban religions. Students 
study literature, art, film, music, and popular culture to analyze how Afro-Cuban culture 
consistitutes national culture. Offered in Havana. Also listed as Latin American Studies 
220C. (CD) 

380. Contrastive Spanish/English Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Advanced study of struc- 
ture and style in a variety of Spanish texts, with an in-depth approach to idiomatic expres- 
sions and some back/cross translation exercises. P — SPA 219 or permission of instructor. 

381. Spanish Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through practice, 
with strong emphasis on Spanish into English. Focus is on translating in domains such as 
social science, computing, economics, the entertainment industry, banking, and journal- 
ism. P — SPA 380 or permission of instructor. 

382. Spanish/English Interpreting. (3h) Introduction to strategies of interpreting from 
Spanish into English, primarily. Intensive laboratory practice course to develop basic skills 
in consecutive/escort/simultaneous interpreting. Some voice-over talent training is also 
included. P — SPA 220 or permission of instructor. 

384. Internships for STL & SI. (l-3h) Under faculty supervision, a student undertakes a 
translation/interpreting project at a translation bureau or translation department of a 
company/public organization. A community service-oriented internship is preferred for 
interpreting. P — SPA 381 or 382. 

387. Special Topics, (lh or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish-American culture and 
literature. P — SPA 217 or 281 or permission of instructor. 

387C. Special Topics. 

388. Special Topics in Hispanic Linguistics. (3h) Investigation of key areas in Spanish 
languages research, such as dialectology, history, language acquisition, and usage. 

P — SPA 222 or 321, or the combination of 219 or 220 and Linguistics 150, or permission 
of instructor. 

390. Directed Reading, (lh) Required for honors in Spanish. P — Permission of instructor. 

391. Directed Research. (lh,3h) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual 
needs. Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department. 



Romance Languages 216 



Semester or Year in Spain 

The department offers a year in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a well-established Spanish 
university. Students go as a group in the fall and/or spring semesters, accompanied by a 
professor from the College. 

No particular major is required for eligibility. However, students (1) should normally 
be of junior standing, (2) must have completed Spanish 220, and (3) should be approved 
by both their major department and the Department of Romance Languages. Interested 
students should contact Professor Candelas S. Gala in the Romance Languages department. 

As part of the University of Salamanca PEI program (Programa Especial Integrado), 
students may take regular courses with Spanish students in the following disciplines: edu- 
cation, environmental sciences, business, economics, biology, translation/interpretation, 
and anthropology. 

1989. Internship in Spanish Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student 
undertakes a language project in conjunction with a service commitment or internship in 
a Spanish-speaking country. Includes, but is not limited to: vocabulary building, keeping a 
journal, and reading professional material. P — SPA 219 or permission of instructor. 

2019. Intensive Spanish. (1.5h, Pass/fail only) Intensive study and practice of the oral and 
written language. Familiarization with Spanish culture and daily life. Classes in conversa- 
tional and idiomatic Spanish, excursions to points of interest and lectures on selected top- 
ics. 

2179. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) A study of the cultural pluralism of 
Spanish through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's 
historical development. This course is the equivalent of 217. P — SPA 213 or permission of 
instructor. 

2189. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major 
works of Spanish-American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Special 
emphasis is placed on these contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, 
art, music, and film, to promote understanding of Spanish America's historical develop- 
ment. This course is the equivalent of 218. P — SPA 213 or permission of instructor. 

2199. Advanced Spanish. (3h) Study of grammar, composition, and pronunciation, with 
extensive practice of the written and oral language. This course is the equivalent of 219. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

3329. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de 
Tormes, and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seven- 
teenth centuries, with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the 
picaresque, Catholic mysticism, and power and politics. This course is the equivalent of 
332. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

3749. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) A study of the multifaceted cultural identity of con- 
temporary Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. This course is the equiva- 
lent of 374. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

3759. Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture, (lh or 3h) Topics vary from year 
to year. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 



217 



Romance Languages 



3879. Special Topics in Spanish-American Literature and Culture, (lh or 3h) Topics vary 
from year to year. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of instructor. 

History 2019. General History of Spain. (3h) History of Spain from the pre-Roman period 
to the present day. 

Art 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (3h) A study of the development and uniqueness 
of Spanish art and architecture within the framework of Mediterranean and Western art 
in general. 

Political Science 2029. Political Structures of Present-day Spain. (3h) A study of the various 
political elements which affect the modern Spanish state. 

Italian (ITA) 

111, 112. Elementary Italian. (3h,3h) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials 
and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab required. 
These two courses count for students in the Venice program. 

113. Intensive Elementary Italian. (4h) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the 
structure of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice pro- 
gram and for language minors. Not open to students who have completed Italian 111 or 

112. Lab required. Lecture — five hours. Offered every semester. By placement or faculty 
recommendation. 

153. Intermediate Italian. (4h) Continuation of 113, with emphasis on speaking, devel- 
oping students' reading, writing skills and preparing them for oral and written discus- 
sion of literary texts in Italian 215. Lab required. P — ITA 113 required. 

154. Intermediate Italian. (3h) An intermediate-level course intended for students who 
have taken the 111-112 sequence. It offers the opportunity to develop further their 
reading, writing and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written discussion of 
literary texts in Italian 215. Lab required. P — ITA 111-112 required. 

196. Italian Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Italian done as an adjunct to 
specially designated courses throughout the College curriculum. 

215. Introduction to Italian Literature I. (3h) Reading of selected texts in Italian. Satisfies 
basic requirement in foreign language. P — ITA 153 or equivalent. Also offered in Venice. 

216. Literary and Cultural Studies of Italy. (3h) Study of selected texts, cultural trends, 
and intellectual movements. Intended for students interested in continuing Italian beyond 
the basic requirements. P — ITA 215 or permission of instructor. 

219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Review of the basics of structure and 
vocabulary; detailed examination of complex syntax and idiomatic expressions; practice 
in translation of texts of diverse styles and from varied sources; and free composition. 

P — ITA 215 or 216 or equivalent. 

220. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Practice in speaking and writing 
Italian, stressing correctness of sentence structure, and emphasis on phonetics, pronuncia- 
tion, fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. P — ITA 215 or 216 or 275. 



Romance Languages 218 



224. Italian Regional Cultures. (3h) The course focuses on different aspects of regional 
cultures in Italy. Emphasis is placed on local lifestyles, literatures, and cinematography. 
Regional cultures and historic background are analyzed and compared through class 
demonstrations and cultural artifacts. P — ITA 216 or permission of instructor. 

281. Italian Independent Study. (l-3h) P — Permission of department. 

325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) This course is designed to provide the 
students with an understanding of the history, philosophy, politics, artistic movements 
and civic renaissance of postwar Italian life. By discussing the most important films, nov- 
els, short stories, essays, poetry and discussions of the time, the students will discover and 
learn about Neorealism. P — ITA 216 or permission of instructor. 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) A study of modern Italian society through the analy- 
sis of films from the 1950s to the present. Taught in Italian. P — ITA 216 or permission of 
instructor. 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) A study of the major developments of modern Italian 
cinema. Full-length feature films by Federico Fellini, Ettore Scola, Pier Paolo Pasolinia, 
Bernardo Bertolucci, Marco Bellocchio, Gianni Amelio, Nanni MOretti, Gabriele 
Salvatores, Guiseppe Tornatore, Massimo Troisi, Roberto Benigni, and other Italian film- 
makers will be studied and discussed from different perspectives. P — ITA 216 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

328. Dante's Divine Comedy. (3h) An introduction to Italian medieval literature and cul- 
ture through a selected, critical reading of Dante's masterpiece and other medieval texts. 
This course introduces students to the intellectual and social context of the Italian Middle 
Ages by relating the texts to the cultural, political, social, and philosophical concerns of 
the period. P — ITA 219 or permission of instructor. 

329. Introduction to Renaissance Literature and Culture. (3h) An examination of the 
culture of the Italian Renaissance. Topics include the ideal of the artist, the ideal of the 
courtier, the epic genre, the political debates in Florence, the figure of the artist/scientist 
Leonardo da Vinci, the figure of the navigator, and daily life in Italian cities studied from 
different social classes and perspectives. P — ITA 216 or permission of instructor. 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) Students in this course examine 
cinematic adaptations of literary works by reading closely the literary texts and viewing 
their visual counterparts. Students investigate the strategies of adaptation, as well as the 
criteria by which we can evaluate films based on novels as works of art in their own right. 
P — ITA 216 or permission of instructor. 

375. Special Topics. (3h) Selected special topics in Italian literature. P — ITA 216 or 
permission of instructor. 



219 



Romance Languages 



Semester in Venice 

1533. Intermediate Italian. (3h) Intensive exposure to speaking, listening, reading and 
writing at the intermediate level with special emphasis on the surrounding Venetian cul- 
ture. Counts as equivalent to Italian 153. Only taught in Venice. P — ITA 113 or 111-112 
sequence. 

2173. Studies of Italy. (3h) A survey course on Italian literature from authors from the 
various regions of Italy and on special cultural themes such as Italian immigration and 
new immigrations in Italy to give to students in Venice a deeper and broader understanding 
of Italian cultural complexity. Only taught in Venice. P — ITA 215 or 216 or permission of 
instructor. 

See the course listings under Italian for descriptions and prerequisites. 



Russian and East European Studies (REE) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of History Susan Zayer Rupp, Coordinator 

Russian 215 or 216 or equivalent proficiency in another East European language is 
required, plus fifteen hours from the following list. (See course descriptions under appro- 
priate listings.) Three of these fifteen hours must be REE 298, Research Project in 
Russian and East European Studies. 

Communication 351B. Comparative Communication: Russia. (1.5h) 
Economics 252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) 
History 331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) 

332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) 
Humanities 215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) 

(Satisfies a Division II requirement.) 

218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) 

(Satisfies a Division II requirement.) 
Political Science 232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) 
Russian Three additional hours at the 200-level. 

REE 298 Course description to follow. (3h) 

With the approval of the coordinator, students may fulfill the language requirement by 
equivalent study of another East European language (to be pursued independently under 
the auspices of the German and Russian department). Students may apply all relevant 
seminars, colloquia, or independent studies in any of the above departments to the minor. 



Russian and 220 
East European Studies 



REE 298. Research Project in Russian and East European Studies. (3h) A semester-long 
research project pursued independently by a student (generally in the senior year) under 
the guidance of a faculty member in the relevant field of study. A second faculty member 
will consult with the student regarding his or her project as well as serving as a second 
reader. The course culminates in the completion of a seminar-length paper based upon pri- 
mary research. 



Sociology (SOC) 

Earl Smith, Chair 

Wake Forest Professor Charles F. Longino 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies Earl Smith 

Professors Catherine T. Harris, Philip J. Perricone, Ian M. Taplin 

Associate Professors H. Kenneth Bechtel, Cheryl B. Leggon 

Assistant Professors Teresa Ciabattari, Angela Haftery 

Visiting Assistant Professor Don Bradley 

Instructor R. Saylor Breckenridge 

A major in sociology requires thirty-one hours and must include Sociology 151, 370, 371, 
and 372. A minimum average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the major 
is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all sociology courses is required for 
graduation. 

A minor in sociology requires fifteen hours and must include Sociology 151 and 370. 
A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the 
minor is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required 
for certification as a minor. Students who intend to pursue a sociology minor are encour- 
aged to notify the department early in their junior year, and they are invited to participate 
in all departmental functions. 

The program in sociology provides majors with several options. In addition to pursu- 
ing a regular major in sociology, students may choose to specialize in any of four concen- 
trations: 1) family studies, 2) crime, law, and social control, 3) health and society, and 
4) business and society. These concentrations are described in detail in the Handbook for 
Sociology Students, a copy of which may be obtained from the sociology office or any 
member of the departmental faculty. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified majors 
are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program. They must 
complete a senior research project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend 
their work in an oral examination. For additional information members of the depart- 
mental faculty should be consulted. 

A student who selects sociology to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of 
the following courses: Sociology 151, 152, 153, or 154. No introductory-level course is 
required for students taking a sociology course as an elective unless specified in the course 
description. 



221 Sociology 



151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) General introduction to the field; social organization 
and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other aspects. Required for 
all sociology majors and minors. 

152. Social Problems. (3h) Survey of contemporary American social problems. 

153. Marriage and the Family. (3h) The social basis of the family, emphasizing the prob- 
lems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

154. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (3h) A sociological analysis of the nature and 
causes of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as mental illness, suicide, 
drug and alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal behavior. 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3h) Explores the use of photography as a 
research technique for the social sciences; camera and darkroom instruction included. 
Lab to be arranged. P — Permission of instructor. 

206. Concerned Photographers and Their Works. (3h) Explores the contributions of con- 
cerned photographers in the identification and understanding of social issues. Advanced 
camera and darkroom instruction is included. P — SOC 205 and/or permission of instructor. 

301. Religion and Society. (3h) Study of religion as a social phenomenon and its relation- 
ship to political, economic and other structures of society. (Also offered as Religion 351.) 

303. Business and Society. (3h) Historical development, organization, and current prob- 
lems of business enterprises in American society. 

305. Gender in Society. (3h) The significance of gender in society for individuals and 
institutions. An examination of differential gender experiences based on race, class, and 
sexual orientation. Consideration of feminism as a social movement and the possibility 
for social change. (CD) 

308. Sociology of Art. (3h) Art as an institution, its functions, organization, relationship 
to social change and to the communication of meanings. 

309. Sexuality and Society. (3h) Study of the societal forces that impinge on human sexual 
behavior, emphasizing the effects of social change, the implications of changing gender 
roles, cross-cultural and subcultural variations, and the influence of the mass media. 

310. Death and Dying. (3h) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern 
man in accepting and facing death. 

311. Women in Professions. (3h) Emphasis on the status of women in professional occu- 
pations (e.g., law, medicine, science, business, etc.) in socio-historical perspective. 

316. Conflict Management in Organizations. (3h) An examination of conflict manage- 
ment and social control in organizations, focusing on power structures, management 
styles and processes of dispute resolution. 

317. Mental Illness and Society. (3h) An examination of the sociological aspects of mental 
health and mental illness. Includes the social epidemiology of mental disorders, cross- 
cultural variation in societal responses to the mentally ill; the development of the psychi- 
atric profession, and the evolution of the mental hospital. 



Sociology 2,22 



325. Self and Society: An Interactionist Perspective. (3h) An analysis of the effects of 
social relationships upon self-development, self-preservation, and the learning of social 
roles and norms, with special emphasis on language and symbolic interaction. 

332. Social Epidemiology. (3h) This course integrates sociology and epidemiology, paying 
particular attention to such variables as age, gender, race and ethnicity as they bear on 
health, illness and medical services, including the risk factors of chronic disease. It does 
not presuppose advanced knowledge of epidemiological methods. 

333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) An examination of the patterns of urbanization world- 
wide. Explores the dynamics of urban growth resulting from economic, social, political 
and ecological processes. 

334. Society and Higher Education. (3h) An analysis of the social forces that shape educa- 
tional policies in the United States. Assessment of significant contemporary writings on 
the manifest and latent functions of education. 

335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) Analysis of the social variables associated with 
health and illness. 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) An analysis of health care systems, including the 
social organization of medical practice, health care payment, the education of medical 
practitioners, and the division of the labor in health care. 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social 
and psychological issues discussed. Course requirements will include field placement in a 
nursing home or similar institution. P — Permission of instructor. 

338. Sociological Issues in Criminal Justice. (3h) Introduction to the structure, organization 
and operation of the various components of the criminal justice system with emphasis on 
the police and correctional institutions. 

339. Sociology of Violence. (3h) A survey of the societal factors associated with individual 
and collective violence. Discussion will focus on the contemporary and historical conditions 
which have contributed to various patterns of violence in American society. 

340. Sociological Issues in Human Development. (3h) Socialization through the life span 
in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of changes 
in contemporary society. 

341. Criminology. (3h) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of treatment, 
and prevention. 

342. Juvenile Delinquency. (3h) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; an exami- 
nation of prevention, control, and treatment problems. 

343. Sociology of Law. (3h) Consideration is given to a variety of special issues: condi- 
tions under which laws develop and change, relationships between the legal and political 
system, and the impact of social class and stratification upon the legal order. 

344. Women and Crime. (3h) Course focuses on four major areas related to women and 
crime: women as offenders, the processing of women by the criminal justice system, women 
as victims, and women as criminal justice professionals. P — SOC 341 and permission of 
instructor. 



223 



Sociology 



345. Advanced Topics Seminar in Criminology. (3h) Emphasis on current topics in the 
field of criminology and criminal justice such as measurement issues, ethical issues, histo- 
ry, crime and mass media, and theoretical debates. P — SOC 341 and permission of 
instructor. 

347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (3h) An examination of the interrelationship of sport 
and other social institutions. Emphasis on the study of both the structure of sport and the 
functions of sport for society. 

348. Sociology of the Family. (3h) The family as a field of sociological study. Assessment 
of significant historical and contemporary writings. An analysis of the structure, organiza- 
tion, and function of the family in America. 

349. Sociology of Science and Technology. (3h) Explores the reciprocal impact of science 
and technology on society. Issues include the impact of science and technology on various 
populations (including underparticipating groups, such as women and racial/ethnic 
minorities) and the environment, the talent pool, and the workplace. 

350. Mass Communications and Public Opinion. (3h) The study of the increasing impor- 
tance of collective behavior, emphasizing the relationship between the media and a chang- 
ing society. 

351. Management and Organizations. (3h) A study of macro organizational processes 
and changes in contemporary industrial societies and their effects upon managerial sys- 
tems, managerial ideologies and managers in firms. 

352. White-collar Crime. (3h) Study of criminal activity committed in the course of legiti- 
mate occupations including workplace crime, graft, and business crime. P — SOC 341. 

353. Families in Later Life. (3h) Analysis of current issues affecting later-life families, 
including the unmarried, marital relations, divorce, widowhood, remarriage, kinship, 
family caregiving, and institutional care. 

354. Women in Poverty in the U.S. (3h) An examination of the structural causes of poverty 
and its consequences, with specific emphasis on women's overrepresentation in poverty 
and how gender intersects with race, family status, age, and place. 

357. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) Explores issues of ethnicity and identity in 
the Italian-American experience. A central goal of this course is to understand the inter- 
relationship of social, economic and political factors that impinge on this large European 
ethnic group. 

358. Population and Society. (3h) Techniques used in the study of population data. 
Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimina- 
tion and their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological 
theories of prejudice. 

360. Social Inequality. (3h) The study of structured social inequality with particular 
emphasis on economic class, social status, and political power. (CD) 



Sociology 224 



361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) A survey and an analysis of contemporary 
writings on the status of black Americans in various American social institutions (e.g., 
education, sports, entertainment, science, politics, etc.). (CD) 

362. Sociology of Work. (3h) Changing trends in the United States labor force. The indi- 
vidual's view of work and the effect of large organizations on white and blue collar work- 
ers. Use of some cross-cultural data. 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) An analysis of industrial organization, including discussion 
of market relations and the behavior of firms, the structure of industrial development, and 
labor relations and the growth of trade unions. 

364. Political Sociology. (3h) Examination of the structure and organization of power in 
society with emphasis on political socialization, political ideology, and the growth of the 
welfare state. 

370. Sociological Theory. (3h) A survey of the history and development of sociological 
theory, emphasizing the critical reading of primary source materials and the evaluation of 
the current status of sociological theory. P — SOC 151 or permission of instructor. 

371. Social Statistics. (4h) A computer-based survey of basic statistics utilized in sociologi- 
cal research. Lab — 1 hour. P — SOC 151 or permission of instructor. (QR) 

372. Research Methods in Sociology. (3h) An overview of both quantitative and qualita- 
tive research methods. Research projects required. P — SOC 371. (QR) 

373. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in sociology. Intended for stu- 
dents in the departmental honors program. P — SOC 372 and permission of instructor. 

374. Honors Research. (3h) Directed study toward completion of the project begun in 
Sociology 373 and to the writing and defense of an honors paper. P — SOC 373 and 
permission of instructor. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific 
research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. 
P — Permission of instructor. 

398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h, l-3h) Reading, research, or internship courses designed 
to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervi- 
sion of a departmental faculty member. 



225 



Sociology 



Spanish Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages Candelas S. Gala, Coordinator 

Students are required to participate in the Spainsh program at Salamanca for one or two 
semesters. They also are required to take History 2019, General History of Spain (3h) 
taught in Salamanca; Political Science 2029, Political Structures of Present Day Spain (3h) 
taught in Salamanca; Art 2029, Spanish Art and Architecture (3h) taught in Salamanca; 
and Spanish 217, Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain (3h), also taught in Salamanca as 
Spanish 2179. 

Students must take nine additional hours from the advanced courses in Spanish lan- 
guage and the literature and culture of Spain offered by the Department of Romance 
Languages, or from those offered at the University of Salamanca. 



Theatre and Dance (THE) 

Mary Wayne-Thomas, Chair 

Associate Professors Nina Lucas (Director of Dance), Mary Wayne-Thomas 

Assistant Professors Sharon Andrews, Jonathan H. Christman, Jane Kathleen Curry, 

Brook M. Davis, Cynthia M. Gendrich, Francis P. Ludwig 

Visiting Assistant Professor Mark Cohen 

Lecturers Zanna Beswick (London), John E. R. Friedenberg (Director of Theatre) 

Adjunct Instructors Fanchon Cordell, Brantly Shapiro, Robert Simpson 

A major in theatre consists of a minimum of thirty-three hours, including Theatre 110 or 
112, 130, 140, 150, 250, 260, 261, 340, 381, and 385. (Students interested in a theatre 
major should elect Theatre 112.) Four semesters of Theatre 100 (0 hours) also are 
required. Majors may choose their remaining courses from offerings at the 200 level or 
higher listed under the Department of Theatre. A minimum grade of 2.0 in all theatre 
courses attempted is required for graduation. Majors should consult with their advisers 
about additional regulations. Theatre majors are required to take two courses in dramatic 
literature from the Departments of English, Classical Languages or from Humanities. 

Those who plan to be theatre majors are urged to begin their studies during their 
first year. 

Highly qualified majors (departmental grade point average of 3.3, overall grade point 
average of 3.0) are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors pro- 
gram in theatre. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Theatre," a student 
must successfully complete Theatre 292 (3h). Honors projects may consist of a) a research 
paper of exceptional quality; b) a creative project in playwriting or design; or c) a direct- 
ing or acting project. The theatre honors project must be presented and defended before 
the departmental Honors Committee. The department can furnish honors candidates with 
complete information on preparation and completion of projects. 



Theatre and Dance 226 



A minor in theatre requires eighteen hours: Theatre 110 or 112, 140, 150, 260 or 
261, two theatre electives (at the 200 level or higher) and two semesters of Theatre 100 
participation. Theatre minors are required to take one course in dramatic literature from 
the Departments of English, Classical Languages or from Humanities. 

Any person who is interested in a theatre major or minor should contact the chair of 
the department soon after arrival on the campus. 

100. Participation. (Oh) Attendance/participation in Mainstage and Studio performances 
and other events as established by the department. (Specific attendance/participation 
requirements will be established at the beginning of each semester.) Four semesters, or a 
minimum of eight University Theatre productions, are required of theatre majors. Parti- 
cipation in at least two of the eight productions must be in technical production. Two 
semesters, or a minimum of four University Theatre productions, are required of theatre 
minors. Participation in one of the four productions must be in technical production. 
Assignments for technical production are made through consultation with the technical 
and design faculty. 

110. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the theatre novice. A survey of the theory and 
practice of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwriting, and design. 
Participation in Studio and Mainstage productions. Students planning to major in theatre 
are encouraged to take Theatre 112. Credit will not be given for both Theatre 110 and 
112. May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division III. 

112. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the experienced theatre student. A survey of 
the theory and practice of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwrit- 
ing, and design. Students planning to major in theatre are encouraged to take Theatre 
112. Credit will not be given for both Theatre 110 and 112. Experience in Studio and 
Mainstage productions. May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division III. 

126. Stage Makeup. (1.5h) A study of the design and application of theatrical makeup in 
relationship to historical period and character development. 

130. Dynamics of Voice and Movement. (3h) Building awareness of the actor's instrument 
through the development of basic vocal and physical skills, emphasizing relaxation, clarity, 
expressiveness, and commitment, along with spontaneity, centering, and basic technical 
skills. 

140. Acting I. (3h) Fundamental acting theory and techniques including exercises, mono- 
logues and scene work. 

141. On-camera Performance. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of performing 
for the camera. May include basic method acting, newscasting, commercials, and film 
acting. (Also listed as Communication 116.) 

144. Mime. (1.5h) An introductory study of basic mime forms. The student will gain 
skills and understanding of this theatrical form through practical exercises, readings, 
rehearsals, and performances. 

146. Performance Techniques. (3h) A course focusing on acting styles appropriate to vari- 
ous modes of theatrical production. Specialized techniques such as dance, stage combat, 
etc., may also be included. (Suitable for non-majors.) 



227 



Theatre and Dance 



150. Introduction to Design & Production. (4h) An introduction to the fundamentals of 
theatrical design and technology including script analysis, design development, and pre- 
sentation methods. Through the lab, the student develops basic skills in theater technolo- 
gy. Lab — three hours. 

155. Stagecraft. (3h) This introductory course focuses on contemporary materials, con- 
struction methods, and rigging practices employed in the planning, fabrication and instal- 
lation of stage scenery. Emphasis on using current technologies for problem solving. 

1880. The Contemporary English Theatre, (lh) An exploration of the English theatre 
through theatre attendance in London and other English theatre centers. Readings, lec- 
tures. Participants submit reviews of the plays and complete a journal of informal reac- 
tions to the plays, the sites and the variety of cultural differences observed. Two weeks. 
Offered in London before spring term. P — Permission of instructor. Pass/fail grade only. 

230. Advanced Dynamics. (3h) Focus on opening and strengthening the actor's instrument 
by building on work done in Theatre 130. P — THE 130. 

245. Acting II. (3h) Advanced study and practice of the skills introduced in Acting I. 
P— THE 130 and 140. 

246. Period and Style. (3h) A study of social customs, movement, dances, and theatrical 
styles relating to the performance of drama in historical settings as well as in period plays. 
The course includes performances in class. P — THE 130 or 230 and 140. 

250. Theatrical Scene Design. (3h) A study of the fundamental principles and techniques 
of stage design. Drafting, model building, perspective rendering, historical research, and 
scene painting will be emphasized. P — THE 150. 

251. Costume and Makeup Design. (3h) A study of the fundamental principles and tech- 
niques of costume and makeup design with an emphasis on historical research. The basics 
of costume rendering, costume construction and stage makeup will be explored. 

P— THE 150. 

252. Lighting and Sound Design. (3h) An exploration of the lighting and sound designer's 
process from script to production. A variety of staging situations will be studied, includ- 
ing proscenium, thrust and arena production. P — THE 150. 

259. Theatre Management: Principles and Practices. (3h) This course reviews the develop- 
ment of theatre management in the United States, with emphasis on the role of the producer; 
explores commercial and not-for-profit theatre with attention to planning, personnel, and 
the economics of theatre. Includes readings, lectures, and reports. 

260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1642). (3h) A survey of the develop- 
ment of Western theatre and drama through the Greek, Roman, medieval, and Renais- 
sance theatres to 1642; includes lectures, readings and reports. (Suitable for non-majors.) 

261. History of Western Theatre II (1642 to the Present). (3h) A survey of Western theatre 
and drama from the French Neoclassic theatre through the English Restoration, the eigh- 
teenth century, Romanticism, Realism, the revolts against Realism and the post-modern 
theatre; includes lectures, readings and reports. (Suitable for non-majors.) 



Theatre and Dance 22! 



281. Acting Workshop. (1.5h) Scene work with student directors utilizing realistic texts. 
Offered pass/ fail only. P — THE 140 or permission of instructor. 

283. Practicum. (1-1. 5h) Projects under faculty supervision. May be repeated for no more 
than three hours. P — Permission of the department. 

290. Special Seminar. (1.5-3h) The intensive study of selected topics in theatre. May be 
repeated. 

292. Theatre Honors. (3h) A tutorial involving intensive work in the area of special inter- 
est for qualified seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission 
of department. 

294. Individual Study. (l-3h) Special research and readings in an area of interest to be 
approved and supervised by a faculty adviser. May be taken for no more than three hours. 
P — Permission of department. 

2650. The English Theatre, 1660-1940. (3h) A study of the major developments in the 
English theatre from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays, playwrights, 
actors, audiences, theatre architecture, theatre management, costumes and sets. Field trips 
include visits to theatres, museums, and performances. Offered in London. 

340. Directing. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. 
P— THE 110/112, 140 and 150. C— THE 381 and 250. (For majors only) 

344. Acting Shakespeare. (3h) A practical study of varying styles in interpreting and acting 
Shakespeare's plays from the time of the Elizabethans to the present day. P — THE 130 
and 140. 

372. Contemporary Drama. (3h) The course will consider varieties of form and substance 
in plays and performance texts from Godot to the present. Readings will cover such play- 
wrights as Beckett, Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Fornes, 
Mamet, Wilson, Soyinka, Fugard, and Foreman. (Also listed as English 394.) 

375. American Drama. (3h) ) A historical overview of drama in the United States, cover- 
ing such playwrights as Boucicault, Mowatt, O'Neill, Glaspell, Wilder, Williams, Miller, 
Hansberry, Albee, Shepard, Norman, Hwang, Vogel, Mamet, and Wilson. (Also listed as 
English 375.) 

381. Directing Workshop. (1.5h) The practical application of directing techniques in real- 
istic scene study utilizing student actors. This course is a co-requisite of THE 340. 

385. Studio Production. (1.5h) The organization, techniques and problems encountered in 
the production of a play for the public. P — THE 340 and permission of department. 

390, 391. Special Seminar. (l-3h) The intensive study of selected topics in the theatre. 
May be repeated. 

392. Special Topics in Dramatic Literature. (l-3h) Intensive study of selected plays and/or 
performance texts. 



229 



Theatre and Dance 



Dance (DCE) 

A dance minor requires 16.5 to 19 hours and must include: 

Two Modern courses - Dance 120 (1.5h), Dance 221 (1.5h) or Dance 222 (1.5h); 

One Dance Composition - Dance 123 (3h); 

Two Jazz courses - Dance 126 (1.5h), Dance 226 (1.5h), or Dance 227 (1.5h); 

Two Ballet courses - Dance 127 (1.5h), Dance 229 (1.5h) or Dance 231 (1.5h); 

Senior Dance Project - Dance 200 (1-1. 5h); 

History of Dance 202 (3h). 

120. Beginning Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) Fundamentals of modern dance tech- 
nique, with an emphasis placed on movement concepts, vocabulary, technique, alignment, 
placement, and flexibility. May be taken two times for credit. 

122. Special Topics in Dance. (l-1.5h) An intensive study of selected topics in dance. May 
be repeated. 

123. Dance Composition. (3h) Fundamental study of improvisation, composition and 
choreography. 

124. Social Dance. (1.5h) Fundamental techniques of social dance, providing basic skills, 
concepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns found in social dance 
rhythms. Students will learn basic smooth dances, rhythm dances, Latin-American dances 
and Cuban dances. 

125. Folk and Social Dance, (lh) Fundamentals of folk and social dance, providing the 
basic skills, concepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns of folk and social 
dance. Emphasis is on the development of fundamental dance skills and practice in utiliz- 
ing dance techniques. 

126. Beginning Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Fundamentals of jazz technique with an emphasis on 
alignment, isolations, flexibility, basic turns, jumps, and combinations. May be taken two 
times for credit. 

127. Beginning Classical Ballet Techniques. (1.5h) Fundamentals of classical ballet tech- 
nique with an emphasis on alignment, placement, flexibility, barre work, adagio and 
petite allegro. May be repeated four times for credit. 

128. Dance Performance, (lh) A practical experience in the areas of rehearsal, choreograph- 
ing, production and performance, as a choreographer, and/or performer in the Fall 
Faculty/Guest Artist Concert and/or Spring Dance Concert. May be repeated eight times 
for credit. 

iz8A. Performance 
128B. Choreography 

200. Senior Dance Project. (l-1.5h) An investigation of selected semi-professional problems 
involving the creative process of choreography, study of notation, research idea, or 
production. 



Theatre and Dance 230 



202. History of Dance. (3h) A survey of American dance from the 1600s to the present 
with emphasis on scope, style, and function. Satisfies a Division III requirement. 

221. Intermediate Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) A progressive development of move- 
ment concepts and vocabulary from Dance 120, with an emphasis on exploring both the 
classical and contemporary techniques of modern dance. May be repeated for credit. 

P — DCE 120 or permission of instructor. 

222. Advanced Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) A progressive development of the con- 
cepts of Dance 221 with an emphasis on qualitative performance, virtuosity and versatili- 
ty in a variety of technical forms within the modern dance discipline. May be repeated for 
credit. P — DCE 221 or permission of instructor. 

226. Intermediate Jazz Dance. (1.5h) This course pursues the mastery of basic jazz tech- 
nique along with more complex center floor combinations. Emphasis is placed on perfor- 
mance qualities and musicality. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 126 or permission of 
instructor. 

227. Advanced Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of jazz technique along with more 
complex center floor combinations. Emphasis is placed on performance qualities, musical- 
ity, technique, virtuosity, and creativity. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 226 or per- 
mission of instructor. 

229 Intermediate Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of basic ballet technique 
along with more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, and 
musicality. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 127 or permission of instructor. 

231. Advanced Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Continues the mastery of basic ballet technique 
along with more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, musi- 
cality and pointe work. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 229 or permission of 
instructor. 



Urban Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Professor of Economics Donald E. Frey, Coordinator 

The interdisciplinary minor in urban studies requires fifteen hours, of which at least nine 
must be chosen from the following courses. (See course descriptions under appropriate 
listings.) 

Art 296. Art History Seminar. 1. Architecture and Urbanism. (3h) 

Economics 246. Urban Economics. P — Economics 150. (3h) 

Political Science 222. Urban Politics. (3h) 

Religion 343. The City as Symbol. (3h) 

Sociology 333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) 

Courses needed to complete fifteen hours may be chosen from among the following 
courses. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 



231 



Urban Studies 



Education 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 

History 2253. History of Venice. (3h) Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (3h) Offered in London. 

352. U.S. Social History II. (3h) 
Political Science 289. Internship in Politics. (3h)* 
Sociology 152. Social Problems. (3h) 

*To count toward the urban studies minor, an internship 
must be overseen by the instructor of Political Science 221. 

Students intending to minor in urban studies should consult with the coordinator as early 
as possible to discuss scheduling of courses not offered annually, careers in urban studies, 
and other issues. In exceptional cases, the coordinator may approve limited substitutions 
for the listed courses. 



Women's Studies (WST) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Associate Professor of Sociology Cheryl B. Leggon, Director 

The interdisciplinary minor in women's studies must include women's studies 221 and a 
minimum of fifteen additional hours, for a total of eighteen hours. It is recommended that 
the upper division seminar, women's studies 321, be included. If courses not designated 
women's studies are taken, they must be from an approved list on file with the director 
and stated below. Such courses must be balanced between a) the humanities and b) the 
sciences. This structure gives students an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of 
women's studies within the context of the traditional liberal arts curriculum. 

A student minoring in women's studies might take women's studies 221 as a sopho- 
more, six to nine hours as a junior, and the remaining six to nine hours, including the 
Interdisciplinary Seminar, as a senior. 

100. R.A.D.: Rape Aggression Defense, (lh) Develops and enhances the options of self- 
defense, including basic physical self-defense tactics and risk reduction and avoidance, so 
they may become viable considerations for any woman who is attacked. Required read- 
ings include social science research on violence against women. Pass/fail only. 

111. Writing and Women's Issues. (3h) This writing-intensive seminar explores special 
topics that include women, such as: women and creativity; women, work, and family; 
Womanist literature; reproductive rights; violence against women; women and the arts; 
the emergence of feminist thought. Emphasis on expository writing, critical thinking, and 
exchange of ideas in a discussion and workshop setting. Satisfies the basic composition 
but not the minor requirement. 

221. Women's Issues. (3h) An interdisciplinary course, taught by women's studies faculty 
representing at least two fields, that integrates materials from the humanities and the sci- 
ences. Topics include critical methods and practical solutions, gender issues in the twenty- 
first century, women in culture and society, and cross-cultural issues of gender, ethnicity, 
social class, disability, and sexual orientation. 



Wom 



en's Studies 232 



321. Interdisciplinary Seminar. (3h) A research-centered study of questions raised by 
women's studies on an interdisciplinary topic, such as women's health issues, war and 
peace, international women's issues, perspectives on women and aging, lesbian and gay 
culture and theory, and women and the arts. 

350. Biocultural Perspectives on Women and Aging. (3h) A course that examines biologi- 
cal, sociopsychological, and cultural issues affecting older women. 

358. Mothers and Daughters. (3h) A course that examines literature, psychology, and 
feminist theories on motherhood and the mother-daughter relationship. 

359. Fathers and Daughters. (3h) The ways in which fathers influence their daughters' 
emotional, psychological, and intellectual development. Selected materials from psycholo- 
gy, mythology, film, and contemporary literature. 

377. Special Topics. (1.5h,2.5h,3h) Includes such women's studies topics as gender issues in 
the twenty-first century, Jewish- American women writers, African- American women writ- 
ers, women and aging, critical approaches to women's issues, and the emergence of feminist 
thought. 

396. Independent Study. (l-3h) Independent projects in women's studies which either 
continue study begun in regular courses or develop new areas of interest. By prearrange- 
ment. 

397. Internships in Women's Studies. (1.5h-3h) Practicum opportunities for work and for 
research in conjunction with a local women's or justice organization: Winston-Salem 
Family Services, NOW, Council on the Status of Women, the North Carolina Center for 
Laws Affecting Women, the AIDS Care Service, etc. Pass/fail only. 

In addition to the women's studies courses, the following courses may be included in the 
minor. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Courses in the Humanities 

American 

Ethnic Studies 232. American Jewish Experiences. (3h) 

Art 251. Women and Art. (3h) 

Classics 252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) 

English 340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) 

a. The woman writer in society 

b. Feminist critical approaches to literature 
377. American Jewish Literature. (3h) 

381. Studies in Black American Literature. (3h) 
History 310. Race, Class, and Gender in American History. (3h) 

330. Race, Religion, and Sex in Early Modern Europe. (3h) 

337. Gender in Early America. (3h) 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) 

341. History of Women in Modern Asia. (3h) 
365. Women in American History. (3h) 



233 



Women's Studies 



Humanities 



Music 
Religion 



Russian 
Theatre 



230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 
265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) 
290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) 
320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

a. Medieval women 

b. Medieval constructs of gender, race, and class 
347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (3h) 

353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) 

208. Women and Music. (3h) 

318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations of the New 

Testament. (3h) 
340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) 
366. Gender and Religion. (3h) 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) 

371. Sexuality and Christian Thought. (3h) 
280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) 

290. Seminar: Women Playwrights. (3h) 



Courses in the Social and Natural Sciences 



Anthropology 
Economics 
Political Science 

Psychology 



Sociology 



332. Anthropology of Gender. (3h) 

273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) 

229. Women and Politics. (3h) 

277. Feminist Political Thought. (3h) 

265. Human Sexuality. (3h) 

270Y. Topics: Women, Health, and Culture, (lh) 

359. Psychology of Gender. (3h) 

153. Marriage and the Family. (3h) 

305. Male and Female Roles in Society. (3h) 

309. Sexuality and Society. (3h) 

311. Women in Professions. (3h) 

344. Women and Crime. (3h) 

348. Sociology of the Family. (3h) 

353. Families in Later Life. (3h) 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) 

361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) 



Students intending to minor in women's studies should consult the director of women's 
studies in Tribble Hall A-106B, preferably during their first or early in their second year. 



Women's Studies 



2-34 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 




Jack E. Wilkerson Jr., Dean 

Associate Dean for Curriculum and Administration J. Kline Harrison 

Associate Dean for Academic Programs and Resources Dale R. Martin 

Assistant Dean for Student Professional Affairs Helen W. Akinc 

Assistant Dean for Student Academic Affairs Katherine S. Hoppe 

Thomas H. Davis Professor of Business Limit Akinc 

Hylton Professor of Accountancy Thomas C. Taylor 

F.M. Kirby Chair of Business Excellence Roger L. Jenkins 

J. Tylee Wilson Professor of Business Ethics Donald P. Robin 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy Dale R. Martin 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation Ralph B. Tower 

Benson-Pruitt Associate Professor Thomas S. Goho 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Associate Professor of Accountancy Paul E. Juras 

BellSouth Mobility Technology Associate Professor Gordon E. McCray 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Yvonne L. Hinson 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Terry A. Baker 

Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Annette L. Ranft 

Citibank Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor William M. Marcum 

Professors Emeritus John S. Dunkelberg, Eddie V. Easley 

Professors Stephen Ewing, J. Kline Harrison, Lee G. Knight, Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. 

Visiting Professor K. Wayne Smith 

Associate Professors George R. Aldhizer, S. Douglas Beets, James F. Cotter, 

Arun P. Dewasthali, Jonathan E. Duchac, G. Page West III 

Assistant Professors Sheri A. Bridges, Debra R. Jessup, 

Denise J. McManus, Amy E. Randel 

Senior Lecturer in Business E. Clayton Hipp Jr. 

Lecturers in Business Tamara M. Greenwood, Katherine S. Hoppe, David K. Isbister 

Instructors Helen W. Akinc, Katherine A. Baker, John Campbell, Mary N. Kesel, 

Mary Martha McKinley, Karen Mishra, Karen D. Nard, Karen K. Rogalski 



22 c Calloway School 



Core Purpose 

We are a community of teacher-scholars committed to providing an intimate educational 
environment and an intellectually challenging educational experience in which our stu- 
dents prepare for successful leadership roles in business and society. 

Shared Values 

We are committed to: 

excellence in teaching and learning; 
the growth and development of each of our students; 
intellectual curiosity and the pursuit of knowledge; and 
personal and professional integrity. 



Programs 

Four four-year programs of study leading to the bachelor of science degree are offered. 
Students may choose a major in either business, analytical finance, information systems, 
or mathematical business (in cooperation with the Department of Mathematics). A five- 
year program of study is offered which combines a master of science in accountancy with 
a bachelor of science in accounting, a bachelor of science in analytical finance, or a bache- 
lor of science in information systems. 

The five-year program is an integrated BS/MS program. Interested students will 
declare an accountancy, analytical finance, or information systems major during their 
sophomore year and will apply to the master's program during their third year. Students 
will receive both the bachelor of science and the master of science degrees upon comple- 
tion of the program. 

Objectives 

The business program of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy pre- 
pares students for success in today's business world with a challenging and high quality 
curriculum. The program is intentionally general and facilitates the integration of the vari- 
ous business disciplines with the liberal arts core. It also emphasizes flexibility by allowing 
the opportunity for specialized career paths and for minors outside the Calloway School. 

The analytical finance program in the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy prepares students for success in careers in financial services, including 
investment and commercial banking and financial consulting. The program emphasizes a 
strong concentration in finance, supported by accounting concepts beyond the introducto- 
ry level, which is critical in a global environment. 

The mathematical business program, offered by the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy jointly with the Department of Mathematics, prepares students 
for careers in business and government that require model-based, advanced quantitative 



Calloway School 2^6 



approaches to problem solving. The program responds to today's complex global envi- 
ronment, where problems in business administration and public policy making are 
becoming more intricate, requiring the use of such an approach. 

The information systems program in the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy prepares students for challenging careers in information systems and tech- 
nology management. The program emphasizes the leveraging effects of information tech- 
nology toward competitive advantage, while also developing the requisite technical skill 
base to effectively serve leadership roles in information systems organizations. 

The bachelor of science in accountancy (BSA) degree program of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, which is only offered in conjunction with the MSA 
program, is geared to provide a foundation for the MSA degree. The program includes 
the opportunity for broad exposure to undergraduate concepts to prepare students to suc- 
cessfully complete the MSA degree. 

The master of science in accountancy (MSA) degree program of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy prepares students to make sustained contributions to 
the discipline and practice of accounting. The program can be tailored to meet the needs 
of students with a variety of undergraduate majors, including liberal arts and sciences, 
business, and accounting. All students participate in intensive course work to prepare for 
a career in auditing, tax consulting, investment banking, or financial consulting. 

All programs in the Calloway School are accredited by the AACSB International — 
The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. 

Admission 

Admission to the Calloway School is by formal application, and applicants will be 
screened by the Committee on Admissions, Continuation, and Scholarships of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. Before being considered for admission to 
the Calloway School, the applicant first must have been admitted to Wake Forest College. 
Minimum requirements for admission to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy are completion of forty-nine hours with an overall grade point average of 
2.2, completion of Economics 150, Mathematics 106 or 111 (Mathematics 111 for the 
mathematical business major), Accounting 111 and 112, and a 2.0 average in these four 
courses. In addition, students should have completed Business 100 and Communication 
110. Students who have not met fully the above requirements may request a one-semester 
provisional acceptance. 

The number of students who can be accommodated is limited. Meeting the minimum 
requirements is not a guarantee of admission. Therefore, the Calloway School reserves the 
right to grant or deny admission or readmission to any student even though he or she 
meets the minimum requirements. Readmission to the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy first requires readmission to Wake Forest College, require- 
ments for which are discussed on page 32. 



227 Calloway School 



Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 

It is expected that most work toward degrees offered by the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy will be taken in the Calloway School. For students wishing to 
transfer credit from other schools, the following general guidelines apply: 

(a) Courses at another school passed with the minimum passing grade at that school may 

not be transferred. 

(b) Courses transferred in business and accountancy may be subject to validating 

examinations. 

(c) No work in courses numbered 200 and above will be accepted from two-year schools. 

(d) Courses taken elsewhere in subjects not offered at the Wayne Calloway School of 

Business and Accountancy will not necessarily count toward the hours 
required in the Calloway School. 

(e) Only one course so transferred may be an elective unless such course is from an inter- 

national program approved by the Calloway School, in which case two such 
electives may be so transferred (including any approved economics course 
counting toward the major). 

(f) Business 371 cannot be transferred from another institution; it must be taken in the 

Calloway School. 

For the bachelor of science in business, a minimum of thirty hours must be earned in the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy at Wake Forest University; for the 
bachelor of science in analytical finance, the minimum hours earned in the Calloway 
School must total forty-one; for the bachelor of science in information systems, the mini- 
mum hours earned in the Calloway School must total thirty-six; for the BS/MS in profes- 
sional accountancy, a minimum of forty-one hours and thirty graduate semester hours 
must be earned in the Calloway School; and for the bachelor of science in mathematical 
business, a minimum of thirty hours must be earned in the Calloway School and/or the 
mathematics department at Wake Forest University. 

Requirements for Continuation 

In addition to the requirements stated on page 31, a student must be academically respon- 
sible and must show satisfactory progress toward completing the requirements for the 
degree. The administration of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
will notify the student if satisfactory progress is not being made and, after consultation 
with the Committee on Admission, Continuation, and Scholarships, will decide if the stu- 
dent may continue as a major in the Calloway School. 

Requirements for Graduation 

The Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy confers the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in either business, analytical finance, information systems, or mathe- 
matical business. The Calloway School also confers the master of science in professional 

Calloway School 238 



accountancy concurrently with the bachelor of science in accountancy, the bachelor of sci- 
ence in analytical finance, or the bachelor of science in information systems. The require- 
ments for completion of the degrees are those in effect at the time the student enters the 
Calloway School. For the major in business, a student must complete the following course 
work: Accounting 111 and 112; Business 100, 201, 202, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 
and 272 or 371; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; Communication 110; and a 
minimum of nine hours from Business 209, 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 222, 223, 224, 225, 
226, 227, 228, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 243, 252, 253, 262, 265, 281, 290, 294, 
338 or accounting courses numbered 200 or above. One elective may be taken from eco- 
nomics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The analytical finance major requires the following courses: Accounting 111, 112, 
211, and 212; Business 100, 201, 202, 211, 221, 231, 232, 236, 241, 251, 261, 371; 
Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; Communication 110 and a minimum of six 
hours from Business 233, 234, 235, 237, 281, 290 (or Accounting 290), 293, 294, 338, 
or any accounting course above Accounting 212. 

The information systems major requires the following courses: Accounting 111 and 
112; Computer Science 111 and 111L; Business 100, 201, 202, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 
255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 261, 371; Economics 150; Communication 110; and 
Mathematics 106 or 111. 

Prerequisites for the mathematical business major include the following courses: 
Accounting 111 and 112; Mathematics 111 and 112; Economics 150; Communication 

110, and Business 100. Computer Science 111 and 112 are strongly recommended. 
Requirements for the mathematical business major are: Mathematics 253, 256, 301 (or 
113), 302 (or 121), 353; Business 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 292; and a minimum of 
six additional hours — only three of which can be in business. Mathematics electives must 
be at the 300 level or above, excluding 381. 

For the combined bachelor of science/master of science degree in professional accoun- 
tancy, the following course work must be completed: Accounting 111, 112, 211, 212, 
331, 351, 352, 621, 714, 730, 780, 791 and either 632 or 754; Business 100, 201, 211, 
221, 231, 237, 241, 251, 671, 762, an approved international course, and six hours of 
approved electives; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; and Communication 110. 

For the combined bachelor of science in analytical finance/master of science in profes- 
sional accountancy, the following course work must be completed: Accounting 111, 112, 
211, 212, 331, 351, 352, 621, 714, 730, 780, 791 and either 632 or 754; Business 100, 
201, 202, 211, 221, 231, 232, 236, 237, 241, 251, 671, 762, and an approved interna- 
tional course; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; and Communication 110. 

For the combined bachelor of science in information systems/master of science degree 
in professional accountancy the following coursework must be completed: Accounting 

111, 112, 211, 212, 351,352, 621, 714, 780, 791 and either 632 or 754; Computer 
Science 111 and 111L; Business 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 237, 241, 251, 255, 256, 257, 
658, 659, 671, 762; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; and Communication 110. 



239 Calloway School 



In addition to the courses stipulated on the previous page, the student in business and 
accountancy also must meet the following requirements for graduation: 

(a) a minimum of 112 hours for the four-year programs and 112 hours plus 30 graduate 

semester hours for the five-year program, including the basic and divisional 
requirements established by Wake Forest College; 

(b) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at Wake Forest; 

(c) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at other institutions; and 

(d) an overall 2.0 grade point average on all business and accountancy courses. 

Senior Honors Program 

Calloway School students (exclusive of mathematical business majors) with a grade point 
average of at least 3.0 on all college work and who are eligible for membership in Beta 
Gamma Sigma are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in business and 
accountancy. A project, paper, or readings, and an oral presentation or examination are 
required. Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the school are 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Business," "Honors in Accountancy," 
"Honors in Analytical Finance," or "Honors in Information Systems." For additional 
information, interested students should consult a member of the faculty of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. 

Mathematical business majors with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college 
work and a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major are invited to apply for 
admission to the honors program in mathematical business. A project, paper, or readings, 
and an oral presentation or examination are required. Those who successfully complete 
the requirements specified by the school and the mathematics department are graduated 
with the designation "Honors in Mathematical Business." For additional information, 
interested students should consult a member of the faculty of the mathematics department 
or the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 

Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest national recognition a student can 
receive in an undergraduate program in accounting or business. To be eligible for 
membership, a student must rank in the upper seven percent of the junior class or the 
upper ten percent of the senior class. 



Calloway School 240 



Courses of Instruction 

Business 

100. Calloway Requisite Integrated Study Program. (1.5h) Provides students with an 
awareness of the fundamental objectives of business organizations and the environments 
in which they operate, in order to provide a common foundation for an integrated study 
of business disciplines. In addition, students develop knowledge and basic skills of busi- 
ness software applications including the operating system and windows, spreadsheets, 
business presentation graphics, and databases. C — Accounting 111 or P — Accounting 
111. Closed to freshmen and seniors. 

181. Field Study, (lh) Directed field study in specialized areas of business. P — Business 
100 and Accounting 111. Permission of instructor. 

201. Quantitative Analysis I. (3h) This course emphasizes the understanding and applica- 
tion of quantitative tools used in the business decision-making process. Specific issues cov- 
ered include collection and presentation of data, sampling, and inferences. P — Business 
100. 

202. Quantitative Analysis II. (3h) This course is a continuation of Business 201. 
Additional statistical analysis tools are covered including linear programming. 

P — Business 201. 

209. Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Business. (1.5h,3h) The course examines current 
business issues using the theory and practices covered in the core courses. Topics may 
include recent global business events and policies, corporate takeovers and restructurings, 
business aspects of health care, workplace issues, the relationship of government and busi- 
ness decisions, among others. The topics discussed will change each semester reflecting the 
important issues at that time. P — Senior status and permission of instructor. 

211. Organizational Theory and Behavior. (3h) This course focuses on the behavior, 
structure, and processes within organizations. Emphasis is on developing knowledge and 
skills regarding the role of individuals and groups within organizations, as well as the 
functions of organizational systems and dynamics. 

212. Human Resource Management. (3h) This course focuses on important human 
resources management (HRM) skills that are frequently used by line managers. Upon 
completion of the course, students should be literate in basic HRM concepts, knowledge- 
able of line managers' HRM responsibilities, and skilled in HRM applications as 
prospective line managers. P — Business 211. 

213. Entrepreneurship. (3h) The course is designed to acquaint students with entrepre- 
neurship in practice, and to help students assess whether an entrepreneurial path makes 
sense for them. Students will define their own new business opportunities and will design 
a business plan for a new business start-up. Topics covered will include marketing 
research and screening new venture ideas, the qualities which successful entrepreneurs 
and their management teams possess, growth and transition issues for new ventures, legal 
and financial issues in start-ups, and raising capital. P — Business 211, 221, and 231, or 
permission of the instructor. 



241 



Calloway School 



215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (1.5h,3h) This course deals with the global 
issues in management. Particular emphasis is placed on the different management philoso- 
phies and styles employed by managers in an international context. The course is conduct- 
ed in a seminar format and focuses on the complexities involved in operating in different 
cultures and the implications which these cultural differences have on managing organiza- 
tions and their employees' behavior. P — Business 211. 

216. Management in the Nonprofit and Public Sectors. (1.5h) This seminar focuses on the 
comparisons and contrasts of management across the nonprofit, public, and private sec- 
tors. The course uses a seminar format and a "real-world" approach. P — Senior standing. 
(One-half of enrollment spaces are available for non-Calloway School students.) 

217. Change Management. (3h) This course focuses on the processes of change and reor- 
ganization in organizations. The overall course objective is to help students develop skills 
and knowledge that will allow them to assess the necessity for organizational change, 
identify factors that facilitate or impede successful change, and initiate and implement 
change in organizations. P — Business 211. 

221. Principles of Marketing. (3h) A study of the role of marketing in business and the 
economy. Emphasis is on the examination of marketing concepts, functions, institutions, 
and methods. P — Economics 150 and Business 100. 

222. Marketing Strategy. (3h) This course focuses on marketing strategy development 
through intensive analysis of a diverse selection of cases from consumer, industrial, and 
technological markets; product and service businesses; and for-profit and nonprofit sec- 
tions. Building upon tools, frameworks, and concepts of Business 221, this course pursues 
key strategic issues in depth. Topics covered include product development, promotional 
strategy, physical distribution, and pricing in planning and controlling marketing opera- 
tion. P — Business 221. 

223. International Marketing. (3h) Study of problems and opportunities in marketing 
overseas, analysis of cultural, economic, and political environment of foreign marketing 
operations, organization, and control of the multinational company. P — Business 221. 

224. Marketing Research. (3h) Introduction to fundamentals of research methodology 
and use of research information in marketing decision-making. Topics include research 
design, data collection methods, scaling, sampling, and alternate methods of statistical 
data analysis. Students design and execute their own research projects. P — Business 201 
and 221. 

225. Consumer Behavior. (3h) Study of interdisciplinary behavioral science findings in 
buying decision processes and application of this knowledge to the design of marketing 
strategies and to the development of creative communication programs. P — Business 221. 

226. Retail Management. (3h) This course is designed to acquaint the student with the 
scope, current trends, and elements of retail management. Topics covered include market 
structure of retailing, consumer behavior and retail strategy, changing retail institution 
types, merchandising strategies, basic financial tools essential to retail profitability, and 
current research in retailing. P — Business 221. 



Calloway School 2.42 



227. Marketing Communications. (3h) Marketing communications — the "promotion" 
part of the four Ps — is designed for students who want to pursue careers in marketing. 
The overall course objective is to improve students' ability to communicate with con- 
sumers by helping them determine whom to talk to, what to say, and how to say it. In 
addition to advertising, the course addresses such elements of a marketing communica- 
tions program as consumer and trade promotions, direct mail, publicity, packaging, point 
of sale material, and event sponsorship. Discussions, cases, in-class exercises, short oral 
presentations, and a marketing communications campaign project are among the instruc- 
tional methods used in the course. P — Business 221. 

228. Sports Marketing. (3h) This course focuses on the application of the strategic mar- 
keting process to the rapidly growing sports industry. Varied elements of the industry are 
examined: understanding the sports consumer; marketing and media; advertising and 
communication; promotion and special events; licensing; and corporate sponsorships. 
Current research, including gender-specific marketing, using athletes as endorsers, seg- 
menting the sports market, measuring value of sponsorship, and globalization of sports 
products are covered. P — Economics 150 or equivalent. 

231. Principles of Finance. (3h) An introduction to the field of finance including financial 
management, investment analysis, and financial institutions and markets. Emphasis is 
placed on financial management at the level of the business entity or nonprofit organiza- 
tion. P — Business 100, Accounting 112, and Economics 150. 

232. Advanced Financial Management. (3h) Management decision-making applied to the 
financial function, including investment, financing, dividend, and working capital deci- 
sions and their impact on the value of the firm. P — Business 231. 

233. Investment Analysis. (3h) Study of investment alternatives, expected returns, and 
corresponding risks; valuation of stocks applying fundamental analysis; survey of past 
and current methods of stock selection, including portfolio considerations. P — Business 
231, and either Accounting 212 or Business 232, or permission of instructor. 

234. Multinational Financial Management. (3h) Analysis of the international aspects of 
managerial finance. Emphasis upon institutional and environmental factors influencing 
capital acquisition and allocation. P — Business 231. 

235. Financial Institutions 8c Markets. (3h) A thorough examination of the role of finan- 
cial intermediaries in a free market economy and the functions of financial institutions 
within money and capital institutions. Topics include asset, liability, and capital manage- 
ment, the regulatory environment, and special topics. Special topics may include risk man- 
agement techniques utilizing proprietary insurance to neutralize the effects of risk inher- 
ent in daily life: termination or suspension of earnings, liability exposures, and potential 
losses of real and personal property values. P — Business 231. 

236. Financial Derivatives. (3h) Futures, options, and swaps are the three most important 
types of financial derivatives and they are linked by a common pricing framework. This 
course emphasizes the use of these derivatives in risk management but includes speculative 
strategies that can be implemented with them. P — Business 23 1 . 



242 Calloway School 



237. Taxes and Their Role in Business and Personal Decisions. (3h) Study of basic con- 
cepts of federal and state income taxation with an introduction to sales, property, and 
payroll taxes. Emphasis on the impact of taxation on business and personal tax planning 
and on the importance of compliance. P or C — Accounting 211 or permission of instructor. 

241. Production and Operations Management. (3h) A study of the problems of the opera- 
tions function in organizations, their interfaces with other functional areas, and the meth- 
ods of their solutions. Topics include process selection, forecasting, aggregate planning, 
job shop scheduling, project management, MRP inventory management, facilities location 
and design, quality planning and control. P — Business 201. 

243. Management of Technology and Innovation. (3h) This course explores the manage- 
ment challenges and opportunities created by emerging new technologies including both 
product and process technologies. Major themes of the course include (1) how pioneering 
firms manage the initial exploitation of new technologies to create business value and 
establish a competitive advantage through new product development or new process 
development and (2) how established firms cope with an emerging technology that 
threatens to diminish their competitive advantage or displace demand for products and 
services. This course deals with managerial rather than technical choices. P — Business 
211,221,231 and 251. 

251. Management Information Systems. (3h) An introduction to the business issues 
associated with information technology, designed to provide a broad perspective for 
managing an organization's information resources. The course begins with an overview 
of computing technology currently used in business organizations, including hardware, 
software, telecommunications and networking technology and database management 
systems. Techniques for developing and implementing corporate information systems are 
addressed, as are advanced applications of information technology. Frameworks are 
developed for contemplating when the use of such technologies is appropriate. Finally, the 
strategic, ethical and international implications of information systems are examined. 
P— Business 100. 

253. Advanced Topics in Information Technology. (1.5h) At any point in time, contempo- 
rary organizations face several imposing information technology-based management chal- 
lenges. This course provides an in-depth analysis of these issues, with an emphasis on con- 
sidering the alignment between information technology and the goals and strategies of the 
firm. A high degree of currency is maintained with regard to the topics addressed. 
P — Business 251. 

255. Electronic Commerce. (3h) Explores the benefits, capabilities, and related informa- 
tion technologies that comprise the current state of electronic commerce. Examines how 
to design and develop electronic commerce transaction processing based applications. 
The primary emphasis of the course will be on web based e-commerce systems, however 
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) technology will also be discussed. Students will develop 
an electronic commerce business application that utilizes a virtual shopping cart. For IS 
majors only. P — Business 257 or permission of instructor. 



Calloway School 244 



256. Systems Analysis and Design. (3h) The course addresses structured approaches to the 
development of computer-based information systems in business. Specifically, structured 
methodologies are addressed, as are approaches to representing information and data 
flows and requirements. The fundamentals of design are also addressed. Structured soft- 
ware engineering and documentation techniques are explored as approaches to imple- 
menting quality systems. P — Business 251 and P or C — Computer Science 111. 

257. Database Management. (3h) Explores the theories, features, and capabilities of rela- 
tional database management systems in a business environment. Examines relational 
database design techniques using entity-relationship (ER) modeling and how to create, 
maintain and query database tables with structured query language (SQL). Emphasizes 
the use of database management systems in real-world business settings and how this 
technology can be applied effectively to solve business problems. Extensive hands-on 
exposure in producing ER design documents and SQL queries and reports from a rela- 
tional database such as Oracle. For IS majors only. P — Business 251, P or C — Computer 
Science 111. 

258. Business Data Communication Systems. (3h) Driven by increasingly global and 
mobile computing environments, the course addresses the technical underpinnings of data 
communications, but does so within a business context. Several telecommunications 
models and networks are examined in detail. Special attention is paid to Internet-based 
communications. Emphasis is placed upon management of the telecommunications infras- 
tructure and associated projects. The impact of legislation and regulation in a global envi- 
ronment also is addressed. For IS majors only. P — Business 251, P or C — Computer 
Science 111. 

259. Managing the IT Resource. (3h) As the capstone course in the information systems 
major, this course develops in students the ability to critically evaluate the technological 
and competitive landscape and to identify opportunities to leverage information technolo- 
gy toward competitive advantage. The process of conducting a management audit to exam- 
ine current uses of information technology and to gauge its effectiveness is employed. 
Special emphasis is placed upon developing the ability to identify emerging and emergent 
technologies, to evaluate their strategic value to the firm and to then communicate the 
results of this analysis in a rigorous, professional and understandable fashion to business 
units and senior management. For IS majors only. P — Business 255, 256, 257, 258. 

261. Legal Environment of Business. (3h) A study of the legal environment in which busi- 
ness decisions are made in profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasis is put upon how 
the law develops and how economic, political, social, international, and ethical considera- 
tions influence this development. Includes substantive areas such as torts and government 
regulation of the employment relationship, the competitive marketplace and the environ- 
ment. P — Accounting 111. 

262. Business Law. (3h) A study of substantive law topics applicable to business transac- 
tions including contracts, agency, property, the UCC and business organizations with an 
emphasis on how these subjects intersect with the functional areas of business and affect 
managerial decision-making. P — Business 261. 



24c Calloway School 



265. Ethics and Business Leadership. (3h) An interdisciplinary exploration of ethics 
applied to business. The lecture, readings, and case-based approach introduces the neces- 
sary background information and then utilizes examples of ethical and unethical situa- 
tions to develop an understanding of how an efficient and effective business can also be 
ethical. P — Junior or senior standing. (One-half of enrollment spaces are available for 
non-Calloway School students.) 

272. Strategy in Entrepreneurial Firms. (3h) This course focuses on the creation and man- 
agement of strategy in entrepreneurial firms. Core foundational concepts in strategic man- 
agement are critically examined in the context of entrepreneurial firm settings. Emphasis 
is placed on applying principles of competitive analysis and strategic planning using case 
studies of startups, fast-growth firms, young firms in rapidly-changing industries, and 
firms confronting early organizational life cycle problems. Unique strategy issues con- 
fronted by firms in electronic commerce, technology, and other fast-paced industries will 
be considered. P or C — Business 211, 221, 231, and permission of instructor. 

281. Individualized Reading and Research. (lh,2h,3h) Directed study in specialized areas 
of business. P — Permission of instructor. 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) An experiential learning course which pro- 
vides students with an exposure to and understanding of the distinctive characteristics of 
global versus domestic operations in foreign settings. Each of the functional areas of busi- 
ness (marketing, operations, finance, human resources management, information systems, 
and strategic management) are covered through various site visits and presentations in 
selected foreign countries. Background readings and assignments appropriate to business 
or analytical finance majors are required. P — Permission of instructor. Taught overseas in 
the summer. 

292. Seminar in Mathematical Business Analysis. (3h) This seminar provides mathemati- 
cal business majors with a forum where they can actually see how the mathematical, sta- 
tistical and computer techniques can be brought to bear on many business problems from 
a variety of business functions. Emphasis will be more on studying the process of model- 
ing and implementation issues of the solutions and less on the algorithmic details devised 
for effective model solution. Critical and reflective thinking about models and translation of 
their results into management action that will add value to a process system will be a major 
objective. Another objective of the seminar will be to foster group work and the sharpening 
of presentation skills. P — Business 211, 221, 231, 241, and Mathematics 256, 353. 

293. Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. (3h) Risk management continues to 
evolve as an important area of study within the field of finance. This course is intended to 
assist the student in identifying and analyzing risk and in managing it through insurance and 
alternative tools. Techniques such as loss control, risk retention, and risk transfer are dis- 
cussed. Insurance is discussed as one of many tools used to manage the risks of individuals 
and firms. P — Junior or senior standing. 

294. Applied Risk Management. (1.5h) Professional risk management field work, under 
the direction of a faculty member. Students gain relevant practical experience that is inte- 
grated with casework and risk management theory. Emphasis is placed upon analysis, 



Calloway School 



246 



decision making in a global environment, teamwork, written and verbal skills, presenta- 
tion skills, and using technology to solve problems. P — Permission of instructor and 
senior standing. 

295. Summer Management Program. (6h) A study of the various functions of business 
including accounting, finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, 
and strategic planning. Offered only in the summer and open only to junior and senior 
liberal arts majors. Special application and admission procedures. 

296. Seminar in Fundamentals of Business. (4.5h) A study of the various functional areas 
of business, including finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, 
and strategic planning. Offered only in the summer. P — Admission to master of science in 
accountancy program. 

338. Financial Statement Analysis. (1.5h) A study of the techniques used to analyze and 
interpret the information in corporate financial statements. Emphasis is placed on (1) 
accounting methods used in the preparation of financial statements, (2) implications of 
management's accounting choices for evaluation of corporate performance by creditors 
and investors, and (3) linkages among financial statement items. P — Business 231 and 
Accounting 212. 

371. Strategic Management. (3h) This course focuses on the derivation of competitive 
advantage by organizations. The course emphasizes the activities of general managers who 
are responsible for the shape, character, and overall direction of the total enterprise. Course 
content includes analyzing the effects of industry and competitive environments on the 
firm, determining the strategic basis upon which the firm should compete, formulating 
and implementing integrative action plans which enhance performance, and strategic 
leadership. Emphasis is placed on applying principles of competitive analysis and strategic 
planning to case studies of domestic situations, diversification, globalization, corporate 
turnaround, and in the use of computerized business simulations. P — Business 211, 221, 
231, and 241. 

671. Strategic Management. (4h) This course focuses on the intersection between funda- 
mental concepts in strategic management and contemporary issues in accounting. A foun- 
dation is built in strategic management theory relating to the various ways in which firms 
plan and organize value — adding activities, derive competitive advantage, and achieve 
superior performance. The relation between fundamental strategy issues and related 
accounting treatments are then examined. P — Business 211, 221, 231, 241 and 
Accounting 414, 454, 480. 

762. Business Law for Accountants. (3h) An introduction to the process of law and study 
of the substantive law applicable to contracts, the Uniform Commercial Code, and 
debt/creditor relations. P — Admission to MS program. 

763. Enterprise Law. (2h) The study of the substantive law related to business organiza- 
tions, property, and government regulation of business functions. P — Business 762 



247 Calloway School 



Accountancy 

111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) An introduction to financial accounting and 
reporting, including the role of financial information in business decisions, the basic 
financial statements, and the processes used to prepare these financial statements. 
Students are introduced to the accounting and reporting issues associated with an organi- 
zation's financing, investing, and operating activities. Sophomore standing. 

112. Introductory Management Accounting. (3h) A study of the concepts fundamental to 
management accounting which aid in decision making, performance evaluation, and 
planning and control. The topics covered in the course include product costing systems, 
budgeting, differential and breakeven analysis, responsibility accounting, cost allocation, 
and management accounting reports. P — Minimum of C in Accounting 111. 

211. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems I. (4h) A study of the conceptual frame- 
work underlying financial accounting in the United States as well as the financial account- 
ing standards setting process and the basic corporate financial statements. Financial 
accounting and reporting issues associated with receivables, inventories, property, plant, 
and equipment, and intangible assets are also examined. P — Business 100 and minimum 
of C in Accounting 112. 

212. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems II. (4h) An examination of financial 
accounting and reporting issues associated with current liabilities and contingencies, long- 
term liabilities, partners' and stockholders' equity, investments in debt and equity securi- 
ties, business combinations, and consolidated and multinational enterprises. P — Minimum 
of C in Accounting 211. 

290. International Accounting. (3h) An experiential learning course that provides students 
with an opportunity to learn about international and transnational accounting standards, 
policies, and practices. Students will participate in a study tour of several selected coun- 
tries and will gain an international accounting and business perspective through meetings 
with individuals in government, professional accounting firms, financial institutions, and 
manufacturing companies. Background readings and assignments appropriate to account- 
ing or analytical finance majors are required. P — Accounting 211 and permission of the 
instructor. Taught overseas in the summer. 

331. Federal Taxation of Corporations, Partnerships, Estates, and Trusts. (3h) A review 
of federal taxation principles associated with the organization, operation, and dissolution 
of corporate, partnership and tax-exempt organizations. Introduction to federal estate 
and gift taxes and to income taxation of trusts and estates. P — Admission to MS program 
or permission of instructor. 

351. Accounting Information Systems. (2h) A study of the design and operation of 
accounting systems including the revenue, expenditure, and administrative transaction 
cycles. Emphasis is placed upon the necessary controls for reliable data. P — Accounting 
112 and Business 251. 



Calloway School 



248 



352. Introduction to Auditing. (4h) An examination of basic auditing concepts and prac- 
tices, and the auditor's professional responsibilities. Emphasis is placed upon auditing 
standards and the auditing procedures commonly used in public accounting. 
P — Admission to the MS program, C or above in Accounting 212; C — Accounting 351. 

378. Individualized Reading and Research. (lh,2h,3h) Directed study in specialized areas 
of accountancy. P — Permission of instructor. 

390. Professional Accounting Internship. (3h) Professional accounting field work, under 
the direction of a faculty member, in a public accounting firm, corporate enterprise, or 
not-for-profit organization. Students gain relevant practical experience which builds on 
prior coursework and provides an experiential knowledge base for coursework in the fifth 
year. P — Admission to MS program and permission of the instructor. Pass/fail. 

621. Advanced Management Accounting. (3h) Advanced study of management account- 
ing topics including strategic and operational decisions, behavioral issues related to bud- 
geting, transfer pricing, performance measurement, and contemporary issues in account- 
ing for management planning and control. P — Minimum of C in Accounting 112. 

632. Selected Topics in Taxation. (3h) A review of advance tax topics associated with fed- 
eral taxation of flow through entities and international transactions, and state and local 
taxation. P — Accounting 331. 

633. Tax Policy and Planning. (1.5h) An examination of current tax policy issues and the 
effects of taxes on investment alternatives. P — Business 237. 

714. Seminar in Financial Reporting. (4h) An examination of a variety of financial report- 
ing topics, including revenue recognition, income taxes, pensions and postretirement ben- 
efits, leases, accounting changes and error analysis, interim and segment reporting, and 
the statement of cash flows. P — Admission to MS program and minimum of C in 
Accounting 212. 

730. Tax Research Methods, (lh) A survey of the methods and resources used by tax 
practitioners in researching compliance and planning issues. P — Business 237 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

734. Estate and Gift Taxation. (1.5h) A review of taxation of gratuitous transfers under 
the federal estate and gift tax code and under state inheritance gift tax law. Analysis of tax 
planning and compliance issues. P — Business 237. 

754. Advanced Auditing and Assurance Services. (4h) A study of current issues, practices, 
and techniques related to auditing. Students will utilize available research materials, 
databases, personal auditing experience, and practitioner sources to address auditing 
issues. Emphasis is placed upon analysis, teamwork, writing, and presentation skills. 
P — Admission to MS program, Accounting 352 or permission of the instructor. 

780. Accounting Research Methods and Resources. (2h) An introduction to research 
methods and resources used to investigate issues and problems arising in a professional 
accounting environment. P — Admission to MS program. 



249 Calloway School 



791. Professional Accountancy Colloquium. (2h) A seminar course that reflects back on 
the internship experience and examines current issues facing the accountancy profession. 
The course would allow students to share and discuss issues and problems faced during 
the internship and would utilize speakers and readings to stimulate discussions. 

P — Admission to the MS program. 

792. Accounting in Emerging Economies: Transition to a Market Economy. (3h) This 
course examines the challenges and problems faced by former socialist countries such as 
Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Russia, in the transition process towards democra- 
cy and market economies. In this context, the course explores the process of accounting 
reform as a crucial and integral part of this transformation. Due to the complexity of 
these transition problems, the course will be necessarily interdisciplinary in nature. 

P — Admission to the MS program and permission of instructor. 



Calloway School 2.50 



Enrollment 






\> : • 






All Schools — Fall 2000 



Undergraduate Schools* 
The Graduate School (Reynolda Campus) 
The Graduate School (Bowman Gray Campus) 
The School of Law 
Divinity School 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 
The Wake Forest School of Medicine 
(Includes Allied Health) 



Men 



Women 



University Totals 



3,247 



3,017 



Geographic Distribution — Undergraduates 

By State (2000-1001 Academic Year) 



Total 



1,930 


2,020 


3,950 


175 


224 


399 


85 


100 


185 


268 


208 


476 


19 


31 


50 


464 


164 


628 


306 


270 


576 



6,264 



Alabama 


39 


Kentucky 


46 


North Dakota 


1 


Alaska 





Louisiana 


20 


Ohio 


111 


Arizona 


4 


Maine 


14 


Oklahoma 


14 


Arkansas 


8 


Maryland 


175 


Oregon 


8 


California 


76 


Massachusetts 


106 


Pennsylvania 


210 


Colorado 


24 


Michigan 


21 


Rhode Island 


17 


Connecticut 


101 


Minnesota 


14 


South Carolina 


188 


Delaware 


25 


Mississippi 


8 


South Dakota 


2 


District of Columbia 


13 


Missouri 


37 


Tennessee 


120 


Florida 


222 


Montana 





Texas 


175 


Georgia 


195 


Nebraska 


3 


Utah 


3 


Hawaii 


4 


Nevada 


1 


Vermont 


14 


Idaho 


1 


New Hampshire 


17 


Virginia 


250 


Illinois 


63 


New Jersey 


216 


Washington 


11 


Indiana 


22 


New Mexico 


3 


West Virginia 


42 


Iowa 


8 


New York 


163 


Wisconsin 


18 


Kansas 


16 


North Carolina 


1,054 


Wyoming 






Countries Represented (2000-2001 Academic Year): 



Australia 
Barbados 
Bermuda 
Bolivia 
Canada 
China (PRC) 
Colombia 
Costa Rica 



Dubai 
France 
Germany 
Hong Kong 
India 

Ivory Coast 
Japan 
Lithuania 



Netherlands 

Russia 

Spain 

Sweden 

United Arab Emirates 

United Kingdom 

Venezuela 



Total International Students: 42 

*Note: Undergraduate data taken from IPEDS — Fall Enrollment 2000. All other data taken from the 
Office of the Registrar. 



2<ri Enrollment 



Governing and Advisory Boards 




The Board of Trustees 

1998-2002 

L. M. Baker Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Carlyn J. Bowden, Greensboro, NC 
Ronald E. Deal, Hickory, NC 
James R. Helvey III, Winston-Salem, NC 
Jeanette W Hyde, Raleigh, NC 
Jonathan L. Kelley, Greensboro, NC 

1999-2003 

Diana Moon Adams, Bartlesville, OK 
J. Donald Cowan Jr., Raleigh, NC 
Marvin D. Gentry, King, NC 
William B. Greene Jr., Elizabethton, TN 
Deborah D. Lambert, Raleigh, NC 

2000-2004 

James L. Becton, Augusta, GA 
Graham W. Denton Jr., Charlotte, NC 
A. Doyle Early Jr., High Point, NC 
Libba C. Evans, Winston-Salem, NC 
Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 

2001-2005 

W Louis Bissette Jr., Asheville, NC 
Simpson O. Brown Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Jan W Calloway, Greenwich, CT 
Harvey R. Holding, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
Lawrence D. Hopkins, Winston-Salem, NC 



Dee Hughes LeRoy, Charleston, SC 
L. Glenn Orr Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Adelaide A. Sink, Thonotosassa, FL 
Roy J. Smith, Raleigh, NC 
John C. Whitaker Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 



William L. Marks, New Orleans, LA 
Louis B. Meyer, Wilson, NC* 
J. Donald Nichols, Nashville, TN 
Celeste Mason Pittman, Rocky Mount, NC 
Charles Jeffrey Young, Winston-Salem, NC 

Sandra R. Kahle, Vero Beach, FL 
John G. Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Theodore R. Meredith, Vero Beach, FL 
Michael G. Queen, Wilmington, NC 
G. Kennedy Thompson, Charlotte, NC 

James W Johnston, Winston-Salem, NC 
Russell W Meyer Jr., Wichita, KS 
K. Wayne Smith, Newton, NC 
Janice Kulynych Story, Dunwoody, GA 



Life Trustees 



Bert L. Bennett, Winston-Salem, NC 
Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh, NC 
Louise Broyhill, Winston-Salem, NC 
C. C. Cameron, Charlotte, NC 
Charles W Cheek, Greensboro, NC 
Egbert L. Davis Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Floyd Fletcher, Durham, NC 
Victor I. Flow Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Jean H. Gaskin, Charlotte, NC 
Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem, NC 
James E. Johnson Jr., Charlotte, NC 



Petro Kulynych, Wilkesboro, NC 
James W Mason, Southern Pines, NC 
W Boyd Owen, Waynesville, NC* 
Arnold D. Palmer, Youngstown, PA 
Frances P. Pugh, Raleigh, NC 
Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem, NC 
D. E. Ward Jr., Lumberton, NC 
Lonnie B. Williams Sr., Wilmington, NC 
J. Tylee Wilson, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
T. Eugene Worrell, Charlottesville, VA 



Deceased 



Board of Trustees 



252 



Officers - zooi-zooz 

William B. Greene Jr., Elizabethton, TN, Chair 
Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Vice Chair 
Adelaide A. Sink, Thonotosassa, FL, Vice Chair 
Louis R. Morrell, Winston-Salem, NC, Treasurer 
Leon H. Corbett Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Secretary 
J. Reid Morgan, Winston-Salem, NC, Assistant Secretary 
Irene A. Comito, Clemmons, NC, Assistant Treasurer 



The Board of Visitors 

Evelyn P. Foote, Chair, Board of Visitors 

Wake Forest College and Graduate School 



Terms Expiring June 50, zoo z 

Peter J. Bondy, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 
Stewart Taylor Butler, Winston-Salem, NC 
Jane F. Crosthwaite, South Hadley, MA 
Evelyn P. Foote, Accokeek, MD 
Shirley T. Frye, Greensboro, NC 
Stanhope A. Kelly, Winston-Salem, NC 
Albert D. McCulloch, Bryn Mawr, PA 

Terms Expiring June 30, zoo 3 

Bruce M. Babcock, Winston-Salem, NC 
J. Frank Bragg Jr., Charlotte, NC 
Homer W. Brookshire, Bridgewater, VA 
Callie Anne Clark, Hinsdale, IL 
Brenda E. B. Dunson, Washington, DC 
Karen L. Elkins, Silver Spring, MD 
Kathleen B. French, Fairfax, VA 
Lucy Gordon, New York, NY 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2004 

Donna A. Boswell, Oakton, VA 
Catherine B. Burroughs, Aurora, NY 
Clifford H. Clarke, Honolulu, HI 
Wilbur S. Doyle Sr., Martinsville, VA 
Noel L. Dunn, Winston-Salem, NC 
Laura M. Elliott, Great Falls, VA 
Caroline R. Ervin, Indian River Shores, FL 
Herman E. Eure, Winston-Salem, NC 
E. Ashley Hairston, Charlottesville, VA 
Nancy L. Ingram, Winston-Salem, NC 
Timothy See Yiu Lam, Vienna, VA 
Annis Paschal Lyles, Atlanta, GA 
Randall D. Ledford, St. Louis, MO 



Christoph Nostitz, Clemmons, NC 
Drewry H. Nostitz, Clemmons, NC 
Patricia Vecellio, Natural Bridge, VA 
Dale R. Walker, New York, NY 
Douglas C. Waller, Washington, DC 
Jeanne P. Whitman, Dallas, TX 
James T Williams, Greensboro, NC 



Charlotte Hanes, Winston-Salem, NC 
Martin Mayer, Washington, DC 
James A. Perdue, Salisbury, MD 
Michael G. Riley, Roanoke, VA 
Janice K. Story, Atlanta, GA 
Rick Lee Tarleton, Athens, GA 
John W Wagster, Nashville, TN 



John R. Lowden, Greenwich, CN 
Penelope E. Niven, Winston-Salem, NC 
Thomas W Ross, Winston-Salem, NC 
Jane E. O'Sullivan, Evanston, IL 
John Holden Parrish, Lajolla, CA 
Lloyd P. Tate, Raleigh, NC 
Elizabeth O. Taylor, Brevard, NC 
Cathy W Thomas, Chapel Hill, NC 
Carl M. Tucker, Pageland, SC 
J. Elizabeth Tuttle-Newhall, Chapel Hill, NC 
Janet P. Wheeler, Winston-Salem, NC 
Mary Helen Young, Malibu, CA 
Walter H. Zultowski, Granby, CT 



253 



Board of Visitors 



Terms Expiring June 30, 2005 

James C. Daniel (Pete), Washington, DC 
Steven J. Eskind, Nashville, TN 
Laurie G. Eskind, Nashville, TN 
Olivia B. Holding, Atlantic Beach, NC 



Robert M. Frehse, Jr., New York, NY 
Beverly B. Lambert, Roanoke, VA 
William W Webb, Chapel Hill, NC 
Catherine Woodard, New York, NY 



Ex-Officio Members 

Susan Yates Stephenson, President, Alumni Council President, Raleigh, NC 
Celeste M. Pittman, Board of Trustees Liaison, Rocky Mount, NC 



The Board of Visitors 

Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 



Jim B. Apple, Columbia, SC 
Emily Babcock, Winston-Salem, NC 
Janice W. Calloway, Greenwich, CT 
Randy S. Casstevens, Winston-Salem, NC 
Victor N. Daley, Des Moines, IA 
Edwin A. Dalrymple Jr., Charlotte, NC 
Moira E. Davis, New York, NY 
Frederick W. Eubank, Charlotte, NC 
W. Chester Evans HI, Greensboro, NC 
John J. Fosina, New York, NY 
Jeffry D. Frisby, Clemmons, NC 
Thomas P. Gibbons, New York, NY 
Dennis Hatchell, Winston-Salem, NC 
Gregory B. Hunter, Winston-Salem, NC 
A. Dale Jenkins, Raleigh, NC 
Patrick G. Jones, Atlanta, GA 
Richard Kauffeld Jr., Chicago, IL 
John Keener, Charlotte, NC 
Gary B. Lambert, Washington, DC 



Bobbie Landers, Somers, NY 
James R. Lattanzi, Bristol, TN 
Susan R. Leadem, London 
George L. Lovett, Charlotte, NC 
John B. Maier II, New York, NY 
Morris D. Marley, Winston-Salem, NC 
Aubrey L. Martin, Charlotte, NC 
Charles L. Melman, Charlotte, NC 
Caroline Murray, Raleigh, NC 
Dennis R. Reigle, Chicago, IL 
Richard A. Riley, Chicago, IL 
Robert H. Samson, Albany, NY 
Larry P. Scott, Florham Park, NJ 
H. Dean Sellers, Charlotte, NC 
June S. Slowik, New York, NY 
Clay Small, Piano, TX 
Cynthia Evans Tessien, Winston-Salem, NC 
Porter B. Thompson, Greensboro, NC 
Michael J. Wilk, New York, NY 



Board of Visitors 254 



The Administration 



Date following name indicates year of appointment 



>■ It -P 



University 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt 

John P. Anderson (1984) 

BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham) 

Douglas L. Edgeton (2000) 

BS, University of Tuscaloosa; 
MBA, MPh, University of Alabama 

Sandra Combs Boyette (1981) 

BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

James Reid Morgan. (2001) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Richard H. Dean (1986) 

BA, Virginia Military Institute; 
MD, Medical College of Virginia 

Samuel T. Gladding (1990) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; 
MAR, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Louis R. Morrell( 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Edwin G. Wilson (1946, 1951) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Kenneth A. Zick ( 1975) 

BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; 
MLS, Michigan 



College 



Paul D. Escott (1988) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Duke 



Linda McKinnish Bridges (2001) 
BA, Meredith College; 
PhD, MD Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 



President 



Vice President for Finance and Administration 



Vice President for 
Health Affairs, Finance, and Administration 

Vice President for University Advancement 



General Counsel 
Senior Vice President for Health Affairs 

Associate Provost 



Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Senior Vice President 



Vice President for Student Life and 
Instructional Resources 



Dean of the College 
Associate Dean 



*55 



The Administration 



Toby A. Hale (1970) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 

William S. Hamilton (1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Claudia Thomas Kairoff (1986) 

BA, College of Notre Dame of Maryland; 
MA, Virginia; PhD, Brandeis 

Paul N. Orser( 1989) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 

W.Douglas Bland (1975) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Provost 

Edwin G. Wilson (1946, 1951) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Samuel T Gladding (1990) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; 
MAR, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 



Graduate School 

Gordon A. Melson ( 1991) 

BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 

School of Law 

Robert K.Walsh (1989) 

BA, Providence; JD, Harvard 

H. Miles Foy III (1984) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Harvard; JD, Virginia 

Ann Setien Gibbs (2000) 

BS, Virginia; JD, Richmond 

Deborah L. Parker (1984) 

BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
JD, Wake Forest 

Marian F.Parker (1999) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; JD, Wake Forest; 
MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James C.Cook (1992) 

BS, South Carolina; JD, Wake Forest 

Kim M. Fields (2001) 

BS, Southwestern Louisiana 

Jean K.Holmes (1985) 

Margaret C. Lankford (1990) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 

Linda J. Michalski (1983) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 



Associate Dean 
Associate Dean 
Associate Dean 

Associate Dean and Dean of Freshmen 

Director of Academic Services and 
Assistant to the Dean of the College 



Senior Vice President and 
Provost Emeritus 



Associate Provost 



Dean of the Graduate School 



Dean of the School of Law 



Executive Associate Dean, Academic Affairs 



Associate Dean, External Affairs and Administration 

Associate Dean for Students and 
Professor of Legal Writing 

Associate Dean for Information Services, 

Director of Professional Center Library, 

and Professor of Law 

Director of Continuing Legal Education 

Director of Career Services 

Activities Coordinator 
Budget Director 

Director of Professional and Public Relations 



The Administration 



256 



MelanieE.Nutt(1969) 

Edward S. Raliski (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

LeAnn P. Steele (1977) 
BMu, Salem 



Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 
Director of Law School Information Services 

Registrar 



Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Dean and GMAC Insurance Chair of Finance 



R. Charles Mover ( 1988) 

BA, Howard; MBA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

AjayPatel(1993) 

BS, St. Joseph's College; 
MBA, University of Baltimore; 
PhD, University of Georgia 

J. Kendall Middaugh II (1987) 

BBA, George Washington University; 
PhD, Ohio State University 

Robin R. Ganzert (1988) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Mary C. Goss ( 1992) 

BS, Southern Illinois; MBA, Pepperdine 

Jamie Barnes (1998) 

AA, Wesley, Delaware; MBA Wake Forest 

Kevin C. Bender (1999) 

BS, Alleghany College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Patricia B. Divine (1988) 

BS, Virginia; MALS, Wake Forest 

Leslye A. Gervasi (1997) 

BS, Nazareth College; MA, State University 
of New York 



Associate Dean of Academic Affairs 
and Babcock Research Professor of Finance 



Associate Dean of Management Education 



Assistant Dean of Finance and Administration 



Assistant Dean of Fulltime Program Admissions 
and Student Services ~ Winston-Salem 

Director of Evening and Executive 
MBA Programs - Winston-Salem 

Executive Director of Career 
Management Center 

Director of MBA Development and 
Alumni Relations 

Assistant Dean of External Relations and 
Program Development 

Director, MBA Program ~ Charlotte 



Wake Forest School of Medicine 

Richard H. Dean (1986) 

BA, Virginia Military Institute; 
MD, Medical College of Virginia 

William B. Applegate (2002) 

BA, MD, University of Louisville; 
MPh, Harvard School of Public Health 

Douglas L. Edgeton (2000) 
BS, MBA, MPh, Alabama 

Thomas J. Pulliam (2002) 
BS, Stanford University; 
MD, Bowman Gray School of Medicine 



President and CEO 



Senior Vice President and Dean 



Vice President for 

Health Affairs, Finance and Administration, 

and Chief Operations Officer 

Vice President for Professional Affairs 



2-57 



The Administration 



Patricia L.Adams (1979) 

BA, Duke; MD, Wake Forest 

G. Douglas Atkinson (1994) 
BS, Drake; MBA, Xavier 

Johannes M. Boehme II (1978) 

BA, Southern College;MBA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Western University 

Vardaman M. Buckalew Jr. (1973) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MD, Pennsylvania 

Edward Carter (1993) 
BS, Western Michigan; 
MS, San Diego State 

Cam E. Enarson( 1990) 

BA, Concordia; BMS, MD, Alberta; 
MBA, Pennsylvania 

J. Mac Ernest III (1982) 

BA, William Carey College; 
MD, Mississippi 

Denise Fetters (1998) 

BS, Washington National 

Deirdre A. Herrington (1990) 

BS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; 
MD, Albany 

Ronald L. Hoth ( 1992) 
BS, Loyola College 

Patricia H. Petrozza (2001) 
BS, Chestnut Hill College; 
MD, Jefferson Medical College Thomas Jefferson University 

Joel M.Landreth( 1978) 
BA, Catawba College 

Michael P. Lischke 

BA, MPh, Emory University; EdD, Temple University 

Paul M.LoRusso( 1987) 

BS, Syracuse; MBA, Florida State 

Catrina Murphy (1996) 
AB, MA, Duke 

Lewis H.Nelson III (1976) 

BS, North Carolina State; MD, Wake Forest 

Michael J. Poston (1993) 
BS, MS, Indiana 

W.Roger Poston II (1991) 

AB, Mercer; BS, MS, Medical College 
of Georgia; EdD, West Virginia 

Joanne Ruhland (1988) 

BS, Gardner Webb; MBA, Appalachian 



Associate Dean for Student Affairs 



Associate Dean and Vice President for Networks 

Associate Dean for Academic Computing 
and Information Services 

Chief of Professional Services 

Associate Dean and Vice President for 
Facilities Planning and Construction 

Associate Dean for Medical Education 



Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 



Director for Business Operations, 
Wake Forest University Physicians 

Acting Director, International Health Affairs 



Assistant Dean for Human Resources 



Associate Dean for Graduate Medical Education 



Controller 

Director, Northwest AHEC 

Associate Dean and 
Vice President for Information Services 

Director, Minority Affairs 

Associate Dean for Student Services 
and Admissions 

Associate Dean and Vice President for 
Development and Alumni Affairs 

Director, Biomedical Communications 



Assistant Dean for Governmental Relations 



The Administration 



258 



Sheila L.Vrana (2001) 
BS, Emory University; 
PhD, West Virginia University 

E. Parks Welch III (1991) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Wake 
Forest; MLS, UNC-Greensboro 



Assistant Dean for Research, Office of Research 



Director, Coy C. Carpenter Library 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 

Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989) Dean of the Wayne Calloway School 

BS, Bob Jones University; PhD, Texas of Business and Accountancy 

J. Kline Harrison (1990) Associate Dean for 

BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland 

Dale R.Martin (1982) 

BS, MS, Illinois State; DBA, Kentucky 

Helen Akinc (1987) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

KatherineS. Hoppe (1993) 

BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Terry A. Baker (1998) 

BA, Miami of Ohio; MS, MBA, Chicago; 
PhD, Kentucky 



Curriculum and Administration 

Associate Dean for 
Academic Programs and Resources 

Assistant Dean for 
Student Professional Affairs 

Assistant Dean for 
Student Academic Affairs 

Director of MS Program in Accountancy 



Divinity School, Wake Forest University 

Bill J. Leonard (1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MDiv., Southwestern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; PhD, Boston University 

Scott Hudgins (1997) 
BA, Richmond; 
MDiv, Union Theological Seminary, New York 

Jill Crainshaw (1999) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist 
Theological Seminary; PhD, Union Theological Seminary 

HallieS. Arrington (1977) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Admissions and Financial Aid 



Martha Blevins Allman (1982) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Tamara L. Blocker (1999) 

BS, Florida State University; 
MA, University of Central Florida 

James F. Clarke (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Tiffini K. Williamson (2000) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Dean of the Divinity School 



Director of Admissions 



Associate Dean for 
Vocational Formation 

Registrar of the Divinity School 



Director of Admissions 



Associate Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Admissions Technology 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Volunteer Programs Coordinator 

Assistant Director of Admissions 



2 5 9 



The Administration 



Dawn E.Calhoun (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Marcus R. Ingram (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Todd M.Achilles (2001) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Emily J. Chapin(2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Stuart C.Hipp (2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

William T.Wells (1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Thomas O.Phillips (1982) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel 

Milton W King (1992, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Jonathan H. Hartness (1998) 
BA, Southern Mississippi 

Shannon E.James (1999) 
BA, Salem College 

Rebecca Maier (2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Lisa A. Myers (1996) 

Neville G. Watkins (1998) 

BA, Randolph-Macon Women's College; 
MA, Virginia 

Athletics 

Ron Wellman (1992) 

BS, MS, Bowling Green State University 

W.Douglas Bland (1975) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Dwight Lewis (2000) 

BA, MA, Chicago State University 

Barbara Walker (1999) 

BS, MAEd, Central Missouri State 

Davis Whitfield (1998) 

BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Mike Pratapas (1989) 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

William M. Faircloth( 1978) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, Alabama 

Craig Keilitz (1996) 

BS, Central Michigan; MA, Ohio 



Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of North Carolina Recruitment 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Multicultural Recruitment 

Admissions Counselor 

Admissions Counselor 

Admissions Counselor 

Director of Financial Aid 

Director of Merit-Based Scholarships 

Associate Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Financial Aid Counselor 



Hill 



Student Employment Coordinator 
Assistant Director of Financial Aid 



Director of Athletics 

Associate Athletic Director for Administration 
and Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Associate Athletic Director for Student Services 
and Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Senior Associate Athletic Director/SWA 

Assistant Athletic Director for 
Operations and Facilities Management 

Associate Athletic Director for Development 

Assistant Athletic Director for Football 

Associate Athletic Director for 
Marketing and Promotions 



The Administration 2.60 



Dianne Dailey (1988) Associate Athletic Director 

BA, Salem College; and Head Women's Golf Coach 

MEd, North Carolina State 

Dean Buchan (2000) Assistant Athletic Director for Media Relations 

BA, UNC-Wilmington 

Dennis Haglan (2000) Assistant Athletic Director for Development 

BA, William & Mary; MAEd, Slippery 
Rock University; MBA, Wake Forest 

Rebecca Ward (1971) Assistant Athletic Director for Special Projects 

and Human Resources 

Career Services 

William C. Currin (1988) Director of Career Services 

BA, Wake Forest; 
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1997) Associate Director of Career Services 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 

Patrick Sullivan ( 1 997) Assistant Director for Technology 

BA, Wake Forest University and Experiential Learning 

Shan Woolard (2001) Assistant Director for Career Development 

BA, Salem College; MS, UNC-Greensboro 

Chaplain's Office 

Edgar D. Christman ( 1 954, 1961) Chaplain 

BA, JD, Wake Forest; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; STM, Union Theo. Seminary 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999) Associate Chaplain and 

BA, Samford University; MDiv, Southern Baptist Campus Minister 

Baptist Theological Seminary 

Finance and Administration 

John P. Anderson (1984) Vice President for Finance and Administration 

BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham); MAEd, Wake Forest 

Louis R. Morrell (1995) Vice President for Investments 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts and Treasurer 

Maureen L. Carpenter (1997) Controller 

BS, St. John Fisher College; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Irene A. Comito (1986) Assistant Treasurer 

BS, Kent State 

F. Thomas King (1991) Assistant Director, Real Estate Management 

THB, Piedmont College 

Ralph D. Pedersen (2000) Director of Human Resources 

BS, University of Utah; 
MS, George Washington University 

William C. Sides Jr. (1994) Director of Facilities Management 

BS, North Carolina State 

261 The Administration 



Graylyn International Conference Center 

John Wise (2002) 

BS, University of Wisconsin 

Heath Carter (1998) 

BS, NC State University 

Information Systems 

JayL. Dominick(1991) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Georgetown; MBA, Wake Forest 

Nancy R. Crouch (1992) 
BA, Virginia Tech; 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

Anne Yandell Bishop (1981) 

BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; MBA, Wake Forest 

R. KrissDinkins(2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

John D.Henderson (1998) 
BBA, Campbell 

Thomas F.Jackson (1998) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Lynda Goff Mitchell (1991) 

BA, Southern California (Fullerton) 

C. Lee Norris( 1995) 

BA, MA, South Carolina; MBA, Wake Forest 

Ronald W Rimmer Jr. (1995) 

BS, Appalachian State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Institutional Research 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) 

BS, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Adam Shick (2001) 

BS, US Merchant Marine Academy 

Registrar 

Dorothy A. Sugden(1987) 

BA, Salem College; MA, Wake Forest 

HallieS. Arrington (1977) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Investments and Treasurer 

Louis R.Morrell( 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Irene A. Comito (1986) 
BS, Kent State 



Assistant General Manager 
Director of Sales/Marketing 



Assistant Vice President for Information 
Systems and Chief Information Officer 

Assistant Chief Information Officer 



Director, Research and Development 

Director of Technology Outreach 

Director of Administration 

Director of Telecommunications 

Director of Project Management 

Director of Systems and Customer Support 

Director of Business Computing 



Director of Institutional Research 
and Academic Administration 

Assistant Director of 
Institutional Research 



Registrar 

Senior Associate Registrar and 
Registrar of the Divinity School 



Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Assistant Treasurer 



The Administration 2.62 



Legal Department 



J. Reid Morgan (1980) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

LeonH. Corbettjr. (1968) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Donna H. Hamilton (1988) 
AB, Drury; JD, Wake Forest 

Anita M. Conrad (1999) 

BA, University of Akron; JD, Wake Forest 

DinaJ. Marty (2001) 

BA, Drake; JD, Wake Forest 

Libraries 

RhodaK. Channing (1989) 

BA, Brooklyn; MS in LS, Columbia; 
MBA, Boston College 

Deborah Nolan Lambert (1997) 
BA, Wittenberg; MLS, Pittsburgh 

Marian F.Parker (1999) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro, MSLS, 
UNC-Chapel Hill; JD, Wake Forest 



General Counsel 

Senior Counsel 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees 

Counsel 

Counsel 

Assistant Counsel 



Director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library 



Assistant Director of the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library 

Director of the Professional Center Library 
and Professor of Law 



Student Life 

Kenneth A. Zick ( 1975) 

BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; MLS, Michigan 

Harold R.Holmes (1987) 

BS, Hampton; MBA, Fordham 

Mary T. Gerardy ( 1985) 

BA, Hiram; MEd, Kent State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Ricardo D. Hall (2000) 

BBA, MEd, Ohio University 

James R. Buckley (2001) 
BS, MEd, Clemson 

Edgar D. Christman (1954, 1961) 

BA, JD, Wake Forest; BD, Southeastern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; STM, Union Theo. Seminary 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999) 
BA, Samford University; 
MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

William C. Currin (1988) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1997) 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 

Barbee Myers Oakes (1989) 

BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Tennessee 



Vice President for Student Life 
and Instructional Resources 

Associate Vice President and 
Dean of Student Services 

Assistant Vice President 
for Student Life 

Assistant Dean/Judicial Officer 



Director of the Benson University Center 
University Chaplain 



Associate Chaplain/ 
Baptist Campus Minister 

Director of Career Services 



Associate Director of Career Services 
Director of Multicultural Affairs 



263 



The Administration 



Donna McGalliard (2000) Associate Director of Residence Life 

BA, North Carolina State University; 
MEd, UNC-Greensboro; EdD, Florida State University 

Denise J. Godwin (2000) Assistant Director of Residence Life 

BS, Mississippi College; 
MS, Mississippi State University 

Tricia L. Richerson (1998) Assistant Director of Housing 

BS, Murray State University; 
MEd, University of Louisville 

Connie L. Carson (1986) Director of Residence Life and Housing 

BS, MEd, North Carolina State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Tim Burton (1993) 

BS, MEd, University of Maryland-College Park 

Michael Ford (1981) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MDiv, Gordon-Conwell Theo. Seminary 

Sally Sue Brown (2002) 

BA, Wofford College; MA, UVA 

Cecil D.Price (1991) 
BS, MD, Wake Forest 

Sylvia T.Bell (1981) 

RNC, N.C. Baptist Hosp. School of Nursing 

Natascha L. Romeo (1990) 
BS, South Carolina; 
MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

ReginaG. Lawson(1989) 
BS, UNC-Wilmington 

Kenneth W. Overholt (1997) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, Central Michigan 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977) 
BA, Dayton; 
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Johnne W. Armentrout (1989) 
BA, William and Mary; 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

Van D.Westervelt (1998) 

BS, University of Maryland (College Park); 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael P. Shuman (1997) Assistant Director of the Learning Assistance Center 

BA, Furman University; 
MEd, University of South Carolina 



Associate Director of Residence 
Life and Housing 

Director of Student Development 



Assistant Director of Student Development 
and Coordinator of Volunteer Services 

Director of the Student Health Service 



Associate Director for Administration, 
Student Health Service 

Health Educator 



Chief of University Police 
Assistant Chief of University Police 
Director of the University Counseling Center 

Assistant Director of the University Counseling Center 

Director of the Learning Assistance Center 



Summer Session 

Toby A. Hale (1970) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 



Dean of Summer Sessions 
and Associate Dean of the College 



The Administration 



264 



University Advancement 

Sandra Combs Boyette (1981) 

BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Mark Lee Aust (1994) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Robert T.Baker (1978) 

BA, MS, George Peabody (Vanderbilt) 

Kenneth S. Bennett (1997) 
BA, William and Mary 

Daryle Bost (2000) 

BS, Guilford College 

James R. Bullock (1985) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Betsy Chapman (1999) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Cathy B. Chinlund (1986) 
BS, East Carolina 

Mary Dawne Clark (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Emily Cockerham (2000) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Julius H. Corpening( 1969) 
BA, Wake Forest; BD, 
Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Kevin P. Cox (1990) 

BA, Texas A&M Commerce; 
MA, Wake Forest 

David Davis (1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

LoriDishman(1999) 

BS, Meredith; MA, Wake Forest 

Vada Lou Earle (1999) 

BA, Wake Forest; MS, Russell Sage College 

Martha S. Edwards (1993) 
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, Vanderbilt 

Santford Garner (2000) 
BS, UNC-Charlotte 

Allison Hallman (2001) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Samantha H.E. Hand (1997) 

BA, Virginia Tech, MFA, Radford 



Vice President for University Advancement 

Director of Wake Forest Clubs 

Assistant Vice President and 
Director of Development 

University Photographer 

Director, Corporate Relations 

Assistant Vice President and 
Director, The Campaign for Wake Forest 

Director of Alumni Programs 

Director of Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 

Major Gifts Officer 

Associate Director of the College Fund 

Director of Development/ 
Babcock School 

Assistant Vice President for 
University Relations 

Assistant Vice President for Public Affairs and 
Director of Media Relations 

Technical Development Manager 

Director of Gift Stewardship 

Assistant Director of Alumni Programs 

Director of Foundation Relations 

Director, MBA Annual Program 

Assistant Director, Wake Forest Clubs 

Art Director 



265 



The Administration 



Anne K.Hodges (1987) 

Paul J. Kennedy III (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Kerry M.King (1989) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Bryan Link (1999) 

BA, Austin Peay State 

Leigh Makitka (1999) 
BS, UNC-Charlotte 

Joy L.Martin (2001) 

BS, High Point University 

David M. McConnell (1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Brad Mcllwain (1999) 
BA, Guilford 

MintaA. McNally (1978) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Robert D.Mills (1972) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Tracy Mohr (1999) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, UNC-Greensboro 

Allen H. Patterson Jr. (1987) 
BS, Wake Forest 



Director of Campaign Administration 
Director of College Fund/Annual Support 

Associate Director of Creative Services 

Director of Law Alumni and Development 

Major Gifts Officer 

Manager of Prospect Research 

Assistant Director of College Fund 

Major Gifts Officer 

Assistant Vice President and Director of 
Alumni Activities and Volunteer Programs 

Associate Vice President for University Advancement 



Sonya D. Peterson (2002) 

BFA, East Carolina University 

CherinC. Poovey (1987) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jennifer Richwine (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

J. Michael Roach (2001) 
BS, Guildford College 

Sarah Smith (2000) 
BA, Elon College 

William T.Snyder (1989) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Loyd Wade Stokes Jr. (1997) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Mark Vogler (2001) 

Cheryl V.Walker (1989) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Lloyd A. Whitehead (1995) 
BA, Central Florida 

Tammy Wiles (1991) 
BS, High Point 

Vanessa Urruela Willis (2000) 
BA, Appalachian State 



Development Officer 

Director of Planned Giving 

Graphic Designer 

Director of Creative Services 

Director of Special Events and Campaign Programs 

Law Development Officer 

Media Relations Officer 

Director of Advancement Technologies 

Director of Divinity School Development 

Web Developer 
Associate Director of Media Relations 

Director of Electronic Communication 

Assistant Director Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 

Media Relations Officer 



The Administration 266 



Wake Forest University Theatre and Dance 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie-Mellon 

Doug Brown (1994) 
BA, West Florida 

Nina Maria Lucas (1996) 

BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 

Leslie Collins (2001) 

Lisa Weller (1993) 

BFA, North Carolina School of the Arts 



Other Administrative Offices 

Mary Jane Berman (1986) 
BA, Harpur; MA, 
PhD, SUNY (Binghamton) 

C. Kevin Bowen ( 1994) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; 
PhD, Florida State 

Victor Faccinto (1978) 

BA, MA, California State (Sacramento) 

Samuel T. Gladding (1990) 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; MA, Yale; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Mark E. Good (1995) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Brian Gorelick (1984) 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); 
DMA, Illinois 

R.Kent Greer (2001) 

BA, MA, Baylor University 

Leigh Hatchett (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988) 

BA, California (San Diego); 
MM, DMA, Southern California 

Doris A. McLaughlin (2000) 

BS, NC Central; MPA, UNC-Charlotte 

Paul N. Orser (1989) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 

Lillian Shelton (1985) 

BA, St. Andrews College 

MartineSherrill(1985) 

BFA, MLS, UNC-Greensboro 

Ross Smith (1984) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Director of the University Theatre 

Technical Director 

Director of Dance 

Audience Services Coordinator 
Costume Shop Manager 



Director/Curator of the 
Museum of Anthropology 

Director of Bands 



Director of the Art Gallery 
Director of Counseling Program 

Manager, Office of Internal Audit 
Director of Choral Ensembles 

International Student Adviser 

Study Abroad Adviser 

Coordinator of the Venice Program 

Director of Equal Opportunity 

Coordinator of the London Program 

Director of the Secrest Artists Series 

Visual Resources Librarian 
and Curator of Print Collection 

Debate Coach 



267 



The Administration 



Rosalind L. Tedford (1994) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; 
MLIS, UNC-Greensboro 

Pia Christina Wood (1999) 

BA, College of William and Mary; 
MIBS, University of South Carolina; 
MA, University of New Mexico; 
PhD, Graduate Institute for International 
Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 



Information Technology Center Manager 
(Z. Smith Reynolds Library) 

Director of International Studies 



The Administration 268 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



C ■ ^ - v- 



Date following name indicates year of appointment. 



Helen W. Akinc ( 1987) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Umit Akinc (1982) 

BS, Middle East Tech. University 
(Ankara); MBA, Florida State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jane W. Albrecht (1987) 

BA, Wright State; MA, PhD, Indiana 

George R. Aldhizer III (2001) 

BSBA, University of Richmond; 
PhD, Texas Tech University 

Rebecca W. Alexander (2000) 
BS, University of Delaware; 
PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Brian Allen (1977) 

BA, East Anglia; MA, PhD, London 

Edward E.Allen (1991) 
BS, Brigham Young; 
MA, PhD, California (San Diego) 

David J. Anderson (1992) 

BA, Denison; MS, Michigan; 
PhD, Pennsylvania 

Paul R.Anderson (1990) 

BS, Wisconsin (Madison); 

MA, PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Sharon Andrews (1994) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

John L. Andronica( 1969) 

BA, Holy Cross; MA, Boston College; 
PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Maya Angelou (1982) 

LittD, Smith, Lawrence, Columbia College 
(Chicago), Atlanta, Wheaton; LHD, Mills, Wake 
Forest, Occidental, Arkansas, Claremont, Kean 

Elizabeth M. Anthony (1998) Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Duke; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill (French) 

Johnne Armentrout (1989) Instructor in Education 

BA, William & Mary; MAEd, Wake Forest 



Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Thomas H. Davis Chair of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Spring 2002) 

Associate Professor of Physics 



Assistant Professor of Theatre 



Professor of Classical Languages 



Reynolds Professor of American Studies 



269 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Thomas A. Arcury (1999) 

BA, Duquense University; 

MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Miriam A. Ashley-Ross (1997) 
BS, Northern Arizona; 
PhD, University of California (Irvine) 

Victor Azarya (2002) 

BA, MA, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem; 
MA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Katherine A. Baker (2000) 
BS, Illinois; MBA, DePaul 

Scott Baker (2001) 

BA, Evergreen State College; 

MA, Tufts University; PhD, Columbia University 

Terry A. Baker (1998) 
BA, Miami of Ohio; 
MS, MBA, Chicago; 
PhD, Kentucky 

Sarah E.Barbour (1985) 

BA, Maryville; Diplome de Langue et 
de Civilisation Franchises, Paris; 
MA, PhD, Cornell 

James P. Barefield ( 1963) 

BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Bernadine Barnes (1989) 

BA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); 
MA, Pittsburgh; PhD, Virginia 

Elizabeth Barron (1999) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

ShaulBassi(1998) 

MA, University of Venice (Italy); 
PhD, University of Pisa (Italy) 

Phillip G. Batten (1991) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Yale 
Divinity School; MA, Wake Forest 

John VBaxley (1968) 

BS, MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Wisconsin 

Geoffrey Baym (2001) 
BA, Northwestern; 
MS, PhD, University of Utah 

Robert Beachy (1998) 

BA, Earlham; MA, PhD, Chicago 

H. Kenneth Bechtel ( 1981) 
BA, MA, North Dakota; 
PhD, Southern Illinois (Carbondale) 



Adjunct Professor of Anthropology 



Assistant Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Adjunct Professor of Anthropology 



Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Education 



PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

Assistant Professor of Accounting 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 



Wake Forest Professor of History 
(London, Fall 2001) 

McCulloch Family Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Art 

(Leave 2001-2002) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Italian, Venice) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Wake Forest Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in Communication 



Visiting Assistant Professor of History 
Associate Professor of Sociology 



The Undergraduate Faculties 270 



Robert C. Beck (1959) 
BA, PhD, Illinois 

S.Douglas Beets (1987) 
BS, Tennessee; 
MAcc, PhD, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU 

Harold Bell (2001) 

BS, Eastern Kentucky State; PhD, Purdue University 

Margaret C. Bender (2000) 
BA, Cornell University; 
MA PhD, University of Chicago 

Barbara Bennett (1999) 

BA, Brigham- Young University; 
MA, PhD, Arizona State University 

Kenneth S. Berenhaut (2000) 

BA, MS, University of Manitoba (Canada); 
MA, PhD, Georgia 

Donald B. Bergey ( 1978) 
BS, MA, Wake Forest 

Mary Jane Berman (1986) 
BA, Harpur; 
MA, PhD, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Michael J. Berry (1985) 
BS, Jacksonville State; 
MA, Southeastern Louisiana; 
PhD, Texas A&M 

Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

ZannaBeswick(1987) 

BA, Hons, Bristol (England) 

UlrichBierbach(1999) 

MS, PhD, University of Oldenburg (Germany) 

Wayne R. Bills (2001) 

BA, Brigham Young University; MA, Washington State 

Janice Blackburn (1996) 

BS, Campbell; MA, Wake Forest 

Terry D. Blumenthal (1987) 

BS, Alberta (Edmonton); MS, PhD, Florida 

Ronald Bobroff (2001) 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; 

MSc, London School of Economics; MA, PhD, Duke; 

Douglas Bohr (2001) 

BA, Boston University; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

SylvainH. Boko (1997) 

BA, Grinnell; PhD, Iowa State 

Keith D.Bonin( 1992) 

BS, Loyola; PhD, Maryland 



Professor of Psychology 

Associate Professor of Accounting 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

(London, Spring 2002) 

Visiting Professor of Chemistry 



Assistant Professor of Anthropology 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 
(Part-time) 

Director/Curator of the Museum of Anthropology 
and Associate Professor of Anthropology 

Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Wake Forest Professor of Psychology 



Lecturer in Theatre (London) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Fall 200) 

Instructor in Mathematics 
(Fall 2001) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 
Instructor in History 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 



Assistant Professor of Economics 



Professor of Physics 



271 The Undergraduate Faculties 



Susan Harden Borwick (1982) 

BM, BME, Baylor; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

John D.Bourland( 1996) 

BS, MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

C. Kevin Bowen ( 1994) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; 
PhD, Florida State 

Stephen B.Boyd (1985) 

BA, Tennessee; MDiv, ThD, Harvard Divinity School 

Anne Boyle (1986) 

BA, Wilkes College; MA, PhD, Rochester 

Donald E. Bradley (2000) 
BA, Mars Hill College; 
MA, PhD, University of Texas at Austin 

Eric E.Brandon (1999) 

BA, California (Irvine); MA, Chicago 

R. Saylor Breckenridge (2001) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Arizona 

Sheri A. Bridges (1996) 
BA, South Florida; 
MA, Texas (Dallas); PhD, Stanford 

Michaelle L. Browers (2000) 

BA, Whitman; MA, Virginia; PhD, Minnesota 

David G.Brown (1990) 

AB, Denison; PhD, Princeton 

Carole L.Browne (1980) 

BS, Hartford; PhD, Syracuse 

Robert A. Browne (1980) 

BS, MS, Dayton; PhD, Syracuse 

Peter H. Brubaker ( 1994) 

BS, E. Stroudsburg University; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Temple 

Christy M. Buchanan (1992) 

BA, Seattle Pacific; PhD, Michigan 

Stephan G. Bullard (2000) 

BA, UNC-Wimington; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jennifer J. Burg (1993) 

BA, Elizabethtown College; MA (English), 
MA (French), Florida; PhD, Central Florida 

Janis Caldwell (1997) 

BS, Whitworth College; MD, Northwestern 
University; MA, PhD, University of Washington 

Daniel A. Cahas ( 1987) 

BS, Tecnologico de Monterrey (Mexico); 
MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Texas (Austin) 



Professor of Music 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

Director of Bands 
(Department of Music) 

Easley Professor of Religion 

Professor of English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Instructor in Philosophy 
Instructor in Sociology 



Assistant Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 



Professor of Economics 

Professor of Biology 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of 
Health and Exercise Science 

Junior Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 
Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Assistant Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



272 



Eric D.Carlson (1995) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

Christa G. Carollo (1985) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke 

Simone M. Caron (1991) 

BA, Bridgewater State; MA, Northeastern; 
PhD, Clark 

Jacqui Carrasco (1999) 

BA, University of California-Los Angeles; 
MM, DMA, SUNY at Stony Brook 

Donna R. Carroll (2000) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Stewart Carter (1982) 

BME, Kansas; MS, Illinois; PhD, Stanford 

Justin Catanoso (1993) 

BA, Pennsylvania State; MA, Wake Forest 

Frederick H. Chen (2000) 
BS, Wisconsin-Madison 

Connie Chesner (2001) 

BA, Appalachian State University; 
MA, Wake Forest 

Maria A. Chiari(1981) 

Arts degree, PhD, Universita degli 
Studi di Venezia (Padova e Trieste); 
Diploma, Scuola di Archivistica, Palio- 
grafia e Diplomatica dell'Archivio di 
Stato di Venezia 

Jonathan H. Christman (1983) 

AB, Franklin and Marshall; MFA, Massachusetts 

Teresa Ciabattari (2001) 

BS, Santa Clara University; 

MA, PhD, University of Washington 

Leslie D.Clifford (2001) 

BS, MS Brigham Young University; 
PhD, Wake Forest 

David Coates (1999) 

BA, York; PhD, Oxford 

Mark Cohen (2001) 
BA, Yale; 

AGSM, Guildhall School of Music and Drama; 
MA, Brown; MFA, George Washington University 

John E.Collins (1970) 

BS, MS, Tennessee; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Tina M. Colston (2000) 
BS, SUNY (Fredonia 



Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Mathematics 

Senior Lecturer in German 

Associate Professor of History 

Assistant Professor of Music 

Instructor in Psychology 

Professor of Music 

Lecturer in Journalism 
(Department of English, Part-time) 

Instructor in Economics 
Adjunct Instructor of Communication 



Lecturer in Art History (Venice) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 



Assistant Professor of Theatre 
Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Religion 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 



273 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



ChristaL. Colyer(1997) 

BSc, Trent University (Canada); 
MSc, University of Guelph (Canada); 
PhD, Queen's University (Canada) 

William E.Conner (1988) 

BA, Notre Dame; MS, PhD, Cornell 

Jule M.Connolly (1985) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd, South Carolina 

Gregory Cook (1999) 

BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Valerie C.Cooper (2001) 

BS, MDiv Howard University 

Brian K. Coopersmith (1998) 

BS, United Sttates Military Academy 

FanchonCordell(1986) 

Corrado Corradini (1998) 

Licenciatura, Universidad de Alcala de Henares (Spain) 

James F. Cotter (2001) 



Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



BSCE, New Mexico State University; 
MBA, Indiana University; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Nancy J. Cotton (1977) 

BA, Texas; MA, Wisconsin; PhD, Columbia 

Allin F. Cottrell (1989) 

BA, Oxford (Merton College); PhD, Edinburgh 

Monroe J. Cowan (1994) 

BS, Maryland; PhD, Duke 

Andrew A. Cross (1993, 1998) 

BA, Oberlin; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Ann C. Cunningham (1999) 
BA, Erskine College; 
MAT, PhD, University of South Carolina 

Patricia M. Cunningham (1978) 

BA, Rhode Island; MS, Florida State; 
EdS, Indiana State; PhD, Georgia 

James ECurran (1988) 

BAAS, Delaware; MA, PhD, Rice 

Jane Kathleen Curry (1998) 

BFA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); MA, Brown; 
PhD, City University of New York 

George B. Cvijanovich (1989) 
PhD, Bern (Switzerland) 

Elisabeth d'Empaire (1999) 
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Dale Dagenbach (1990) 

BA, New College; MA, PhD, Michigan State 



Professor of Biology 

Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Religion 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Adjunct Instructor of Dance 
(Ballet, Part-time) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Italian) 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Professor of English 

Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Assistant Professor of Education 

Wake Forest Professor of Education 

Professor of Biology 
Assistant Professor of Theatre 

Adjunct Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 



The Undergraduate Faculties 274 



Assistant Professor of Communication 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



MaryM. Dalton (1986) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Douglas S. Daniel (2000) 

BS, William and Mary; MS, Georgia Institute 
of Technology; PhD, Tennessee 

Brook M.Davis (1997) 

BA, Wake Forest, MFA, Virginia Commonwealth; 
PhD, Maryland (College Park) 

Richard Davis (2002) 

BA, N.C. Central University; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Stephen W Davis (1991) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Richard DePolt (1998) 
BA, Connecticut 

Mary K. DeShazer (1982, 1987) 
BA, Western Kentucky; 
MA, Louisville; PhD, Oregon 

Arun P. Dewasthali (1975) Associate Professor of Business 

BS, Bombay; MS, PhD, Delaware (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Assistant Professor of Theatre 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology 



Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Instructor of Economics 

Professor of English 
and Women's Studies 



John J. Dinan(2001) 

BS, MA, PhD, Virginia 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970) 

BA, New Hampshire; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Patricia Dixon (1986) 

BM, North Carolina School of the Arts; 
MM, UNC-Greensboro 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Professor of Biology 

Lecturer in Music 

Professor of Theatre 



James H. Dodding ( 1979) 

Diploma, Rose Bruford College of Speech and 
Drama (London); Cert., Birmingham University; 
Cert., Westhill Training College (Birmingham); 
Diploma, Theatre on the Balustrade (Prague) 

Ljiljana Dosen-Micovic (2001) 
BS, University of Belgrade; 
MS, University of Georgia; PhD, University of Belgrade 

Jonathan E. Duchac (1993) Associate Professor of Accounting 

BBA, MAcc, Wisconsin (Madison); (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

PhD, Georgia 



Visiting Professor of Chemistry 



YomiDurotoye(1994) 

BS, University of Ibadan; 
MA, Georgia State; PhD, Duke 

Lisa Eck (2000) 

BA, Augustana College; 

MA, PhD, Washington University 

C.Drew Edwards (1980) 

BA, Furman; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Florida State 



Senior Lecturer in Political Science 
and International Studies 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

(Part-time) 



^75 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



BashirEl-Beshti(1990) 

BA, Tripoli University (Libya); 

MA, Colorado State; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957) 

BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) 

BS, Colorado College; MS, PhD, Oklahoma 

Paul D. Escott (1988) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Duke 

Andrew V. Ettin ( 1977) 

BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Washington (St. Louis) 

Herman E. Eure ( 1974) 

BS, Maryland State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Robert H.Evans (1983) 

BA, Ohio Wesleyan; MS, New Hampshire; 
PhD, Colorado 

Margaret Ewalt (2001) 
BA, Colby College; 
MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Stephen Ewing (1971) 
BS, Howard Payne; 
MBA, Baylor; PhD, Texas Tech. 

David L. Faber( 1984) 

AA, Elgin; BFA, Northern Illinois; 
MFA, Southern Illinois 

Frederic H. Fahey ( 1996) 

BS, Massachusetts; MS, DSc, Harvard 

Susan L.Faust (1992) 

BA, MA, Arkansas (Fayetteville) 

Eliza E. Ferguson (2001) 

AB, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, PhD, Duke 

David Finn (1988, 1995) 

BS, Cornell; MFA, Massachusetts College of Art 

Gloria Fitzgibbon (2001) 

BA, PhD, University of California, Berkeley; 
MA, California Sate University, San Francisco 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

William W Fleeson ( 1996) 

BA, Wisconsin; PhD, Michigan 

Steven Folmar (1992) 

BA, MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve 

James L.Ford (1998) 

MTS, Vanderbilt; MA, PhD, Princeton 



Associate Professor of English 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health and 
Exercise Science (Part-time) 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology 

Reynolds Professor of History 

Professor of English 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Education 



Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Professor of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Art 



Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Art 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 
(Fall 2001) 

Professor of Political Science 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

Assistant Professor of Religion 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



276 



Mary F. Foskett ( 1997) 

BA, New York University; 

MDiv, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, Emory 

Julianna Foster (2002) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro 

Johnnie Foye (1995) 

BA, Virginia Union; MSS, US Sports Academy 

Denise Franklin (1994) 

BA, Wichita State University 

Dean Franco (2001) 

BA, University of California, Irvine; 

MA, California State University; 

PhD, The University of Southern California 

Donald E. Frey (1972) 

BA, Wesleyan; MDiv, Yale; PhD, Princeton 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie Mellon 

Mary L.Friedman (1987) 

BA, Wellesley; MA, PhD, Columbia 

Errin W. Fulp (2000) 

BS, MS, PhD, NC State University 

Ola Furmanek (1999) 

BA, MA, Jagiello University, Cracow, Poland; 
PhD, University of Nebraska, Lincoln 

CandelasS. Gala (1978) 

BA, Salamanca (Spain); MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

Alex Garganigo (1999) 
BA, Yale University; 
MA, PhD, Washington University 

YaorongGe(1995) 

BS, Zhejiang University (China); 
MS, PhD, Vanderbilt 

Cynthia M. Gendrich (1998) 

BFA, Illinois Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Missouri 

J. Whitfield Gibbons (1971) 

BS, MA, Alabama; PhD, Michigan State 

Steven M. Giles (1998) 

BA, Northern Kentucky University; 
MA, Bowling Green State University; 
PhD, University of Kentucky 

Michele K.Gillespie (1999) 

BA, Rice University; PhD, Princeton 

Samuel T. Gladding (1990) 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; MA, Yale; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 



Assistant Professor of Religion 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Adjunct Lecturer in Art 
(Spring 2002) 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 
Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Assistant Professor of English 

Professor of Economics 

Director of University Theatre and 
Lecturer in Theatre 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor in Computer Science 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Assistant Professor of Theatre 

Adjunct Professor of Biology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication 

Associate Professor of History 
Professor of Education 



2-77 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Thomas S. Goho ( 1977) 

BS, MBA, Penn State; (W. 

PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Johnny Goldfinger (2001) 

BSChE, BA, University of South Alabama; 
MA, University of New Orleans; MA, Duke 

Louis R.Goldstein (1979) 

BM, Oberlin; MFA, California 
Inst, of the Arts; DMA, Eastman 

Luis Gonzalez (1997) 

BA, U de Medellin (Colombia); 

MA, West Virginia; PhD, California-Davis 

Brian L. Gorelick ( 1984) 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); 
DMA, Illinois 

Tamara M. Greenwood (1996) 

BS, MSB, PhD, UNC-Greensboro (W. 

Michael V. Griffin (1999) 

BA, Vermont; MA, PhD, Illinois (Chicago) 

Martin Guthold (2001) 

BS, University Ulm, Germany; 
MA, PhD, University of Oregon 

David Hagy (1995) 

BM, Indiana; MM, MMA, DMA, Yale 

WilliamS. Hamilton (1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Claire Holton Hammond (1978) 

BA, Mary Washington; PhD, Virginia 

J. Daniel Hammond (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Virginia 

Leigh Ann Hallberg (2001) 

BA, Mount Union College; MFA, University of 

Beverlye H. Hancock (1996) 

AB, Meredith; MA, Wake Forest 

James S.Hans (1982) 

BA, MA, Southern Illinois; PhD, Washington 

Hannah M. Hardgrave (1985) 

BA, Brown; MA, PhD, Chicago 

KatyJ. Harriger(1985) 

BA, Edinboro State; MA, PhD, Connecticut 

Catherine T.Harris (1980) 

BA, Lenoir-Rhyne; MA, Duke; PhD, Georgia 

J. Kline Harrison (1990) 

BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland (W 

David C. Hart Jr. (2001) 

BA, Michigan; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Benson-Pruitt Associate Professor of Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Adjunct Instructor in Political Science 



Professor of Music 



Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Music 
and Director of Choral Ensembles 

Lecturer in Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
Assistant Professor of Physics 



Director of Orchestra 
(Department of Music) 

Professor of Russian 

Professor of Economics 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Professor of Economics 
(Venice, Fall 2001) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 



Colorado 



Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology 

Wake Forest Professor of English 

Lecturer in Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

Professor of Sociology 

Professor of Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Adjunct Instructor in Art 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



278 



Angela Hattery (1998) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, PhD, Wisconsin 

Elmer K. Hayashi ( 1973) 
BA, California (Davis); 
MS, San Diego State; PhD, Illinois 

Michael David Hazen (1974) 
BA, Seattle Pacific; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Kansas 

Terry C. Hazen (1988) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Richard E.Heard (1996) 

BM, Southern Methodist; 
MA, California (Santa Barbara) 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt 

JacC. Heckelman(1996) 

BA, Texas; PhD, Maryland 

Patricia Heid (1999) 

BA, Northwestern University; 

MA, PhD, University of California, Berkley 

Robert M. Helm (1940) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

Paul F. Hemler( 1995) 

BS, Villanova; MS, Lehigh; 
PhD, NC State University 

Donna A. Henderson (1996) 

BA, Meredith; MAT, James Madison; 
PhD, Tennessee 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) 

BA, Furman; MA, PhD, Virginia 

Marcus B.Hester (1963) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Vanderbilt 



Assistant Professor of Sociology 
Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Communication 

Adjunct Professor of Biology 
Assistant Professor of Music 

Professor of Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Economics 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Worrell Professor of Philosophy 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

Associate Professor of Education 



Professor of History 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Professor of Philosophy 



Michael Hill (2001) 

BA, Howard University; MA, PhD, Harvard University 



Instructor in English 



Yvonne L. Hinson ( 1997) 

BS, MBA, UNC-Charlotte; 
PhD, Tennesee 

Willie L. Hinze( 1975) 

BS, MA, Sam Houston State; 
PhD, Texas A&M 

E. Clayton Hipp Jr. (1991) 
BA, Wofford; 
MBA, JD, South Carolina 

Alix Hitchcock (1989) 

BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, New York 



PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 

(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry 



Senior Lecturer in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Instructor in Art 
(Part-time) 



2-79 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Kenneth G. Hoglund (1990) 

BA, Wheaton; MA, PhD, Duke 

George M. Holzwarth (1983) 

BA, Wesleyan; MS, PhD, Harvard 

Natalie A. W. Holzwarth (1983) 

BS, Massachusetts Inst, of Tech.; 
PhD, Chicago 

Katherine S. Hoppe (1993) 

BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Michael Horn (1998) 
BS, Florida 

FredL. Hortonjr. (1970) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
BD, Union Theological Seminary; PhD, Duke 

William L. Hottinger (1970) Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 

BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois (Part-time) 

Fredric T Howard (1966) Professor of Mathematics 

BA, MA, Vanderbilt; PhD, Duke 

Hugh N. Howards (1997) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

BA, Williams; MA, PhD, California (San Diego) 



Professor of Religion 
Professor of Physics 
Professor of Physics 



Lecturer in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Adjunct Lecturer in Journalism 
(Department of English, Part-time) 

Albritton Professor of the Bible 
(Department of Religion) 



Linda S.Howe (1993) 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin 

Michael L.Hughes (1984) 

BA, Claremont McKenna; 
MA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Michael J. Hyde (1994) 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, PhD, Purdue 

Simeon O. Ilesanmi (1993) 

BA, University of Ife (Nigeria); 
PhD, Southern Methodist 

David K.Isbister( 1994) 

BS, Michigan State; MBA, Harvard 

Edward C. Jackman (2001) 
BS, U.S. Military Academy 

Julia Jackson-Newsom (2001 ) 

BA, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Pennsylvania State 

Ernest S. Jarrett (1996) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, UNC-Greensboro 

Roger L.Jenkins (1998) 



Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Professor of History 



University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics 
and Professor of Communication 

Zachary T Smith Associate Professor of Religion 



Lecturer in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Instructor in Communication 



BS, Berea College; 

MBA, East Tennessee State; 

PhD, Ohio State 

Janine M. Jennings (1998) 

BS, University of Toronto; 

PhD, McMaster University (Hamilton, Ontario, Canada) 



EM. Kirby Chair of Business Excellence 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Assistant Professor of Psychology 



The Undergraduate Faculties 280 



Mark Jensen (1993) Adjunct Associate Professor of Religion 

BA, Houston Baptist; 
MDiv, PhD, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Debra R. Jessup (1996) Assistant Professor of Business 

BA, Georgetown; JD, Wake Forest (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Miaohua Jiang (1998) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

BS, Wuhan University (China); 
MS, East China Normal University (China); 
PhD, Pennsylvania State 

David J. John (1982) Associate Professor of Computer Science 

BS, Emory and Henry; MS, PhD, Emory 

A. Daniel Johnson (1998) Lecturer in Biology 

BS, UNC-Charlotte; PhD, Wake Forest 

W Dillon Johnston (1973) Professor of English 

BA, Vanderbilt; MA, Columbia; PhD, University of Virginia (Leave, Spring 2002) 

Bradley T. Jones (1989) Professor of Chemistry 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Florida 

Paul B. Jones (2000) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

BS, Oklahoma State; PhD, Duke 

Raymond Jones (2001) Assistant Professor of Education 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, University of Virginia 

Paul E. Juras (1991) PricewaterhouseCoopers Associate Professor of Accountancy 

BBA, MBA, Pace; PhD, Syracuse (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Claudia Thomas Kairoff (1986) Professor of English 

BA, College of Notre Dame of Maryland; 
MA, Virginia; PhD, Brandeis 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988) Professor of Music 

BA, California (San Diego); 
MM, DMA, Southern California 

Jay R. Kaplan (1981) Professor of Anthropology and 

BA, Swarthmore; MA, PhD, Northwestern Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Pamela R. Karr (1998) Instructor in Education 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Paul Kelley (2001) Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, MA, University of South Carolina; (French) 

PhD, Columbia University 

Judy K. Kem (1987) Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Western Kentucky; MA, Louisville; (French) 

PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Charles H. Kennedy (1985) Professor of Political Science 

BA, Eckerd; AM, MPP, PhD, Duke 

Ralph C. Kennedy III (1976) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

BA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

William C. Kerr (1970) Professor of Physics 

BS, Wooster; PhD, Cornell 



281 The Undergraduate Faculties 



Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro (1996) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, Southern Illinois; 
PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Charles A. Kimball (1996) 

BS, Oklahoma State; MDiv, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; ThD, Harvard 

Angela Glisan King (1995) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Cornell 

S.Bruce King (1995) 

BS, West Virginia; PhD, Cornell 

Wayne King (1993) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Ellen E. Kirkman( 1975) 

BA, Wooster; MA, MS, PhD, Michigan State 

ScottW. Klein (1991) 

AB, Harvard; BA, MA, Cambridge; 
MA, MPhil; PhD, Yale 

Lee G. Knight (1979, 2000) 

BS, Western Kentucky University; 
MA, PhD, University of Alabama 

Robert Knott (1975) 

BA, Stanford; MA, Illinois; PhD, Pennsylvania 

DilipK. Kondepudi(1987) 

BS, Madras (India); MS, Indian Institute 
of Technology (Bombay); PhD, Texas 

Kathleen A. Kron ( 1991) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Florida 

Philip F.Kuberski( 1989) 

BA, MA, PhD, California (Irvine) 

Raymond E.Kuhn (1968) 

BS, Carson-Newman; PhD, Tennessee 

Deepa Kumar (2001) 

BS, Bangalove University; 

MA, Bowling Green State University; 

PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

James Kuzmanovich (1972) 

BS, Rose Polytechnic; PhD, Wisconsin 

Abdessadek Lachgar (1991) 

BS, MS, PhD, University of Nantes (France) 

Carol Lahurd (1999) 

BA, Augustana College; MA, University of Chicago; 
PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

Hugo C.Lane (1973) 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, 
Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 



Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow 
and Assistant Professor of Physics 

Professor of Religion 



Senior Lecturer in Chemistry 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Journalism 
(Department of English) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Associate Professor of English 



Professor of Accountancy 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Art 

Professor of Chemistry 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Biology 

(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Professor of English 

Wake Forest Professor of Biology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Communication 

Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Visiting Associate Professor of Religion 

Professor of Biology 



The Undergraduate Faculties 282 



Associate Professor of Art 



Professor of Economics 



Page H. Laughlin( 1987) 

BA, Virginia; MFA, Rhode Island School of Design 

MichaelS. Lawlor ( 1986) 

BA, Texas (Austin); PhD, Iowa State 

Anthony Layng (2002) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

BA, Columbia University; (Spring 2002) 

MA, Indiana University; 
PhD, Case Western Reserve University 



Mark R. Leary ( 1985) 

BA, West Virginia Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Florida 

Wei-chin Lee (1987) 

BA, National Taiwan University; 
MA, PhD, Oregon 

Win-chiat Lee (1983) 

BA, Cornell; PhD, Princeton 

Cheryl B. Leggon ( 1993) 

BA, Columbia; MA, PhD, Chicago 

Bill J. Leonard (1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MDiv., Southwestern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Boston University 

Candyce Leonard (1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MEd, Louisville; 
PhD, Indiana 

Jeffrey D. Lerner ( 1994) 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Madison) 

David B.Levy (1976) 

BM, MA, Eastman; PhD, Rochester 

Kathryn Levy (1988) 
BM, Eastman 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) 

BA, Wake Forest; ThM, Harvard; PhD, Vanderbilt 

John H. Litcher( 1973) 

BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota 

John T.Llewellyn (1990) 

AB, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Arkansas; 
PhD, Texas 

Dan S.Locklair( 1982) 

BM, Mars Hill; SMM, Union 
Theo. Seminary; DMA, Eastman 

Angus Lockyer (2000) 

BA, Corpus Christi, Cambridge; MA, Seattle; 
PhD, Stanford 

Charles F. Longino Jr. (1991) 

BA, Mississippi; MA, Colorado; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Wake Forest Professor of Psychology 
Associate Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Sociology and 
Director of Women's Studies 

Adjunct Professor of Religion 
Associate Professor of Humanities 



Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of History 

Professor of Music 
(Leave, Spring 2003) 

Lecturer in Music 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Philosophy 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Communication 



Professor of Music 
and Composer-in-Residence 

Assistant Professor of History 



Wake Forest Professor of Sociology 



283 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Pat C. W. Lord (2000) 

BS, NC State University; PhD, Wake Forest 

Dorothea Lotter (2001) 

Diploma, Free University of Berlin; 
MA, PhD, University of Munich 

Allan D. Louden (1985) 

BA, Montana State; MA, Montana; 
PhD, Southern California 

David M. Lubin (1999) 

BA, Ohio State University; 
MA, PhD, Yale 

Nina Maria Lucas (1996) 

BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 

Francis P. Ludwig (2000) 

BFA, South Dakota; MFA, Iowa 

Barry G.Maine (1981) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Allen Mandelbaum (1989) 

BA, Yeshiva; MA, PhD, Columbia 

Richard A. Manderville (1995) 

BS, PhD, Queen's University (Canada) 

William M. Marcum (1996) 

BA, Furman; MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Milorad R. Margitic' (1978) 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Communication 

Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art 

Associate Professor of Dance 
(Department of Theatre) 

Assistant Professor of Theatre 

Professor of English 

WR. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 



Citibank Faculty Fellow and 

Assistant Professor of Business 

(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Romance Languages 
MA, Leiden (Netherlands); PhD, Wayne State (Dijon, Fall 2001) (French) 

Anthony P. Marsh (1996) Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

BPE, MED, Western Australia; 
PhD, Arizona State 

Dale R. Martin (1982) Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy 

BS, MS, Illinois State; (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

DBA, Kentucky 

James A. Martin Jr. (1983) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Duke; PhD, Columbia 

George E. Matthews Jr. (1979) 
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

J. Gaylord May (1961) 

BS, Wofford; MA, PhD, Virginia 

Grant P. McAllister (2001) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Utah 

Leah P. McCoy (1990) 

BS, West Virginia Inst, of Tech.; 

MA, Maryland; EdD, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU 

Gordon E. McCray (1994) 
BS, Wake Forest; 



University Professor 
(Department of Religion) 

Professor of Physics 

Professor of Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of German 

Associate Professor of Education 



MBA, Stetson; PhD, Florida State 



BellSouth Mobility Technology 
Associate Professor of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



The Undergraduate Faculties 284 



Thomas W. McGohey (1990) 
BA, MA, Michigan State; 
MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Mary Martha McKinley (1999) 
BA, Tulane; CPA 

Denise Johnson McManus (2001) 
BSBA, University of Alabama; 
MBA, PhD, Auburn University 

Jill Jordan McMillan (1983) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Texas 

John McNally (2001) 

BA, Southern Illinois University; 

MFA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Nebraska 

Jane Mead (1996) 

BA, Vassar; MA, Syracuse; 
MFA, Iowa 

Gordon A. Melson (1991) 

BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 

BatjaMesquita(1997) 

BA, MA, PhD, Amsterdam (The Netherlands) 



Lecturer in English 



Instructor in Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Communication 

Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave 2001-2002) 



Poet-in-Residence 
(Department of English) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Stephen P. Messier (1981) 

BS, MS, Rhode Island; PhD, Temple 

William K. Meyers (1988) 

BA, Washington; MA, PhD, Chicago 

Michael Michaelis (2001) 

BSc, Monash University, Australia; 
MA, PhD, Princeton University 

Soledad Miguel-Prendes (1993) 
Licenciatura, Oviedo; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Shannon L. Mihalko (1999) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Claude Miller (2001) 

BA, University of Florida; 
MA, American University; 
PhD, The University of Arizona 

Gary D.Miller (1996) 

BS, Kansas; MS, Kansas State; 
PhD, California (Davis) 

Joseph O.Milner (1969) 

BA, Davidson; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Karen E. Mishra (1998) Instructor in Business 

BA, Albion College; (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, Michigan 

Ananda Mitra (1994) Associate Professor of Communication 

B Tech, Indian Inst, of Technology (Kharagpur); 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Illinois (Urbana) 



Associate Professor of History 

Visiting Associate Professor of Philosophy 
(Fall 2001) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Communication 



Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Professor of Education 



285 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Madhuparna Mitra (1999) 

BA, MA, University of Delhi, India; 
MA, PhD, Washington University 

John C. Moorhouse (1969) 

BA, Wabash; PhD, Northwestern 

Patrick E. Moran ( 198 9) 

BA, MA, Stanford; MA, National 
Taiwan University; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Roberta Morosini (2000) 

DEA, University of Rennes II, France; 
PhD, McGill University, Montreal 

Rebekah L.Morris (1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Virginia 

William M. Moss (1971) 

BA, Davidson; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gloria K. Muday(1991) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; PhD, Purdue 

Stephen Murphy (1987) 

BA, Canisius; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Karen D. Nard (2001) 

BS, Cornell University; 

MBA, San Francisco State University 

Josephine C. Nauckhoff (1994) 

BA, Stanford; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Christopher Neumann (1999) 
BA, Middlebury College; 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Debbie W Newsome (1999) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist University; 

MEd, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Linda N.Nielsen (1974) 

BA, MS, EdD, Tennessee 

Patricia A. Nixon (1999) 
BS, Boston University; 
MA, PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

Ronald E. Noftle ( 1967) 

BS, New Hampshire; PhD, Washington 

James L. Norris III (1989) 

BS, MS (Science), MS (Statistics), NC State University; 
PhD, Florida State 

Farrell O'Gorman (2000) 

BA, Notre Dame; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Beatrice Ottersbock 

BA, Chatham College; 
MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

Dee Oseroff-Varnell (1996) 

BA, MA, PhD, Washington 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership 
(Department of Economics) 

Associate Professor of Chinese 
(East Asian Languages and Literatures) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Professor of English 
(Japan, Fall 2001) 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Instructor in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Visiting Instructor in English 



Assistant Professor of Education 



Professor of Education 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Professor of Chemistry 



Associate Professor of Mathematics 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Lecturer in Art History (Vienna) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication 

(Part-time) 



The Undergraduate Faculties 286 



Gillian Rose Overing (1979) 
BA, Lancaster (England); 
MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 

Karen L. Oxendine (1986) 

BS, Wayne State; MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

James R. Page II (1999) 

BS, University of Tennessee-Knoxville; 
MEd, Middle Tennessee State University 

Anthony S. Parent Jr. (1989) 

BA, Loyola; MA, PhD, California (Los Angeles) 

Perry L.Patterson (1986) 

BA, Indiana; MA, PhD, Northwestern 

Mary L. B. Pendergraft (1988) 
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Philip J. Perricone(1967) 

BS, MA, Florida; PhD, Kentucky 

Justin R. Peterson (1998) 

BA, Washington 8c Lee; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David P. Phillips (1994) 

BA, Cornell; M.Arch., Washington; 
MA, PhD, Pennsylvania 

John R.Pickel( 1997) 
BFA, Indiana State; 
MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Jesus Pico-Argel (1999) 

BA, Universidad del Atlantico (Columbia); 
MA, Arkansas 

Terisio Pignatti (1971) 
PhD, Padua 

Robert J. Plemmons (1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Auburn 

James T.Powell (1988) 

BA, Emory; MPhil, MA, PhD, Yale 

Jerry Pubantz (2001) 

BSFS, Georgetown (School of Foreign Service); 
MA, PhD, Duke 

Jenny Puckett (1995) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Middlebury 

Salvador Anton Pujol (1997) 

BA, Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona (Spain); 
MA, South Carolina; PhD, Kansas 

Sara A. Quandt(1994) 

BA, Lawrence; MA, PhD, Michigan State 

Jeremy S. Quails (2000) 

BS, East Tennessee State University; 
MS, PhD, Florida State University 



Professor of English 



Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Military Science 



Associate Professor of History 

Professor of Economics 
and Lecturer in Russian 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Professor of Sociology 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Japanese 
(East Asian Languages and Literatures) 

Assistant Professor of Art 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Reynolds Professor of Art History (Venice) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Reynolds Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Visiting Professor of Political Science 
(Part-time, Fall 2001) 

Adjunct Instructor in Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Anthropology 

Assistant Professor of Physics 



287 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Yi Qui (2000) 

BA, MA, Guangxi Normal University, China 

Teresa Radomski (1977) 

BM, Eastman; MM, Colorado 



Amy E.Randel (1999) 

BA, Brown University; 

PhD, University of California-Irvine 

Annette L. Ranft ( 1999) 

BS, Appalachian State; MS, Georgia 
Tech.; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Nagesh Rao (2000) 

BS, MA, St. Joseph's College, India; 
MA, Syracuse; PhD, Brown University 

Mary Lynn B. Redmond (1989) 
BA, EdD, UNC-Greensboro; 
MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W. Jack Rejeski Jr. (1978) 

BS, Norwich; MA, PhD, Connecticut 



Visiting Instructor in East Asian 
Languages and Literatures 

Professor of Music 



Assistant Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and 

Assistant Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of English 



Associate Professor of Education 



Wake Forest Professor of Health and Exercise Science; 
Adjunct Professor of Psychology 



Paul M. Ribisl( 1973) 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, Kent State; 
PhD, Illinois 

Andrew Rich (1999) 

BA, Richmond; MA, PhD, Yale 

Keith Richards (2001) 

BA, University of North London, England; 
PhD, King's College, University of London, 

Charles L. Richman ( 1968) 

BA, Virginia; MA, Yeshiva; 
PhD, Cincinnati 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974) 

BA, New Hampshire; MA, Atlanta; 
EdD, Maine 

Donald P. Robin (1997) 

BS, MBA, PhD, Louisiana State 

Stephen B. Robinson (1991) 

BA, PhD, California (Santa Cruz) 

Randall G. Rogan ( 1990) 

BA, St. John Fisher College; 
MS, PhD, Michigan State 

Karen Roglaski (2000) 

BA, High Point University; 
MBA, UNC-Greensboro 



Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 
England 

Professor of Psychology 



Professor of Education 



J. Tylee Wilson Chair of Business Ethics 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Communication 
(Venice, Spring 2002) 

Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Marielba Rojas 

BS, MS, Simon Bolivar University, Venezuela; 
MA, PhD, Rice University 



Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



The Undergraduate Faculties 288 



Yasuko T. Rollings 

BA, Seinan Gakuin University, Fukuoka, Japan; 
MA, Ohio University) 



Lecturer in East Asian 
Languages and Literatures 



Leticia Romo (1998) 

BA, Sweet Briar College; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Karen L. Roper (1999) 

BA, Southwestern University; 
MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Susan Z.Rupp( 1993) 

BA, Grinnell; AM, Harvard; 
MA, PhD, Stanford 

William J. Ryan (1993) 
BS, Lehigh University 

Dennis Sampson (2000) 

BA, South Dakota State; 
MFA, University of Iowa 

Maria Teresa Sanhueza (1996) 
BA, MA, Concepcion (Chile); 
PhD, Michigan (Ann Arbor) 

Peter Santago (1989) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; 
PhD, NC State University 

Claire S. Schen (1996) 

AB, Brown; PhD, Brandeis 

James A. Schirillo (1996) 

BA, Franklin & Marshall; PhD, Northeastern 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977) 
BA, Dayton; 
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Norbert Schurer (2000) 

BA, Hochschule der Kiinste Berlin; 
MA, Free University, Berlin; PhD, Duke 

Russell Schweller (2000) 

BA, SUNY; MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Katie Scott (1985) 

BA Hons., London 

Richard D. Sears (1964) 

BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Timothy F. Sellner ( 1970) 

BA, PhD, Michigan; MA, Wayne State 

Catherine E. Seta (1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Dudley Shapere (1984) 

BA, MA, PhD, Harvard 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 
(Spanish) (Salamanca, Spring 2002) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Associate Professor of History 
(Vienna, Spring 2002) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of History 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Education 
(Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Professor of Political Science 

Professor of German 
(Vienna, Fall 2001/Leave, Spring 2002) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Reynolds Professor of Philosophy and 

History of Science 

(Fall 2001) 



289 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Brandy Bright Shapiro (1984) 

Kurt C.Shaw (1987) 

AB, Missouri; MA, PhD, Kansas 

Carol A. Shively ( 1990) 

BA, Hiram; MA, PhD, California (Davis) 

Evelyn Shockley (2001) 

BA, Northwestern University; 

JD, University of Michigan Law School; 

MA, Duke University 

Peter M. Siavelis (1996) 

BA, Bradley; MA, PhD, Georgetown 

Gale Sigal (1987) 

BA, City College (New York); 

MA, Fordham; PhD, CUNY (Graduate Center) 

Miles R.Silman( 1998) 

BA, Missouri; PhD, Duke University 

Wayne L. Silver (1985) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Florida State 

Jeanne M. Simonelli 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Oklahoma; 

MPH, Oklahoma University Health Sciences Center 

Robert Simpson (1997) 



Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Ballet, Part-time) 

Associate Professor of German and Russian 



Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Instructor in English 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 



Professor of English 



Assistant Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Spring 2002) 

Professor of Biology 



Michael L.Sinclair (1968) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Stanford 

William W Sloan Jr. (1994) 

BA, Davidson; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Miami (Ohio) 

Earl Smith (1996) 

BA, SUNY (Stony Brook); 
MA, PhD, Connecticut 

J. Howell Smith (1965) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Tulane; PhD, Wisconsin 

Kathy B.Smith (1981) 

BA, Baldwin-Wallace; MA, PhD, Purdue 

K. Wayne Smith (1987, 2000) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Margaret Supplee Smith (1979) 

BS, Missouri; MA, Case Western Reserve; 
PhD, Brown 

William K.Smith (1998) 

BS, MS, California State; 
PhD, California (Los Angeles) 

Cecilia H.Solano (1977) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins 



Professor of Anthropology 
(Leave, Spring 2002) 

Adjunct Instructor of Dance 
(Social Dance, Part-time) 

Professor of History 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 



Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies 
and Professor of Sociology 

Professor of History 

Professor of Political Science 

Visiting Professor in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Wake Forest Professor of Art 



Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany 



Associate Professor of Psychology 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



290 



Morten Solvik 

BA, Cornell; PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Lisa Sternlieb (1997) 

BA, Vassar College; MA, New York University; 
PhD, Princeton 

Nanette A. Stevens (1999) 

BS, Jacksonville; PhD, Duke 

Loraine Moses Stewart (1991) 

BA, MA, North Carolina Central; 
EdD, UNC-Greensboro 

Eric R.Stone (1994) 

BA, Delaware; MA, PhD, Michigan 

David H. Stroupe (1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael Strysick (1999) 

BA, University of Minnesota; 
MA, PhD, Binghamton University 

Christine E.Swain (1996) 

BA, Middlebury; MA, Cornell 

Elaine K. Swartzentruber (1999) 
BA, University of Colorado; 
MA, Chicago Theological Seminary; PhD, Emory University 

Robert L. Swofford ( 1993) 

BS, Furman; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Brian Tague (1995) 

ScB, AB, Brown; PhD, California (San Diego) 

StefanieH. Tanis (1986) 

Ian M. Taplin( 1985) 

The College of Architecture, Oxford (England); 

BA, York (England); MPhil, Leicester (England); PhD, Brown 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Hylton Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Lecturer in Music 
(Vienna) 

Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Associate Professor of Education 



Associate Professor of Psychology 



Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Religion 



Professor of Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Lecturer in German 
Professor of Sociology 



Kendall B. Tarte (1996) 

BA, MA, PhD, Virginia 

Thomas C.Taylor (1971) 

BS, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
PhD, Louisiana State 

Rebecca Thomas (1993) 

BA, MA, California (Los Angeles); 
PhD, Ohio State 

Stan J. Thomas (1983) 

BS, Davidson; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Clark Thompson (2001) 

BA, JD, PhD, University of Virginia 

Harry B.Titus Jr. (1981) 

BA, Wisconsin (Milwaukee); 
MFA, PhD, Princeton 

Todd C.Torgersen( 1989) 

BS, MS, Syracuse; PhD, Delaware 



Associate Professor of German 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Art 



Dana Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Computer Science 



2QI The Undergraduate Faculties 



Ralph B. Tower (1980) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, Cornell 

Maria-Encarna Moreno Turner (1999) 
BA, MA, Brigham Young University 

Robert W.Ulery Jr. (1971) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Robert L. Utleyjr. (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

01gaValbuena(1996) 

BA, Irvine; MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 

LauraJ.Veach(1999) 

BA, MEd, Wake Forest; 

PhD, University of New Orleans 

Cynthia Villagomez (2000) 

AB, San Diego; MA, PhD, UCLA 

Antonio Carlo Vitti (1986) 
BA, MA, Wayne State; 
PhD, Michigan 

Tricia Walter (2001) 

BA, University of Nevada, Reno; 
MA, Miami Univerisity 

Eric K. Watts (1996) 

BA, MA, Cincinnati; PhD, Northwestern 

Sarah L. Watts (1987) 

BA, Oklahoma College of Liberal Arts; 
MA, PhD, Oklahoma 

Julie H.Wayne (1998) 

BS, Furman; MS, PhD, Georgia 

Mary R. Wayne-Thomas (1980) 

BFA, Pennsylvania State; MFA, Ohio State 

DavidS. Weaver (1977) 

BA, MA, Arizona; PhD, New Mexico 

Peter D. Weigl ( 1968) 

BA, Williams; PhD, Duke 

David P. Weinstein( 1989) 

BA, Colorado College; MA, Connecticut; 
PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Catherine O. Welder (1998) 
BS, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Georgia Institute of Technology 

Mark E.Welker (1987) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State 

Byron R.Wells (1981) 

BA, MA, Georgia; PhD, Columbia 



Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Professor of Classical Languages 

Associate Professor of Humanities 

Associate Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Education 



Assistant Professor of History 

Dana Faculty Fellow and 

Professor of Romance Languages 

(Italian) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Communication 

Associate Professor of History 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Anthropology 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
(Leave, Fall 2001) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry 
(Leave 2001-2002) 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(French) 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



292 



Cathy Wells (2001) 

BS, Appalachian State University; 
MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Helga A. Welsh (1993) 

MA, PhD, University of Munich 

G.Page West III (1995) 

BA, Hamilton; MBA, Dartmouth: 
PhD, Colorado (Boulder) 

Larry E. West (1969) 

BA, Berea; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Robert West (2000) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Robert M. Whaples ( 1991) 

BA, Maryland; PhD, Pennsylvania 

M.Stanley Whitley (1990) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Cornell 

UlrikeWiethaus(1991) 

Colloquium at Kirchliche Hochschule 
(Berlin, Germany); MA, PhD, Temple 

Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989) 
BS, Bob Jones University; 
PhD, Texas 



Instructor in Education 



Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of German 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Associate Professor of Economics 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Humanities 



Professor of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Alan J. Williams (1974) 

BA, Stanford; PhD, Yale 



Professor of History 
Visiting Associate Professor of Computer Science 



Donna J. Williams (2001) 
BS, Harding University; 
MA, University of Florida; PhD, University of Central Florida 

Richard T. Williams (1985) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Princeton 

David C. Wilson (1984, 1987) 

BS, Wake Forest; MAT, Emory 

Edwin G. Wilson (1946, 1951) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Eric Wilson (1998) Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and 

BA, Appalachian State; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, The Graduate School and University Center, CUNY 

Yue-Ling Wong (2001) 

BS, Hong Kong Baptist College; 
PhD, University of Texas at Austin 

Frank B.Wood (1971) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; 

MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Duke 

John H.Wood (1985) 

BS, Ohio; MA, Michigan State; PhD, Purdue 



Reynolds Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 

Professor of English 



Assistant Professor of English 
Lecturer in Digital Media 



Adjunct Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Reynolds Professor of Economics 



293 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



Pia Christina Wood (1999) 

BA, College of William and Mary; 

MIBS, University of South Carolina; 

MA, University of New Mexico; 

PhD, Graduate Institute for International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 



Associate Professor of Political Science 



J. Ned Woodall (1969) 

BA, MA, Texas; PhD, Southern Methodist 

Sharon K. Woodard ( 1998) 

BS, Central Michigan; MS, Wake Forest 

Jennifer Wooten (2001) 

BA, Stetson University; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Clifford WZeyl( 1997) 

BSc, University of Guelph; 
MSc, PhD, McGill University 

Margaret D.Zulick (1991) 

BM, Westminster Choir College; 
MA, Earlham School of Religion; 



Professor of Anthropology 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Communication 



MTS, Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary; PhD, Northwestern 



The Undergraduate Faculties 



294 



Dates following names indicate period of service. 



Emeriti 




Charles M. Allen (1941-1989) 

BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Ralph D. Amen (1962-1993) 

BA, MA, Northern Colorado; 
MBS, PhD, Colorado 

John William Angell (1955-1990) 

BA, Wake Forest; STM, Andover Newton; 
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Richard C. Barnett (1961-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MEd, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977) 

BA, Westminster; MA, Missouri; PED, Indiana 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964-1989) 

BA, Tufts; MA, Fletcher; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Russell H. Brantley Jr. (1953-1987) 
BA, Wake Forest 

*Germaine Bree (1973-1985) 

Licence, EES, Agregation, Paris; LittD, Smith, 
Mount Holyoke, Alleghany, Duke, Oberlin, 
Dickinson, Rutgers, Wake Forest, Brown, 
Wisconsin (Milwaukee), New York, Massachusetts, 
Kalamazoo, Washington (St. Louis), University of the 
South, Boston, Wisconsin (Madison); LHD, Wilson, 
Colby, Michigan, Davis and Elkins; LLD, Middlebury 

Robert W Brehme (1959-1995) 

BS, Roanoke; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

George McLeod Bryan (1956-1987) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; BD, PhD, Yale 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966-1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Michigan 

'Died September 22, 2001 



Professor Emeritus of Biology 
Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Easley Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 

Director of Libraries Emeritus 

Director of Communication Emeritus 

Kenan Professor Emerita of Humanities 



Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication 



295 



Emeriti 



John A. Carter Jr. (1961-1997) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Dorothy Casey (1949-1988) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro; 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David W. Catron (1963-1994) 

BA, Furman; PhD, George Peabody 

Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957-1993) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU; 
MS, Tennessee 

Cyclone Covey (1968-1988) 
BA, PhD, Stanford 

Marjorie Crisp (1947-1977) 

BS, Appalachian; MA, George Peabody 

Robert H. Dufort (1961-1999) 
BA, PhD, Duke 

John S. Dunkelberg (1983-2001) 
BS, Clemson; 
MBA, PhD, South Carolina 

* Robert Allen Dyer (1956-1983) 
BA, Louisiana State; 
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

John R.Earle (1963-2001) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Eddie V Easley ( 1984-1 999) 
BS, Virginia State; 
MS, PhD, Iowa State 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957-1999) 

BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962-1996) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, George Peabody; PhD, Ohio State 

David K.Evans (1966-1998) 

BS, Tulane; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Doyle R. Fosso (1964-1995) 

AB, PhD, Harvard; MA, Michigan 

RalphS. Fraser( 1962-1 988) 

BA, Boston University; MA, Syracuse; 
PhD, Illinois 

Caroline Sandlin Fullerton (1969-1990) 

BA, Rollins; MFA, Texas Christian 

Kathleen M. Glenn (1974-1998) 
BA, MA, PhD, Stanford 

Balkrishna G. Gokhale (1960-1990) 
BA, MA, PhD, Bombay 



Professor Emeritus of English 

Associate Professor Emerita of 
Health and Sport Science 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Associate Professor Emerita 
of Physical Education 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Kemper Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 



Professor Emeritus of Sociology 



Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health 
and Exercise Science 

Professor Emeritus of Education 



Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 
Professor Emeritus of English 
Professor Emeritus of German 



Lecturer Emerita in SCTA 
(Theatre Arts) 

Wake Forest Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of History 
and Asian Studies 



'Died April 14, 2001 



Emeriti 



296 



Thomas F. Gossett (1967-1987) 

BA, MA, Southern Methodist; PhD, Minnesota 

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959-1987) 
BS, Duke; PhD, Brown 

William H. Gulley (1966-1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952-1988) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke 

Phillip J. Hamrick Jr. (1956-1995) 

BS, Morris Harvey; PhD, Duke 

Carl V.Harris (1956-1989) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, STM, Yale; PhD, Duke 

Lucille S. Harris (1957-1991) 
BA, BM, Meredith 



Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Albritton Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

Instructor Emerita in Music 



Roger A. Hegstrom (1969-2001) 

BA, St. Olaf; AM, PhD, Harvard 

David A. Hills (1960-1996) 

BA, Kansas; MA, PhD, Iowa 



William L. Hottinger (1970-1996) 

BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949-1991) 
BS, MBA, Indiana 

Mordecai J. Jaffe (1980-1998) 

BS, City College (New York); PhD, Cornell 

Patricia Adams Johansson (1969-1998) 
BA, Winston-Salem State; 
MA, Wake Forest 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956-1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Duke 

Harry L.King Jr. (1960-1981) 
BA, Richmond; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Lula M.Leake (1964-1997) 
BS, Louisiana State; 
MRE, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Robert W. Lovett (1962, 1968-2001) 

BA, Oglethorpe; MAT, PhD, Emory 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974-2001) 

BA, Southern; MA, Boston University; PhD, Iowa 

Harry B. Miller (1947-1983) 

BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961-1991) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, Yale; 

STM, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, New York 

Carl C. Moses (1964-1991) 

AB, William and Mary; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
Professor Emeritus of Psychology 
Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 



Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Associate Dean of the College 
and Lecturer Emerita in English 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 

Associate Vice President for 
Academic Affairs Emerita 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Politics 



297 



Emeriti 



Thomas E. Mullen (1957-2000) 

BA, Rollins; MA, PhD, Emory 

*John W. Nowell (1945-1987) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947-1984) 

BA, Georgetown; MA, Kentucky; PhD, Chicago 

F. Jeanne Owen (1956-1991) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro; 
MCS, Indiana; JD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

John E. Parker Jr. (1950-1987) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Margaret R. Perry (1947-1998) 
BS, South Carolina 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947-1987) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Rutgers; PhD, Duke 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957-1989) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Iowa; 
PhD, Pennsylvania 

Lee Harris Potter (1965-1989) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Herman J. Preseren (1953-1983) 

BS, California State (Pennsylvania); 
MA, Columbia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968-1994) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Columbia 

Beulah L. Raynor (1946-1979) 

BA, East Carolina; MA, Wake Forest 

J. Don Reeves (1967-1994) 

BA, Mercer; BD, ThM, Southern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; EdD, Columbia 

*»C. H. Richards Jr. (1952-1985) 

BA, Texas Christian; MA, PhD, Duke 

Mary Frances Robinson (1952-1989) 

BA, Wilson; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Paul S. Robinson (1952-1977) 

BA, Westminster; BM, Curtis; 
MSM, DSM, Union Seminary 

Eva M. Rodtwitt (1966-1997) 

Cand Philol, Oslo (Norway) 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954-1957, 1964-1992) 
BA, Muhlenberg; MA, PhD, Indiana 

John W.Sawyer (1956-1988) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Missouri 



Dean of the College Emeritus and 
Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of German 

Professor Emerita of Business Law 
(School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
and Romance Languages 

Registrar Emerita 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of English 
Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Associate Professor Emerita of English 
Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Politics 

Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Music 

Lecturer Emerita in Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of German 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 
and Computer Science 



* Died November 21, 2001 

* "Died December 20, 2001 



Emeriti 



298 



Ben M. Seelbinder (1959-1988) 

BA, Mississippi Delta State; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

*Bynum G. Shaw (1965-1993) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Howard W. Shields (1958-2001) 



Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 



Professor Emeritus of Journalism 
(Department of English) 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 



BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Pennsylvania State; PhD, Duke 



**Richard L. Shoemaker (1950-1982) 
BA, Colgate; MA, Syracuse; 
PhD, Virginia 

Robert N. Shorter (1958-1999) 

BA, Union; MA, PhD, Duke 

David L. Smiley (1950-1991) 

BA, MA, Baylor; PhD, Wisconsin 

Blanche C. Speer (1972-1984) 

BA, Howard Payne; MA, PhD, Colorado 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937-1984) 

BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Harold C. Tedford (1965-1998) 

BA, Ouachita; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Louisiana State 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964-2000) 

BA, Michigan State; MS, Wisconsin; 
PhD, Minnesota 

Anne S. Tillett (1956-1986) 

BA, Carson-Newman; MA, Vanderbilt; 
PhD, Northwestern 

George W. Trautwein (1983-1996) 

BMus, Oberlin; MMus, Cleveland 
Institute; MusD, Indiana 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962-1997) 

BA, Hampden- Sydney; MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964-1992) 

BA, Randolph-Macon; MBA, Rutgers; PhD, Virginia 

George P. Williams Jr. (1958-1999) 

BS, Richmond; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

John G. Williard (1958-1994) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968-2000) 

BS, MS, Southern Illinois; PhD, Cornell 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956-1992) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W Buck Yearns Jr. (1945-1988) 

BA, Duke; MA, Georgia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Richard L. Zuber (1962-2000) 

BS, Appalachian; MA, Emory; PhD, Duke 



Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 



Professor Emeritus of English 
Professor Emeritus of History 
Associate Professor Emerita of Linguistics 
Professor Emeritus of History 
Professor Emeritus of Theatre 
Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 



Director of Instrumental Ensembles Emeritus 
(Department of Music) 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 



Professor Emeritus of Physics 
Vice President and Treasurer Emeritus 
Professor Emeritus of Theatre 
Professor Emeritus of Biology 
Professor Emeritus of History 
Professor Emeritus of History 



Died August 27, 2001 
Died December 24, 2001 



299 



Emeriti 




300 



The Committees of the Faculty 




The committees listed represent 
those in effect during the academic 
year 2001-2002. each committee 
selects its own chair except where 
the chair is designated. 

Executive Committees 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 

Non-voting. Dean of student services, associate deans of the College, and one undergraduate 
student. Voting. Dean of the College; 2004 Deborah Best, Ellen Kirkman; 2003 Richard 
Carmichael, Jack Fleer; 2002 Robert Beck, Howell Smith and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of admissions and financial aid, two members from the administrative 
staff of the Office of the Dean of the College, and one undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of 
the College; 2004 Candelas Gala, Eric Stone; 2003 Perry Patterson, Julie Wayne; 2002 Anthony 
Parent, Mary Wayne-Thomas and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid 

Non-voting. One undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of admissions 
and financial aid, two members from the administrative staff of the Office of the Dean of the 
College; 2004 Angela Hattery, Mary Lynn Redmond; 2003 Clay Hipp, Peter Kairoff; 2002 
Gillian Overing, David Weinstein and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Curriculum 

Voting. Provost, dean of the College, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy, registrar, and the chairs of each department of the College as follows: Division I. 
(Humanities) Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy, Religion. Division II. 
(Humanities and Literature) Classical Languages, English, German, Romance Languages. 
Division III. (Humanities and Fine Arts) Art, Music, Theatre. Division IV. (Social and 
Behavioral Sciences) Anthropology, Communication, Economics, Political Science, Psychology, 
Sociology. Division V. (Natural Science, Mathematics and Computer Science) Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, Health and Exercise Science, Mathematics, Physics. 



30I 



Committees of the Faculty 



Advisory Committees 



The Committee on Academic Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, and one 
undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, 
one undergraduate student, and 2005 Anthony Parent, Daniel Hammond; 2004 Susan Borwick; 
2003 Christy Buchanan; 2002 Rob Ulery, James Kuzmanovich, and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Athletics 

Non-voting. Director of athletics. Voting. Vice president for investments and treasurer, dean of 
the College, faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast Conference; one undergraduate student; 
and 2006 Wayne Silver, Earl Smith; 2005 Jill McMillan, Kathy Smith; 2004 Steve Messier, 
Randall Rogan; 2003 Katy Harriger, Terry Blumenthal; 2002 Eric Carlson, Gale Sigal. 

The Committee on Nominations 

Voting. 2004 Carole Browne; 2003 Stephen Boyd, Ralph Kennedy, William Kerr; 2002 Mary 
Friedman, Jill McMillan. 

The Committee on Library Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Graduate School, one undergraduate student, and one graduate 
student. Voting. One faculty representative from each academic department of the College, dean 
of the College, one faculty representative from the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, one undergraduate student, and one 
graduate student. 

The Committee on Information Technology 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Graduate School, vice president for student life and instruction- 
al resources, vice president for finance and administration. Voting. Dean of the College, dean of 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library, the director of Information Systems; one undergraduate student; and 2004 Tamara 
Greenwood, Robert Swofford; 2003 Bernadine Barnes, Ananda Mitra; 2002 Wayne King, Leah 
McCoy. 

The Committee on First- Year Seminars 

Non-voting. Dean of freshmen. Voting. Dean of the College, and 2004 James Powell, William 
Meyers; 2003 David Anderson, Gordon McCray; 2002 Sylvain Boko, Louis Goldstein. 



Committees of the Faculty iq2 



Special Committees 



The Committee on Publications 

Voting. Dean of the College, vice president for investments and treasurer, university editor, three 
faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, The Student, and the Howler; and 2003 Margaret 
Zulick; 2002 Catherine Seta. 

The Committee for Teacher Education 

Voting. Dean of the College, dean of the Graduate School, chair of the Department of Education; 
and 2003 Natalie Holzwarth, Andrew Rich, Larry West; 2002 John Collins, Brian Gorelick, 
Angela King. 

The Committee for the ROTC 

Voting. Dean of the College, ROTC coordinator, professor of military science; and 2004 Arun 
Dewasthali; 2003 Ronald Noftle; 2002 David Weaver. 

The Committee on Orientation and Lower Division Advising 

The dean of freshman, the chair of Orientation and Lower Division Advising, who shall serve as 
chair, the dean of student life or his or her designate, the president of student government or his 
or her designate, the director of residence life and housing or his or her designate, at least six 
members from the undergraduate and Calloway School faculty, to be invited by the chair in con- 
sultation with the Nominations Committee, to serve renewable four-year terms, and other per- 
sons from the administration and student body whom the chair shall invite to serve. A majority 
of the committee shall be composed of members of the undergraduate faculties. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum 

Dean of the College, the coordinator of the Open Curriculum Program and members of the fac- 
ulty who are appointed as Open Curriculum advisers. 

The Committee on the Teaching and Learning Center 

Six elected members of the faculty, one from each of the five academic divisions of the College 
and one from the Calloway School of Business and Accountancy; 2004 Natalie Holzwarth, 
Joseph Milner; 2003 Douglas Beets, Mary Pendergraft; 2002 Kathy Smith, Harry Titus. 



Joint Faculty/ Administration Committees 

The Joint Admissions Committee 

Dean of the College, director of admissions and financial aid, provost, and three faculty members 
of the Committee on Admissions. 



303 



Committees of the Faculty 



Other Committees on which the Faculty Enjoys Representation 

The Committee on Capital Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, vice president for investments and treasurer, vice president for finance and 
administration, and one undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, dean of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, one undergraduate student; and 2005 Allan 
Louden, Mary Pendergraft; 2004 John Andronica, Herman Eure; 2003 Margaret Smith; 2002 
Deborah Best, Claire Hammond. 

The Judicial Council 

Administration. 2006 Kenneth A. Zick; 2005 William S. Hamilton, Toby Hale. Faculty. 2007 
Clay Hipp; 2006 Douglas Beets; 2005 John Llewellyn, Ellen Kirkman; 2004 Fred Horton; 2003 
Cheryl Leggon, James Powell; 2002 Loraine Stewart and three undergraduate students. 

The Committee on Student Life 

Dean of the College or his designate, dean of student services, a designated member of the admin- 
istration; 2004 Sarah Barbour, Bashir El-Beshti; 2003 Helga Welsh and three undergraduate stu- 
dents. 

Members of the Honor and Ethics Council 

2004 Mary DeShazer, Michael Hyde, Charles Lewis, Robert Utley; 2003 Susan Borwick, Simeon 
Ilesanmi, Donald Robin, Rebecca Thomas; 2002 Bill Moss, James Norris, Eric Watts, Alan 
Williams. 

Faculty Marshals 

John V. Baxley, Jennifer Burg, Mary Foskett, Catherine T. Harris, Kline Harrison, Elmer K. 
Hayashi, John H. Litcher. 

University Senate 

President, senior vice president, the deans of the several schools, the associate dean of the Wake 

Forest University School of Medicine, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the secretary 

of the University, and, with the consent of the Senate, any person holding the position of vice 

president of the University or equivalent rank, and six staff representatives from the School of 

Medicine and the College, and the following: 

Representatives of the College: 2004 Jane Albrecht, Donald Frey, Page Laughlin; 2003 Bernadine 

Barnes, Allin Cottrell, Judy Kem; 2002 David Levy, Mark Leary, Win-Chiat Lee. 

Representatives of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy: 2004 Page West; 

2003 Roger L. Jenkins; 2002 Jonathan E. Duchac. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 2002 Greg Shelmess. 

Representatives of the School of Law: 2004 Michael K. Curtis; 2002 Charles Rose. 

Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 2004 Chet Miller; 2002 James 

Flynn, Timothy Smunt. 

Representatives of the Wake Forest School of Medicine: 2004 David Herrington; 2003 John 

Butterworth, Larry Daniel, Craig Hinkel; 2002 Electra Paskett. 

Representatives of the Divinity School: 2003 Samuel Weber. 

Institutional Review Board 

Designated person from The Office of Research Programs and Partnership; Stephen Williams, 
standing member; Anthony Marsh, chair; Robert Evans, Steven Folmar, Michael Hazen, Deborah 
Newsome, Cecil Price, Mary Lynn Redmond, James Schirillo, Annette Scippio (outside member), 
Cathy Seta, Earl Smith. 



Committees of the Faculty -iqa 



Index 



Academic Calendar 2, 26 

Accountancy Courses p. 248 
Accounting, Master's Degree p. 7, 63, 238 

Accreditation p. 11 

Administration p. 255 

Admission, College p. 19 
Admission, Wayne Calloway School of 

Business & Accountancy p. 237 

Admission Application Fee p. 20, 22 

Admission Deposit p. 20, 22 
Admission of Students with Disabilities p. 21 

Admission of Transfer Students p. 21 

Admission Requirements p. 19 

Admissions, Office of p. 259 

Advanced Placement p. 21 

Advising p. 26 

Advisory Committees (Faculty) p. 301 

Africa, Study in p. 55 
American Ethnic Studies 

(interdisciplinary minor) p. 68 

Analytical Finance p. 7, 239 

Anthropology, Department of p. 68 

Application for Admission p. 19 

Art, Department of p. 73 

Art History p. 74 
Asian Studies (interdisciplinary minor) p. 79 

Athletics p. 260 

Auditing Courses p. 28 

Austria, Study in p. 55 

Babcock Graduate School 

of Management p. 7, 257 

Bachelor of Arts Degree p. 59 

Bachelor of Science Degree p. 59 

Basic Requirements p. 60 

Beijing, Study in p. 57 

Biology, Department of p. 81 

Board of Trustees p. 252 

Board of Visitors p. 253 

Board of Visitors, Calloway School p. 254 









p. 7 

p. 310 

p. 57,210 

p. 241 



Buildings and Grounds 
Bulletins of WFU 
Burgundy, University of, France 
Business Courses 
Business and Accountancy, 

W. Calloway School of p. 7, 62, 236, 259 

Cable Television Services p. 10 

Calendar, Academic p. 2, 26 
Calloway (Wayne) School of Business 

& Accountancy p. 7, 62, 235, 259 

Career Services p. 261 

Carswell Hall p. 8 

Casa Artom p. 56 

Center for International Studies p. 55 

Certificate in French for Business p. 206 

Certificate in Spanish for Business p. 205 

Certificate in Spanish Interpreting p. 206 
Certificate in Spanish 

Translation/Localization p. 205 

Changing Majors p. 63 

Chaplain's Office p. 261 

Charges p. 22 

Chemistry, Department of p. 88 

China, Study in p. 57 
Chinese p. 106, 108 

Chronological History of WFU p. 18 

Class Attendance p. 28 

Classical Languages, Department of p. 92 

Classics p. 95 

Classification p. 27 

CLEP p. 21 

College, Administration p. 255 

College History and Development p. 17 



305 



Index 



Combined Degrees in Medical 

Technology p. 65 

Committees of the Faculty p. 301 

Communication, Department of p. 96 

Composition Condition (cc) p. 62 
Computer Rights and Responsibilities, 

Summary of p. 15 

Computer Science, Department of p. 101 

Core Requirements p. 60 

Course Repetition p. 31 

Courses of Instruction p. 67 

Cuba, Study in p. 56 

Cultural Diversity Requirement p. 62 
Cultural Resource Preservation 

(interdisciplinary minor) p. 104 



Dance 


p. 226 


Dean's List 


p. 30 


Declaring a Major 


p. 63 


Degree Requirements 


p. 59 


Degrees Offered 


p. 59 


Dijon Semester (University of 




Burgundy) p. 


51,57,210 


Divinity School 


p. 7, 259 


Divisional Requirements 


p. 59, 61 


Double Majors 


p. 64 


Dropping a Course 


p. 28 


Early Christian Studies 




(interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 105 


Early Decision (Single/First Choice) 


p. 20 


East Asian Languages and 




Literatures 


p. 106 


East Asian Studies (foreign area) 


p. 108 


Economics, Department of 


p. 110 


Education, Department of 


p. 114 


Education Minor 


p. 116 


Elementary Licensure, Education 


p. 116 


Emeriti 


p. 295 


Employment, Student 


p. 53 


Engineering Degree 


p. 66 


England, Study in 


p. 56 


English, Department of 


p. 120 



English, Proficiency in the Use of p. 62 

Enrollment Statistics p. 251 
Environmental Studies 

(interdisciplinary minor) p. 128 

Examinations p. 29 

Exchange Scholarships p. 51 

Executive Committees (faculty) p. 301 

Expenses p. 21 

Faculties, Undergraduate p. 269 

Faculty Adviser p. 26 

Faculty, Committees of p. 301 

Fees p. 22 

Federal Financial Aid Programs p. 51 

Finance and Administration p. 261 
Financial Aid p. 34, 259 
Five-Yr. Cooperative Degree Program in 

Latin American Studies p. 66, 159, 187 

Five-Yr. Program, Accountancy p. 7, 63, 236 

Flow House p. 55 

Food Services p. 22 
Foreign Area Studies p. 55, 65 

Foreign Language Placement p. 61 
Foreign Language (Literature) 

Requirement p. 60 
Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Degree p. 66 
France, Study in p. 51, 57, 210 

French p. 207 

French Exchange Scholarship p. 51 

General Requirements for Degrees p. 59 

Geographical Enrollment p. 251 

German and Russian, Department of p. 129 

German Exchange Scholarship p. 51 

German Studies (foreign area) p. 133 

Germany, Berlin p. 51 
Global Trade and Commerce Studies 

(interdisciplinary minor) p. 134 

Governing and Advisory Boards p. 252 

Grade Points p. 30 

Grade Reports and Transcripts p. 30 

Grading p. 29 



Index 



306 



Graduate School 


p. 7, 256 


Latin 


p. 93 


Graduation Distinctions 


p. 31 


Latin American Studies 




Graylyn International Conf. Center 


p. 262 


(interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 158 


Greek 


p. 93 


Law School 


p. 7, 256 


Gymnasium, William N. Reynolds 


p. 8 


Legal Department 


p. 263 


Havana, University of 


p. 56 


Libraries p. 1 


S, 10, 263 


Health and Exercise Science, 




Library Fines 


p. 23 


Department of 


p. 135 


Linguistics (interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 160 


Health and Exercise 




Loans 


p. 34, 52 


Science Requirement 


p. 63, 135 






Hebrew 


p. 204 


Major, Declaring a 


p. 63 


History, Department of 


p. 141 


Major Requirements, 




History of WFU 


p. 17 


Options for Meeting 


p. 64 


Honor and Ethics System 


p. 14 


Majors 


p. 63 


Honors Study 


p. 54 


Master's Degree in Accounting p. 


7, 63, 239 


Housing 


p. 8,26 


Mathematical Business p. 63. 


,163,239 


Humanities (interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 148 


Mathematical Economics p 


. 110, 163 






Mathematics Department 


p. 162 


Immunization 


p. 19 


Max. Number of Courses in Dept. 


p. 63 


Incomplete Grades 


p. 29 


Medical School p. 


7, 65, 257 


Information Systems 


p. 9, 262 


Medical Technology, Combined Degrees p. 65 


Institutional Research 


p. 262 


Medieval Studies 




Institutional Review Board 


p. 304 


(interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 167 


Insurance, Medical 


p. 23 


Mexico, Study in 


p. 56 


Intensive Summer Language Institute 


p. 207 


Military Science Department 


p. 168 


Interdisciplinary Honors 


p. 152 


Minors 


p. 64 


Interdisciplinary Minors 


p. 64 


Moscow, State University of 


p. 57 


International Students 


p. 55 


Motor Vehicle Registration 


p. 23 


International Studies 




Music Department 


p. 170 


(interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 154 


Music Ensemble p 


. 171, 174 


International Studies, Center for 


p. 55 


Music Fees, Individual Instruction 


p. 22 


Investments and Treasurer 


p. 262 


Music, Individual Instruction 


p. 175 


Italian 


p. 218 


Near Eastern Languages and 




Italian Studies (foreign area) 


p. 155 


Literature 


p. 204 


Italy, Study in 


p. 56, 220 


Neuroscience (interdisciplinary minor 


) P- 177 






Non-WhU Programs, Study Abroad 


p. 55,58 


Japan, Study in 


p. 57 


N.C. Legislative Tuition Grants 


p. 52 


Japanese p. 80 


i, 107, 109 


Not Reported (grading) 


p. 29 


Joint Majors 


p. 64 






Journalism (minor) 


p. 156 


Open Curriculum 


p. 54 


Judicial Incident Suspension 




Opportunities for Study Abroad 


p. 55 


Refund Policy 


p. 24, 29 







307 



Index 



Options for Meeting Major Req. 
Orientation and Advising 
Outside Assistance (financial aid) 

Parking Management Office 

Part-time Students 

Pass/Fail 

Philosophy, Department of 

Physician Assistant Program 

Physics, Department of 

Political Science, Department of 

Presidents of WFU 

Probation 

Procedures 

Proficiency in the Use of English 

Provost Office 

Psychology, Department of 

Purpose, Statement of 



Quantitative Reasoning Requirement p. 62 

Readmission Requirements 
Recognition and Accreditation 
Refunds and Return of Financial 

Aid Funds 
Registrar 
Registration 

Religion, Department of 
Repetition of Courses 
Requirements for Continuation 

in the College 
Requirements for Degrees 
Requirements for Readmission 
Residence Hall Charges 
Reynolda Campus 
Reynolda Hall 
Reynolds, Z. Smith, Library 
Romance Languages, Department of p. 205 
Russia, Study in p. 57 



p. 64 


Russian 


p. 131 


p. 26 


Russian and East European Studies 




p. 53 


(interdisciplinary minor) 


p. 220 


p. 23 


Salamanca Semester 


p. 57, 217 


p. 27 


Salem College, Study at 


p. 54 


p. 30 


Salem Hall 


p. 8 


p. 178 


Scales Fine Arts Center 


p. 8 


p. 65 


Scholarships 


p. 34, 36 


p. 183 


School of Law 


p. 7, 256 


p. 186 


School of Medicine 


p. 7, 257 


p. 18 


Secondary Certificate (Education) 


p. 115 


p. 31 


Self Instructional Language (SIL) 


P. 161 


p. 19 


Senior Testing 


p. 65 


p. 62 


Sociology, Department of 


p. 222 


p. 256 


Spain, Study in 


p. 60, 218 


p. 193 


Spanish 


p. 212 


p. 13 


Spanish Exchange Scholarship 


p. 51 




Spanish Studies (foreign area) 


p. 221 


p. 62 


Special Committees, Faculty 


p. 303 




Special Programs 


p. 54 


p. 32 


Statement of Purpose, WFU 


p. 13 


p. 11 


Student Complaints 


p. 17 




Student Health Service 


p. 19,23 


p. 23 


Student Life 


p. 263 


p. 262 


Student Teaching 


p. 115 


p. 27 


Studio Art 


p. 76 


p. 198 


Study Abroad Opportunities 


p. 55 


p. 31 


Study Abroad in Non-WF Programs 
Summary of Computing Rights and 


p. 58 


p. 31 


Responsibilities 


p. 15 


p. 59 


Summer Session 


p. 265 


p. 32 


Summer Study at other Institutions 


p. 33 


22,26 






p. 7 


Teacher Education Program 


p. 115 


p. 8 


Teacher Licensure 


p. 115 


p. 10 


Teaching Area/Requirements 


p. 115 



Index 



308 



Telephone Service 




p. 10 


Theatre, Department of 




p. 226 


Tokai University (Hiratsuks 


i), Japan 


p. 57 


Transcripts 




p. 30 


Transfer Credit 




p. 21, 33 


Transfer Students, Admission of 


p. 21 


Tribble Hall 




p. 8 


Trustees, Board of 




p. 252 


Tuition 




p. 22 


Undergraduate Faculties 




p. 269 


Undergraduate Schools 

University 




p. 12 
p. 6 


University, Administration 




p. 255 


University Advancement 




p. 265 


University Senate 




p. 304 


University Theatre, Wake Forest 


p. 267 


Urban Studies 






(interdisciplinary minor) 




p. 231 



Vehicle Registration p. 23 

Venice, Semester in p. 220 

Veterans' Benefits p. 53 

Vienna, Austria p. 55 

Visitors, Board of p. 253 

Visitors, Board of, Calloway School p. 254 

Wait Chapel p. 7 

Wake Forest College p. 13 

Winston Hall p. 8 

Withdrawal from the College p. 29 
Withdrawal, Refunds, and Return of 

Financial Aid p. 23 
Women's Studies 

(interdisciplinary minor) p. 233 

Worrell House p. 56 

Worrell Professional Center p. 8 

Writing Center p. 62 



309 



Index 



The Bulletins of Wake Forest 



--.^s-.i*,,.;-' 






The undergraduate bulletin is 
published by the office of 
Creative Services, Room 2zo 
Reynolda Hall, Reynolda Campus. 
Kim McGrath, bulletin editor. 
E-mail: mcgratka@wfu.edu 

The information in this bulletin applies to the 
academic year 2001-2002 and is accurate and 
current, to the extent possible, as of March 20, 
2002. The University reserves the right to 
change programs of study, academic require- 
ments, teaching staff, the calendar, and other 
matters described herein without prior notice, 
in accordance with established procedures. 
Wake Forest University is committed to 
administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of 
race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, 
veteran status, handicapped status or disability 
as required by law. The University has adopted 
a procedure for the purpose of resolving dis- 
crimination complaints. Inquiries or concerns 
should be directed to Harold Holmes, dean of 
student services, at (336) 758-5226; Paul 
Escott, dean of the College, at (336) 758-5312; 
or Doris McLaughlin, assistant director of 
human resources, director of equal employment 
opportunity, and Title IX coordinator, at (336) 
758-4814. In addition, Wake Forest rejects 
hatred and bigotry in any form and adheres to 
the principle that no person affiliated with 
Wake Forest should be judged or harassed on 
the basis of perceived or actual sexual orienta- 
tion. In affirming its commitment to this princi- 
ple, Wake Forest does not limit freedom of reli- 
gious association or expression, does not 
presume to control the policies of persons or 
entities not affiliated with Wake Forest, and 
does not extend benefits beyond those provided 
under other policies of Wake Forest. 



The Undergraduate Schools 
Director of Admissions and 
Financial Aid 

P.O. Box 7305 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305 
(336) 758-5201 

The Graduate School 
Dean of the Graduate School 
P.O. Box 7487 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7487 
(336) 758-5301 

The School of Law 
Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7206 
(336) 758-5437 

The Babcock Graduate School 

of Management 

Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7659 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7659 
(336) 758-5422 

The Wake Forest University 
School of Medicine 

Associate Dean for Admissions 

Medical Center Blvd. 

Winston-Salem, NC 27157-1090 

(336) 716-4265 

The Summer Session 

Dean of the Summer Session 
P.O. Box 7866 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7866 
(336) 758-5664 



The Undergraduate Bulletin is 
printed in Canada. 



Bulletins 



310 




WAKE FOREST 

DEI